Registrations No. 333-

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

IMAGING3, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   3990   95-4451059
(State of
Incorporation)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Number)
  (IRS Employer
Identification Number)

 

10866 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 225

Los Angeles, CA 90024

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,

of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Please send copies of all communications to:

 

Lucosky Brookman LLP

101 Wood Avenue South, 5 th Floor

Woodbridge, New Jersey 08830

Tel. No.: (732) 395-4400

Fax No.: (732) 395-4401

 

Nicholas S. Coscia

P.O. Box 789

Cardiff By the Sea, CA 92007

(Address, including zip code, and telephone, including area code)

 

Approximate date of proposed sale to the public: From time to time after the effective date of this registration statement.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. [X]

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [  ]

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [  ]

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [  ]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer [  ] Accelerated filer [  ]
Non-accelerated filer [X] Smaller reporting company [X]
  Emerging growth company [  ]

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by checkmark if the registrant has not elected to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. [  ]

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Each Class of securities
to be registered
 

Number of shares
of common
stock to be registered (1)

   

Proposed Maximum Offering
Price Per
Share

   

Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering
Price

   

Amount of Registration
Fee (5)

 
                         
Common Stock underlying
Convertible Promissory Notes (3)
    73,130,731       0.0768       5,616,440.15      

$

680.72  
Common Stock underlying
Warrants to Purchase Common Stock (4)
    16,000,000     $ 0.125     $ 200,000     $ 24.24  
Common Stock underlying
Warrants to Purchase Common Stock (4)
    15,000,000     $ 0.15     $ 2,250,000     $ 272.70  
Common Stock underlying
Warrants to Purchase Common Stock (4)
    8,000,000     $ 0.25     $ 2,000,000     $ 242.40  
Total     112,130,731                     $

1,220.06

 

 

(1) Includes up to an aggregate of 112,130,731 shares of the Company’s (as defined herein) common stock, no par value (the “Common Stock”) consisting of 73,130,731 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes, and up to 39,000,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants that may be sold from time to time pursuant to this registration statement by the Selling Security Holder (as defined herein) identified herein.
   
(2) Based on the reported closing price for our common stock on July 23, 2019 of $0.0768. The shares offered, hereunder, may be sold by the selling stockholder from time to time in the open market, through privately negotiated transactions, or a combination of these methods at market prices prevailing at the time of sale or at negotiated prices.
   
(3) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act, based on conversion price applicable to shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes.
   
(4) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act, based on exercise price applicable to shares issuable upon exercise of warrants.
   
(5) The fee is calculated by multiplying the aggregate offering amount by .0001212, pursuant to Section 6(b) of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

     
 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JULY _____, 2019

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Imaging3, Inc.

 

73,130,731 Shares of Common Stock Underlying Convertible Notes

 

39,000,000 Shares of Common Stock Underlying Convertible Warrants

 

This prospectus relates to the offering and resale by the Selling Security Holder identified herein of up to 112,130,731 shares of Common Stock of Imaging3, Inc. (the “Company”). These shares include 73,130,731 shares of Common Stock underlying that certain Convertible Promissory Note (the “Note”) issuable to the Selling Security Holder, and 39,000,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants (collectively, the “Warrants”) issued and sold to the Selling Security Holder in connection with the Note. The Note and Warrants were issued to the Selling Security Holder pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated May 31, 2019, by and between the Company and the Selling Security Holder.

 

The Selling Security Holder may from time to time sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of the securities in a number of different ways and at varying prices. See “Plan of Distribution” beginning on page 34 of this prospectus for more information.

 

We are not selling any shares of Common Stock in this offering, and we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the Selling Security Holder.

 

Our Common Stock is currently quoted on the OTCQB under the symbol “IGNG”. On July 23, 2019 the closing price as reported on the OTCQB was $0.0768 per share. This price will fluctuate based on the demand for our Common Stock.

 

The Selling Security Holder may offer all or part of the shares for resale from time to time through public or private transactions, at either prevailing market prices or at privately negotiated prices.

 

This prospectus provides a general description of the securities being offered. You should read this prospectus and the registration statement of which it forms a part before you invest in any securities.

 

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement or amendment hereto. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information.

 

Our auditors have issued a going concern opinion. For more information please see the going concern opinion on page F-1 and the risk factors herein.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The date of this prospectus is July __, 2019.

 

     
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Prospectus Summary 4
Summary Consolidated Financial Information 13
Risk Factors 17
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 30
Use of Proceeds 31
Determination of Offering Price 31
Selling Security Holder 31
Plan of Distribution 34
Market for Our Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters 35
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 36
Business 43
Directors, Executive Officers and Key Employees 51
Executive Compensation 54
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 57
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions 57
Description of Capital Stock 57
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 59
Interests of Named Experts and Counsel 59
Where You Can Find More Information 60
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements F-1

 

You may only rely on the information contained in this prospectus or that we have referred you to. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the Common Stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any Common Stock in any circumstances in which such offer or solicitation is unlawful. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made in connection with this prospectus shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in our affairs since the date of this prospectus is correct as of any time after its date.

 

  3  

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights selected information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. While this summary highlights what we consider to be important information about us, you should carefully read this entire prospectus before investing in our Common Stock and warrants, especially the risks and other information we discuss under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes beginning on page F-1. Our fiscal year end is December 31 and our fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 are sometimes referred to herein as fiscal years 2017 and 2018, respectively. Some of the statements made in this prospectus discuss future events and developments, including our future strategy and our ability to generate revenue, income and cash flow. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated in these forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”. Unless otherwise indicated or the context requires otherwise, the words “we,” “us,” “our”, the “Company” or “our Company” or refer to Imaging3, Inc., a Delaware corporation, unless the context indicates otherwise.

 

BUSINESS

 

Our Company

 

Imaging3, Inc. (the “Company”) (OTCQB: IGNG) was incorporated on October 29, 1993 as Imaging Services, Inc. in the state of California. The Company filed a certificate of amendment of articles of incorporation to change its name to Imaging3, Inc. on August 20, 2002. From August 2002 until March 2019, the Company was a development stage medical device company specializing in the development of a portable, proprietary, X-ray imaging technology designed to produce 3D images in real time. The Company’s devices were designed to operate flexibly to serve varying imaging applications with less radiation exposure in a lower cost, lower weight and easily transportable format that does not require specialized power sources when compared to currently available 3D imaging devices. The Company was unable to raise sufficient capital to commercialize its imaging technology. The Company re-domiciled in Delaware by means of a merger of the Company with and into the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Imaging3, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“IGNG-DE”) in March of 2018.

 

Share Exchange

 

The Company began discussions with Grapefruit Boulevard Investments, Inc., a California corporation (“Grapefruit”), on March 1, 2019, regarding the possible reverse acquisition of the Company by Grapefruit.

 

On March 11, 2019 the Company signed a non-binding letter of intent (“LOI”) to be acquired in a reverse acquisition via a share exchange agreement to be completed at some later date (the “Acquisition”) by Grapefruit. Grapefruit holds licenses issued by the State of California to manufacture and distribute cannabis products in California. Grapefruit commenced operations in mid-2018 and has received more than $450,000.00 in revenue from operations since Grapefruit own and operate a manufacturing plant and distribution center within the Coachillin’ Industrial Cultivation and Ancillary Canna Business Park in Desert Hot Springs near Palm Springs in Riverside County, California (the “Coachillin Site”). On Thursday, March 7, 2019 Grapefruit obtained its final permit and clearance from local authorities to commence operation of an ethanol extraction laboratory (the “Extraction Lab”) at the Coachillin site and commenced extraction and post production processing operations. The Extraction Lab is expected to be able to produce both THC and CBD oils from either Biomass or unrefined biomass or crude oil.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the LOI, the Company and Grapefruit initiated negotiations intended to result in completion of a definitive Share Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) encompassing all of the material terms of the Exchange Agreement during the second quarter of 2019. Pursuant to the terms of the LOI, the Exchange Agreement provided, among other things, that upon conclusion of the Acquisition, Grapefruit’s designees would own 80% of the then outstanding common shares of the Company and the Company’s current shareholders would own 20% of such outstanding common shares. In addition, the Company was required to settle certain outstanding creditor obligations on terms acceptable to both Grapefruit and the Company.

 

On July 10, 2019, the Company effectuated a Share Exchange pursuant to that certain Exchange Agreement. On the Closing Date, the Company issued to the Stakeholders an aggregate of approximately three hundred sixty-two million, two hundred, twenty-nine thousand, one hundred and one (362,229,101) newly issued shares of Common Stock of the Company, $0.001 par value, in exchange for 100% of the shares of Grapefruit’s common stock. As a result thereof, Grapefruit became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

In addition, on June 3 2019, the (“Execution Date”) George Zdasiuk submitted his resignation as a member of the Board, effective immediately, John Hollister submitted his resignation as Chief Executive Officer, effective immediately, Kenneth J. Beihl resigned as an officer of the Company, effective immediately, and Jeffrey N. Peterson submitted his resignation as Chairman of the Board, effective immediately, and as a member of the Board, which resignation shall become effective on the 10th day following the filing of an information statement to the stockholders of the Company (the “Effective Date”). On the Execution Date, Bradley Yourist was appointed as Chief Executive Officer, President, Director and Chairman of the Board, effective immediately, and Daniel Yourist was appointed as Chief Operating Officer, Corporate Secretary and as a member of the Board of Directors, effective immediately.

 

By early June 2019, the Company had shifted its focus to manufacturing cannabis distillates and edibles and distribution of such cannabis products.

 

The Company is now focused on becoming a premier manufacturer and distributor of legal cannabis products in California. We will distribute our own branded product lines as well as product produced by other manufacturers. We will continue to service the wholesale cannabis marketplace by selling bulk Honey THC Oil, Flower and Trim to manufactures and other distributors throughout California. We will also offer our expert cannabis advice to others in connection with their branding, compliance, packaging, extraction, edible manufacturing and distribution logistics efforts.

 

  4  

 

 

The Auctus Financing

 

In addition to focusing the Company’s operations on execution of Grapefruit’s cannabis product business plan, the Company is taking those steps necessary to complete its financing plan (the “Financing”) set forth in its Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) and related documents entered into between the Company and Auctus Fund, LLC “Auctus”) by which, subject to certain conditions precedent, Auctus is obligated to purchase up to $4,000,000.00 of Convertible Notes (the “Notes”) to be issued by the Company to Auctus and to exercise up to $6,200,000.00 of common stock purchase warrants (the “Warrants”) to be issued to Auctus by the Company pursuant to the SPA.

 

Industry Overview

 

Global consumer spending on legal cannabis in 2018 showed a growth rate of 20 percent in sales of cannabis in regulated markets. Cannabis sales are on track to increase 36 percent to $14.9 billion in 2019 and reach $40 billion by 2024 according to the “State of Legal Cannabis Markets” Report released by Arcview Market Research and BDS Analytics. This report points to growth in the cannabis markets while underlining the challenges that face the sector. The “Total Cannabinoid Market” (“TCM”) in the United States, which includes medical and recreational cannabis sales in regulated dispensaries, plus sales of FDA-approved pharmaceuticals and hemp-based CBD products.

 

Most notably, in 2018 the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved GW Pharmaceutical’s Epidiolex and passed the 2018 Farm Bill legalizing hemp and cannabidiol oil derived from hemp as long as it contained less than 0.3% THC. According to State of Legal Cannabis Markets, 7 th Edition, by Arcview Market Research and BDS Analytics, the 2018 Farm Bill allows pharmacies, extraction labs, and general retailers to sell CBD-based products in all 50 states, which is expected to enhance the TCM. In the U.S. alone, sales of CBD products in all channels are expected to reach $20 billion by 2024.

 

In 2018 the legal cannabis industry experienced one of its slowest annual expansion rates since Colorado launched the adult-use era in 2014.

 

In California, its legal spending on cannabis fell, from $3 billion in 2017 to $2.5 billion, in the year in which it implemented an adult-use regulatory regime. A key takeaway from the California market is that highly restrictive regulations and high tax rates are hurting the legal market’s ability to compete with the illicit market. The barriers to enter into the legal cannabis market are also increasing in California because its temporary cannabis licensing scheme has ended. Currently any license applicant must now wait a protracted amount of time before the applicant receives its license and must wait a year in some cases for the application to make its way through the local and state licensing authorities.

 

According to the “State of Legal Cannabis Markets” Report, other key trends in the United States Legal Cannabis Markets include:

 

  Total legal cannabis spending in regulated dispensaries in the U.S. topped $9.8 billion in 2018, and is forecast to grow to $30 billion in 2024, a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 20 percent.
     
  Investment capital raised by cannabis companies more than quadrupled to $14 billion in 2018, according to Viridian Capital Advisors.
     
  Despite a 55 percent decline in 2018 in New Cannabis Ventures’ Global Cannabis Stock Index, the five largest Canadian licensed producers closed the first quarter of 2019 at a combined market capitalization of $48 billion.
     
  A total of 13 state markets will have passed the $1 billion mark in total annual legal cannabis spending by the end of 2024—by the end of 2018, only three had done so (California, Colorado and Washington).

 

  5  

 

 

Grapefruit’s Competitive Advantage in the Industry

 

Grapefruit holds its State of California provisional licensing from the Bureau of Cannabis Control and the California Department of Public Health. The Company has its permanent annually renewable provisional license as opposed to a temporary license. The Company expects the annual renewal to be a non-intrusive and scaled down as opposed to what the renewal process was previously. The Company is one of the earliest registered distribution companies with the State of California to have an annually renewable license as opposed to the temporary licenses previously granted. In January 2019, the State of California revised its cannabis regulations to restrict the ability of companies to become licensed businesses.

 

California has three distinct regulatory agencies that govern the issuance of cultivation licenses, manufacturing licenses and distribution licenses. In order to foster the then-nascent commercial cannabis industry, the State of California initially allowed each regulatory agency to grant temporary licensing to companies with very minimal regulatory requirements and oversight. In fact, a new or then-existing cannabis company only had to show State Regulators that their local city was allowing their commercial cannabis business to operate which was an uncomplicated task. A temporary license was a conditional license that allowed a cannabis business to engage in commercial cannabis activity for a period of 120 days. The State granted operators 90-day extensions of their temporary license while final cannabis regulations were being developed and officially implemented by the State.

 

On January 1, 2019, the State of California eliminated the temporary cannabis licensing scheme. The impact of this regulatory restriction prevents all new cannabis companies from starting their operations without first applying for, and obtaining, a provisional license from the appropriate regulatory agency. The same regulatory restriction prevents existing, but unregulated, cannabis companies from continuing to engage in commercial cannabis operations without shutting down while applying for, and obtaining, an annual license from the appropriate regulatory agency. The elimination of the temporary license scheme significantly thinned out the number of commercial cannabis businesses operating in the State. This was due to the regulatory requirements required to apply for an annual license which include compliance with the California Environmental Quality Act, provision of a Hazardous Waste Disposal Plan and the multitude of other regulatory requirements to operate a compliant cannabis business.

 

The regulatory changes have impacted the ability of new businesses to enter the marketplace and compete with Grapefruit. However, none of Grapefruit’s commercial cannabis businesses have been impacted by the regulatory changes to the marketplace.

 

Grapefruit owns two acres of fully entitled cannabis real property located in the Coachillin’ Industrial Cultivation and Ancillary Canna-Business Park. Grapefruit understood the State’s regulatory burdens and expense for commercial cannabis businesses to successfully operate. For example, the State requires cannabis business to provide 24 hour-per-day on-site armed security for their facility. This is a shared expense of the property Coachillin property owners. In addition, Coachillin property owners pay agricultural power rates of nine (9) cents per kilowatt hour which is significantly less than what others pay for power. The location within Coachillin allows the Company to apply for and hold every cannabis license available under the California Cannabis laws.

 

Grapefruit intends on building out the real property into a distribution, manufacturing and high-tech cultivation facility to further its goal to become a seed to sale, fully vertically integrated Cannabis and CBD product Company. Grapefruit’s plans include an indoor 22,000 square foot multi-tiered canopy and adjoining tissue culture rooms. The canopy will produce thousands of pounds of the highest quality indoor cultivars of cannabis annually.

 

The Coachillin’ property owners’ association, which Grapefruit is a part of, will feature a unique drive through retail cannabis dispensary right off highway 10 on the way to Coachella and Palm Springs. Grapefruit will have the right to sell its cannabis products directly to the public through the drive through dispensary. Coachillin’ will also feature a cannabis hotel and music stadium and other visitor areas. B y Grapefruit locating in Coachillin, the company gains instant exposure to thousands of hotel guests and other cannabis visitors that will visit the Coachillin’ cannabis friendly resort over time. Grapefruit believes that the canna-tourism industry will mature to be similar to the wine industry and can capitalize on this industry by virtue of its location within the Canna-business park.

 

  6  

 

 

Distribution

 

Grapefruit initially obtained its California wholesale recreational and medicinal cannabis distribution license on January 4, 2018. Thereafter, Grapefruit met all of its ongoing regulatory requirements and filed its application for an annual distribution license. In May 2019, Grapefruit was granted its provisional distribution license, thereby acquiring the regulatory foundation necessary to expand its distribution business. From July 2018 through the first quarter of 2019, Grapefruit used its distribution license to sell bulk cannabis flowers and trim to other distributors and to manufacturers to satisfy their own raw materials requirements. In addition, Grapefruit sold flowers, vape cartridges and concentrates to licensed retailers throughout California.

 

In California, cannabis cultivators and manufactures are prohibited from selling their products – e.g., flowers or edibles - directly into the marketplace. These companies are required to use a licensed distributor, such as Grapefruit. Grapefruit’s distribution license affords it a twofold strategic advantage: first, to market and sell its own cannabis product lines to retailers throughout California; and second to buy and resell bulk cannabis oil, flower and trim as an unfettered middleman to any properly licensed customer anywhere in California that it identifies a profit opportunity.

 

Additionally, after marijuana plants are mature, they’re harvested within a certain time frame to keep the product fresh. Throughout the growth cycle and during this specific time period after the plant has been harvested, a grower will trim the plant of its leaves, focusing mostly on the remaining buds. Specifically speaking, trim is defined as the excess snipping of leaves from buds of marijuana plants. Note that leftover product can still be used to make extractions, tinctures, hash and edibles, so growers and trimmers alike can always increase sales with a larger product offering.

 

Manufacturing

 

The Company owns a fully licensed ethanol extraction facility in the City of Desert Hot Springs, CA. The Company owns and operates a Type 6 Ethanol Extraction Plant which removes the essential cannabis compounds, such as THC Distillate, that we, and others use, to produce cannabis products.

 

Grapefruit’s extraction lab produces high quality distillate or “Honey Oil” from trim that Grapefruit sources utilizing its distribution license as set forth above. THC Honey Oil is a fundamental cannabis commodity which serves as the active ingredient in products from infused edibles to tinctures/creams to the cartridges used in vapes or e-cigarettes. Honey Oil sells in the wholesale marketplace at approximately $6,250 to $8,800.00 per liter. Pricing is dependent on quantity purchased as well as other market factors such as the availability and cost of the underlying trim – the raw cannabis material from which Grapefruit produces oil. Grapefruit began extraction operations in May 2019. Plans are in place to expand production through the purchase of additional extraction equipment which we expect will to allow the lab to produce two (2) to four (4) liters per day of finished Honey Oil by the end of 2019. Grapefruit chose to set up its extraction laboratory in the City of Desert Hot Springs because the City does not tax the manufacture of oil by Grapefruit at its Desert Hot Springs extraction facility, thereby providing Grapefruit with an additional competitive advantage.

 

THC Distillate is an all-purpose product that is used in the manufacture of everything from cannabis edibles to “e-cigarette” vape carts to tinctures, to creams and pre-rolled cannabis “joints”. We sell our distillate in California to companies that manufacturer their own product lines of edibles and/or vape cards. We also intend to use our own Distillate to produce our branded line of edibles and vape carts to allow us to control the quality of our product lines. We also manufacture marijuana cigarettes (which we market as pre-rolls) for sale into the retail marketplace. This manufacturing process is streamlined through the use of machinery and our employees who inspect each marijuana cigarette to ensure quality control. We have partnered with different manufactures in California to manufacture our line of branded products we intend to distribute and/or sell into the marketplace. We do not restrict our needs to a single manufacturer or distribution company as we maintain ongoing relationships with Tier 1 vendors across the cannabis eco-system.

 

Branding

 

We package and brand cannabis products. . One of the key elements to our branding strategy is performing an analysis on a product’s competitor(s) currently in the retail space and working to make our product stand out. We work on pricing strategies, boutique branding elements and other ways to differentiate when shelf space gets limited and retailers slow down on taking certain product classes.

 

  7  

 

 

Sugar Stoned

 

Grapefruit acquired the Sugar Stoned ® brand in the winter of 2018 for use through the winter of 2021. We began the manufacturing process and research and development process for our products immediately, and recently began to sell and distribute Sugar Stoned branded products throughout California. Retail cannabis product consumers can purchase Sugar Stoned infused gummies that have been tested and are certified to be pesticide and heavy metal free by a third party laboratory before being released at retail. Sugar Stoned brand is now a Grapefruit portfolio brand consisting of a premium quality cannabis infused gummy line with eight different flavors: Blue Raspberry, Cherry, Grape, Peach, Pineapple, Sour Apple, Strawberry and Watermelon.

 

Rainbow Dreams

 

Grapefruit recently launched a new life-style brand designed specifically for the recreational cannabis marketplace called “Rainbow Dreams.” The Rainbow Dreams brand captures the “anything goes party vibe” of the 1970s by offering an array of cannabis products such as a line of vape cartridges with unique cannabis strains combined with all natural flavors for a no-burn experience compared to the traditional or earlier generation cartridges which burn at much higher temperatures and provide the user with a burning sensation when inhaling. Rainbow Dreams fills a niche in the marketplace – a top shelf quality product line that we expect to be competitively priced. We are currently developing THC and CBD infused gummies and mints which expect to incorporate into the Rainbow Dreams product line and make available for sale by the end of 2019.

 

We are also in the process of preparing to introduce several cannabis infused offerings and a new line of THC and CBD vaporizer cartridges in the third quarter of 2019.

 

Intellectual Property

 

The Company expects to file trademark requests with the State of California within the next three months relating to some of the Company’s brands and products.

 

The Company currently maintains a portfolio of trade secrets relating to the formulas for its CBD gummies, vaporization cartridges and oils.

 

Tolling

 

We expect to enter into toll processing agreements by which cultivators will provide us with their dried biomass (i.e., Trim) which we then process at our extraction facility into finished distillate. In exchange, we provide 50% of the finished product to the cultivator. The cultivator is free to use our distribution service to sell their finished product or transfer the finished product to another distributor.

 

Packaging

 

We provide packaging services to re-integrate formally unlicensed products back into the legal marketplace. The space on packaging is limited due to compliance laws. We spend a significant amount of time working out these issues in a pre-production phase. Our goal is to keep a brand’s original design work while complying with the all government regulations. We devote serious efforts to re-brand an unlicensed product to quickly and efficiently re-integrate it into the retail space.

 

Marketing and Sales

 

We have retained employees with cannabis-related experience in product manufacturing, branding, marketing and retail sales in the State of California. We have a strategic relationship with a full service traditional and digital marketing agency that will promote our company and products. We have a multi-pronged approach to marketing our Company and its branded product lines: (1) social media – including Instagram, Facebook and Twitter; (2) influencers who are expected to promote our branded products directly to recreational cannabis users; (3) attendance at specific industry events that are designed to promote our company to both macro and micro targeted audiences; (4) targeted radio advertising designed to reach the recreational marketplace and static marketing ( e.g., well placed bill board advertising); and (5) use of our sales force for the personal touch required to obtain shelf-space in all recreational and medicinal dispensaries.

 

  8  

 

 

The Company employs inside sales persons for retail, and outside sales people for wholesale purchases. Additionally, the Company maintains an online digital platform where customers may purchase the Company’s products.

 

Sources and Availability of Raw Materials; Principal Suppliers

 

In general, raw materials essential to our business are readily available from multiple sources. So far, we have been able to source the materials required to manufacture our THC Distillate as well as our edibles and vape cartridges. Our products use both non-cannabis and cannabis raw materials. We have the entire United States for the sourcing non-cannabis raw materials – such as terpenes, which are the compounds from plant extracts that provide the unique flavor profile in cannabis products, and ccells, which are the industry standard vaporization carts. The California cannabis marketplace is diverse and we have developed the relationships with other companies to ensure the consistent availability of the raw materials.

 

Because we have no direct control over these suppliers, interruptions or delays in the products and services provided by these parties may be difficult to remedy in a timely fashion. In addition, if such suppliers are unable or unwilling to deliver the necessary products or raw materials, we may be unable to redesign or adapt our technology to work without such raw materials or products or find alternative suppliers or manufacturers. In such events, we could experience interruptions, delays, increased costs or quality control problems, or be unable to sell the applicable products, all of which could have a significant adverse impact on our revenue.

 

Competition

 

The cannabis industry is subject to significant competition and pricing pressures. We may experience significant competitive pricing pressures as well as competitive products and services providers. Several significant competitors may offer products and/or services with prices that may match or are lower than ours. We believe that the products and services we offer are generally competitive with those offered by other cannabis companies. It is possible that one or more of our competitors could develop a significant research advantage over us that allows them to provide superior products or pricing, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Continued pricing pressure or improvements in research and shifts in customer preferences away from natural supplements could adversely impact our customer base or pricing structure and have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Additionally, CBD is a naturally occurring cannabinoid constituent of cannabis. It was discovered in 1940 and is known to exhibit neuroprotective properties in many experimental systems. However, development of CBD as a drug has been confounded by the following: 1) low potency; 2) a large number of molecular targets; 3) marginal pharmacokinetic properties; and 4) designation as a schedule 1 controlled substance. We view that companies specializing in the sale, distribution and manufacturing of CBD based products as some of our stronger competitors based on recent laws and regulatory schemes.

 

Government Approvals and Regulations

 

The formulation, manufacturing, processing, labeling, packaging, advertising and distribution of our products are subject to regulation by several federal agencies, including the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the U.S. Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) and the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”). These activities are also regulated by various agencies of the states and localities in which our products are sold. The FDA regulates the processing, formulation, safety, manufacture, packaging, labeling and distribution of dietary supplements (including vitamins, minerals, and herbs) and cosmetics, whereas the FTC has jurisdiction to regulate the advertising of these products.

 

The FDA’s Good Manufacturing Practices (“GMP”) regulations require dietary supplements to be prepared, packaged and held in compliance with strict rules, and require quality control provisions similar to those in the GMP regulations for drugs. The FDA could in the future choose to inspect one of our facilities for compliance with these regulations, and could cause non-compliant products made or held in the facility to be subject to FDA enforcement actions.

 

  9  

 

 

The FDA has broad authority to enforce the provisions of the FDCA and their regulation of foods, dietary supplements and cosmetics may increase or become more restrictive in the future. Additional legislation could be passed which would impose substantial new regulatory requirements for dietary supplements, potentially raising our costs and hindering our business.

 

Our advertising is subject to regulation by the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, under the Federal Trade Commission Act. In recent years the FTC has initiated numerous investigations of dietary supplement and weight loss products and companies. Additionally, some states also permit advertising and labeling laws to be enforced by private attorney generals, who may seek relief for consumers, seek class action certifications, seek class wide damages and product recalls of products sold by us. Any of these types of adverse actions against us by governmental authorities or private litigants could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition to FDA and FTC regulations, our products may face further regulation under the Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs 1961, which governs international trade and domestic control of narcotic substances including cannabis extracts. Countries may interpret and implement their treaty obligations in a way that creates a legal obstacle to our obtaining marketing approval for our products in those countries. These countries may not be willing or able to amend or otherwise modify their laws and regulations to permit our products to be marketed, or achieving such amendments to the laws and regulations may take a prolonged period of time. In the case of countries with similar obstacles, we would be unable to market our product candidates in countries in the near future or perhaps at all if the laws and regulations in those countries do not change.

 

Additionally, the Company is also subject to California law regarding dissemination of information via advertising. Mainly, these rules and regulations relate to directing advertisements to people aged 21 years and older. The type of advertising the Company expects to conduct and pursue is similar to how alcohol companies direct their advertising and marketing efforts.

 

Controlled Substance Regulation

 

At some point our products may be developed and be subject to U.S. controlled substance laws and regulations and failure to comply with these laws and regulations, or the cost of compliance with these laws and regulations, may adversely affect the results of our business operations, both during clinical development and post approval, and our financial condition.

 

Certain products we may develop could contain controlled substances as defined in the federal Controlled Substances Act of 1970, or CSA. Controlled substances that are pharmaceutical products are subject to a high degree of regulation under the CSA, which establishes, among other things, certain registration, manufacturing quotas, security, recordkeeping, reporting, import, export and other requirements administered by the DEA. The DEA classifies controlled substances into five schedules: Schedule I, II, III, IV or V substances. Schedule I substances by definition have a high potential for abuse, no currently “accepted medical use” in the United States, lack accepted safety for use under medical supervision, and may not be prescribed, marketed or sold in the United States. Pharmaceutical products approved for use in the United States may be listed as Schedule II, III, IV or V, with Schedule II substances considered to present the highest potential for abuse or dependence and Schedule V substances the lowest relative risk of abuse among such substances. Schedule I and II drugs are subject to the strictest controls under the CSA, including manufacturing and procurement quotas, security requirements and criteria for importation. In addition, dispensing of Schedule II drugs is further restricted. For example, they may not be refilled without a new prescription. We do not intend to produce “controlled substances” at this time, due to regulatory complications.

 

Employees

 

As of July 24, 2019, we had 14 full-time employees. Grapefruit has 4 employees at its lab facilities. One of the lab employees is responsible for managing onsite operations at the Warehouse. Grapefruit has a total of 5 inside sales and branding employees as well as 2 employees for operational support. Finally, the Company has 3 outside sales people located in Northern California. These sales people are in charge of Grapefruit’s bulk flower and trim sales. Our employees are not represented by a labor union or other collective bargaining groups at this point in time, and we consider relations with our employees to be good. We currently plan to retain and utilize the services of outside consultants for additional research, testing, regulatory, legal compliance and other services on an as needed basis.

 

  10  

 

 

Properties

 

We own approximately two acres of real property located in the Coachillin’ Industrial Cultivation and Ancillary Canna-Business Park in Desert Hot Springs, located on the extension of North Canyon Rd., approximately 10 miles north of the center of Palm Springs. We intend on building a fully integrated distribution, manufacturing and cultivation facility to become a seed to sale, fully vertically integrated Cannabis and CBD product Company.

 

Additionally, our cannabis and CBD extraction laboratory and distribution facility is located in the same Canna-Business Park. On September 1, 2018, the Company entered into a three-year lease for approximately 2,268 square feet which commenced on March 1, 2018. Monthly lease payments are approximately $1,134.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time, we may become involved in lawsuits, investigations and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not a party to any litigation whereby the outcome of such litigation, if determined adversely to us, would materially affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Available Information

 

The Company maintains a website at www.imaging3.com. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, as reviewed and updated on October 26, 2017, is available on our website. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, are available free of charge on our website as soon as practicable after electronic filing of such material with, or furnishing it to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC”). This information may be read and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information about issuers, like Imaging3, Inc., who file electronically with the SEC. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov.

 

THE OFFERING

 

This prospectus relates to the offer and sale from time to time of up to an aggregate of 112,130,731 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, consisting of 73,130,731 shares of our Common Stock by the Selling Security Holder that may be issued upon conversion of the Note, and up to 39,000,000 shares of our Common Stock by the Selling Security Holder that may be issued upon the exercise of Warrants.

 

In connection with the Private Offering, under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement entered into with the Selling Security Holder on the same date and in connection with the Securities Purchase Agreement, we must register with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission 73,130,731 shares of Common Stock underlying the Notes, and 39,000,000 shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrants. The number of shares of Common Stock ultimately offered for resale by the Selling Security Holder depends upon how much of the Note and Warrants the Selling Security Holder elect to convert and exercise, respectively, and the liquidity and market price of our Common Stock.

 

  11  

 

 

Common Stock to be offering by the Selling Security Holder offered by us: We are offering 112,130,731 shares of Common Stock consisting of: (i) 73,130,731 shares underlying the Note and (ii) 39,000,000 shares underlying the Warrants. The Note is convertible immediately and has a conversion price of $0.23 per share or 95% of the mathematical average of the five lowest trading prices for the Company’s common stock on the OTCQB for the period from the closing to the maturity date of the Note being converted less $0.01 for conversions at less than $0.15 and less $0.02 for conversions at more than $0.15. The Warrants are exercisable immediately, have an exercise prices of $0.125, $0.15 and $0.25 per share and expire five years from the date of issuance.
   
Common Stock outstanding prior to this offering (1) 460,372,807
   
Common stock to be outstanding after the offering (1) 572,503,538 shares of common stock if the 73,130,731 shares of Common Stock underlying the Note are issued and 39,000,000 shares of common underlying the Warrants are also exercised in full.
   
Use of proceeds We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the Selling Security Holder. All of the net proceeds from the sale of our common stock will go to the Selling Security Holder as described below in the sections entitled “Selling Security Holder” and “Plan of Distribution”. We have agreed to bear the expenses relating to the registration of the common stock for the Selling Security Holder. The Company shall use the proceeds from the sale of the Notes for working capital and other general corporate purposes and shall not, directly or indirectly, use such proceeds for any loan to or investment in any other corporation, partnership, enterprise or other person (except in connection with its currently existing direct or indirect Subsidiaries).
   
Risk factors Investing in our securities is highly speculative and involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 17 before deciding to invest in our securities.
   
Trading symbol Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTCQB under the trading symbol “IGNG”.

 

(1) The number of shares of our Common Stock outstanding prior to and to be outstanding immediately after this offering, as set forth in the table above, is based on 460,372,807 shares outstanding as of July 23, 2019, and including or excluding the following as of such date:

 

  Excludes 250,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options with a weighted average exercise price of $1.00 per share.
     
 

 

Excludes 23,062,776 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding as of July 23, 2019 having a weighted average exercise price of $0.14 per share;
     
  Excludes 73,130,731 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes offered in this offering;
     
  Excludes 39,000,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants offered in this offering; and

 

  12  

 

 

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The following summary consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Additionally, the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2019 are derived from our consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical financial data presented below is not necessarily indicative of our financial results in future periods, and the results for the quarter ended March 31, 2019 is not necessarily indicative of our operating results to be expected for the full fiscal year ending December 31, 2019 or any other period. You should read the summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with those financial statements and the accompanying notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations as of and for such periods.

 

IMAGING3, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

   

Year Ended

December 31, 2018

   

Year Ended

December 31, 2017

 
             
Net revenues   $ -     $ 41,829  
                 
Cost of goods sold     -       14,263  
Gross profit     -       27,566  
                 
Operating expenses                
General and administrative expenses     6,321,546       1,654,541  
Total operating expenses     6,321,546       1,654,541  
                 
Loss from operations     (6,321,546 )     (1,626,975 )
                 
Other income (expense):                
Interest expense     (679,685 )     (1,171,708 )
Change in value of derivatives     (179,639 )     1,895,731  
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt     100,914       3,668,776  
Settlement of legal debt     (1,026,071 )     -  
Other income     (23,327 )     87,487  
Total other income (expense)     (1,807,808 )     4,480,286  
                 
Income (loss) before income tax     (8,129,354 )     2,853,311  
                 
Provision for income taxes     800       800  
                 
Net income (loss)   $ (8,130,154 )   $ 2,852,511  
                 
Net income (loss) per share - Basic   $ (0.25 )   $ 0.21  
Net income (loss) per share - Diluted   $ (0.25 )   $ 0.18  
                 
Weighted average common stock outstanding - Basic     32,116,087       13,825,914  
Weighted average common stock outstanding - Diluted     32,116,087       15,667,279  

 

* The financial statements have been retroactively restated to reflect the 1-for-20 reverse-stock split that occurred on March 16, 2018.

 

  13  

 

 

IMAGING3, INC.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(UNAUDITED)

 

    Three months ended
March 31, 2019
    Three months ended
March 31, 2018
 
             
Net revenues   $ -     $ -  
                 
Cost of goods sold     -       -  
Gross profit (loss)     -       -  
                 
Operating expenses:                
General and administrative expenses     195,325       5,671,297  
Total operating expenses     195,325       5,671,297  
                 
Loss from operations     (195,325 )     (5,671,297 )
                 
Other income (expense):                
Interest expense     (48,296 )     (305,293 )
Change in value of derivative instruments     (15,633,479 )     (745,855 )
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt     (49,926 )     (6,958 )
Other income (expense)     -       -  
Total other income (expense)     (15,731,701 )     (1,058,106 )
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes     (15,927,026 )     (6,729,403 )
                 
Provision for income taxes             -  
                 
Net income (loss)   $ (15,927,026 )   $ (6,729,403 )
                 
Net income (loss) per share - Basic   $ (0.39 )   $ (0.37 )
Net income (loss) per share - Diluted   $ (0.39 )   $ (0.37 )
Weighted average common stock outstanding - Basic     41,225,688       18,074,095  
Weighted average common stock outstanding - Diluted     41,225,688       18,074,095  

 

  14  

 

 

IMAGING3, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

 

    December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
             
ASSETS                
                 
CURRENT ASSETS:                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 14,214     $ 3,594  
                 
Total current assets     14,214       3,594  
                 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net     -       -  
Total assets   $ 14,214     $ 3,594  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT                
                 
CURRENT LIABILITIES:                
Accounts payable   $ 703,518     $ 488,102  
Administrative claims payable     1,113,708       -  
Accrued expenses     372,773       216,031  
Subscriptions payable     289,283       130,600  
Derivative liability     677,990       701,347  
Convertible notes payable, net of discount of $- and $455,478     2,167,107       1,043,502  
Total current liabilities     5,324,379       2,579,582  
LONG TERM LIABILITIES                
Administrative claims payable     -       1,131,916  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES     5,324,379       3,711,498  
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES, note 10                
                 
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT:                
      -       -  
Common stock and additional paid-in capital authorized 1,000,000,000 shares, no par value and 40,426,983 and 15,474,454 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018, and December 31, 2017, respectively     15,944,948       9,417,055  
Accumulated deficit     (21,255,113 )     (13,124,959 )
Total stockholders’ deficit     (5,310,165 )     (3,707,904 )
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit   $ 14,214     $ 3,594  

 

  15  

 

 

IMAGING3, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

(unaudited)

 

    March 31, 2019     December 31, 2018  
             
ASSETS                
                 
CURRENT ASSETS:                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 67,146     $ 14,214  
                 
Total current assets     67,146       14,214  
                 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net     -       -  
Total assets   $ 67,146     $ 14,214  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT                
                 
CURRENT LIABILITIES:                
Accounts payable   $ 681,776     $ 703,518  
Administrative claims payable     1,113,708       1,113,708  
Accrued expenses     394,356       372,773  
Subscriptions payable     256,000       289,283  
Derivative liability     15,442,307       677,990  
Convertible notes payable, net of discount of $- and $179,307     2,165,482       2,167,107  
Total current liabilities     20,053,629       5,324,379  
LONG TERM LIABILITIES                
Administrative claims payable     -       -  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES     20,053,629       5,324,379  
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES, note 8                
                 
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT:                
      -       -  
Common stock and additional paid-in capital authorized 1,000,000,000 shares, no par value and 49,689,768 and 40,426,983 issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018, respectively     17,195,658       15,944,948  
Accumulated deficit     (37,182,141 )     (21,255,113 )
Total stockholders’ deficit     (19,986,483 )     (5,310,165 )
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit   $ 67,146     $ 14,214  

 

  16  

 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

Investing in our securities involves a great deal of risk. Careful consideration should be made of the following factors as well as other information included in this prospectus before deciding to purchase our securities. There are many risks that affect our business and results of operations, some of which are beyond our control. Our business, financial condition or operating results could be materially harmed by any of these risks. This could cause the trading price of our securities to decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks that we do not yet know of or that we currently think are immaterial may also affect our business and results of operations.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

The report of our independent registered public accounting firm contains explanatory language that substantial doubt exists about our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

The independent auditor’s report on our financial statements contains explanatory language that substantial doubt exists about our ability to continue as a going concern as of December 31, 2018. If we are unable to fund operations through our operating business and are unable to obtain sufficient financing in the near term as required or achieve profitability, then we would, in all likelihood, experience severe liquidity problems and may have to curtail our operations. If we curtail our operations, we may be placed into bankruptcy or undergo liquidation, the result of which will adversely affect the value of our common shares.

 

We have generated losses and not yet achieved positive cash flows, which may adversely affect our liquidity and ability to continue as a going concern.

 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to achieve revenue growth, profitability or positive cash flow, on either a quarterly or annual basis, or that profitability, if achieved, will be sustained. Our ability to meet our long-term business objectives likely will be dependent upon establishing increased cash flow from operations or securing other sources of financing. If our losses continue, however, our liquidity may be severely impaired, our stock price may fall and our shareholders may lose all or a significant portion of their investment.

 

We may not be able to implement our growth and marketing strategy successfully or on a timely basis or at all.

 

Our future success depends, in large part, on our ability to implement our growth strategy of expanding distribution and sales of our product portfolio, attracting new consumers to our brand and introducing new product lines and product extensions. Our ability to implement this growth strategy depends, among other things, on our ability to:

 

  enter into distribution and other strategic arrangements with other potential distributors of our all-natural raw material products;
     
  increase our brand recognition;
     
  expand and maintain brand loyalty; and
     
  research new applications for existing products and develop new product lines and extensions.

 

Our sales and operating results will be adversely affected if we fail to implement our growth strategy or if we invest resources in a growth strategy that ultimately proves unsuccessful.

 

We may not have the liquidity to support our future operations and capital requirements.

 

Whether we can achieve cash flow levels sufficient to support our operations cannot be accurately predicted. Unless such cash flow levels are achieved, in addition to the proceeds from this offering, we may need to borrow additional funds or sell debt or equity securities, or some combination thereof, to provide funding for our operations. Such additional funding may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If adequate funds are not available when needed, our financial condition and operating results would be materially and adversely affected and we may not be able to operate our business without significant changes in our operations, or at all.

 

We sell our products in highly competitive markets, which results in pressure on our profit margins and limits our ability to maintain or increase the market share of our services.

 

The nutraceutical industry is subject to significant competition and pricing pressures. We will experience significant competitive pricing pressures as well as competitive products. Several significant competitors offer products with prices that may match or are lower than ours. We believe that the products we offer are generally competitive with those offered by other supplement and nutraceutical companies. It is possible that one or more of our competitors could develop a significant research advantage over us that allows them to provide superior products or pricing, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Continued pricing pressure or improvements in research and shifts in customer preferences away from natural supplements could adversely impact our customer base or pricing structure and have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

  17  

 

 

Marijuana, and Cannabinoids and CBD with more than 0.3% THC are illegal under federal law.

 

Marijuana, and CBD containing in excess of 0.3% THC are Schedule 1 controlled substances and are illegal under federal law, specifically the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. § 811). Even in states that have legalized the use of marijuana, its sale and use remain violations of federal law. CBD and cannabinoids derived from industrial hemp are not distinguishable. Although the products we buy are certified as THC free, if there were mistakes in processing or mislabeling and THC were found in our products we could be subject to enforcement and prosecution which would have a negative impact on our business and operation.

 

Laws and regulations affecting our industry are constantly changing.

 

The constant evolution of laws and regulations affecting the marijuana industry could detrimentally affect our operations. Local, state and federal medical marijuana laws and regulations are broad in scope and subject to changing interpretations. These changes may require us to incur substantial costs associated with legal and compliance fees and ultimately require us to alter our business plan. Furthermore, violations of these laws, or alleged violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our operations. In addition, we cannot predict the nature of any future laws, regulations, interpretations or applications, and it is possible that regulations may be enacted in the future that will be directly applicable to our business.

 

Our future growth is largely dependent upon our ability to successfully compete with new and existing competitors by developing or acquiring new products that achieve market acceptance with acceptable margins.

 

Our business operates in markets that are characterized by rapidly changing products, evolving industry standards and potential new entrants. For example, a number of new companies with innovative products, which promise significant health benefits are established every year and are competitive with our products. If these companies gain market acceptance, our ability to grow our business could be materially and adversely affected. Accordingly, our future success depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to accomplish the following: identify emerging trends in our target end-markets; develop, acquire and maintain competitive products; enhance our products by adding innovative features that differentiate us from our competitors; and develop or acquire and bring products to market quickly and cost-effectively. Our ability to develop or acquire new products based on quality research can affect our competitive position and requires the investment of significant resources. These acquisitions and development efforts divert resources from other potential investments in our businesses, and they may not lead to the development of new research or products on a timely basis. New or enhanced products may not satisfy consumer preferences and potential product failures may cause consumers to reject these products. As a result, these products may not achieve market acceptance and our brand image could suffer. In addition, our competitors may introduce superior designs or business strategies, impairing our brand and the desirability of our products, which may cause consumers to defer or forego purchases of our products or services. Also, the markets for our products and services may not develop or grow as we anticipate. The failure of our products to gain market acceptance, the potential for product defects or the obsolescence of our products could significantly reduce our revenue, increase our operating costs or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Our business is dependent on laws pertaining to the cannabis industry.

 

The federal government has issued guidance to federal prosecutors concerning marijuana enforcement under the Controlled Substances Act (CSA). The Cole Memorandum updates that guidance in light of state ballot initiatives that legalize under state law the possession of small amounts of marijuana and provide for the regulation of marijuana production, processing, and sale. The guidance set forth herein applies to all federal enforcement activity, including civil enforcement and criminal investigations and prosecutions, concerning marijuana in all states.

 

  18  

 

 

Congress has determined that marijuana is a dangerous drug and that the illegal distribution and sale of marijuana is a serious crime that provides a significant source of revenue to large-scale criminal enterprises, gangs, and cartels. The Department of Justice is committed to enforcement of the Controlled Substance Act (CSA) consistent with those determinations. The Department is also committed to using its limited investigative and prosecutorial resources to address the most significant threats in the most effective, consistent, and rational way. In furtherance of those objectives, as several states enacted laws relating to the use of marijuana for medical purposes, the Department in recent years has focused its efforts on certain enforcement priorities that are particularly important to the federal government:

 

  Preventing the distribution of marijuana to minors;
     
  Preventing revenue from the sale of marijuana from going to criminal enterprises, gangs, and cartels;
     
  Preventing the diversion of marijuana from states where it is legal under state law in some form to other states;
     
  Preventing state-authorized marijuana activity from being used as a cover or pretext for the trafficking of other illegal drugs or other illegal activity;
     
  Providing the necessary resources and demonstrate the willingness to enforce their laws, and,
     
  Enacting regulations in a manner that ensures they do not undermine federal enforcement priorities.

 

In jurisdictions that have enacted laws legalizing marijuana in some form, and that have also implemented strong and effective regulatory and enforcement systems to control the cultivation, distribution, sale, and possession of marijuana, conduct in compliance with those laws and regulations is less likely to threaten the federal priorities set forth above. Indeed, a robust system may affirmatively address those priorities by, for example, implementing effective measures to prevent diversion of marijuana outside of the regulated system and to other states, prohibiting access to marijuana by minors, and replacing an illicit marijuana trade that funds criminal enterprises with a tightly regulated market in which revenues are tracked and accounted for. In those circumstances, consistent with the traditional allocation of federal-state efforts in this area, enforcement of state law by state and local law enforcement and regulatory bodies should remain the primary means of addressing marijuana-related activity. If state enforcement efforts are not sufficiently robust to protect against the harms set forth above, the federal government may seek to challenge the regulatory structure itself in addition to continuing to bring individual enforcement actions, including criminal prosecutions, focused on those harms.

 

As with the Department’s previous statements on this subject, this memorandum is intended solely as a guide to the exercise of investigative and prosecutorial discretion. This memorandum does not alter in any way the Department’s authority to enforce federal law, including federal laws relating to marijuana, regardless of state law. Neither the guidance herein nor any state or local law provides a legal defense to a violation of federal law, including any civil or criminal violation of the CSA. Even in jurisdictions with strong and effective regulatory systems, evidence that particular conduct threatens federal priorities will subject that person or entity to federal enforcement action, based on the circumstances. This memorandum is not intended to, does not, and may not be relied upon to create any rights, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law by any party in any matter civil or criminal. It applies prospectively to the exercise of prosecutorial discretion in future cases and does not provide defendants or subjects of enforcement action with a basis for reconsideration of any pending civil action or criminal prosecution. Finally, nothing herein precludes investigation or prosecution, even in the absence of any one of the factors listed above, in particular circumstances where investigation and prosecution otherwise serves an important federal interest.

 

As to the Company engaging in business outside of the jurisdiction of the U.S.A., the Company must first assume that the laws in other country(s), territories or destinations are similar to that of the U.S. Federal Government, however, the Company must then retain competent legal counsel in this outside jurisdiction and insisting that they understand and obtain a copy of these foreign laws and rules and should gain the expertise and representation of a foreign specialist or attorney in the foreign destination being considered prior to engaging in any cannabis, marijuana or hemp business.

 

Our business is subject to risk of government action.

 

While we will use our best efforts to comply with all laws, including federal, state and local laws and regulations, there is a possibility that governmental action to enforce any alleged violations may result in legal fees and damage awards that would adversely affect us.

 

  19  

 

 

Because our business is dependent upon continued market acceptance by consumers, any negative trends will adversely affect our business operations.

 

We are substantially dependent on continued market acceptance and proliferation of consumers of cannabis, medical marijuana and recreational marijuana as well as CBD and full spectrum cannabinoids. We believe that as marijuana becomes more accepted the stigma associated with marijuana use will diminish and as a result consumer demand will continue to grow. While we believe that the market and opportunity in the marijuana space continues to grow, we cannot predict the future growth rate and size of the market. Any negative outlook on the marijuana industry will adversely affect our business operations.

 

In addition, it is believed by many that large well-funded businesses may have a strong economic opposition to the cannabis industry. We believe that the pharmaceutical industry clearly does not want to cede control of any product that could generate significant revenue. Any inroads the pharmaceutical industry could make in halting the impending cannabis industry could have a detrimental impact on our business.

 

The failure to enforce and maintain our intellectual property rights could enable others to use trademarks used by our business which could adversely affect the value of the Company.

 

The success of our business depends on our continued ability to use our existing tradenames in order to increase our brand awareness. As of the date hereof, we do not have any federally registered trademarks owned by us, but we plan to pursue state registered trademarks with the State of California for our Sugar Stoned and Rainbow Dreams brands. The unauthorized use or other misappropriation of any of the foregoing trademarks or tradenames could diminish the value of our business which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation.

 

The possible FDA Regulation of cannabis marijuana and CBD, and the possible registration of facilities where cannabis is grown and CBD products are produced, if implemented, could negatively affect the cannabis industry generally, which could directly affect our financial condition.

 

The FDA has not approved cannabis, marijuana, industrial hemp or CBD derived from cannabis or industrial hemp as a safe and effective drug for any indication. The FDA considers these substances illegal Schedule 1 drugs. As of the date of this filing, we have not, and do not intend to file an IND with the FDA, concerning any of our products that may contain cannabis, industrial hemp or CBD derived from industrial hemp. Further, The FDA has concluded that products containing cannabis, marijuana industrial hemp or CBD derived from industrial hemp are excluded from the dietary supplement definition under sections 201(ff)(3)(B)(i) and (ii) of the U.S. Food, Drug & Cosmetic Act, respectively. Our products are not marketed or sold as dietary supplements. However, at some indeterminate future time, the FDA may choose to change its position concerning products containing cannabis, marijuana, or CBD derived from industrial hemp, and may choose to enact regulations that are applicable to such products, including, but not limited to: the growth, cultivation, harvesting and processing of cannabis and marijuana; regulations covering the physical facilities where cannabis and marijuana are grown; and possible testing to determine efficacy and safety of CBD. In this hypothetical event, our industrial hemp based products containing CBD may be subject to regulation. In the hypothetical event that some or all of these regulations are imposed, we do not know what the impact would be on the cannabis industry in general, and what costs, requirements and possible prohibitions may be enforced. If we are unable to comply with the conditions and possible costs of possible regulations and/or registration as may be prescribed by the FDA, we may be unable to continue to operate our business.

 

We may have difficulty accessing the service of banks.

 

On February 14, 2014, the U.S. government issued rules allowing banks to legally provide financial services to state-licensed marijuana businesses. A memorandum issued by the Justice Department to federal prosecutors re-iterated guidance previously given, this time to the financial industry that banks can do business with legal marijuana businesses and “may not” be prosecuted. The Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) issued guidelines to banks that “it is possible to provide financial services” to state-licensed marijuana businesses and still be in compliance with federal anti-money laundering laws. The guidance falls short of the explicit legal authorization that banking industry officials had pushed the government to provide and to date, it is not clear if any banks have relied on the guidance and taken on legal marijuana companies as clients. The aforementioned policy may be administration dependent and a change in presidential administrations may cause a policy reversal and retraction of current policies, wherein legal marijuana businesses may not have access to the banking industry.

 

  20  

 

 

Banking regulations in our business are costly and time consuming.

 

In assessing the risk of providing services to a marijuana-related business, a financial institutions may conduct customer due diligence that includes: (i) verifying with the appropriate state authorities whether the business is duly licensed and registered; (ii) reviewing the license application (and related documentation) submitted by the business for obtaining a state license to operate its marijuana-related business; (iii) requesting from state licensing and enforcement authorities available information about the business and related parties; (iv) developing an understanding of the normal and expected activity for the business, including the types of products to be sold and the type of customers to be served (e.g., medical versus recreational customers); (v) ongoing monitoring of publicly available sources for adverse information about the business and related parties; (vi) ongoing monitoring for suspicious activity, including for any of the red flags described in this guidance; and (vii) refreshing information obtained as part of customer due diligence on a periodic basis and commensurate with the risk. With respect to information regarding state licensure obtained in connection with such customer due diligence, a financial institution may reasonably rely on the accuracy of information provided by state licensing authorities, where states make such information available. These regulatory reviews may be time consuming and costly. Currently we are not licensed and have operated in a manner to avoid the necessity of licensure by not using products containing THC, nevertheless CBD and cannibinoids are still part of the cannabis plant and as such are considered schedule 1 drugs, as such many banks will not transact business with us. We have been successful to date in finding merchant credit card processing and a bank that will do business with us. If either of them decided to cease doing business with us we would not have a way to receive payment and our operations would be negatively affected unless we could find a new bank or processor that would work with us, of which there can be no assurance.

 

Due to our involvement in the cannabis industry, we may have a difficult time obtaining the various insurances that are desired to operate our business, which may expose us to additional risk and financial liability.

 

Insurance that is otherwise readily available, such as general liability, and directors and officer’s insurance, is more difficult for us to find, and more expensive, because we are service providers to companies in the cannabis industry. There are no guarantees that we will be able to find such insurances in the future, or that the cost will be affordable to us. If we are forced to go without such insurances, it may prevent us from entering into certain business sectors, may inhibit our growth, and may expose us to additional risk and financial liabilities.

 

The Company’s industry is highly competitive and we have less capital and resources than many of our competitors which may give them an advantage in developing and marketing products similar to ours or make our products obsolete.

 

We are involved in a highly competitive industry where we may compete with numerous other companies who offer alternative methods or approaches, who may have far greater resources, more experience, and personnel perhaps more qualified than we do. Such resources may give our competitors an advantage in developing and marketing products similar to ours or products that make our products obsolete. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully compete against these other entities.

 

Our products and services are new and our industry is rapidly evolving.

 

Due consideration must be given to our prospects in light of the risks, uncertainties and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in their early stage of development, particularly companies in the rapidly evolving legal cannabis industry. To be successful in this industry, we must, among other things:

 

  develop and introduce functional and attractive service offerings;
     
  attract and maintain a large base of consumers;
     
  increase awareness of our brands and develop consumer loyalty;

 

  21  

 

 

  establish and maintain strategic relationships with distribution partners and service providers;
     
  respond to competitive and technological developments;
     
  attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

 

We cannot guarantee that we will succeed in achieving these goals, and our failure to do so would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

 

Some of our products and services are new and are only in early stages of commercialization. We are not certain that these products and services will function as anticipated or be desirable to its intended market. Also, some of our products may have limited functionalities, which may limit their appeal to consumers and put us at a competitive disadvantage. If our current or future products and services fail to function properly or if we do not achieve or sustain market acceptance, we could lose customers or could be subject to claims which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

As is typical in a new and rapidly evolving industry, demand and market acceptance for recently introduced products and services are subject to a high level of uncertainty and risk. Because the market for the Company is new and evolving, it is difficult to predict with any certainty the size of this market and its growth rate, if any. We cannot guarantee that a market for the Company will develop or that demand for Company’s products and services will emerge or be sustainable. If the market fails to develop, develops more slowly than expected or becomes saturated with competitors, our business, financial condition and operating results would be materially adversely affected.

 

Adverse publicity or consumer perception of our products and any similar products distributed by others could harm our reputation and adversely affect our sales and revenues.

 

We believe we are highly dependent upon positive consumer perceptions of the safety and quality of our products as well as similar products distributed by other health and wellness companies. Consumer perception of health products, nutrition supplements and our products in particular can be substantially influenced by scientific research or findings, national media attention and other publicity about product use. Adverse publicity from these sources regarding the safety, quality or efficacy of nutritional supplements and our products could harm our reputation and results of operations. The mere publication of news articles or reports asserting that such products may be harmful or questioning their efficacy could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, regardless of whether such news articles or reports are scientifically supported or whether the claimed harmful effects would be present at the dosages recommended for such products.

 

Our operating results may fluctuate, which makes our results difficult to predict and could cause our results to fall short of expectations.

 

Our operating results may fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, many of which may be outside of our control. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful, and you should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance. Our quarterly, year-to-date, and annual expenses as a percentage of our revenues may differ significantly from our historical or projected rates. Our operating results in future quarters may fall below expectations. Each of the following factors may affect our operating results:

 

our ability to deliver products in a timely manner in sufficient volumes;
   
 our ability to recognize product trends;
   
our loss of one or more significant customers;
   
 the introduction of successful new products by our competitors;
   
adverse media reports on the use or efficacy of nutritional supplements; and
   
our inability to make our online division profitable.

 

  22  

 

 

Because our business is changing and evolving, our historical operating results may not be useful to you in predicting our future operating results.

 

The loss of key management personnel could adversely affect our business.

 

We depend on the continued services of our executive officers and senior management team as they work closely with independent representative and are responsible for our day-to-day operations. Our success depends in part on our ability to retain our executive officers, to compensate our executive officers at attractive levels, and to continue to attract additional qualified individuals to our management team. Although we have entered into employment agreements with members of our senior management team, and do not believe that any of them are planning to leave or retire in the near term, we cannot assure that our senior managers will remain with us. The loss or limitation of the services of any of our executive officers or members of our senior management team, or the inability to attract additional qualified management personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or independent associate relations.

 

Independent Sales Representatives could fail to comply with our policies and procedures or make improper product, compensation, marketing or advertising claims that violate laws or regulations, which could result in claims against us that could harm our financial condition and operating results.

 

We sell our products through a sales force of independent representatives. The independent representatives are independent contractors and, accordingly, we are not in a position to provide the same direction, motivation, and oversight as we would if associates were our own employees. As a result, there can be no assurance that our representatives will participate in our marketing strategies or plans, accept our introduction of new products, or comply with our policies and procedures. All independent representatives will be required to sign a written contract and agree to adhere to our policies and procedures, which prohibit associates from making false, misleading or other improper claims regarding products or income potential from the distribution of the products. However, independent representatives may from time to time, without our knowledge and in violation of our policies, create promotional materials or otherwise provide information that does not accurately describe our marketing program. There is a possibility that some jurisdictions could seek to hold us responsible for independent representatives activities that violate applicable laws or regulations, which could result in government or third-party actions or fines against us, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

 

Uncertainty of profitability.

 

Our business strategy may result in increased volatility of revenues and earnings. As we only have a limited number of products developed at this time, our overall success will depend on a limited number of products and our ability to develop or find new ones or new applications as well as our research and development efforts, which may cause variability and unsteady profits and losses depending on the products offered and their market acceptance.

 

Our revenues and our profitability may be adversely affected by economic conditions and changes in the market for medical and recreational marijuana. Our business is also subject to general economic risks that could adversely impact the results of operations and financial condition.

 

Because of the anticipated nature of the products that we offer and attempt to develop, it is difficult to accurately forecast revenues and operating results and these items could fluctuate in the future due to a number of factors. These factors may include, among other things, the following:

 

  Our ability to raise sufficient capital to take advantage of opportunities and generate sufficient revenues to cover expenses.
     
  Our ability to source strong opportunities with sufficient risk adjusted returns.
     
  Our ability to manage our capital and liquidity requirements based on changing market conditions generally and changes in the developing legal medical marijuana and recreational marijuana industries.

 

  23  

 

 

  The acceptance of the terms and conditions of our service.
     
  The amount and timing of operating and other costs and expenses.
     
  The nature and extent of competition from other companies that may reduce market share and create pressure on pricing and investment return expectations.
     
  Adverse changes in the national and regional economies in which we will participate, including, but not limited to, changes in our performance, capital availability, and market demand.
     
  Adverse changes in the projects in which we plan to invest which result from factors beyond our control, including, but not limited to, a change in circumstances, capacity and economic impacts.
     
  Adverse developments in the efforts to legalize marijuana or increased federal enforcement.
     
  Changes in laws, regulations, accounting, taxation, and other requirements affecting our operations and business.
     
  Our operating results may fluctuate from year to year due to the factors listed above and others not listed. At times, these fluctuations may be significant.

 

Management of growth will be necessary for us to be competitive.

 

Successful expansion of our business will depend on our ability to effectively attract and manage staff, strategic business relationships, and shareholders. Specifically, we will need to hire skilled management and technical personnel as well as manage partnerships to navigate shifts in the general economic environment. Expansion has the potential to place significant strains on financial, management, and operational resources, yet failure to expand will inhibit our profitability goals.

 

We are entering a potentially highly competitive market.

 

The markets for businesses in the medical marijuana and recreational marijuana industries as well as their related CBD and cannabinoid industries are competitive and evolving. In particular, we face strong competition from larger companies that may be in the process of offering similar products and services to ours. Many of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories, significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources and larger client bases than we have (or may be expected to have).

 

Given the rapid changes affecting the global, national, and regional economies generally and the medical marijuana and recreational marijuana industries, in particular, we may not be able to create and maintain a competitive advantage in the marketplace. Our success will depend on our ability to keep pace with any changes in its markets, especially with legal and regulatory changes. Our success will depend on our ability to respond to, among other things, changes in the economy, market conditions, and competitive pressures. Any failure by us to anticipate or respond adequately to such changes could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, operating results, liquidity, cash flow and our operational performance.

 

If we fail to protect our intellectual property, our business could be adversely affected.

 

Our viability will depend, in part, on our ability to develop and maintain the proprietary aspects of our products and brands to distinguish our products from our competitors’ products. We rely on patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, and confidentiality provisions to establish and protect our intellectual property. Any infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property could damage its value and limit our ability to compete. We may have to engage in litigation to protect the rights to our intellectual property, which could result in significant litigation costs and require a significant amount of our time. Competitors may also harm our sales by designing products that mirror the capabilities of our products or technology without infringing on our intellectual property rights. If we do not obtain sufficient protection for our intellectual property, or if we are unable to effectively enforce our intellectual property rights, our competitiveness could be impaired, which would limit our growth and future revenue. We may also find it necessary to bring infringement or other actions against third parties to seek to protect our intellectual property rights. Litigation of this nature, even if successful, is often expensive and time-consuming to prosecute, and there can be no assurance that we will have the financial or other resources to enforce our rights or be able to enforce our rights, or prevent other parties from developing similar technology or designing around our intellectual property.

 

  24  

 

 

Our lack of sufficient patent and/or trademark or copyright protection and any unauthorized use of our proprietary information and technology may affect our business.

 

We currently rely on a combination of protections by patents and contracts, including confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements, and common law rights, such as trade secrets, to protect our intellectual property. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to adequately protect our technology or other intellectual property from misappropriation in the U.S. and abroad. This risk may be increased due to the lack of certain patent and/or copyright protection. Any patent issued to us could be challenged, invalidated or circumvented or rights granted thereunder may not provide a competitive advantage to us. Furthermore, patent applications that we file may not result in issuance of a patent, or, if a patent is issued, the patent may not be issued in a form that is advantageous to us. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, others may independently develop similar products, duplicate our products or design around our patents and other rights. In addition, it is difficult to monitor compliance with, and enforce, our intellectual property rights on a worldwide basis in a cost-effective manner. In jurisdictions where foreign laws provide less intellectual property protection than afforded in the U.S., our technology or other intellectual property may be compromised, and our business could be materially adversely affected. If any of our proprietary rights are misappropriated or we are forced to defend our intellectual property rights, we will have to incur substantial costs. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources, including diverting the time and effort of our senior management, and could disrupt our business, as well as have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. We can provide no assurance that we will have the financial resources to oppose any actual or threatened infringement by any third party. Furthermore, any patent or copyrights that we may be granted may be held by a court to infringe on the intellectual property rights of others and subject us to the payment of damage awards.

 

Ordinary and necessary business deduction other than the cost of goods sold are disallowed by the Internal Revenue Services for Cannabis companies under IRC Section 280E.

 

At this juncture, we do not believe that IRS 280E interferes with our businesses model from deducting ordinary and necessary business expenses because we believe that we are in compliance with the 2014 Farm Bill and/or the products we sell are either from participants that are compliant with the 2014 Farm Bill or are made from lawfully imported industrial hemp full spectrum cannabinoids or CBD. Although we believe that the Farm Bill applies to commercial activity in that it references the “marketing,” “sale” and “transportation,” of industrial hemp and hemp products that are derived from an authorized state program, it is possible that our suppliers may not be in compliance with the Farm Bill or that a government agency or prosecutor could take a narrower view of the activity allowed under the Farm Bill or import laws, if that were the case we could be seen as selling and distributing a Schedule 1 substance under the CSA and we would therefore be subject to IRC Section 280E. IRC Section 280E only allows the cost of goods sold to be deducted from revenues earned from the sale of cannabis and cannabis products that come under the purview of the CSA. If that were the case we would not be able to deduct many of our overhead expenses. To the extent that we have subsidiaries and other lines of trade or business, many of those overhead expenses could be allocated to those subsidiaries that are note involved in products that come within the CSA so we would have an opportunity to deduct those disallowed expenses elsewhere. Nevertheless, the revenue that is derived from those other trade or businesses may not be as large as the corresponding deductions so be may still not be able to realize the full benefit of those expenses and instead have net operating losses in the other trade or businesses that we would not be able to use or would have to carry-forward indefinitely. In addition, if the Company enters the cannabis industry more directly, for example if the company were to purchase a marijuana dispensary that was legal under state law and operated in compliance with state law, IRC Section 280E would unquestionably be applicable in which case the onerous tax burden might significantly impact the profitability of the Company and may make the pricing of its products less competitive, to the extent that competitors could manage to find a way to not have their operations subject to IRC Section 280E. Notwithstanding the forgoing, there can be no assurance that if we were to reallocate items of deduction form business segments that were involved in the sales of products coming within the CSA that the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) would not challenge those deductions or disallow them on some other basis. This could result in an onerous tax burden.

 

  25  

 

 

Our involvement in the cannabis industry may make it difficult to obtain insurance coverage.

 

In the event that we decide to commence business operations in the U.S., of which there can be no assurance, obtaining and maintaining necessary insurance coverage, for such things as workers compensation, general liability, product liability and directors and officers insurance, may be more difficult and/or expensive for us to find because we are involved in the cannabis industry. There can be no assurance that we will be able to find such insurance in the near future, if needed, or that the cost of coverage will be affordable or cost-effective. If, either because of unavailability or cost prohibitive reasons, we are compelled to operate without insurance coverage, we may be prevented from entering certain business sectors, experience inhibited growth potential and/or be exposed to additional risks and financial liabilities.

 

We are highly dependent on the success of cannabinoid technology, and we may not be able to develop the technology, successfully obtain regulatory or marketing approval for, or successfully commercialize, our products or product candidates.

 

Our business is focused upon the research and development of medical cannabis therapies, products and delivery technologies. Our success is dependent upon the viability of the development of medical cannabis therapies, products and delivery technologies.

 

Neither we nor any other company has received regulatory approval from the FDA to market any therapeutics, products or delivery technologies based on botanical cannabinoids, though the FDA has approved two drugs that contain a synthetic substance that acts similarly to cannabis compounds but is not present in the cannabis plant. Further, the scientific evidence underlying the feasibility of developing medical cannabis therapies, products and delivery technologies is both preliminary and limited.

 

If our Cannabis-Based Medical product prospects are found to be ineffective or unsafe in humans, or if the never receive regulatory approval for commercialization, we may never be able bring our Cannabis-Based Medical Products prospects to market and may never become profitable. Further, our current business strategy, including all of our research and development, is primarily focused on utilizing cannabinoid technology to develop medical cannabis therapies, products and delivery technologies. This lack of diversification increases the risk associated with the ownership of our Common Stock. If we are unsuccessful in developing and commercializing our Cannabis-Based Medical product prospects, we may be required to alter our scope and direction and steer away from the intellectual property we have developed as well as the core capabilities of our management team and advisory board. Without successful commercialization of our Cannabis-Based Medical product prospects, we may never become profitable, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Unfavorable publicity or consumer perception of our products and any similar products distributed by other companies could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We believe the nutritional supplement market is highly dependent upon consumer perception regarding the safety, efficacy and quality of nutritional supplements generally, as well as of products distributed specifically by us. Consumer perception of our products can be significantly influenced by scientific research or findings, regulatory investigations, litigation, national media attention and other publicity regarding the consumption of nutritional supplements. We cannot assure you that future scientific research, findings, regulatory proceedings, litigation, media attention or other favorable research findings or publicity will be favorable to the nutritional supplement market or any product, or consistent with earlier publicity. Future research reports, findings, regulatory proceedings, litigation, media attention or other publicity that are perceived as less favorable than, or that question, such earlier research reports, findings or publicity could have a material adverse effect on the demand for our products and consequently on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

  26  

 

 

Our dependence upon consumer perceptions means that adverse scientific research reports, findings, regulatory proceedings, litigation, media attention or other publicity, if accurate or with merit, could have a material adverse effect on the demand for our products, the availability and pricing of our ingredients, and our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Further, adverse public reports or other media attention regarding the safety, efficacy and quality of nutritional supplements in general, or our products specifically, or associating the consumption of nutritional supplements with illness, could have such a material adverse effect. Any such adverse public reports or other media attention could arise even if the adverse effects associated with such products resulted from consumers’ failure to consume such products appropriately or as directed and the content of such public reports and other media attention may be beyond our control.

 

Many of our competitors are larger and have greater financial and other resources than we do.

 

Our products compete and will compete with other similar products produced by our competitors. These competitive products could be marketed by well-established, successful companies that possess greater financial, marketing, distributional, personnel and other resources than we possess. Using these resources, these companies can implement extensive advertising and promotional campaigns, both generally and in response to specific marketing efforts by competitors, and enter into new markets more rapidly to introduce new products. In certain instances, competitors with greater financial resources also may be able to enter a market in direct competition with us, offering attractive marketing tools to encourage the sale of products that compete with our products or present cost features that consumers may find attractive.

 

Risks Related to Our Securities

 

We may in the future issue more shares which could cause a loss of control by our present management and current stockholders.

 

We may issue further shares as consideration for the cash or assets or services out of our authorized but unissued common stock that would, upon issuance, represent a majority of the voting power and equity of our Company. The result of such an issuance would be those new stockholders and management would control our Company, and persons unknown could replace our management at this time. Such an occurrence would result in a greatly reduced percentage of ownership of our Company by our current shareholders, which could present significant risks to investors.

 

We have not paid dividends but may in the future.

 

We have not paid dividends on our common stock. While we intend to pay dividends in future after allocating adequate reserves, we do not guarantee, commit and undertake that dividends will be paid in the foreseeable future.

 

The regulation of penny stocks by SEC and FINRA may discourage the tradability of our securities.

 

We are a “penny stock” company. None of our securities currently trade in any market and, if ever available for trading, will be subject to a Securities and Exchange Commission rule that imposes special sales practice requirements upon broker-dealers who sell such securities to persons other than established customers or Accredited Investors. For purposes of the rule, the phrase “Accredited Investors” means, in general terms, institutions with assets in excess of $5,000,000, or individuals having a net worth in excess of $1,000,000 or having an annual income that exceeds $200,000 (or that, when combined with a spouse’s income, exceeds $300,000). For transactions covered by the rule, the broker-dealer must make a special suitability determination for the purchaser and receive the purchaser’s written agreement to the transaction prior to the sale. Effectively, this discourages broker-dealers from executing trades in penny stocks. Consequently, the rule will affect the ability of purchasers of our stock to sell their securities in any market that might develop therefore because it imposes additional regulatory burdens on penny stock transactions.

 

In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted a number of rules to regulate “penny stocks”. Such rules include Rules 3a51-1, 15g-1, 15g-2, 15g-3, 15g-4, 15g-5, 15g-6, 15g-7, and 15g-9 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Because our securities constitute “penny stocks” within the meaning of the rules, the rules would apply to us and to our securities. The rules will further affect the ability of owners of shares to sell our securities in any market that might develop for them because it imposes additional regulatory burdens on penny stock transactions.

 

  27  

 

 

Shareholders should be aware that, according to Securities and Exchange Commission, the market for penny stocks has suffered in recent years from patterns of fraud and abuse. Such patterns include (i) control of the market for the security by one or a few broker-dealers that are often related to the promoter or issuer; (ii) manipulation of prices through prearranged matching of purchases and sales and false and misleading press releases; (iii) “boiler room” practices involving high-pressure sales tactics and unrealistic price projections by inexperienced sales persons; (iv) excessive and undisclosed bid-ask differentials and markups by selling broker-dealers; and (v) the wholesale dumping of the same securities by promoters and broker-dealers after prices have been manipulated to a desired consequent investor losses. Our management is aware of the abuses that have occurred historically in the penny stock market. Although we do not expect to be in a position to dictate the behavior of the market or of broker-dealers who participate in the market, management will strive within the confines of practical limitations to prevent the described patterns from being established with respect to our securities.

 

Our common stock market prices may be volatile, which substantially increases the risk that investors may not be able to sell their Securities at or above the price that was paid for the security.

 

Because of the limited trading market for our common stock and because of the possible price volatility, shareholders may not be able to sell their shares of common stock when desired. The inability to sell Securities in a rapidly declining market may substantially increase the risk of loss because of such illiquidity and because the price for our Securities may suffer greater declines because of our price volatility.

 

Certain factors, some of which are beyond our control, that may cause our share price to fluctuate significantly include, but are not limited to the following:

 

● variations in our quarterly operating results;

 

● loss of a key relationship or failure to complete significant transactions;

 

● additions or departures of key personnel; and

 

● fluctuations in stock market price and volume.

 

Additionally, in recent years the stock market in general, and the personal care markets in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. In some cases, these fluctuations are unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the underlying company. These market and industry factors may materially and adversely affect our stock price, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, class action litigation often has been brought against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of those companies common stock. If we become involved in this type of litigation in the future, it could result in substantial costs and diversion of management attention and resources, which could have a further negative effect on shareholders’ investments in our stock.

 

We do not intend to pay cash dividends on any investment in the shares of stock of our Company and any gain on an investment in our Company will need to come through an increase in our stock’s price, which may never happen.

 

We have never paid any cash dividends and currently do not intend to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. To the extent that we require additional funding currently not provided for, our funding sources may prohibit the payment of a dividend. Because we do not currently intend to declare dividends, any gain on an investment in our company will need to come through an increase in the stock’s price. This may never happen and investors may lose all of their investment in our company.

 

Because our securities are subject to penny stock rules, you may have difficulty reselling your shares.

 

Our shares as penny stocks, are covered by Section 15(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which imposes additional sales practice requirements on broker/dealers who sell our company’s securities including the delivery of a standardized disclosure document; disclosure and confirmation of quotation prices; disclosure of compensation the broker/dealer receives; and, furnishing monthly account statements. These rules apply to companies whose shares are not traded on a national stock exchange, trade at less than $5.00 per share, or who do not meet certain other financial requirements specified by the Securities and Exchange Commission. These rules require brokers who sell “penny stocks” to persons other than established customers and “accredited investors” to complete certain documentation, make suitability inquiries of investors, and provide investors with certain information concerning the risks of trading in such penny stocks. These rules may discourage or restrict the ability of brokers to sell our shares of common stock and may affect the secondary market for our shares of common stock. These rules could also hamper our ability to raise funds in the primary market for our shares of common stock.

 

  28  

 

 

FINRA sales practice requirements may also limit a stockholder’s ability to buy and sell our stock.

 

In addition to the “penny stock” rules described above, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (known as “FINRA”) has adopted rules that require that in recommending an investment to a customer, a broker-dealer must have reasonable grounds for believing that the investment is suitable for that customer. Prior to recommending speculative low-priced securities to their non-institutional customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain information about the customer’s financial status, tax status, investment objectives and other information. Under interpretations of these rules, FINRA believes that there is a high probability that speculative low-priced securities will not be suitable for at least some customers. FINRA requirements make it more difficult for broker-dealers to recommend that their customers buy our common shares, which may limit your ability to buy and sell our stock and have an adverse effect on the market for our shares.

 

Because we may issue additional shares of our common stock, investment in our company could be subject to substantial dilution.

 

Investors’ interests in our Company will be diluted and investors may suffer dilution in their net book value per share when we issue additional shares. We are authorized to issue 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value per share. As of the date hereof there are 460,372,807 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding. We anticipate that all or at least some of our future funding, if any, will be in the form of equity financing from the sale of our common stock. If we do sell more common stock, investors’ investment in our company will likely be diluted. Dilution is the difference between what investors pay for their stock and the net tangible book value per share immediately after the additional shares are sold by us. If dilution occurs, any investment in our company’s common stock could seriously decline in value.

 

Trading in our common stock on the OTCQB Marketplace has been subject to wide fluctuations.

 

Our common stock is currently quoted for public trading on the OTCQB Exchange. The trading price of our common stock has been subject to wide fluctuations. Trading prices of our common stock may fluctuate in response to a number of factors, many of which will be beyond our control. The stock market has generally experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies with limited business operation. There can be no assurance that trading prices and price earnings ratios previously experienced by our common stock will be matched or maintained. These broad market and industry factors may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class-action litigation has often been instituted. Such litigation, if instituted, could result in substantial costs for us and a diversion of management’s attention and resources.

 

Our common stock is currently quoted only on the OTCQB Marketplace, which may have an unfavorable impact on our stock price and liquidity.

 

Our common stock is quoted on the OTCQB Marketplace. The OTCQB Marketplace is a significantly more limited market than the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ stock market. The quotation of our shares of common stock on the OTCQB Marketplace may result in a less liquid market available for existing and potential stockholders to trade shares of our common stock, could depress the trading price of our common stock and could have a long-term adverse impact on our ability to raise capital in the future.

 

There can be no assurance that there will be an active market for our shares of common stock either now or in the future. Market liquidity will depend on the perception of our operating business and any steps that our management might take to bring us to the awareness of investors. There can be no assurance given that there will be any awareness generated. Consequently, investors may not be able to liquidate their investment or liquidate at a price that reflects the value of the business. As a result, holders of our securities may not find purchasers for our securities should they desire to sell them. Consequently, our securities should be purchased only by investors having no need for liquidity in their investment and who can hold our securities for an indefinite period of time.

 

  29  

 

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations or forecasts of future events. You can identify these statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and include statements regarding, among other things, our projected revenue growth and profitability, our growth strategies and opportunity, anticipated trends in our market and our anticipated needs for working capital. They are generally identifiable by use of the words “may,” “will,” “should,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plans,” “potential,” “projects,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expects,” “management believes,” “we believe,” “we intend” or the negative of these words or other variations on these words or comparable terminology. These statements may be found under the sections entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” as well as in this prospectus generally. In particular, these include statements relating to future actions, prospective products, market acceptance, future performance or results of current and anticipated products, sales efforts, expenses, and the outcome of contingencies such as legal proceedings and financial results.

 

Examples of forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, our expectations regarding our business strategy, business prospects, operating results, operating expenses, working capital, liquidity and capital expenditure requirements. Important assumptions relating to the forward-looking statements include, among others, assumptions regarding demand for our products, the cost, terms and availability of components, pricing levels, the timing and cost of capital expenditures, competitive conditions and general economic conditions. These statements are based on our management’s expectations, beliefs and assumptions concerning future events affecting us, which in turn are based on currently available information. These assumptions could prove inaccurate. Although we believe that the estimates and projections reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, our expectations may prove to be incorrect.

 

Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results and events anticipated or implied by such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

  changes in the market acceptance of our products;
     
  increased levels of competition;
     
  changes in political, economic or regulatory conditions generally and in the markets in which we operate;
     
  our relationships with our key customers;
     
  our ability to retain and attract senior management and other key employees;
     
  our ability to quickly and effectively respond to new technological developments;
     
  our ability to protect our trade secrets or other proprietary rights, operate without infringing upon the proprietary rights of others and prevent others from infringing on the proprietary rights of the Company; and
     
  other risks, including those described in the “Risk Factors” discussion of this prospectus.

 

We operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for us to predict all of those risks, nor can we assess the impact of all of those risks on our business or the extent to which any factor may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are based on assumptions management believes are reasonable. However, due to the uncertainties associated with forward-looking statements, you should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Further, forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and unless required by law, we expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to publicly update any of them in light of new information, future events, or otherwise.

 

  30  

 

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the Selling Security Holder. All of the net proceeds from the sale of our common stock will go to the Selling Security Holder as described below in the sections entitled “Selling Security Holder” and “Plan of Distribution”. We have agreed to bear the expenses relating to the registration of the common stock for the Selling Security Holder.

 

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

 

The Selling Security Holder will offer common stock at the prevailing market prices or privately negotiated prices. The offering price of our common stock does not necessarily bear any relationship to our book value, assets, past operating results, financial condition or any other established criteria of value. Our common stock may not trade at the market prices in excess of the offering prices for common stock in any public market will be determined in the marketplace and may be influenced by many factors, including the depth and liquidity.

 

SELLING SECURITY HOLDER

 

The 112,130,731 shares being offered for resale in this registration statement include: (i) 73,130,731 shares of the Company’s Common Stock and (ii) 39,000,000 shares of Common Stock underlying warrants held by certain shareholders who purchased the Securities (as defined below) and also upon payment of the shares committed to be purchased under the Securities Purchase Agreements in the Company’s May 2019 Offering as described below.

 

The May 2019 Offering  

 

Effective May 31, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), the Company consummated the initial closing (the “Initial Closing”) of a private placement offering of its securities (the “Offering”). In connection with the Initial Closing, the Company entered into a definitive securities purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with an accredited investor (the “Purchaser”) for aggregate gross proceeds of $600,000.00. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Purchaser purchased a Convertible Promissory Note (the “Note”) in the principal amount of $600,000.00, and received three warrants to purchase (i) 16,000,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.125 per share, subject to adjustment; (ii) 15,000,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.15 per share, subject to adjustment; and (iii) 8,000,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.25 per share, subject to adjustment, for an aggregate amount 39,000,000 shares of Common Stock (collectively, the “Warrants”, and together with the Note, the “Securities”).

 

The Note has a two year term and bears interest at a rate of 10% per annum. The Note are redeemable at any time between the date of issuance and maturity at 150% of face value. The Note will be convertible into shares of common stock of the Company at 95% of the mathematical average of the five lowest trading prices of the Company’s common stock on the OTCQB for the period from the Effective Date to the maturity date of the Note being converted less $0.01 for conversions at less than $0.15 and less $0.02 for conversions at more than $0.15.

 

The Warrants are exercisable for a term of five-years from the date of issuance. The Warrants provide for cashless exercise to the extent that there is no registration statement available for the underlying shares of Common Stock. The exercise prices shall be reduced and only reduced to equal the Base Share Price (as defined in the Warrants) and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable under the Warrants shall be increased such that the aggregate Exercise Prices payable under the Warrants, after taking into account the decrease in the exercise prices, shall be equal to the aggregate exercise prices prior to such adjustment.

 

  31  

 

 

In connection with the Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Purchaser entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company agreed to register the shares of Common Stock underlying the Securities in a Registration Statement with the SEC as well as the Commitment Shares (as defined below). The Registration Rights Agreement contains customary representations, warranties, agreements and indemnification rights and obligations of the parties.

 

In connection with the Purchase Agreement, so long as: (i) an Event of Default (as defined in the Note) has not occurred under the Note or any convertible promissory note issued by the Company to the Selling Security Holder; (ii) the Company files the Registration Statement (as defined in the Note) (the “Registration Statement”) pursuant to the terms of the Note and the Registration Rights Agreement; (iii) the Registration Statement contains all of the material information required by Form S-1; (iv) the lowest closing price for the Company’s Common Stock during the ten (10) trading day period prior to the filing date of the Registration Statement is greater than $0.02; and (v) the Average Daily Trading Value (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) for the Common Stock during the twenty (20) trading day period prior to the filing date of the Registration Statement is greater than $15,000.00, then the Selling Security Holder shall fund an additional convertible promissory note in the face amount of $1,400,000.00 to be issued by the Company on the same terms and conditions as the Note and transaction documents entered into in connection with the Note.

 

So long as: (i) an Event of Default (as defined in the Note) has not occurred under the Note or any convertible promissory note issued by the Company to the Selling Security Holder; (ii) the Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC; (iii) the Registration Statement contains all of the material information required by Form S-1; (iv) the lowest closing price for the Company’s Common Stock during the ten (10) trading day period prior to the filing date of the Registration Statement is greater than $0.04 and (v) the Average Daily Trading Value (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) for the Common Stock during the twenty (20) trading day period prior to the filing date of the Registration Statement is greater than $15,000.00, then the Selling Security Holder shall fund an additional convertible promissory note in the face amount of $1,000,000.00 to be issued by the Company on the same terms and conditions as the Note and transaction documents entered into in connection with the Note.

 

So long as: (i) an Event of Default (as defined in the Note) has not occurred under the Note or any convertible promissory note issued by the Company to the Selling Security Holder; (ii) the Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC; (iii) the Registration Statement contains all of the material information required by Form S-1; (iv) the lowest closing price for the Company’s Common Stock during the ten (10) trading day period prior to the date which is ninety (90) calendar days after the effective date of the Registration Statement is greater than $0.04 and (v) the Average Daily Trading Value (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) for the Common Stock during the twenty (20) trading day period prior to the filing date of the Registration Statement is greater than $15,000.00, then the Selling Security Holder shall fund an additional convertible promissory note in the face amount of $1,000,000.00 to be issued by the Company on the same terms and conditions as the Note and transaction documents entered into in connection with the Note.

 

Under the terms of the Purchase Agreement and the Warrants, the Selling Security Holder may noteither convert the Notes nor exercise the Warrants to the extent (but only to the extent) that the Selling Security Holder or any of its affiliates would beneficially own a number of shares of our Common Stock which would exceed 4.99% of our outstanding shares. The number of shares in the second column reflects these limitations. The Selling Security Holder may sell all, some or none of its shares in this offering. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

All expenses incurred with respect to the registration of the Common Stock will be borne by us, but we will not be obligated to pay any underwriting fees, discounts, commission or other expenses incurred by the Selling Security Holder in connection with the sale of such shares.

 

Except as indicated below, neither the Selling Security Holder nor any of its associates or affiliates has held any position, office, or other material relationship with us in the past three years.

 

The following table sets forth the name of the Selling Security Holder, the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by each of the Selling Security Holder as of the date hereof and the number of shares of Common Stock being offered by the Selling Security Holder. The shares being offered hereby are being registered to permit public secondary trading, and the Selling Security Holder may offer all or part of the shares for resale from time to time. However, the Selling Security Holder is under no obligation to sell all or any portion of such shares nor is the Selling Security Holder obligated to sell any shares immediately upon effectiveness of this prospectus. All information with respect to share ownership has been furnished by the Selling Security Holder. The “Number of Shares Beneficially Owned After the Offering” column assumes the sale of all shares offered.

 

  32  

 

 

The common stock being offered by the Selling Security Holder are those issuable to the Selling Security Holder, upon exercise of the Warrants and conversion of the Notes. We are registering the shares of common stock in order to permit the Selling Security Holder to offer these shares for resale from time to time. Except for the investment in the Notes and the Warrants, the Selling Security Holder have not had any material relationship with us within the past three years.

 

We have entered into the Registration Rights Agreement with the investors in the Private Offering whereby we have agreed to file a registration statement for the registration of the shares of Common Stock underlying the Notes and common stock underlying the Warrants sold in the Private Offering. Pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has agreed to file a registration statement within 30 days of the date of the execution of the Registration Rights Agreement. The registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part of, is being filed pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreements. For additional information regarding the issuances of those shares of Common Stock and Warrants, see “ Securities Purchase Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement ” under “Recent Developments” above.

 

The table below lists the Selling Security Holder and other information regarding the beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock by each of the Selling Security Holder. The second column lists the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by each Selling Security Holder, based on its ownership of the shares of common stock and warrants, as of the date hereof, assuming conversion of the Notes and exercise of the Warrants held by the Selling Security Holder on such date, without regard to any limitations on conversions or exercises. The third column lists the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus by the Selling Security Holder.

 

In accordance with the terms of a registration rights agreement with the Selling Security Holder, this prospectus generally covers the resale of the sum of (i) the number of shares of common stock underlying the Notes issued to the Selling Security Holder in the May 2019 Offering and (ii) the maximum number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the related Warrants, determined as if the outstanding Warrants were exercised in full as of the trading day immediately preceding the date this registration statement was initially filed with the SEC, each as of the trading day immediately preceding the applicable date of determination and all subject to adjustment as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, without regard to any limitations on the exercise of the Warrants or conversion of the Notes. The fourth column assumes the sale of all of the shares offered by the Selling Security Holder pursuant to this prospectus.

 

Under the terms of the Notes and Warrants, a Selling Security Holder may not exercise the Warrants or convert the Notes to the extent such exercise or conversion would cause such Selling Security Holder, together with its affiliates and attribution parties, to beneficially own a number of shares of common stock which would exceed 4.99% of our then outstanding common stock following such exercise or conversion, excluding for purposes of such determination shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants which have not been exercised and shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes which has not been converted. The number of shares in the second column does not reflect this limitation. The Selling Security Holder may sell all, some or none of their shares in this offering. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

  33  

 

 

Name of Selling Security Holder   Number of Shares of Common Stock Owned Prior to Offering     Maximum Number of shares of Common Stock to be Sold Pursuant to this Prospectus     Number of shares of Common Stock Owned After the Offering (1)(2)  
Auctus Fund, LLC(3)        0       112,130,731            0  
                      0  

 

(1) Includes shares of common stock underlying the Notes that may held by the Selling Security Holder that are covered by this prospectus, including any such securities that, due to contractual restrictions, may not be exercisable if such conversion would result in beneficial ownership greater than 4.99%.

 

(2) Assumes that the Selling Security Holder sells all of the common stock underlying the Notes and Warrants offered pursuant to this prospectus.

 

(3) Alfred Sollami and Louis Posner have voting and investment power over the securities held by the Selling Security Holder. Assumes that the Selling Security Holder converts 73,130,731 shares of Common Stock underlying the Note at an exercise price of $0.768 per share into the shares registered hereunder. Includes three warrants to purchase: (i) 16,000,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.125 per share; (ii) 15,000,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.15 per share; and (iii) 8,000,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.25 per share, for a total of 39,000,000. The Note and Warrants are subject to a blocker provision that prevents Auctus from converting the note into shares of common stock if its beneficial ownership of the common stock would exceed 4.99% of the common stock outstanding.

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

Each Selling Security Holder of the securities and any of their pledgees, assignees and successors-in-interest may, from time to time, sell any or all of their securities covered hereby on the principal Trading Market or any other stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the securities are traded or in private transactions. These sales may be at fixed or negotiated prices. A Selling Security Holder may use any one or more of the following methods when selling securities:

 

  ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;
     
  block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the securities as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;
     
  purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;
     
  an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;
     
  privately negotiated transactions;
     
  settlement of short sales that are not in violation of Regulation SHO;
     
  in transactions through broker-dealers that agree with the Selling Security Holder to sell a specified number of such securities at a stipulated price per security;
     
  through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise;
     
  a combination of any such methods of sale; or
     
  any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

 

The Selling Security Holder may also sell securities under Rule 144 or any other exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), if available, rather than under this prospectus.

 

Broker-dealers engaged by the Selling Security Holder may arrange for other brokers-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the Selling Security Holder (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of securities, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated, but, except as set forth in a supplement to this prospectus, in the case of an agency transaction not in excess of a customary brokerage commission in compliance with FINRA Rule 2440; and in the case of a principal transaction a markup or markdown in compliance with FINRA IM- 2440.

 

  34  

 

 

In connection with the sale of the securities or interests therein, the Selling Security Holder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of the securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Security Holder may also sell securities short and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge the securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities. The Selling Security Holder may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or create one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of securities offered by this prospectus, which securities such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).

 

The Selling Security Holder and any broker-dealers or agents that are involved in selling the securities may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with such sales. In such event, any commissions received by such broker-dealers or agents and any profit on the resale of the securities purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. Each Selling Security Holder has informed the Company that it does not have any written or oral agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities.

 

The Company is required to pay certain fees and expenses incurred by the Company incident to the registration of the securities. The Company has agreed to indemnify the Selling Security Holder against certain losses, claims, damages and liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

We agreed to keep this prospectus effective until the earlier of (i) the date on which the securities may be resold by the Selling Security Holder without registration and without regard to any volume or manner-of-sale limitations by reason of Rule 144, without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other rule of similar effect or (ii) all of the securities have been sold pursuant to this prospectus or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other rule of similar effect. The resale securities will be sold only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers if required under applicable state securities laws. In addition, in certain states, the resale securities covered hereby may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable state or an exemption from the registration or qualification requirement is available and is complied with.

 

MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

(a) Common Stock

 

Our common stock is qualified for quotation on the OTC Markets-OTCQB under the symbol “IGNG” and has been quoted on the OTCQB since September 2016. Previously, our common stock was quoted on the OTC Markets-OTCQB, under the symbol “IGNGD.” The following table sets forth the range of the high and low bid prices per share of our common stock for each quarter as reported in the over-the-counter markets. These quotations represent interdealer prices, without retail markup, markdown or commission, and may not represent actual transactions. There currently is no liquid trading market for our common stock. There can be no assurance that a significant active trading market in our common stock will develop, or if such a market develops, that it will be sustained.

 

    2019  
    High     Low  
First Quarter (through March 31)   $ 0.359     $ 0.0061  
Second Quarter (through June 30)     0.255       0.0701  
Third Quarter (through July 23, 2019     0.10       0.0605  

 

  35  

 

 

    2018  
    High     Low  
First Quarter (through March 31)   $ 0.296     $ 0.152  
Second Quarter (through June 30)     0.5       0.102  
Third Quarter (through September 30)     0.229       0.0066  
Fourth Quarter (through December 31)     0.12       0.016  

 

    2017  
    High     Low  
First Quarter (through March 31)   $ 1.10     $ 0.16  
Second Quarter (through June 30)     0.50       0.162  
Third Quarter (through September 30)     0.338       0.124  
Fourth Quarter (through December 31)     0.242       0.14  

 

(b) Holders of Common Equity

 

As of the date hereof, there were approximately 580 stockholders of record. An additional number of stockholders are beneficial holders of our common stock in “street name” through banks, brokers and other financial institutions that are the record holders.

 

(c) Dividend Information

 

We have not paid any cash dividends to our holders of common stock. The declaration of any future cash dividends is at the discretion of our board of directors and depends upon our earnings, if any, our capital requirements and financial position, our general economic conditions, and other pertinent conditions. It is our present intention not to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future, but rather to reinvest earnings, if any, in our business operations. 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the section labeled “Risk Factors.”

 

We desire to take advantage of the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. This filing contains a number of forward-looking statements that reflect management’s current views and expectations with respect to our business, strategies, products, future results and events, and financial performance. All statements made in this filing other than statements of historical fact, including statements addressing operating performance, clinical developments which management expects or anticipates will or may occur in the future, including statements related to our technology, market expectations, future revenues, financing alternatives, statements expressing general optimism about future operating results, and non-historical information, are forward looking statements. In particular, the words “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “may,” variations of such words, and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements, but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements, and their absence does not mean that the statement is not forward-looking. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including those discussed below. Our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from historical results as well as those expressed in, anticipated, or implied by these forward-looking statements. We do not undertake any obligation to revise these forward-looking statements to reflect any future events or circumstances.

 

Readers should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which are based on management’s current expectations and projections about future events, are not guarantees of future performance, are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions (including those described below), and apply only as of the date of this filing. Our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from the results expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. Factors which could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, the risks to be discussed in this Prospectus and in the press releases and other communications to shareholders issued by us from time to time which attempt to advise interested parties of the risks and factors which may affect our business. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. For additional information regarding forward-looking statements, see “Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

  36  

 

 

  (a) volatility or decline of our stock price;
     
  (b) potential fluctuation in quarterly results;
     
  (c) our failure to earn revenues or profits;
     
  (d) inadequate capital to continue the business and barriers to raising the additional capital or to obtaining the financing needed to implement our business plans;
     
  (e) failure to commercialize our technology or to make sales;
     
  (f) changes in demand for our products and services;
     
  (g) rapid and significant changes in markets;
     
  (h) litigation with or legal claims and allegations by outside parties, causing us to incur substantial losses and expenses;

 

  (i) insufficient revenues to cover operating costs;
     
  (j) dilution in the ownership of the Company through the issuance by us of additional securities and the conversion of outstanding warrants, notes and other securities;
     
  (k) failure to obtain FDA approval for our new medical imaging device, which is still in its prototype stage; and

 

We cannot assure that we will be profitable. We may not be able to develop, manage or market our products and services successfully. We may not be able to attract or retain qualified executives and technology personnel. We may not be able to obtain customers for our products or services. Our products and services may become obsolete. Government regulation may hinder our business. Additional dilution in outstanding stock ownership will be incurred due to the issuance or exercise of more shares, warrants and other convertible securities.

 

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, or performance. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States, we do not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements to conform these statements to actual results.

 

Readers are urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made by us in this report and in our other reports filed with the SEC. We undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect changed assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events, or changes in the future operating results over time, except as required by law. We believe that our assumptions are based upon reasonable data derived from and known about our business and operations. No assurances are made that actual results of operations or the results of our future activities will not differ materially from our assumptions.

 

As used in this registration statement on Form S-1 and unless otherwise indicated, the terms “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Imaging3, Inc. Unless otherwise specified, all dollar amounts are expressed in United States dollars.

 

  37  

 

 

Overview

 

During 2018, we 1) completed a critical transition in leadership, recruiting a highly-experienced professional team, 2) established strategic partnering with leading regulatory, marketing and medical device R&D consulting organizations to support our objective of gaining 510(k) marketing clearance from the FDA for our lead product, the Dominion SmartScan™ system, and 3) advanced constructive debt renegotiation with existing lenders.

 

Our first additions to the leadership team were announced in January 2018, with the formation of our Scientific Advisory Board. Our first two members, Doctors Douglas P. Beal and Brooke Spencer, brought valuable and varied practice and research perspectives from the radiology community. Continuing our Board evolution, in an effort to build a strong, independent board with relevant technical and commercial experience to guide and accelerate the Company through its next phase, we announced in March the addition of Jeffrey N. Peterson to the Board, and his appointment as Chairman. Mr. Peterson received BSChE and MSChE engineering degrees from MIT, and brought broad, global senior management experience from diverse businesses within GE, Abbott Laboratories, consulting roles, entrepreneurial startups, and as chairman of Pressure BioSciences (PBIO:OTCQB). The following month, we added Dr. George Zdasiuk to the Board and to the Scientific Advisory Board. Dr. Zdasiuk earned a PhD in applied physics from Stanford, and continued into a 30-year career at Varian Medical Systems, including 15 years as their Chief Technology Officer and VP of R&D. His deep scientific understanding spanning all medical imaging modalities is an invaluable resource for Imaging3 going forward.

 

Beginning our efforts to establish strong strategic partners for regulatory, marketing and medical device R&D activities, in January 2018, we engaged the highly-regarded technology, strategy and marketing consultants of Halteres Associates to help define and lead the Company through critical strategy planning. In March 2018, we announced the selection of the Experien Group, a renowned medical device regulatory consultancy, to help lead our regulatory preparation and submission activities. The Experien Group have successfully assisted hundreds of companies like Imaging3 with their FDA submissions. In November 2018, we commenced work with a highly-experienced contract consulting team with particularly relevant radiology product R&D experience, on the evaluation and further instrument development planning around the Dominion SmartScan’s uniquely distinguishing algorithmic and software capabilities.

 

In preparation for fund-raising and a step-wise progression towards a later uplist to a major stock exchange, the Company announced the successful completion of a 1:20 reverse split in April of 2018, which addressed the Company’s capital and debt structure as we improve our ability to attract new capital. In May 2018, three of our note holders chose to complete the conversion of their debt investments entirely over into equity.

 

In the absence of FDA approval for our medical device, we currently do not and cannot rely upon it as a future source of sales and revenue. We are subject to the uncertainty of not knowing whether or when our proprietary medical device will be approved and can be sold. Under those circumstances, management believes that we will continue our current trend of incurring operating losses, requiring us to raise additional capital or financing from outside sources. We have raised $782,831 via equity and debt during 2018, sufficient to continue Company operations, and believe that we will be able to close on additional monies in the near future to accelerate progress on the Company’s stated plans. We cannot assure that we will be able to raise sufficient capital or financing to maintain our business while we are incurring operating losses, and we cannot assure that we will become profitable if our proprietary medical device is approved by the FDA.

 

Results of Operations

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2019, compared to the Three Months Ended March 31 2018

 
The following sets forth selected items from our statements of operations for three months ended March 31, 2019 and for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

 

  38  

 

 

    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2019
    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2018
 
Net revenues   $ -     $ -  
Cost of goods sold     -       -  
Gross Profit     -       -  
General and administrative expenses     195,325       5,671,297  
Income (loss) from operations     (195,325 )     (5,671,297 )
Total other income (expenses)     (15,731,701 )     (1,058,106 )
Provision for income taxes     -       -  
Net income (loss)   $ (15,927,026 )   $ (6,729,403 )

 

Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2019 as compared to the Three Months Ended March 31, 2018.

 

We are focusing on our development stage medical device efforts. The legacy C-arm activity was completely wound down in 2017. We had no revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 there was no cost of revenue. This was a result of no outside labor related to C-Arm repairs

 

Our operating expenses decreased from $5,671,297 in 2018 to $195,325 for the three months ended March 31, 2019, a decrease of 96% primarily as a result of stock-based compensation and outside consulting activity.

 

Other expenses increased as a result of derivative liability activity and the extinguishment of debt. Our net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2019 was $15,927,026 as compared to a net loss of $6,726,403 for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

 

We expect the trend of operating losses by us to continue into the future at the current or greater rate as we spend money on product development and marketing. We cannot assure that we can achieve profitability. We do not expect litigation against us to expand and believe litigation is on a decreasing trend, although we can give no assurances in relation to future litigation.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Our total current assets increased to $67,146 as of March 31, 2019, from $14,214 as of December 31, 2018. The cash account as of March 31, 2018 was $67,146 compared to $14,214 as of December 31, 2018.

 

Our total current liabilities increased to $20,053,629 as of March 31, 2019 from $5,324,379 as of December 31, 2018. This increase is due in large part to the revaluation of the derivative for this reporting period.

 

The cash account as of March 31, 2018 was $67,146 compared to $14,214 as of December 31, 2018. Cash raised through financing activities was expended primarily on: (i) day-to-day business operations in connection with preparation for our 510K submittal and legal and audit fees.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2019, we used $217,068 of net cash for operating activities, as compared to $99,207 used during the three months ended March 31, 2018. Net cash provided by financing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2019 was $270,000, as compared to $158,773 during the three months ended March 31, 2018.

 

We expect our working capital requirements in the next twelve months to be met primarily by the proceeds of private placements of common stock, convertible instruments and other securities to our existing shareholders and other investors. We expect to need additional working capital from outside sources to cover our anticipated operating deficits and to finance the re-filing of our application to the FDA for our proprietary 3D medical imaging device. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to raise sufficient additional capital or financing to continue in business or to effectively execute its business plan.

 

  39  

 

 

Going Concern Qualification

 

We have incurred significant losses from operations, and such losses are expected to continue. In their report on our financial statements as of and for the period ended December 31, 2018, our auditors have expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. In addition, we have limited working capital. The foregoing raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.  Management’s plan includes, among other things, seeking additional equity financing by selling our equity securities, obtaining funds through the issuance of debt, and continue seeking approval from the FDA to bring to market our real-time imaging platform; or, possibly merge with another operating organization.  We cannot guarantee that additional capital and/or debt financing will be available when and to the extent required, or that if available it will be on terms acceptable to us. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. The “Going Concern Qualification” may make it substantially more difficult for us to raise capital.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

None.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We monitor our estimates on an on-going basis for changes in facts and circumstances, and material changes in these estimates could occur in the future. Changes in estimates are recorded in the period in which they become known. We base our estimates on historical experience and other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from our estimates if past experience or other assumptions do not turn out to be substantially accurate.

 

We have identified the policies below as critical to our business operations and the understanding of our results of operations.

 

Stock-based Compensation

 

We measure and recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on the grant date fair values of the awards. For stock option awards to employees with service and/or performance based vesting conditions, the fair value is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The value of an award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in our statements of operations. Our stock-based awards are comprised principally of shares issued for services and stock options.

 

We account for stock options issued to non-employees in accordance with the guidance for equity-based payments to non-employees. Stock option awards to non-employees are accounted for at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Management believes that the fair value of stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. The fair value of the unvested portion of the options granted to non-employees is re-measured each period. The resulting increase in value, if any, is recognized as expense during the period the related services are rendered.

 

The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment in determining the fair value of our awards. The most significant assumptions and judgments include estimating the fair value of our underlying stock, the expected volatility and the expected term of the award. In addition, the recognition of stock-based compensation expense is impacted by estimated forfeiture rates

 

  40  

 

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Effective January 1, 2018, the Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09,  Revenue  from  Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).  ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605, Revenue Recognition, and is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. It also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue, cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments, and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. The adoption of ASU 2014-09, using the modified retrospective approach, had no significant impact on the Company’s results of operation, cash flows or financial position.

 

Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for transferring products or providing services. All revenue is recognized when the Company satisfies its performance obligations under the contract. The majority of the Company’s contracts have a single performance obligation and are short term in nature. Generally, the Company extends credit to its customers and does not require collateral. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and historic credit losses have been within management’s expectations. The Company has a revenue receivables policy for service and warranty contracts. Equipment sales usually have a one-year warranty of parts and service. After a one-year period, the Company contacts the buyer to initiate the sale of a new warranty contract for one year. Warranty revenues are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract or as services are performed.

 

Research and Development

 

Costs and expenses that can be clearly identified as research and development are charged to expense as incurred in accordance with FASB ASC 730-10. Included in research and development costs are operating costs, facilities, supplies, external services, clinical trial and manufacturing costs, and overhead directly related to the Company’s research and development operations, as well as costs to acquire technology licenses.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02,  Leases (Topic 842) , which supersedes existing guidance on accounting for leases in “Leases (Topic 840)” and generally requires all leases to be recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018; early adoption is permitted. The provisions of ASU 2016-02 are to be applied using a modified retrospective approach. The adoption of this standard had no material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09,  Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . This ASU affects entities that issue share-based payment awards to their employees. The ASU is designed to simplify several aspects of accounting for share-based payment award transactions which include – the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, classification on the statement of cash flows and forfeiture rate calculations. ASU 2016-09 became effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. The adoption of this standard had no material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480) and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): I. Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features; II. Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception, (ASU 2017-11). Part I of this update addresses the complexity of accounting for certain financial instruments with down round features. Down round features are features of certain equity-linked instruments (or embedded features) that result in the strike price being reduced on the basis of the pricing of future equity offerings Current accounting guidance creates cost and complexity for entities that issue financial instruments (such as warrants and convertible Form instruments) with down round features that require fair value measurement of the entire instrument or conversion option. Part II of this update addresses the difficulty of navigating Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, because of the existence of extensive pending content in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. This pending content is the result of the indefinite deferral of accounting requirements about mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of certain nonpublic entities and certain mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests. The amendments in Part II of this update do not have an accounting effect. This ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018. The adoption of this standard had no material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

  41  

 

 

Other Accounting Factors

 

The effects of inflation have not had a material impact on our operation, nor are they expected to in the immediate future.

 

Results of Operations

 

Year Ended December 31, 2018, Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

The following sets forth selected items from our statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

   

Year Ended

December 31, 2018

   

Year Ended

December 31, 2017

 
Net revenues   $ -     $ 41,829  
Cost of goods sold     -       14,263  
Gross Profit     -       27,566  
General and administrative expenses     6,321,546       1,654,541  
Income (loss) from operations     (6,321,546 )     (1,626,975 )
Total other income (expenses)     (1,807,808 )     4,480,286  
Provision for income taxes     (800 )     (800 )
Net income (loss)   $ (8,130,154 )   $ 2,852,511  

 

Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2017.

 

We are focusing on our development stage medical device efforts. The legacy C-arm activity was completely wound down in 2017. We had no revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to $41,829 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2018 there was no cost of revenue as compared to $14,263 of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017. This decrease was a result of no outside labor related to C-Arm repairs. There was no gross profit margin for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $27,565 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Our total operating expenses increased in 2018 to $6,321,546 from $1,654,541 for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of 282% primarily as a result of stock based compensation and outside consulting activity.

 

Other expenses increased as a result of derivative liability activity and the extinguishment of debt. Our net loss for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018 was $8,130,155 as compared to a net income of $2,773,037 for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017.

 

We expect the trend of operating losses by us to continue into the future at the current or greater rate as we spend money on product development and marketing. We cannot assure that we can achieve profitability. We do not expect litigation against us to expand and believe litigation is on a decreasing trend, although we can give no assurances in relation to future litigation.

 

  42  

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Our total current assets increased to $14,214 as of December 31, 2018, from $3,594 as of December 31, 2017. The cash account as of December 31, 2018 was $14,214 compared to $3,594 as of December 31, 2017.

 

Our total current liabilities increased to $5,324,379 as of December 31, 2018 from $2,579,582 as of December 31, 2017. This increase is due in large part to the reclassification of the administrative claims payable balance to current from long-term and a number of notes payable issued for this reporting period.

 

The cash account as of December 31, 2018 was $14,214 compared to $3,594 as of December 31, 2017. Cash raised through financing activities was expended primarily on: (i) day-to-day business operations in connection with preparation for our 510K submittal and legal and audit fees.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, we used $772,211 of net cash for operating activities, as compared to $731,679 used during the year ended December 31, 2017. Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2018 was $782,831, as compared to $712,635 during the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

We expect our working capital requirements in the next twelve months to be met primarily by the proceeds of private placements of common stock, convertible instruments and other securities to our existing shareholders and other investors. We expect to need additional working capital from outside sources to cover our anticipated operating deficits and to finance the re-filing of our application to the FDA for our proprietary 3D medical imaging device. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to raise sufficient additional capital or financing to continue in business or to effectively execute its business plan.

 

Going Concern Qualification

 

We have incurred significant losses from operations, and such losses are expected to continue. In their report on our financial statements as of and for the period ended December 31, 2018, our auditors have expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. In addition, we have limited working capital. The foregoing raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.  Management’s plan includes, among other things, seeking additional equity financing by selling our equity securities, obtaining funds through the issuance of debt, and continue seeking approval from the FDA to bring to market our real-time imaging platform; or, possibly merge with another operating organization.  We cannot guarantee that additional capital and/or debt financing will be available when and to the extent required, or that if available it will be on terms acceptable to us. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. The “Going Concern Qualification” may make it substantially more difficult for us to raise capital.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

None.

 

BUSINESS

 

Our Company

 

Imaging3, Inc. (the “Company”) (OTCQB: IGNG) was incorporated on October 29, 1993 as Imaging Services, Inc. in the state of California. The Company filed a certificate of amendment of articles of incorporation to change its name to Imaging3, Inc. on August 20, 2002. From August 2002 until March 2019, the Company was a development stage medical device company specializing in the development of a portable, proprietary, X-ray imaging technology designed to produce 3D images in real time. The Company’s devices were designed to operate flexibly to serve varying imaging applications with less radiation exposure in a lower cost, lower weight and easily transportable format that does not require specialized power sources when compared to currently available 3D imaging devices. The Company was unable to raise sufficient capital to commercialize its imaging technology. The Company re-domiciled in Delaware by means of a merger of the Company with and into the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Imaging3, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“IGNG-DE”) in March of 2018.

 

  43  

 

 

Share Exchange

 

The Company began discussions with Grapefruit Boulevard Investments, Inc., a California corporation (“Grapefruit”), on March 1, 2019, regarding the possible reverse acquisition of the Company by Grapefruit.

 

On March 11, 2019 the Company signed a non-binding letter of intent (“LOI”) to be acquired in a reverse acquisition (the “Acquisition”) by Grapefruit. Grapefruit holds licenses issued by the State of California to manufacture and distribute cannabis products in California. Grapefruit commenced operations in mid-2018 and has received more than $450,000.00 in revenue from operations since Grapefruit own and operate a manufacturing plant and distribution center within the Coachillin’ Industrial Cultivation and Ancillary Canna Business Park in Desert Hot Springs near Palm Springs in Riverside County, California (the “Coachillin Site”). On Thursday, March 7, 2019 Grapefruit obtained its final permit and clearance from local authorities to commence operation of an ethanol extraction laboratory (the “Extraction Lab”) at the Coachillin site and commenced extraction and post production processing operations. The Extraction Lab is expected to be able to produce both THC and CBD oils from either Biomass or unrefined biomass or crude oil.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the LOI, the Company and Grapefruit initiated negotiations intended to result in completion of a definitive Share Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) encompassing all of the material terms of the Exchange Agreement during the second quarter of 2019. Pursuant to the terms of the LOI, the Exchange Agreement provided, among other things, that upon conclusion of the Acquisition, Grapefruit’s designees would own 80% of the then outstanding common shares of the Company and the Company’s current shareholders would own 20% of such outstanding common shares. In addition, the Company was required to settle certain outstanding creditor obligations on terms acceptable to both Grapefruit and the Company.

 

On July 10, 2019, the Company effectuated a Share Exchange pursuant to that certain Exchange Agreement. On the Closing Date, the Company issued to the Stakeholders an aggregate of approximately three hundred sixty-two million, two hundred, twenty-nine thousand, one hundred and one (362,229,101) newly issued shares of Common Stock of the Company, $0.001 par value, in exchange for 100% of the shares of Grapefruit’s common stock. As a result thereof, Grapefruit became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

In addition, on June 3 2019, the (“Execution Date”) George Zdasiuk submitted his resignation as a member of the Board, effective immediately, John Hollister submitted his resignation as Chief Executive Officer, effective immediately, Kenneth J. Beihl resigned as an officer of the Company, effective immediately, and Jeffrey N. Peterson submitted his resignation as Chairman of the Board, effective immediately, and as a member of the Board, which resignation shall become effective on the 10th day following the filing of an information statement to the stockholders of the Company (the “Effective Date”). On the Execution Date, Bradley Yourist was appointed as Chief Executive Officer, President, Director and Chairman of the Board, effective immediately, and Daniel Yourist was appointed as Chief Financial Officer, Corporate Secretary and as a member of the Board of Directors, effective immediately.

 

Simultaneous with a successful closing of the Acquisition, the Company assigned all rights to its intellectual property and assets relating to its Dominion imaging technology to a private closely held Company (the “Dominion Enterprise”) owned by IGNG, current IGNG management and board members, certain other persons currently associated with the Company and Grapefruits designees in percentages to be negotiated among those persons prior to the closing of the Acquisition. It is expected that the Dominion Enterprise would thereafter continue its business plan as previously articulated in IGNG’s periodic reports to the SEC.

 

By early June 2019, the Company had shifted its focus to manufacturing cannabis distillates and edibles and distribution of such cannabis products.

 

The Company is now focused on becoming a premier manufacturer and distributor of legal cannabis products in California. We will distribute our own branded product lines as well as product produced by other manufacturers. We will also offer our expert cannabis advice to others in connection with their branding, compliance, packaging, extraction, edible manufacturing and distribution logistics efforts.

 

  44  

 

 

The Auctus Financing

 

In addition to focusing the Company’s operations on execution of Grapefruit’s cannabis product business plan, the Company is taking those steps necessary to complete its financing plan (the “Financing”) set forth in its Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) and related documents entered into between the Company and Auctus Fund, LLC “Auctus”) by which, subject to certain conditions precedent, Auctus is obligated to purchase up to $4,000,000.00 of Convertible Notes (the “Notes”) to be issued by the Company to Auctus and to exercise up to $6,200,000.00 of common stock purchase warrants (the “Warrants”) to be issued to Auctus by the Company pursuant to the SPA.

 

Industry Overview

 

Global consumer spending on legal cannabis in 2018 showed a growth rate of 20 percent in sales of cannabis in regulated markets. Cannabis sales are on track to increase 36 percent to $14.9 billion in 2019 and reach $40 billion by 2024 according to the “State of Legal Cannabis Markets” Report released by Arcview Market Research and BDS Analytics. This report points to growth in the cannabis markets while underlining the challenges that face the sector. The “Total Cannabinoid Market” (“TCM”) in the United States, which includes medical and recreational cannabis sales in regulated dispensaries, plus sales of FDA-approved pharmaceuticals and hemp-based CBD products.

 

Most notably, in 2018 the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved GW Pharmaceutical’s Epidiolex and passed the 2018 Farm Bill legalizing hemp and cannabidiol oil derived from hemp as long as it contained less than 0.3% THC. According to State of Legal Cannabis Markets, 7 th Edition, by Arcview Market Research and BDS Analytics, the 2018 Farm Bill allows pharmacies, extraction labs, and general retailers to sell CBD-based products in all 50 states, which is expected to enhance the TCM. In the U.S. alone, sales of CBD products in all channels are expected to reach $20 billion by 2024.

 

In 2018 the legal cannabis industry experienced one of its slowest annual expansion rates since Colorado launched the adult-use era in 2014.

 

In California, its legal spending on cannabis fell, from $3 billion in 2017 to $2.5 billion, in the year in which it implemented an adult-use regulatory regime. A key takeaway from the California market is that highly restrictive regulations and high tax rates are hurting the legal market’s ability to compete with the illicit market. The barriers to enter into the legal cannabis market are also increasing in California because its temporary cannabis licensing scheme has ended. Currently any license applicant must now wait a protracted amount of time before the applicant receives its license and must wait a year in some cases for the application to make its way through the local and state licensing authorities.

 

According to the “State of Legal Cannabis Markets” Report, other key trends in the United States Legal Cannabis Markets include:

 

Total legal cannabis spending in regulated dispensaries in the U.S. topped $9.8 billion in 2018, and is forecast to grow to $30 billion in 2024, a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 20 percent.
     
Investment capital raised by cannabis companies more than quadrupled to $14 billion in 2018, according to Viridian Capital Advisors.
     
Despite a 55 percent decline in 2018 in New Cannabis Ventures’ Global Cannabis Stock Index, the five largest Canadian licensed producers closed the first quarter of 2019 at a combined market capitalization of $48 billion.
     
A total of 13 state markets will have passed the $1 billion mark in total annual legal cannabis spending by the end of 2024—by the end of 2018, only three had done so (California, Colorado and Washington).

 

Grapefruit’s Competitive Advantage in the Industry

 

Grapefruit holds its State of California provisional licensing from the Bureau of Cannabis Control and the California Department of Public Health. The Company has permanent annually renewable provisional license as opposed to a temporary license. The Company expects the annual renewal to be a non-intrusive and scaled down as opposed to what the renewal process was previously. The Company is one of the earliest registered companies with the State of California to have an annually renewable license as opposed to the temporary licenses previously granted. In January 2019, the State of California revised its cannabis regulations to restrict the ability of companies to become licensed businesses.

 

  45  

 

 

California has three distinct regulatory agencies that govern the issuance of cultivation licenses, manufacturing licenses and distribution licenses. In order to foster the then-nascent commercial cannabis industry, the State of California initially allowed each regulatory agency to grant temporary licensing to companies with very minimal regulatory requirements and oversight. In fact, a new or then-existing cannabis company only had to show State Regulators that their local city was allowing their commercial cannabis business to operate which was an uncomplicated task. A temporary license was a conditional license that allowed a cannabis business to engage in commercial cannabis activity for a period of 120 days. The State granted operators 90-day extensions of their temporary license while final cannabis regulations were being developed and officially implemented by the State.

 

On January 1, 2019, the State of California eliminated the temporary cannabis licensing scheme. The impact of this regulatory restriction prevents all new cannabis companies from starting their operations without first applying for, and obtaining, an annual license from the appropriate regulatory agency. The same regulatory restriction prevents existing, but unregulated, cannabis companies from continuing to engage in commercial cannabis operations without shutting down while applying for, and obtaining, an annual license from the appropriate regulatory agency. The elimination of the temporary license scheme significantly thinned out the number of commercial cannabis businesses operating in the State. This was due to the regulatory requirements required to apply for an annual license which include compliance with the California Environmental Quality Act, provision of a Hazardous Waste Disposal Plan and the multitude of other regulatory requirements to operate a compliant cannabis business.

 

The regulatory changes have impacted the ability of new businesses to enter the marketplace and compete with Grapefruit. However, none of Grapefruit’s commercial cannabis businesses have been impacted by the regulatory changes to the marketplace.

 

Grapefruit owns two acres of fully entitled cannabis real property located in the Coachillin’ Industrial Cultivation and Ancillary Canna-Business Park. Grapefruit understood the State’s regulatory burdens and expense for commercial cannabis businesses to successfully operate. For example, the State requires cannabis business to provide 24 hour-per-day on-site armed security for their facility. This is a shared expense of the property Coachillin property owners. In addition, Coachillin property owners pay agricultural power rates of nine (9) cents per kilowatt hour which is significantly less than what others pay for power. The location within Coachillin allows the Company to apply for and hold every cannabis license available under the California Cannabis laws.

 

Grapefruit intends on building out the real property into a distribution, manufacturing and high-tech cultivation facility to further its goal  to become a seed to sale, fully vertically integrated Cannabis and CBD product Company. Grapefruit’s plans include an indoor 22,000 square foot multi-tiered canopy and adjoining tissue culture rooms. The canopy will produce thousands of pounds of the highest quality indoor cultivars of cannabis annually.

 

The Coachillin’ property owners association, which Grapefruit is a part of, will feature a unique drive through retail cannabis dispensary right off highway 10 on the way to Coachella and Palm Springs. Grapefruit will have the right to sell its cannabis products directly to the public through the drive through dispensary. Coachillin’ will also feature a cannabis hotel and music stadium and other visitor areas. B y Grapefruit locating in Coachillin, the company gains instant exposure to thousands of hotel guests and other cannabis visitors that will visit the Coachillin’ cannabis friendly resort over time. Grapefruit believes that the canna-tourism industry will mature to be similar to the wine industry and can capitalize on this industry by virtue of its location within the Canna-business park.

 

Distribution

 

Grapefruit initially obtained its California wholesale recreational and medicinal cannabis distribution license on January 4, 2018. Thereafter, Grapefruit met all of its ongoing regulatory requirements and filed its application for an annual distribution license. In May 2019, Grapefruit was granted its provisional distribution license, thereby acquiring the regulatory foundation necessary to expand its distribution business. From July 2018 through the first quarter of 2019, Grapefruit used its distribution license to sell bulk cannabis flowers and trim to other distributors and to manufacturers to satisfy their own raw materials requirements. In addition, Grapefruit sold flowers, vape cartridges and concentrates to licensed retailers throughout California.

 

  46  

 

 

In California, cannabis cultivators and manufactures are prohibited from selling their products – e.g., flowers or edibles - directly into the marketplace. These companies are required to use a licensed distributor, such as Grapefruit. Grapefruit’s distribution license affords it a twofold strategic advantage: first, to market and sell its own cannabis product lines to retailers throughout California; and second to buy and resell bulk cannabis flower and trim as an unfettered middleman to any properly licensed customer anywhere in California that it identifies a profit opportunity.

 

Additionally, after marijuana plants are mature, they’re harvested within a certain time frame to keep the product fresh. Throughout the growth cycle and during this specific time period after the plant has been harvested, a grower will trim the plant of its leaves, focusing mostly on the remaining buds. Specifically speaking, trim is defined as the excess snipping of leaves from buds of marijuana plants. Note that leftover product can still be used to make extractions, tinctures, hash and edibles, so growers and trimmers alike can always increase sales with a larger product offering.

 

Manufacturing

 

The Company owns a fully licensed ethanol extraction facility in the City of Desert Hot Springs, CA. The Company owns and operates a Series 6 Extraction Plant which remove the essential cannabis compounds, such as THC Distillate, that we, and others use, to produce cannabis products.

 

Grapefruit’s extraction lab produces high quality distillate or “Honey Oil” from trim that Grapefruit sources utilizing its distribution license as set forth above. THC Honey Oil is a fundamental cannabis commodity which serves as the active ingredient in products from infused edibles to tinctures/creams to the cartridges used in vapes or e-cigarettes. Honey Oil sells in the wholesale marketplace at approximately $6,250 to $8,800.00 per liter. Pricing is dependent on quantity purchased as well as other market factors such as the availability and cost of the underlying trim – the raw cannabis material from which Grapefruit produces oil. Grapefruit began extraction operations in May 2019. Plans are in place to expand production through the purchase of additional extraction equipment which we expect will to allow the lab to produce two (2) to four (4) liters per day of finished Honey Oil by the end of 2019. Grapefruit chose to set up its extraction laboratory in the City of Desert Hot Springs because the City does not tax the manufacture of oil by Grapefruit at its Desert Hot Springs extraction facility, thereby providing Grapefruit with an additional competitive advantage.

 

THC Distillate is an all-purpose product that is used in the manufacture of everything from cannabis edibles to “e-cigarette” vape carts to tinctures, to creams and pre-rolled cannabis “joints”. We sell our distillate in California to companies that manufacturer their own product lines of edibles and/or vape cards. We also intend to use our own Distillate to produce our branded line of edibles and vape carts to allow us to control the quality of our product lines. We also manufacture marijuana cigarettes (which we market as pre-rolls) for sale into the retail marketplace. This manufacturing process is streamlined through the use of machinery and our employees who inspect each marijuana cigarette to ensure quality control. We have partnered with different manufactures in California to manufacture our line of branded products we intend to distribute and/or sell into the marketplace. We do not restrict our needs to a single manufacturer or distribution company as we maintain ongoing relationships with Tier 1 vendors across the cannabis eco-system.

 

Branding

 

We provide packaging and branding services of all cannabis products. One of the key elements to our branding strategy is performing an analysis on a product’s competitor(s) currently in the retail space and working to make our product stand out. We work on pricing strategies, boutique branding elements and other ways to differentiate when shelf space gets limited and retailers slow down on taking certain product classes.

 

Sugar Stoned

 

Grapefruit acquired the Sugar Stoned ® brand in the winter of 2018 for use through the winter of 2021. We began the manufacturing process and research and development process for our products immediately, and recently began to sell and distribute Sugar Stoned branded products throughout California. Retail cannabis product consumers can purchase Sugar Stoned infused gummies that have been tested and are certified to be pesticide and heavy metal free by a third party laboratory before being released at retail. Sugar Stoned brand is now a Grapefruit portfolio brand consisting of a premium quality cannabis infused gummy line with eight different flavors: Blue Raspberry, Cherry, Grape, Peach, Pineapple, Sour Apple, Strawberry and Watermelon.

 

  47  

 

 

Rainbow Dreams

 

Grapefruit recently launched a new life-style brand designed specifically for the recreational cannabis marketplace called “Rainbow Dreams.” The Rainbow Dreams brand captures the “anything goes party vibe” of the 1970s by offering an array of cannabis products such as a line of vape cartridges with unique cannabis strains combined with all natural flavors for a no-burn experience compared to the traditional or earlier generation cartridges which burn at much higher temperatures and provide the user with a burning sensation when inhaling. Rainbow Dreams fills a niche in the marketplace – a top shelf quality product line that we expect to be competitively priced. We are currently developing THC and CBD infused gummies and mints which expect to incorporate into the Rainbow Dreams product line and make available for sale by the end of 2019.

 

We are also in the process of preparing to introduce several cannabis infused offerings and a new line of THC and CBD vaporizer cartridges in the third quarter of 2019.

 

Intellectual Property

 

The Company expects to file trademark requests with the State of California within the next three months relating to some of the Company’s brands and products.

 

The Company currently maintains a portfolio of trade secrets relating to the formulas for its CBD gummies, vaporization cartridges and oils.

 

Tolling

 

We routinely enter into toll processing agreements in which cultivators agree to provide us with their dried biomass which we then process at our extraction facility into finished distillate. In exchange, we provide 50% of the finished product to the cultivator. The cultivator is free to use our distribution service to sell their finished product or transfer the finished product to another distributor.

 

Packaging

 

We provide packaging services to re-integrate formally unlicensed products back into the legal marketplace. The space on packaging is limited due to compliance laws. We spend a significant amount of time working out these issues in a pre-production phase. Our goal is to keep a brand’s original design work while complying with the all government regulations. We devote serious efforts to re-brand an unlicensed product to quickly and efficiently re-integrate it into the retail space.

 

Marketing and Sales

 

We have retained employees with cannabis-related experience in product manufacturing, branding, marketing and retail sales in the State of California. We strategic relationship with a full service traditional and digital marketing agency that will promote our company and products. We have a multi-pronged approach to marketing our Company and its branded product lines: (1) social media – including Instagram, Facebook and Twitter; (2) influencers who are expected to promote our branded products directly to recreational cannabis users; (3) attendance at specific industry events that are designed to promote our company to both macro and micro targeted audiences; (4) targeted radio advertising designed to reach the recreational marketplace and static marketing ( e.g., well placed bill board advertising); and (5) use of our sales force for the personal touch required to obtain shelf-space in all recreational and medicinal dispensaries.

 

The Company employs inside sales persons for retail, and outside sales people for wholesale purchases. Additionally, the Company maintains an online digital platform where customers may purchase the Company’s products.

 

  48  

 

 

Sources and Availability of Raw Materials; Principal Suppliers

 

In general, raw materials essential to our business are readily available from multiple sources. So far, we have been able to source the materials required to manufacture our THC Distillate as well as our edibles and vape cartridges. Our products use both non-cannabis and cannabis raw materials. We have the entire United States for the sourcing non-cannabis raw materials – such as terpenes and ccells. The California cannabis marketplace is diverse and we have developed the relationships with other companies to ensure the consistent availability of the raw materials.

 

Because we have no direct control over these suppliers, interruptions or delays in the products and services provided by these parties may be difficult to remedy in a timely fashion. In addition, if such suppliers are unable or unwilling to deliver the necessary products or raw materials, we may be unable to redesign or adapt our technology to work without such raw materials or products or find alternative suppliers or manufacturers. In such events, we could experience interruptions, delays, increased costs or quality control problems, or be unable to sell the applicable products, all of which could have a significant adverse impact on our revenue.

 

Competition

 

The cannabis industry is subject to significant competition and pricing pressures. We may experience significant competitive pricing pressures as well as competitive products and services providers. Several significant competitors may offer products and/or services with prices that may match or are lower than ours. We believe that the products and services we offer are generally competitive with those offered by other cannabis companies. It is possible that one or more of our competitors could develop a significant research advantage over us that allows them to provide superior products or pricing, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Continued pricing pressure or improvements in research and shifts in customer preferences away from natural supplements could adversely impact our customer base or pricing structure and have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Additionally, CBD is a naturally occurring cannabinoid constituent of cannabis. It was discovered in 1940 and is known to exhibit neuroprotective properties in many experimental systems. However, development of CBD as a drug has been confounded by the following: 1) low potency; 2) a large number of molecular targets; 3) marginal pharmacokinetic properties; and 4) designation as a schedule 1 controlled substance. We view that companies specializing in the sale, distribution and manufacturing of CBD based products as some of our stronger competitors based on recent laws and regulatory schemes.

 

Government Approvals and Regulations

 

The formulation, manufacturing, processing, labeling, packaging, advertising and distribution of our products are subject to regulation by several federal agencies, including the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the U.S. Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) and the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”). These activities are also regulated by various agencies of the states and localities in which our products are sold. The FDA regulates the processing, formulation, safety, manufacture, packaging, labeling and distribution of dietary supplements (including vitamins, minerals, and herbs) and cosmetics, whereas the FTC has jurisdiction to regulate the advertising of these products.

 

The FDA’s Good Manufacturing Practices (“GMP”) regulations require dietary supplements to be prepared, packaged and held in compliance with strict rules, and require quality control provisions similar to those in the GMP regulations for drugs. The FDA could in the future choose to inspect one of our facilities for compliance with these regulations, and could cause non-compliant products made or held in the facility to be subject to FDA enforcement actions.

 

The FDA has broad authority to enforce the provisions of the FDCA and their regulation of foods, dietary supplements and cosmetics may increase or become more restrictive in the future. Additional legislation could be passed which would impose substantial new regulatory requirements for dietary supplements, potentially raising our costs and hindering our business.

 

Our advertising is subject to regulation by the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, under the Federal Trade Commission Act. In recent years the FTC has initiated numerous investigations of dietary supplement and weight loss products and companies. Additionally, some states also permit advertising and labeling laws to be enforced by private attorney generals, who may seek relief for consumers, seek class action certifications, seek class wide damages and product recalls of products sold by us. Any of these types of adverse actions against us by governmental authorities or private litigants could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

  49  

 

 

In addition to FDA and FTC regulations, our products may face further regulation under the Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs 1961, which governs international trade and domestic control of narcotic substances including cannabis extracts. Countries may interpret and implement their treaty obligations in a way that creates a legal obstacle to our obtaining marketing approval for our products in those countries. These countries may not be willing or able to amend or otherwise modify their laws and regulations to permit our products to be marketed, or achieving such amendments to the laws and regulations may take a prolonged period of time. In the case of countries with similar obstacles, we would be unable to market our product candidates in countries in the near future or perhaps at all if the laws and regulations in those countries do not change.

 

Additionally, the Company is also subject to California law regarding dissemination of information via advertising. Mainly, these rules and regulations relate to directing advertisements to people aged 21 years and older. The type of advertising the Company expects to conduct and pursue is similar to how alcohol companies direct their advertising and marketing efforts.

 

Controlled Substance Regulation

 

At some point our products may be developed and be subject to U.S. controlled substance laws and regulations and failure to comply with these laws and regulations, or the cost of compliance with these laws and regulations, may adversely affect the results of our business operations, both during clinical development and post approval, and our financial condition.

 

Certain products we may develop could contain controlled substances as defined in the federal Controlled Substances Act of 1970, or CSA. Controlled substances that are pharmaceutical products are subject to a high degree of regulation under the CSA, which establishes, among other things, certain registration, manufacturing quotas, security, recordkeeping, reporting, import, export and other requirements administered by the DEA. The DEA classifies controlled substances into five schedules: Schedule I, II, III, IV or V substances. Schedule I substances by definition have a high potential for abuse, no currently “accepted medical use” in the United States, lack accepted safety for use under medical supervision, and may not be prescribed, marketed or sold in the United States. Pharmaceutical products approved for use in the United States may be listed as Schedule II, III, IV or V, with Schedule II substances considered to present the highest potential for abuse or dependence and Schedule V substances the lowest relative risk of abuse among such substances. Schedule I and II drugs are subject to the strictest controls under the CSA, including manufacturing and procurement quotas, security requirements and criteria for importation. In addition, dispensing of Schedule II drugs is further restricted. For example, they may not be refilled without a new prescription. We do not intend to produce “controlled substances” at this time, due to regulatory complications.

 

Employees

 

As of July 23, 2019, we had 14 full-time employees. Grapefruit has 4 employees at its lab facilities. One of the lab employees is responsible for managing onsite operations at the Warehouse. Grapefruit has a total of 5 inside sales and branding employees as well as 2 employees for operational support. Finally, the Company has 3 outside sales people located in Northern California. These sales people are in charge of Grapefruit’s bulk flower and trim sales. Our employees are not represented by a labor union or other collective bargaining groups at this point in time, and we consider relations with our employees to be good. We currently plan to retain and utilize the services of outside consultants for additional research, testing, regulatory, legal compliance and other services on an as needed basis.

 

Properties

 

We own approximately two acres of real property located in the Coachillin’ Industrial Cultivation and Ancillary Canna-Business Park in Desert Hot Springs, located on the extension of North Canyon Rd., approximately 10 miles north of the center of Palm Springs. We intend on building a fully integrated distribution, manufacturing and cultivation facility to become a seed to sale, fully vertically integrated Cannabis and CBD product Company.

 

  50  

 

 

Additionally, our cannabis and CBD extraction laboratory and distribution facility is located in the same Canna-Business Park. On September 1, 2018, the Company entered into a three-year lease for approximately 2,268 square feet which commenced on March 1, 2018. Monthly lease payments are approximately $1,134

 

Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time, we may become involved in lawsuits, investigations and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not a party to any litigation whereby the outcome of such litigation, if determined adversely to us, would materially affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

 

The Company maintained a website at www.imaging3.com and currently maintains grapefuitblvd.com. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, as reviewed and updated on October 26, 2017, is available on the imagine3.com website. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, are available free of charge on our website as soon as practicable after electronic filing of such material with, or furnishing it to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC”). This information may be read and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information about issuers, like Imaging3, Inc., who file electronically with the SEC. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov.

 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY EMPLOYEES

 

The following table sets forth the names of our directors, executive officer and certain significant employees and their ages, positions and biographical information as of the date of this annual report. Our executive officer is appointed by, and serves at the discretion of, our Board of Directors. There are no other family relationships among our directors or executive officer.

 

Name   Age   Position
Jeffrey N. Peterson   63   Chairman (through July 22, 2019)
John Hollister   58   Chief Executive Officer (through June 3, 2019), Director
George Zdasiuk   67   Director (through June 3, 2019)
Kenneth J. Biehl   64   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer (through June 3, 2019)
Bradley J. Yourist   50   Chief Executive Officer and Director
Daniel J. Yourist   51   Chief Operating Officer, Corporate Secretary and Director

 

Bradley J. Yourist, age 50

 

Grapefruit’s Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Bradley J. Yourist possesses a combined twenty five years of senior management experience from running his own law firm to Grapefruit’s Cannabis Distribution and Manufacturing Divisions. He has gained significant hands-on experience in the daily operations of Grapefruit’s licensed cannabis business and he fully understands the California wholesale cannabis market and its current market trends.

 

Mr. Yourist was instrumental in launching Grapefruit’s edible division and has set-up strategic relationships to work with other California licensed companies to produce high quality cannabis infused edibles for the retail market. He and his team are also responsible for planning, licensing and permitting Grapefruit’s ‘Type 6’ ethanol cannabis extraction laboratory located in the City of Desert Hot Springs.

 

Since 2007, Mr. Yourist advised Prop. 215 ‘compliant’ medical cannabis cultivation operations and learned first-hand of the potential medical benefits of cannabis use for both cancer and terminally ill patients. In 1995, he became an active member of the State Bar of California in good standing and has several published appellate opinions to his credit. Since 1995, Mr. Yourist holds a California Real Estate Broker’s License. In June 1995, Mr. Yourist graduated law school with honors as a member of the law review at the University of La Verne School of Law and in 1992, he earned his BA in Political Science from California State University of Northridge.

 

  51  

 

 

Daniel J. Yourist, age 51

 

Mr. Daniel J. Yourist is a Director and Chief Operating Officer of Grapefruit Boulevard Investments, Inc. Mr. Yourist is a licensing expert in the cannabis space. He has extensive compliance and operational experience in all facets of managing a California Cannabis business – from sourcing, purchasing and selling compliant cannabis goods to retailers, manufacturers and distributors to ensuring compliance with all State and Local Cannabis Laws and Regulations. Mr. Yourist is seasoned, precise and brings clarity to the regulatory atmosphere at Grapefruit as well as his comprehensive working knowledge of the operational aspects of distribution and manufacturing. Mr. Yourist has been an active member of the State Bar of California since 1995 and has held a California Real Estate Broker license since 2000. Mr. Yourist has extensive business law, employment law, litigation and appellate experience.

 

John Hollister, age 58

 

John Hollister joined Imaging3 in December of 2017 to serve as the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board and served as the Chief Executive Officer upon Mr. Petersen assuming the responsibilities of Chairman in March of 2018. Mr. Hollister resigned as Chief Executive Officer on June 3, 2019, but remains a member of the Board of Directors. Mr. Hollister brings nearly 30 years of healthcare leadership to Imaging3. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Hollister served as the CEO of NuLife Sciences, a publicly traded (OTCQB; NULF) company (2016-2017) developing a proprietary process for transplant and wound care. Prior to NULF (2014-2015), he served as the first CEO and Director of NEMUS Bioscience (OTCQB: NMUS), a publicly traded life-sciences company developing a variety of molecules for multiple indications. He helped establish the company and served in this capacity during the licensing of the core technologies, the process of going public and the first year of raising necessary capital. From 2011-2013, Mr. Hollister served as the Executive Vice President, Marketing for Tethys Bioscience, a diagnostic company in the field of personalized medicine. Between 2009 and 2011, he was an independent healthcare consultant working with a variety of private, early stage healthcare companies. From 2006 and 2009, Mr. Hollister served as the CEO and Director of EEG Spectrum, a medical device company. Mr. Hollister was promoted to Chairman after the first year working with the company. Prior to EEG Spectrum, Mr Hollister spent 5 years at AMGEN in product marketing and as the Global Commercial Leader in Oncology. Prior to AMGEN, he spent three years as the Director of Marketing at Aviron, an early stage vaccine company and he started his career spending 8 years (1988-2006) at SmithKline Beecham in a variety of sales and marketing positions. Mr. Hollister received his BA in Economics at Stanford University and his MBA at the Drucker Graduate Management Center at the Claremont Graduate University. He also serves as the Secretary of the Board of the Brain and Behavior Research Foundation, the largest donor supported charity focused on research of the brain.

 

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

 

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Our amended certificate of incorporation provides that, to the maximum extent permitted by law, no director shall be personally liable to us or our shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as director.

 

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent to the corporation. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Our bylaws provide for indemnification by us of our directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

  52  

 

 

We intend to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our bylaws. These agreements, among other things, indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in the right of Imaging3, arising out of such person’s services as a director or officer of Imgagin3, any subsidiary of Imaging3 or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified directors and officers.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

Board Committees

 

The Company does not currently maintain an audit committee. Previously, our board of directors appointed an audit committee. The board of directors has adopted a written charter of the audit committee. The audit committee is authorized by the board of directors to review our annual financial statements prior to publication, and to review the work of, and approve non-audit services performed by, our independent accountants. The audit committee is expected to make annual recommendations to the board for the appointment of independent public accountants for the ensuing year. The audit committee will also review the effectiveness of the financial and accounting functions and our organization, operations and management. The audit committee was formed on August 31, 2003. The audit committee held two meetings during fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Our board of directors does not have a compensation committee so all decisions with respect to management compensation are made by the whole board. Our board of directors does not have a nominating committee. Therefore, the selection of persons or election to the board of directors was neither independently made nor negotiated at arm’s length.

 

Code of Conduct

 

We have adopted a code of conduct that applies to all of its directors, officers and employees. The text of the code of conduct has been posted on our Internet website and can be viewed at www.imaging3.com. Any waiver of the provisions of the code of conduct for executive officers and directors may be made only by our audit committee or the full board of directors and, in the case of a waiver for members of the audit committee, by the board of directors. Any such waivers will be promptly disclosed to our shareholders.

 

Compliance with Section 16(a) of Exchange Act

 

Our affiliates who are members of our management voluntarily comply with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, even though we do not have securities registered under Section 12 of Exchange Act. Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires a registrant’s officers and directors, and certain persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of a registrant’s equity securities (collectively, “Reporting Persons”), to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership (“Section 16 Reports”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Reporting Persons are required by the SEC to furnish the registrant with copies of all Section 16 Reports they file.

 

Based solely on our review of the copies of such Section 16 Reports received by us, or written representations received from certain Reporting Persons, all Section 16(a) filing requirements that would be applicable to our Reporting Persons (as our securities are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act) during and with respect to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 have been met on a timely basis. 

 

  53  

 

 

Legal Proceedings

 

During the past ten years, none of our current directors or executive officers has been:

 

  the subject of any bankruptcy petition filed by or against any business of which such person was a general partner or executive officer either at the time of the bankruptcy or within two years prior to that time;
     
  convicted in a criminal proceeding or is subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);
     
  subject to any order, judgment or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting his involvement in any type of business, securities or banking activities;
     
  found by a court of competent jurisdiction (in a civil action), the SEC or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, that has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;
     
  subject of, or a party to, any order, judgment, decree or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, relating to an alleged violation of a federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies, law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or
     
  subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization, any registered entity or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.

 

None of our directors, officers or affiliates, or any beneficial owner of 5% or more of our common stock, or any associate of such persons, is an adverse party in any material proceeding to, or has a material interest adverse to, us or any of our subsidiaries.

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

 

The following Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes the material elements of compensation for our executive officers identified in the Summary Compensation Table (“Named Executive Officers”), and executive officers that we may hire in the future. As more fully described below, our board of directors makes all decisions for the total compensation of our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers. We do not have a compensation committee, so all decisions with respect to management compensation are made by the whole board.

 

Compensation Program Objectives and Rewards

 

Our compensation philosophy is based on the premise of attracting, retaining, and motivating exceptional leaders, setting high goals, working toward the common objectives of meeting the expectations of customers and stockholders, and rewarding outstanding performance. Following this philosophy, in determining executive compensation, we consider all relevant factors, such as the competition for talent, our desire to link pay with performance in the future, the use of equity to align executive interests with those of our stockholders, individual contributions, teamwork and performance, and each executive’s total compensation package. We strive to accomplish these objectives by compensating all executives with total compensation packages consisting of a combination of competitive base salary and, once we grow more and increase our staff, incentive compensation. Because of our small size and staff to date, we have not yet adopted a management equity incentive plan, nor have we yet used equity incentives as part of our management compensation policy.

 

While we have not hired at the executive level significantly since inception because our business has not grown sufficiently to justify increasing staff, we expect to grow and hire in the future. Our Named Executive Officers have been with us for many years and their compensation has basically been static, based primarily on levels at which we can afford to retain them, and their responsibilities and individual contributions. To date, we have not applied a formal compensation program to determine the compensation of the Named Executives. In the future, as we and our management team expand, our board of directors expects to add independent members, form a compensation committee comprised of independent directors, adopt a management equity incentive plan and apply the compensation philosophy and policies described in this section of the Form 10-K.

 

  54  

 

 

The primary purpose of the compensation and benefits described below is to attract, retain and motivate highly talented individuals when we do hire, who will engage in the behaviors necessary to enable us to succeed in our mission while upholding our values in a highly competitive marketplace. Different elements are designed to engender different behaviors, and the actual incentive amounts which may be awarded to each Named Executive Officer are subject to the annual review of the board of directors. The following is a brief description of the key elements of our planned executive compensation structure.

 

Base salary and benefits are designed to attract and retain employees over time. Incentive compensation awards are designed to focus employees on the business objectives for a particular year. Equity incentive awards, such as stock options and non-vested stock, focus executives’ efforts on the behaviors within the recipients’ control that they believe are designed to ensure our long-term success as reflected in increases to our stock prices over a period of several years, growth in our profitability and other elements. Severance and change in control plans are designed to facilitate a company’s ability to attract and retain executives as it competes for talented employees in a marketplace where such protections are commonly offered.

 

The Elements of Imaging3’s Compensation Program

 

Base Salary

 

Executive officer base salaries are based on job responsibilities and individual contribution. The board reviews the base salaries of our executive officers, including our Named Executive Officers, considering factors such as corporate progress toward achieving objectives (without reference to any specific performance-related targets) and individual performance experience and expertise. None of our Named Executive Officers have employment agreements with us. Additional factors reviewed by the board of directors in determining appropriate base salary levels and raise’s include subjective factors related to corporate and individual performance. For the year ended December 31, 2018, all executive officer base salary decisions were approved by the board of directors.

 

Incentive Compensation Awards

 

The Named Executives have not been paid bonuses and our board of directors has not yet established a formal compensation policy for the determination of bonuses. If our revenue grows and bonuses become affordable and justifiable, we expect to use the following parameters in justifying and quantifying bonuses for our Named Executive Officers and other officers of Imaging3: (1) the growth in our revenue, (2) the growth in our earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as adjusted (“EBITDA”), and (3) our stock price. The board has not adopted specific performance goals and target bonus amounts for any of its fiscal years, but may do so in the future. It is anticipated that such an incentive compensation awards program may commence during the year 2019.

 

Equity Incentive Awards

 

As stated previously, in the future we plan to adopt a formal management equity incentive plan pursuant to which we plan to grant stock options and make restricted stock awards to members of management, which would not be assignable during the executive’s life, except for certain gifts to family members or trusts that benefit family members. These equity incentive awards, we believe, would motivate our employees to work to improve our business and stock price performance, thereby further linking the interests of our senior management and our stockholders. The board will consider several factors in determining whether awards are granted to an executive officer, including those previously described, as well as the executive’s position, his or her performance and responsibilities, and the amount of options or other awards, if any, currently held by the officer and their vesting schedule. Our policy will prohibit backdating options or granting them retroactively.

 

  55  

 

 

Benefits and Prerequisites

 

At this stage of our business we have limited benefits and no prerequisites for our employees other than health insurance and vacation benefits that are generally comparable to those offered by other small private and public companies or as may be required by applicable state employment laws. We do not have a 401(k) Plan or any other retirement plan for our Named Executive Officers. We may adopt these plans and confer other fringe benefits for our executive officers in the future if our business grows sufficiently to enable us to afford them.

 

Executive Compensation

 

The following table summarizes compensation paid or accrued by us for the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 for services rendered in all capacities, by our chief executive officer and our other most highly compensated executive officers during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal
Position (1)
  Year     Salary     Bonus     Option Awards     Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation     Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings     All Other Compensation     Total  
                                                 
John Hollister, CEO   2018     $ 219,000            -     $       -             -             -             -   $ 219,000  
  2017     $ 19,000       -       -       -       -       -     $ 19,000  
Kenneth J. Biehl, EVP and   2018     $ 49,500       -     $ -       -       -       -   $ 49,500  
CFO     2017     $ -       -       -       -       -       -   $ -  
Dane Medley, former   2018     $ 47,750       -     $ -       -       -       -   $ 47,750  
CEO     2017     $ 36,000       -       -       -       -       -   $ 36,000  
Xavier Aguilera, former   2018     $ 30,500       -     $ -       -       -       -   $ 30,500  
EVP and CFO     2017     $ 36,000       -       -       -       -       -   $ 36,000  
Officers as a Group    2018     $ 219,000       -     $ -       -       -       -   $ 346,750  
  2017     $ 19,000       -       -       -       -       -   $ 91,000  

 

Employment Agreements

 

We entered into an employment agreement with our former chief executive officer, John Hollister, which commenced in November 2017. Mr. Hollister’s employment agreement provides for him to be paid an initial Salary of $17,500.00 per month rising to $26,500.00 per month if he achieves certain goals, and an annual bonus of up to $200,000.00 and certain Special Bonuses at the discretion of the Company’s board of directors.

 

The Company has not yet entered into employment agreements with Mr. Bradley Yourist or Mr. Dan Yourist, but expects to do so in the future.

 

Employee Benefit Plans

 

We have not yet, but may in the future, establish a management stock option plan pursuant to which stock options may be authorized and granted to the executive officers, directors, employees and key consultants of Imaging3.

 

  56  

 

 

Director Compensation

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, $45,000 was accrued for services provided by our chairman Jeffrey Peterson. In addition, $20,000 was accrued for George Zdasiuk as a director.

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN
BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth the names of our executive officers and directors and all persons known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of the issued and outstanding common stock of Imaging3 at July 23, 2019. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage of ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or become exercisable within 60 days of July 23, 2019 are deemed outstanding even if they have not actually been exercised. Those shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The percentage ownership of each beneficial owner is based on 460,372,807 outstanding shares of common stock. Except as otherwise listed below, the address of each person is c/o Imaging3, Inc., 11111 Santa Monica Boulevard, Suite 100, Los Angeles, CA 90025. Except as indicated, each person listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite such person’s name.

 

Name, Title and Address  

Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned

    Percentage Ownership  
             
Bradley Yourist, Chief Executive Officer and Director    

129,983,568

      28.24 %
Dan Yourist, Chief Financial Officer and Director    

129,983,568

      28.24 %
John Hollister, Director    

4,000,000

      *  
Officers and Directors as a group (3 people)     263,967,136        56.5  

 

* Less than 1%.

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

None.

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

Preferred Stock

 

The Company has authorized 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value of $0.0001 per share. During 2017, 2,000 shares of preferred shares were cancelled. As of July 23, 2019, and December 31, 2018, there are no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

 

Common Stock

 

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000,000 shares, par value of $0.0001 per share, of common stock.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Company issued a total of 1,148,921 shares of common stock for cash in the amount of $148,773 and 17,645,000 shares were issued for services rendered valued at $5,280,661.

 

During the first quarter ended March 31, 2019, the Company issued 3,234,985 shares for $273,283 of subscription payable received before December 31, 2018, 14,027,800 shares related to conversions of notes payable of $977,427. During the quarter ended March 31, 2019, the company recorded $240,000 of subscription payable for 4,800,000 shares and 9,600,000 warrants with a strike price of $0.10. During the quarter ended March 31, 2019, 8,000,000 shares of stock to a former officer were canceled. The Company awarded directors, officers and key consultants 5,750,000 shares for services rendered. These shares were issued subsequent to March 31, 2019. At March 31, 2019, the company is also in the process of issuing 4,950,154 shares of common stock for the balance of subscription payable at March 31, 2019.

 

  57  

 

 

As of March 31, 2019, there were approximately 582 record holders of our common stock, not including shares held in “street name” in brokerage accounts which is unknown. As of March 31, 2019, there were 49,689,768 shares of our common stock outstanding on record.

 

Stock Option Plan

 

During 2014, the Board of Directors adopted, and the shareholders approved, the 2014 Stock Option Plan under which a total of 27,000,000 shares of common stock had been reserved for issuance. The Stock Option Plan will terminate in September 2024.

 

Stock Options

 

Transactions in 2018   Quantity     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
Per
Share
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining Contractual
Life
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2018     250,000     $ 1.00       6.57  
Granted                        
Exercised                        
Cancelled/Forfeited                        
Outstanding, March 31, 2019     250,000     $ 1.00       6.32  
Exercisable, March 31, 2019     250,000     $ 1.00       6.32  
                         
Transactions in FY2018                        
                         
Outstanding, December 31, 2017     250,000     $ 1.00       7.57  
Granted                        
Exercised                        
Cancelled/Forfeited                        
Outstanding, December 31, 2018     250,000     $ 1.00       6.57  
Exercisable, December 31, 2018     250,000     $ 1.00       6.57  

 

As of March 31, 2019, former employees of the Company hold options to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.00.

 

Warrants

 

Following is a summary of warrants outstanding at March 31, 2019:

 

Number of
Warrants
    Exercise Price     Expiration Date
  541,362     $ 0.00002     July 2023
  50,000     $ 0.10     April 2022
  625,000     $ 0.10     August 2022
  575,000     $ 0.10     April 2023
  250,000     $ 0.10     May 2023
  162,500     $ 0.10     August 2023
  2,800,000     $ 0.40     May 2022
  375,000     $ 0.10     January 2024
  9,800,000     $ 0.10     March 2021

 

  58  

 

 

During the quarter ended March 31, 2019, the Company issuances 9,800,000 warrants to purchase 9,800,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.10 per share for a period of two years from the date of issuance.

 

Derivative Liabilities

 

The Company’s only asset or liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis was its derivative liability associated with warrants to purchase common stock and the conversion features embedded in convertible promissory notes.

 

In connection with financing transactions, the Company issued warrants to purchase common stock and convertible promissory notes. These instruments included provisions that could result in a reduced exercise price based on specified full-ratchet anti-dilution provisions. The “reset” provisions were triggered in the event the Company subsequently issued common stock, stock warrants, stock options or convertible debt with a stock price, exercise price or conversion price lower than contractually specified amounts. Upon triggering the “reset” provisions, the exercise / conversion price of the instrument will be reduced. Accordingly, pursuant to ASC 815, these instruments were not considered to be solely indexed to the Company’s own stock and were not afforded equity treatment.

 

The following table summarizes activity in the Company’s derivative liability during the first quarter ended March 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018:

 

12-31-18 Balance   $ 677,990  
Creation     -  
Reclassification of equity     (869,163 )
Change in Value     15,633,479  
3-31-19 Balance   $ 15,442,307  
         
12-31-2017 Balance   $ 701,347  
Creation     -  
Reclassification to Equity     (202,996 )
Change in Value     179,639  
12-31-2018 Balance   $ 677,990  

 

The Company classifies the fair value of these derivative liabilities under level 3 of the fair value hierarchy of financial instruments. The fair value of the derivative liability was calculated using a Black Scholes model. The Company’s stock price and estimates of volatility are the most sensitive inputs in validation of assets and liabilities at fair value. The liabilities were measured using the following assumptions:

 

Term     0.01 years -5.0 years  
Dividend Yield     0 %
Risk-free rate     2.33% - 2.49 %
Volatility     65-168 %

 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

There have been no changes in or disagreements with accountants on accounting or financial disclosure matters.

 

INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

 

No expert or counsel named in this prospectus as having prepared or certified any part of this prospectus or having given an opinion upon the validity of the securities being registered or upon other legal matters in connection with the registration or offering of the Common Stock was employed on a contingency basis, or had, or is to receive, in connection with the offering, a substantial interest, direct or indirect, in the registrant or any of its parents or subsidiaries. Nor was any such person connected with the registrant or any of its parents or subsidiaries as a promoter, managing or principal underwriter, voting trustee, director, officer, or employee.

 

  59  

 

 

Our balance sheet as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the period ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, have been audited by Rose, Snyder & Jacobs LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in its report appearing herein and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

The validity of the issuance of the Common Stock underlying the Notes and Warrants hereby will be passed upon for us by Lucosky Brookman LLP.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We are a reporting company and file annual, quarterly and special reports, and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Copies of the reports and other information may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of such documents by writing to the SEC and paying a fee for the copying cost. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a web site at http:// www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

 

This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-1 that we filed with the SEC. Certain information in the registration statement has been omitted from this prospectus in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. We have also filed exhibits and schedules with the registration statement that are excluded from this prospectus. For further information you may:

 

  read a copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules, without charge at the SEC’s Public Reference Room; or
     
  obtain a copy from the SEC upon payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC.

 

  60  

 

 

IMAGING3, INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 F-3
   
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 F-4
   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 F-5
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 F-6
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, December 31, 2018 and 2017 F-7
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2019 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2018 F-18
   
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 (Unaudited) F-19
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 (Unaudited) F-20
   
Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, March 31, 2019 (Unaudited) F-21

 

  F- 1  

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Imaging3, Inc.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Imaging3, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Explanatory Paragraph – Going Concern

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 5 to the financial statements, the Company has incurred recurring losses from operations and negative cash flows from operations, resulting in an accumulated deficit of approximately $21.3 million as of December 31, 2018. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans with regard to these matters are also described in Note 5. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Rose, Snyder & Jacobs LLP

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015

 

Encino, CA

April 16, 2019

 

  F- 2  

 

 

IMAGING3, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

 

    December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
             
ASSETS                
                 
CURRENT ASSETS:                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 14,214     $ 3,594  
                 
Total current assets     14,214       3,594  
                 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net     -       -  
Total assets   $ 14,214     $ 3,594  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT                
                 
CURRENT LIABILITIES:                
Accounts payable   $ 703,518     $ 488,102  
Administrative claims payable     1,113,708       -  
Accrued expenses     372,773       216,031  
Subscriptions payable     289,283       130,600  
Derivative liability     677,990       701,347  
Convertible notes payable, net of discount of $- and $455,478     2,167,107       1,043,502  
Total current liabilities     5,324,379       2,579,582  
LONG TERM LIABILITIES                
Administrative claims payable     -       1,131,916  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES     5,324,379       3,711,498  
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES, note 10                
                 
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT:                
      -       -  
Common stock and additional paid-in capital authorized 1,000,000,000 shares, no par value and 40,426,983 and 15,474,454 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018, and December 31, 2017, respectively     15,944,948       9,417,055  
Accumulated deficit     (21,255,113 )     (13,124,959 )
Total stockholders’ deficit     (5,310,165 )     (3,707,904 )
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit   $ 14,214     $ 3,594  

 

* The financial statements have been retroactively restated to reflect the 1-for-20 reverse-stock split that occurred on March 16, 2018.

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

  F- 3  

 

 

IMAGING3, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

   

Year Ended

December 31, 2018

   

Year Ended

December 31, 2017

 
             
Net revenues   $ -     $ 41,829  
                 
Cost of goods sold     -       14,263  
Gross profit     -       27,566  
                 
Operating expenses                
General and administrative expenses     6,321,546       1,654,541  
Total operating expenses     6,321,546       1,654,541  
                 
Loss from operations     (6,321,546 )     (1,626,975 )
                 
Other income (expense):                
Interest expense     (679,685 )     (1,171,708 )
Change in value of derivatives     (179,639 )     1,895,731  
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt     100,914       3,668,776  
Settlement of legal debt     (1,026,071 )     -  
Other income     (23,327 )     87,487  
Total other income (expense)     (1,807,808 )     4,480,286  
                 
Income (loss) before income tax     (8,129,354 )     2,853,311  
                 
Provision for income taxes     800       800  
                 
Net income (loss)   $ (8,130,154 )   $ 2,852,511  
                 
Net income (loss) per share - Basic   $ (0.25 )   $ 0.21  
Net income (loss) per share - Diluted   $ (0.25 )   $ 0.18  
                 
Weighted average common stock outstanding - Basic     32,116,087       13,825,914  
Weighted average common stock outstanding - Diluted     32,116,087       15,667,279  

 

* The financial statements have been retroactively restated to reflect the 1-for-20 reverse-stock split that occurred on March 16, 2018.

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

  F- 4  

 

 

IMAGING3, INC.

STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

    Preferred stock     Common stock           Total  
    Number of           Number of           Accumulated     stockholders’  
    shares     Amount     shares     Amount     deficit     deficit  
                                     
Balance as of December 31, 2016     100                        12,201,005     $ 7,829,273     $ (15,977,470 )   $ (8,148,197 )
                                                 
Shares issued for cash                     7,500       7,000       -       7,000  
                                                 
Shares issued for services                     2,541,500       648,300       -       648,300  
                                                 
Note payable converted to stock                     431,375       431,375       -       431,375  
                                                 
Warrants issued for services                     -       194,956               194,956  
                                                 
Shares from the issuance of notes                     900,000       180,000               180,000  
                                                 
Repurchase of preferred stock     (100 )                                       -  
                                                 
Aguilera shares cancelled                     (1,400,000 )       -               -  
                                                 
Cashless exercise of warrants                     393,074       -               -  
                                                 
Settlement of derivatives                             (73,849 )               (73,849 )
                                                 
Exercise of stock options                     400,000       200,000               200,000  
                                                 
Net income                     -       -       2,852,511       2,852,511  
                                                 
Balance as of December 31, 2017     -               15,474,454       9,417,055       (13,124,959 )     (3,707,904 )
                                                 
Shares issued for cash                     2,325,146       377,418       -       377,418  
                                                 
Shares issued for services                     18,058,539       5,442,076               5,442,076  
                                                 
Shares for subscriptions payable                     857,694       111,500       -       111,500  
                                                 
Shares from the conversion of notes                     6,811,151       596,899         -     596,899  
                                                 
Cancellation of shares                     (3,100,001 )                     -  
                                                 
Net income                     -       -       (8,130,154 )     (8,130,154 )  
                                                 
Balance as of December 31, 2018                     40,426,983     $ 15,944,948     $ (21,255,113 )   $ (5,310,165 )

 

* The financial statements have been retroactively restated to reflect the 1-for-20 reverse-stock split that occurred on March 16, 2018.

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

  F- 5  

 

 

IMAGING3, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

   

Year Ended

December 31, 2018

   

Year Ended

December 31, 2017

 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                
Net income (loss)   $ (8,130,154 )   $ 2,852,511  
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
Change in value of derivatives     179,639       (1,895,731 )
Non cash interest     453,218       964.437  
(Gain)loss on extinguishment of debt     (100,914 )     (3,668,776 )
Shares issued for services     5,442,076       648,300  
Warrants issued for services     -       194,956  
Legal settlement     1,034,197       -  
Increase / (decrease) in current liabilities:                
Accounts payable     164,878       124,778  
Accrued expenses     184,849       89,675  
Deferred revenue     -       (41,829 )
Net cash used in operating activities     (772,211 )     (731,679 )
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                
Proceeds from note payable     212,750       575,035  
Proceeds from sale of common stock     377,418       137,600  
Proceeds from subscriptions payable     192,663       -  
Net cash provided by financing activities     782,831       712,635  
                 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH & CASH EQUIVALENTS     10,620       (19,044 )
                 
CASH & CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING BALANCE     3,594       22,638  
                 
CASH & CASH EQUIVALENTS, ENDING BALANCE   $ 14,214     $ 3,594  
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:                
Interest paid in cash   $ -     $ -  
Income taxes paid in cash   $ -     $ -  
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                
Notes and accrued interest converted to common stock   $ 574,524     $ 196,797  
Promissory notes issued for no cash consideration   $ -     $ 151,222  
Compensation paid through exercise of options   $ -     $ 200,000  

 

* The financial statements have been retroactively restated to reflect the 1-for-20 reverse-stock split that occurred on March 16, 2018.

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

  F- 6  

 

 

IMAGING3, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

 

Imaging3, Inc. (the “Company”, “us”, “we”, “Imaging3”) is a corporation incorporated on October 29, 1993 as Imaging Services, Inc. in the state of California. The Company filed a certificate of amendment of articles of incorporation to change its name to Imaging3, Inc. on August 20, 2002. In March of 2018, the Company incorporated in Delaware.

 

The Company is a development stage medical device company. The Company has developed a portable proprietary imaging technology designed to produce 3D x-ray images in real time. The Company’s devices have the potential to use less radiation and require less specialized power sources than many currently available x-ray imaging devices. The Company’s lead device, the Dominion Smartscan, for which the Company plans to submit a 510K application with the FDA in 2020, will be easily transportable and works off conventional household current. While the primary focus is applications for the healthcare industry, there are many potential non-healthcare related uses for the Company’s technology, including agriculture and security.

 

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

On September 13, 2012 (the “Petition Date”), the Company filed a voluntary petition with the federal bankruptcy court in Los Angeles, California, to enter bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. On or about July 15, 2013, our Plan of Reorganization was approved by the United States Bankruptcy Court. On July 30, 2013, we emerged from bankruptcy and continued operations under the terms and conditions of our Bankruptcy Reorganization Plan as it applies to post bankruptcy operations. For accounting purposes, management deemed the effective date of the Chapter 11 Plan (the “Plan”) to be June 30, 2013. The Company’s operations between July 1, 2013 and July 30, 2013 were not significant. The Plan adopted by Imaging3, Inc. is a reorganizing plan. Payments under the Plan were made by utilizing existing cash on hand, borrowings on a secured and unsecured basis, future cash flow, if any, capital raised through the sale of our common stock in private placements, and by conversion of debt to equity.

 

Upon emergence from bankruptcy, Imaging3 adopted fresh-start accounting which resulted in Imaging3 becoming a new entity for financial reporting purposes. Imaging3 applied fresh start accounting as of July 1, 2013. As a result of the application of fresh start accounting and the effects of the implementation of the plan of reorganization, the financial statements on or after July 1, 2013 are not comparable with the financial statements prior to that date.

 

On March 16, 2018, the Company completed a 1-for-20 reverse stock split. The accompanying financial statements have been retroactively restated to reflect the 1-for-20 reverse-stock split.

 

Use of Estimates

 

In preparing financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase that are readily convertible into cash to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts that may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company had no cash equivalents at December 31, 2018 or 2017.

 

  F- 7  

 

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Effective January 1, 2018, the Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605, Revenue Recognition, and is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. It also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue, cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments, and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. The adoption of ASU 2014-09, using the modified retrospective approach, had no significant impact on the Company’s results of operation, cash flows or financial position.

 

Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for transferring products or providing services. All revenue is recognized when the Company satisfies its performance obligations under the contract. The majority of the Company’s contracts have a single performance obligation and are short term in nature. Generally, the Company extends credit to its customers and does not require collateral. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and historic credit losses have been within management’s expectations. The Company has a revenue receivables policy for service and warranty contracts. Equipment sales usually have a one-year warranty of parts and service. After a one-year period, the Company contacts the buyer to initiate the sale of a new warranty contract for one year. Warranty revenues are deferred and recognized on a straight line basis over the term of the contract or as services are performed.

 

Basic and Diluted Net Income Per Share

 

Basic net income per share is based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted net income per share is based on the assumption that all dilutive convertible shares and stock options were converted or exercised. Dilution is computed by applying the treasury stock method. Under this method, options and warrants are assumed to be exercised at the beginning of the period (or at the time of issuance, if later), and as if funds obtained thereby were used to purchase common stock at the average market price during the period. During 2018, potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of weighted average shares outstanding-diluted because their effect was anti-dilutive.

 

    December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
Numerator:            
Net income attributable to common shareholders, for the year ended December 31, 2018   $ (8,130,154 )     2,852,511  
Denominator:                
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period     32,116,087       13,825,914  
Dilutive effect of stock options, warrants, and convertible promissory notes     -       1,841,365  
Common stock and common stock equivalents used for diluted earnings per share   $ 32,116,087     $ 15,667,279  

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The Company generally does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to cash-flow risks or market-risks that may affect the fair values of its financial instruments. The Company utilizes various types of financing to fund its business needs, including convertible notes and warrants and other instruments not indexed to our stock. The Company is required to record its derivative instruments at their fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognized in earnings in accordance with ASC 815. The Company’s only asset or liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis is its derivative liability associated with warrants to purchase common stock and convertible notes.

 

  F- 8  

 

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The fair value accounting standard creates a three-level hierarchy to prioritize the inputs used in the valuation techniques to derive fair values. The basis for fair value measurements for each level within the hierarchy is described below with Level 1 having the highest priority and Level 3 having the lowest.

 

Level 1: Observable prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2: Observable prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable in the market.

 

Level 3: Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models, and similar techniques.

 

The Company had the following assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2018 and 2017 respectively.

 

    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Derivative Liabilities 2018   $ -     $ -     $ 677,990     $ 677,990  
Derivative Liabilities 2017   $ -     $ -     $ 701,347     $ 701,347  

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740-10, “Income Taxes” which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns.

 

Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each year-end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The provision for income taxes represents the tax payable for the period and the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities.

 

Research and Development

 

Costs and expenses that can be clearly identified as research and development are charged to expense as incurred in accordance with FASB ASC 730-10. Included in research and development costs are operating costs, facilities, supplies, external services, clinical trial and manufacturing costs, and overhead directly related to the Company’s research and development operations, as well as costs to acquire technology licenses.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) , which supersedes existing guidance on accounting for leases in “Leases (Topic 840)” and generally requires all leases to be recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018; early adoption is permitted. The provisions of ASU 2016-02 are to be applied using a modified retrospective approach. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 9  

 

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . This ASU affects entities that issue share-based payment awards to their employees. The ASU is designed to simplify several aspects of accounting for share-based payment award transactions which include – the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, classification on the statement of cash flows and forfeiture rate calculations. ASU 2016-09 became effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. The adoption of this standard had no material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480) and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): I. Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features; II. Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception, (ASU 2017-11). Part I of this update addresses the complexity of accounting for certain financial instruments with down round features. Down round features are features of certain equity-linked instruments (or embedded features) that result in the strike price being reduced on the basis of the pricing of future equity offerings Current accounting guidance creates cost and complexity for entities that issue financial instruments (such as warrants and convertible instruments) with down round features that require fair value measurement of the entire instrument or conversion option. Part II of this update addresses the difficulty of navigating Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, because of the existence of extensive pending content in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. This pending content is the result of the indefinite deferral of accounting requirements about mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of certain nonpublic entities and certain mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests. The amendments in Part II of this update do not have an accounting effect. This ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact of adopting ASU 2017-11 on its financial statements and related disclosures.

 

3. INCOME TAXES

 

The Company’s book losses and other timing differences result in a net deferred income tax benefit which is offset by a valuation allowance for a net deferred asset of zero. The Company has concluded, in accordance with the applicable accounting standards, that it is more likely than not that the Company may not realize the benefit of all of its deferred tax assets. Accordingly, management has provided a 100% valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets until such time as management believes that its projections of future profits as well as expected future tax rates make the realization of these deferred tax assets more-likely-than-not. Significant judgment is required in the evaluation of deferred tax benefits and differences in future results from our estimates could result in material differences in the realization of these assets. The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance related to all of its deferred tax assets. The Company has performed an assessment of positive and negative evidence regarding the realization of the net deferred tax asset in accordance with FASB ASC 740-10, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” This assessment included the evaluation of scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, the availability of carry forwards and estimates of projected future taxable income. The availability of the Company’s net operating loss carry forwards is subject to limitation if there is a 50% or more change in the ownership of the Company’s stock. The provision for income taxes consists of the state minimum tax imposed on corporations of $800. The Company has adopted guidance issued by the FASB that clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold of more likely than not and a measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. In making this assessment, a company must determine whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, based solely on the technical merits of the position and must assume that the tax position will be examined by taxing authorities. The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The Company has not recognized any unrecognized tax benefits and does not have any interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2017 or December 31, 2018.

 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company is still determining the amount of net operating loss (NOL) available or offset future taxable income.

 

  F- 10  

 

 

The components of the net deferred income taxes at December 31, 2017 and 2018 are summarized below:

 

    December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
Deferred income tax assets                
Net operating loss carry forwards   $

4,779,000

    $

3,373,000

 
Less: valuation allowance    

(4,779,000

)    

(3,373,000

)
Deferred income tax assets, net   $ -     $ -  

 

The following is a reconciliation of the provision for income taxes at the U.S. federal income tax rate to the income taxes reflected in the Statement of Operations:

 

    December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
Tax expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate     21 %     34 %
State tax expense, net of federal tax           9       6  
Change in deferred taxes due to statutory rate change     -       51  
Changes in valuation allowance     (30 )     (90 )
Effective income tax rate   $ -     $ -  

 

Income tax expense for the period ended December 31, 2017 and the year ended December 31, 2018 is summarized below.

 

    2018     2017  
Current tax expense:                
Federal   $ -     $ -  
State     800       800  
Total current tax expense   $ 800     $ 800  
                 
Deferred tax expense:                
Federal   $ -     $ -  
State     -       -  
Total deferred tax expense, net   $ -     $ -  
                 
Tax expense   $ 800     $ 800  

 

4. NOTES PAYABLE

 

During 2015 and 2016, the Company issued promissory notes in the aggregate amount of $942,850 for cash proceeds of $872,500. These notes bear interest at 5%-10% per annum and several were due on various dates between 2015 and 2017. These notes are secured by substantially all assets of the Company. The convertible promissory notes are convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock at a rate equal to $0.20-$1.00 per share, subject to downward adjustments for future equity issuances. In connection with these convertible promissory notes, the Company issued warrants to purchase 3,325,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.20 per share, subject to downward adjustments for future equity issuances. The warrants have a term of 7 years from the date of issuance. The Company is in default under the terms of these notes.

 

The conversion features and warrants are considered derivative liabilities pursuant to ASC 815 and were measured at their grant-date fair value and recorded as a liability and note discount on the date of issuance. Subsequent changes to the value of the derivative liabilities are recorded in earnings.

 

  F- 11  

 

 

On January 5, 2017 the Company entered into a financing arrangement with five accredited investors (the “Investors”), whereby amendments to certain convertible note agreements totaling $662,000 were enacted. The amendments to the convertible note agreements involved (1) extending the maturity dates of the note agreements; and (2) amending the optional conversion provisions of the original note agreements to now describe an adjustable conversion price based on the completion of a qualified financing offering. If the cumulative gross proceeds of such offerings exceed $2.5 million, the conversion price will be adjusted automatically to match the offering’s conversion price and conversion to common shares will occur automatically. If the cumulative gross proceeds of such offerings remain below $2.5 million, the conversion price adjusts to match the offering conversion price for the Investors. Should there be an event of default under these amended notes, the Investors will have, in addition to all the other rights described in that certain Securities Purchaser Agreement, the right, at each Investor’s option, to convert the notes into common shares at $0.20 per share. The Company and certain Investors agreed to amend its warrant agreements to reduce the number of warrants by 75% to 831,250. The exercise price remains at $0.20 per share. In consideration of this reduction of the number of warrants, the Company issued to the Investors new convertible promissory notes in total principal amount of $124,688 in the same form as the original convertible notes described above as amended. These additional convertible notes accrue interest beginning on January 9, 2017 and are due May 18, 2018.

 

The amendment to the notes and warrants were accounted for as an extinguishment of debt, which resulted in a gain on extinguishment of debt totaling $3,668,776 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

The Investors agreed to lend the Company up to $200,000, in increments of $50,000, at the Company’s discretion (the “Additional Loans”), as long as the Original Notes are not in default. These loans will be evidenced by note agreements in the form of the original notes as amended, described above, with a maturity date of May 18, 2018 and bear interest at 10% per annum. These notes have a face value of 118.75% of the funds actually advanced and contain conversion features (conversion price of $0.50 per share) making them derivative instruments. As of December 31, 2017, $150,034 of cash proceeds have been received from this agreement, for a total principal outstanding of $178,166. The Additional Loans are secured by a UCC filing on the Company’s assets. In connection with these note agreements, the derivative liability created by these note agreements and warrants totaled $288,057. The derivative liability in excess of the cash proceeds received was recorded as a charge to interest expense, which totaled $136,835. In addition, the Company issued 187,500 warrants in the form of the original Warrants as amended granting the Investor the right to purchase, at $0.20 per share in connection with these notes. These warrants were valued using the black-scholes valuation model with the assumptions and inputs discussed in note 6.

 

The agreement to amend the notes and warrants and to loan additional monies to the Company, as described above, was dependent on the two officers of the Company—Chief Executive Officer Dane Medley and Chief Financial Officer Xavier Aguilera—agreeing to restate their respective employment agreement, which they both have done.

 

On January 10, 2017, certain note holders converted notes to common shares. The total principal and accrued interest balance converted amounted to $196,797 along with $234,578 of derivative liability associated with conversion features that were settled upon conversion. The conversion resulted in the issuance of 431,375 common shares. The fair market value of the common shares on the date of conversion totaled $431,375.

 

On May 25, 2017 the Company completed the sale of $500,000 of Convertible Promissory Notes (the “Notes”) to two accredited investors (the “Investors”) that are due May 23, 2018 (the “Maturity Date”). After transaction costs, the company netted $425,000 from the sale of the Notes. These Notes bear interest at the rate of 12% per annum to the Maturity Date and may be redeemed by the Company for 125% of face value within 90 days of issuance and at 135% of face value from 91 days after issuance and before 180 days after issuance. Any amount of principal or interest on these notes which is not paid when due shall bear interest at the rate of 24% per annum from the due date thereof until the same is paid. If the Notes are not repaid by the end of this period, any balance due is convertible—at the option of the note holders—into common stock at 60% of the lowest closing price for the prior 20 trading days. In connection with the sale of the Notes, the Investors received a commitment fee totaling 900,000 shares valued at $180,000, and the holders of a majority of the principal amount of the Company’s notes outstanding at May 18, 2017 (the “Prior Notes”) executed, as of that date, an Omnibus Amendment that enabled the transaction by (i) extending the maturity date of these Prior Notes to May 18, 2018 and (ii) restricting the rights of all the holders of the Prior Notes, including their right to convert until certain conditions are met. In addition, the holders of these Prior Notes were relieved of their obligation to provide the final note tranche of $50,000. In connection with these notes, the Company recorded note discounts totaling $648,750 and an immediate charge to interest of $411,725 related to the excess value of the conversion feature derivative over the carrying value of the notes.

 

  F- 12  

 

 

During 2018, the Company issued promissory notes in the amount of $101,000 that bear interest at 2% per annum and were due in the fourth quarter of 2018. The notes also provided for the issuance of 101,000 shares to the note holders. During the first quarter of 2019, $76,000 of the above-mentioned notes have been converted to 1,534,960 shares of common stock.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company issued a promissory note in the amount of $56,750 that bears interest at 12% and was due the fourth quarter of 2018. The Company is in default on this note.

 

During 2018, debt and accrued interest in the amount of $574,524 were converted to 6,811,151 shares of common stock. As a result of these conversions, the Company recognized approximately $100,000 as a gain on extinguishment of debt, accrued interest, and derivative liabilities.

 

Amortization of note discounts amounted to $449,717 during the year ended December 31, 2018 and $449,281 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

5. GOING CONCERN

 

The Company’s financial statements are prepared using the generally accepted accounting principles applicable to a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company has historically incurred net losses and as of December 31, 2018 had an accumulated deficit totaling $21.3 million. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company utilized an aggregate of $1.5 million of cash in operating activities and incurred an aggregate net loss of $5.28 million. The continuing losses have adversely affected the liquidity of the Company.

 

In view of the matters described in the preceding paragraph, recoverability of a major portion of the recorded asset amounts shown in the accompanying balance sheet is dependent upon continued operations of the Company, which in turn is dependent upon the Company’s ability to raise additional capital, obtain financing and to succeed in its future operations. The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary as a result of the Company’s going concern uncertainty.

 

Management’s plan regarding this matter is to, amongst other things, seek additional equity financing by selling our equity securities, obtaining funds through the issuance of debt, and continue seeking approval from the FDA to bring to market our real-time imaging platform; or, possibly merge with another operating organization. We cannot assure you that funds from these sources will be available when needed or, if available, will be on terms favorable to us or to our stockholders. If we raise additional funds or settle liabilities by issuing equity securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders will be reduced, stockholders may experience additional dilution, or such equity securities may provide for rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the holders of our common stock. Our ability to execute our business plan and continue as a going concern may be adversely affected if we are unable to raise additional capital or operate profitably.

 

The Company anticipates that further equity/debt financings will be necessary to continue to fund operations in the future and there is no guarantee that such financings will be available or, if available, on acceptable terms.

 

6. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Preferred Stock

 

The Company has authorized 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock. During 2017, 2,000 shares of preferred shares were cancelled. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, there are no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

 

Common Stock

 

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000,000 shares of no par value common stock.

 

  F- 13  

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017 the Company issued a total of 7,500 shares of common stock for cash in the amount of $7,000 and 2,541,500 shares were issued for services rendered valued at $648,300. In addition, the Company raised $130,600 of capital related to shares of common stock, however these shares were not issued as of December 31, 2017 and are presented as a subscription payable on the accompanying balance sheet.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 18,058,539 shares related to services valued at $5,442,076, of which 3,100,001 shares were cancelled during 2018, 2,325,146 shares were issued for cash proceeds of $377,418, 6,811,151 shares related to conversions of notes payable, and 857,694 shares related to the satisfaction of $111,500 of subscriptions payable.

 

As of December 31, 2018, there were approximately 580 record holders of our common stock, not including shares held in “street name” in brokerage accounts which is unknown. As of December 31, 2018, there were 40,426,983 shares of our common stock outstanding on record.

 

Stock Option Plan

 

During 2014, the Board of Directors adopted, and the shareholders approved, the 2014 Stock Option Plan under which a total of 27,000,000 shares of common stock had been reserved for issuance. The Stock Option Plan will terminate in September 2024.

 

Stock Options

 

Transactions in FY2018   Quantity     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
Per
Share
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2017     250,000     $ 1.00       7.57  
Granted                        
Exercised           $          
Cancelled/Forfeited                        
Outstanding, December 31, 2018     250,000     $ 1.00       6.57  
Exercisable, December 31, 2018     250,000     $ 1.00       6.57  
                         
Transactions in FY2017                        
                         
Outstanding, December 31, 2016     650,000     $ 0.69       8.86  
Granted                        
Exercised     (400,000 )   $ 0.50          
Cancelled/Forfeited                        
Outstanding, December 31, 2017     250,000     $ 1.00       7.57  
Exercisable, December 31, 2017     250,000     $ 1.00       7.57  

 

As of December 31, 2018, former employees of the Company hold options to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.00. On September 15, 2017, two officers exercised their 400,000 options at a cost of $200,000, by offsetting and reducing their deferred salary and other amounts owed to them by the Company.

 

  F- 14  

 

 

7. WARRANTS

 

Following is a summary of warrants outstanding at December 31, 2018:

 

Number of            
Warrants   Exercise Price     Expiration Date  
541,362   $ 0.00002       July 2023  
25,000   $ 0.20       April 2022  
312,500   $ 0.20       August 2022  
287,500   $ 0.20       April 2023  
125,000   $ 0.20       May 2023  
81,250   $ 0.20       August 2023  
2,800,000   $ 0.40       May 2022  
187,500   $ 0.20       January 2024  

 

Effective May 1, 2017, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the issuance of 2,800,000 warrants to purchase 2,800,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.40 per share for a period of five years from the date of issuance to the officers of the Company. These warrants were fully-vested upon grant and as such, an expense was recognized upon grant. The fair value of the warrants was calculated using a Black-Scholes model and was estimated to be $194,956. The significant assumptions used in the calculations were as follows:

 

Term   5.0 years  
Dividend Yield     0 %
Risk-free rate     1.84 %
Volatility     60 %

 

8. DERIVATIVE LIABILITIES

 

The Company’s only asset or liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis was its derivative liability associated with warrants to purchase common stock and the conversion features embedded in convertible promissory notes.

 

In connection with financing transactions, the Company issued warrants to purchase common stock and convertible promissory notes. These instruments included provisions that could result in a reduced exercise price based on specified full-ratchet anti-dilution provisions. The “reset” provisions were triggered in the event the Company subsequently issued common stock, stock warrants, stock options or convertible debt with a stock price, exercise price or conversion price lower than contractually specified amounts. Upon triggering the “reset” provisions, the exercise / conversion price of the instrument will be reduced. Accordingly, pursuant to ASC 815, these instruments were not considered to be solely indexed to the Company’s own stock and were not afforded equity treatment.

 

The following table summarizes activity in the Company’s derivative liability during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

12-31-2016 Balance   $ 5,532,898  
Creation     1,188,275  
Reclassification of equity     (163,674 )
Change in Value     (5,856,152 )
12-31-2017 Balance   $ 701,347  

 

12-31-2017 Balance   $ 701,347  
Creation     -  
Reclassification to Equity     (202,996 )
Change in Value     179,639  
12-31-2018 Balance   $ 677,990  

 

The Company classifies the fair value of these derivative liabilities under level 3 of the fair value hierarchy of financial instruments. The fair value of the derivative liability was calculated using a Black Scholes model. The Company’s stock price and estimates of volatility are the most sensitive inputs in validation of assets and liabilities at fair value. The liabilities were measured using the following assumptions:

 

Term   0.5 years -7.0 years  
Dividend Yield     0 %
Risk-free rate     1.20% - 1.77 %
Volatility     60 %

 

  F- 15  

 

 

9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Administrative Claim of Greenberg Glusker Fields Claman & Machtinger LLP

 

On January 30, 2017 the Company entered into a new Agreement. Under the terms of the Agreement, the Company has agreed to pay Greenberg $1,117,574 plus any interest that has accrued at the rate of 6.0% per annum, as follows: (i) $100,000 on or before December 31, 2017; (ii) $150,000 on or before December 31, 2018 (iii) 4.0% of the first $2.5 million of gross proceeds of any private or public offering by the company (an “Offering”); (iv) 2.0% of the next $2.5 million of gross proceeds from such Offerings; (v) 4.0% of any gross proceeds thereafter from such Offerings; and (vi) the remaining balance on or before December 31, 2019.

 

In addition, Greenberg has the option to convert up to $150,000 of the balance into a warrant that would convert on terms that are equal to (or, in certain cases, better than) the terms offered in subsequent rounds of financing.

 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company has not made any of the payments required and is in default pursuant to the terms of the Agreement.

 

Bankruptcy Closure

 

On January 31, 2017, United States Bankruptcy Judge for the Central District of California, Neil Bason, granted the Company’s unopposed motion for entry of final decree and also granted approval of the two stipulations regarding payment of court-approved fees. As a result, the Imaging3 Chapter 11 proceeding is now closed. The Company is no longer subject to the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court, and the case cannot be converted to a Chapter 7 proceeding, except that the Judge’s order in its final paragraph stated that “Notwithstanding the foregoing [order closing the bankruptcy case pursuant to 11 United States Code Section 350(a)] the bankruptcy case may be reopened on motion as set forth in the Greenberg, Glusker Fee Agreement and/or the Mentor Fee Agreement and thus the court retains jurisdiction for those purposes and as otherwise provided by law or as contemplated by the prior orders and proceedings of this court”. Thus, technically, the case could possibly be reopened by either of those aforementioned creditors. As of the date of filing of this report, the Company is in default of certain terms of the Greenberg, Glusker and Mentor agreements, however, the Company maintains open and cordial relations with Greenberg, Glusker and Mentor.

 

Pending Litigation

 

On September 13, 2017, Alpha Capital Anstalt and Brio Capital Master Fund, LTD, two minority members of a group of investors in the Company (the “Plaintiff”) filed a lawsuit seeking damages and injunctive relief in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York claiming that the Company breached certain Note and Warrant agreements among the parties to the action. The holders of the majority of the investment involved in the above lawsuit chose not to join in the lawsuit and have informed the Company that they believe the lawsuit to be baseless. On November 21, 2017, the Court denied the Plaintiff’s request for injunctive relief against the Company. As a result, the case essentially became an action for money damages against the Company, which the Company believes to be without merit and has defended. However, on July 27, 2018 United States District Court for the Southern District of New York granted the plaintiffs motion for summary judgement, awarding them approximately $1.4 million dollars. The Company is, as of the date of this letter, in advanced negotiations to settle this judgment. The Company has accrued this amount, in full, as of December 31, 2018, resulting in a charge to other expenses of approximately $1.034 million during 2018.

 

  F- 16  

 

 

10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

On March 11, 2019 the Company signed a non-binding letter of intent (“LOI”) to be acquired in a reverse acquisition (the “Acquisition”) by a privately held Los Angeles based cannabis company (the “Acquirer”). The Acquirer holds licenses issued by the State of California to manufacture and distribute cannabis products in California. The Acquirer commenced operations in mid-2018 and has reported more than $550,000 in revenue from operations since they commenced. The Acquirer maintains facilities in Riverside County California near Palm Springs. On Thursday, March 7, 2019 the Acquirer obtained its final permit and clearance from the local fire department to commence operation of an ethanol extraction laboratory at such facilities and will initiate related extraction and post processing operations as soon as practicable. The Acquirer’s laboratory will be able to extract CBD hemp under Federal law pursuant to the recently signed 2018 Farm Act that classifies CBD hemp as an insurable commodity.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the LOI, the Company and the Acquirer have initiated negotiations intended to result in completion of a definitive Exchange Agreement (the “Agreement”) encompassing all of the material terms of the Agreement on or before March 31, 2019. Pursuant to the terms of the LOI, the Agreement will provide that upon conclusion of the Acquisition, the Acquirer’s designees shall own 80% of the then outstanding common shares of the Company and the Company’s current shareholders shall own 20% of such outstanding common shares. In addition, the Company will be required to settle certain outstanding creditor obligations on terms acceptable to both the Acquirer and the Company. Furthermore, the Acquirer is required to obtain a commitment for a bridge loan of not less than $1,250,000.00 to be funded upon the closing of the Acquisition and an equity infusion of at least $5,000,000.00 at a pre-money valuation of at least $15,000,000.00 to be funded upon the closing of the Acquisition.

 

Simultaneous with a successful closing of the Acquisition, the Company will assign all rights to its intellectual property and assets relating to its Dominion imaging technology to a private closely held Company to be owned by IGNG, current IGNG management and board members, certain other persons currently associated with the Company and the Acquirer’s designees in percentages to be negotiated among those persons prior to the closing of the transaction. The Dominion enterprise will thereafter execute its business plan as previously articulated in IGNG’s periodic reports to the SEC.

 

At the closing, current IGNG officers and directors shall appoint the Acquirer’s designees to officer and directors positions at post acquisition IGNG and resign there officer and director positions.

 

In January 2019, a former officer of the company canceled 8,000,000 shares of common stock that were previously issued.

 

  F- 17  

 

 

IMAGING3, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

 

    March 31, 2019     December 31, 2018  
             
ASSETS                
                 
CURRENT ASSETS:                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 67,146     $ 14,214  
                 
Total current assets     67,146       14,214  
                 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net     -       -  
Total assets   $ 67,146     $ 14,214  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT                
                 
CURRENT LIABILITIES:                
Accounts payable   $ 681,776     $ 703,518  
Administrative claims payable     1,113,708       1,113,708  
Accrued expenses     394,356       372,773  
Subscriptions payable     256,000       289,283  
Derivative liability     15,442,307       677,990  
Convertible notes payable, net of discount of $- and $179,307     2,165,482       2,167,107  
Total current liabilities     20,053,629       5,324,379  
LONG TERM LIABILITIES                
Administrative claims payable     -       -  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES     20,053,629       5,324,379  
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES, note 8                
                 
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT:                
      -       -  
Common stock and additional paid-in capital authorized 1,000,000,000 shares, no par value and 49,689,768 and 40,426,983 issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018, respectively     17,195,658       15,944,948  
Accumulated deficit     (37,182,141 )     (21,255,113 )
Total stockholders’ deficit     (19,986,483 )     (5,310,165 )
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit   $ 67,146     $ 14,214  

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these unaudited financial statements

 

  F- 18  

 

 

IMAGING3, INC.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(UNAUDITED)

 

    Three months ended
March 31, 2019
    Three months ended
March 31, 2018
 
             
Net revenues   $ -     $ -  
                 
Cost of goods sold     -       -  
Gross profit (loss)     -       -  
                 
Operating expenses:                
General and administrative expenses     195,325       5,671,297  
Total operating expenses     195,325       5,671,297  
                 
Loss from operations     (195,325 )     (5,671,297 )
                 
Other income (expense):                
Interest expense     (48,296 )     (305,293 )
Change in value of derivative instruments     (15,633,479 )     (745,855 )
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt     (49,926 )     (6,958 )
Other income (expense)     -       -  
Total other income (expense)     (15,731,701 )     (1,058,106 )
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes     (15,927,026 )     (6,729,403 )
                 
Provision for income taxes             -  
                 
Net income (loss)   $ (15,927,026 )   $ (6,729,403 )
                 
Net income (loss) per share - Basic   $ (0.39 )   $ (0.37 )
Net income (loss) per share - Diluted   $ (0.39 )   $ (0.37 )
Weighted average common stock outstanding - Basic     41,225,688       18,074,095  
Weighted average common stock outstanding - Diluted     41,225,688       18,074,095  

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these unaudited financial statements.

 

  F- 19  

 

 

IMAGING3, INC.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2019 AND 2018

(UNAUDITED)

 

    Three months ended     Three months ended  
    March 31, 2019     March 31, 2018  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                
Net income (loss)   $ (15,927,026 )   $ (6,729,403 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used for operating activities:                
Non Cash Interest     4,000       270,910  
(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt     49,926       6,958  
Change in value of derivatives     15,633,479       745,855  
Shares issued for services     -       5,280,661  
Warrants issued for service     -       -  
Increase / (decrease) in current liabilities:                
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     (22,553 )     325,812  
Net cash used for operating activities     (217,068 )     (99,207 )
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                
Proceeds from issuance of notes payable     30,000       10,000  
Proceeds from subscription payable     240,000       148,773  
Net cash provided from financing activities     270,000       158,773  
                 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH & CASH EQUIVALENTS     52,932       59,566  
                 
CASH & CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING BALANCE     14,214       3,594  
                 
CASH & CASH EQUIVALENTS, ENDING BALANCE   $ 67,146     $ 63,160  
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH FINANCING ACTIVITY                
Notes and accrued interest converted to common stock   $ 54,338     $ 40,900  

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these unaudited financial statements

 

  F- 20  

 

 

IMAGING3, INC.

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

 

Imaging3, Inc. (the “Company”, “us”, “we”, “Imaging3”) is a corporation incorporated on October 29, 1993 as Imaging Services, Inc. in the state of California. The Company filed a certificate of amendment of articles of incorporation to change its name to Imaging3, Inc. on August 20, 2002. In March of 2018, the Company incorporated in Delaware.

 

The Company is a development stage medical device company. The Company has developed a portable proprietary imaging technology designed to produce 3D x-ray images in real time. The Company’s devices have the potential to use less radiation and require less specialized power sources than many currently available x-ray imaging devices. The Company’s lead device, the Dominion Smartscan, for which the Company plans to submit a 510K application with the FDA in 2020, will be easily transportable and works off conventional household current. While the primary focus is applications for the healthcare industry, there are many potential non-healthcare related uses for the Company’s technology, including agriculture and security.

 

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

On September 13, 2012 (the “Petition Date”), the Company filed a voluntary petition with the federal bankruptcy court in Los Angeles, California, to enter bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. On or about July 15, 2013, our Plan of Reorganization was approved by the United States Bankruptcy Court. On July 30, 2013, we emerged from bankruptcy and continued operations under the terms and conditions of our Bankruptcy Reorganization Plan as it applies to post bankruptcy operations. For accounting purposes, management deemed the effective date of the Chapter 11 Plan (the “Plan”) to be June 30, 2013. The Company’s operations between July 1, 2013 and July 30, 2013 were not significant. The Plan adopted by Imaging3, Inc. is a reorganizing plan. Payments under the Plan were made by utilizing existing cash on hand, borrowings on a secured and unsecured basis, future cash flow, if any, capital raised through the sale of our common stock in private placements, and by conversion of debt to equity.

 

Upon emergence from bankruptcy, Imaging3 adopted fresh-start accounting which resulted in Imaging3 becoming a new entity for financial reporting purposes. Imaging3 applied fresh start accounting as of July 1, 2013. As a result of the application of fresh start accounting and the effects of the implementation of the plan of reorganization, the financial statements on or after July 1, 2013 are not comparable with the financial statements prior to that date.

 

The accompanying unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission for the presentation of interim financial information, but do not include all the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. It is suggested that these condensed financial statements be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018. The Company follows the same accounting policies in preparation of interim reports. Results of operations for the interim periods are not indicative of annual results

 

Use of Estimates

 

In preparing financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

  F- 21  

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase that are readily convertible into cash to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts that may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company had no cash equivalents at March 31, 2019 or December 31, 2018.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Effective January 1, 2018, the Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605, Revenue Recognition, and is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. It also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue, cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments, and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. The adoption of ASU 2014-09, using the modified retrospective approach, had no significant impact on the Company’s results of operation, cash flows or financial position.

 

Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for transferring products or providing services. All revenue is recognized when the Company satisfies its performance obligations under the contract. The majority of the Company’s contracts have a single performance obligation and are short term in nature. Generally, the Company extends credit to its customers and does not require collateral. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and historic credit losses have been within management’s expectations. The Company has a revenue receivables policy for service and warranty contracts. Equipment sales usually have a one-year warranty of parts and service. After a one-year period, the Company contacts the buyer to initiate the sale of a new warranty contract for one year. Warranty revenues are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract or as services are performed.

 

Basic and Diluted Net Income Per Share

 

Basic net income per share is based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted net income per share is based on the assumption that all dilutive convertible shares and stock options were converted or exercised. Dilution is computed by applying the treasury stock method. Under this method, options and warrants are assumed to be exercised at the beginning of the period (or at the time of issuance, if later), and as if funds obtained thereby were used to purchase common stock at the average market price during the period. During 2018 and 2019, potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of weighted average shares outstanding-diluted because their effect was anti-dilutive.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The Company generally does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to cash-flow risks or market-risks that may affect the fair values of its financial instruments. The Company utilizes various types of financing to fund its business needs, including convertible notes and warrants and other instruments not indexed to our stock. The Company is required to record its derivative instruments at their fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognized in earnings in accordance with ASC 815. The Company’s only asset or liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis is its derivative liability associated with warrants to purchase common stock and convertible notes.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The fair value accounting standard creates a three-level hierarchy to prioritize the inputs used in the valuation techniques to derive fair values. The basis for fair value measurements for each level within the hierarchy is described below with Level 1 having the highest priority and Level 3 having the lowest.

 

Level 1: Observable prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

  F- 22  

 

 

Level 2: Observable prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable in the market.

 

Level 3: Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models, and similar techniques.

 

The Company had the following assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2018 and 2017 respectively.

 

    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Derivative Liabilities March 31, 2019   $ -     $ -     $ 15,442,307     $ 15,442,307  
Derivative Liabilities December 31, 2018   $ -     $ -     $ 677,990     $ 677,990  

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740-10, “Income Taxes” which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns.

 

Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each year-end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The provision for income taxes represents the tax payable for the period and the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities.

 

Research and Development

 

Costs and expenses that can be clearly identified as research and development are charged to expense as incurred in accordance with FASB ASC 730-10. Included in research and development costs are operating costs, facilities, supplies, external services, clinical trial and manufacturing costs, and overhead directly related to the Company’s research and development operations, as well as costs to acquire technology licenses.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) , which supersedes existing guidance on accounting for leases in “Leases (Topic 840)” and generally requires all leases to be recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018; early adoption is permitted. The provisions of ASU 2016-02 are to be applied using a modified retrospective approach. The adoption of this standard had no material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . This ASU affects entities that issue share-based payment awards to their employees. The ASU is designed to simplify several aspects of accounting for share-based payment award transactions which include – the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, classification on the statement of cash flows and forfeiture rate calculations. ASU 2016-09 became effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. The adoption of this standard had no material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

  F- 23  

 

 

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480) and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): I. Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features; II. Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception, (ASU 2017-11). Part I of this update addresses the complexity of accounting for certain financial instruments with down round features. Down round features are features of certain equity-linked instruments (or embedded features) that result in the strike price being reduced on the basis of the pricing of future equity offerings Current accounting guidance creates cost and complexity for entities that issue financial instruments (such as warrants and convertible Form instruments) with down round features that require fair value measurement of the entire instrument or conversion option. Part II of this update addresses the difficulty of navigating Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, because of the existence of extensive pending content in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. This pending content is the result of the indefinite deferral of accounting requirements about mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of certain nonpublic entities and certain mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests. The amendments in Part II of this update do not have an accounting effect. This ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018. The adoption of this standard had no material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

3. INCOME TAXES

 

The Company’s book losses and other timing differences result in a net deferred income tax benefit which is offset by a valuation allowance for a net deferred asset of zero. The Company has concluded, in accordance with the applicable accounting standards, that it is more likely than not that the Company may not realize the benefit of all of its deferred tax assets. Accordingly, management has provided a 100% valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets until such time as management believes that its projections of future profits as well as expected future tax rates make the realization of these deferred tax assets more-likely-than-not. Significant judgment is required in the evaluation of deferred tax benefits and differences in future results from our estimates could result in material differences in the realization of these assets. The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance related to all of its deferred tax assets. The Company has performed an assessment of positive and negative evidence regarding the realization of the net deferred tax asset in accordance with FASB ASC 740-10, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” This assessment included the evaluation of scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, the availability of carry forwards and estimates of projected future taxable income. The availability of the Company’s net operating loss carry forwards is subject to limitation if there is a 50% or more change in the ownership of the Company’s stock. The provision for income taxes consists of the state minimum tax imposed on corporations of $800. The Company has adopted guidance issued by the FASB that clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold of more likely than not and a measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. In making this assessment, a company must determine whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, based solely on the technical merits of the position and must assume that the tax position will be examined by taxing authorities. The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The Company has not recognized any unrecognized tax benefits and does not have any interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2018 or March 31, 2019.

 

4. NOTES PAYABLE

 

During the first quarter of 2018, the Company issued a promissory note in the amount of $10,000 that bears interest of 10%. The note matured as of April 15, 2018 and was paid back with cash.

 

During the first quarter of 2019, the Company issued two short-term promissory notes in the amount of $30,000 that bears interest at $6,000 per month. The notes matured within twenty days of issuance but are extendable at the Company’s option and remain outstanding as of March 31, 2019.

 

During 2018, debt and accrued interest in the amount of $574,524 were converted to 6,811,151 shares of common stock. As a result of these conversions, the Company recognized approximately $100,000 as a gain on extinguishment of debt, accrued interest, and derivative liabilities.

 

During the first quarter ended March 31, 2019, debt and accrued interest in the amount of $54,338 were converted to 14,027,800 shares of common stock. As a result of these conversions, the Company recognized approximately $50,000 as a loss on extinguishment of debt, accrued interest, and derivative liabilities.

 

Amortization of note discounts amounted to $179,307 during the quarter ended March 31, 2018 and none for the quarter ended March 31, 2019.

 

  F- 24  

 

 

5. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Preferred Stock

 

The Company has authorized 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock. During 2017, 2,000 shares of preferred shares were cancelled. As of March 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018, there are no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

 

Common Stock

 

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000,000 shares of no-par value common stock.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Company issued a total of 1,148,921 shares of common stock for cash in the amount of $148,773 and 17,645,000 shares were issued for services rendered valued at $5,280,661.

 

During the first quarter ended March 31, 2019, the Company issued 3,234,985 shares for $273,283 of subscription payable received before December 31, 2018, 14,027,800 shares related to conversions of notes payable of $977,427. During the quarter ended March 31, 2019, the company recorded $240,000 of subscription payable for 4,800,000 shares and 9,600,000 warrants with a strike price of $0.10. During the quarter ended March 31, 2019, 8,000,000 shares of stock to a former officer were canceled. The Company awarded directors, officers and key consultants 5,750,000 shares for services rendered. These shares were issued subsequent to March 31, 2019. At March 31, 2019, the company is also in the process of issuing 4,950,154 shares of common stock for the balance of subscription payable at March 31, 2019.

 

As of March 31, 2019, there were approximately 582 record holders of our common stock, not including shares held in “street name” in brokerage accounts which is unknown. As of March 31, 2019, there were 49,689,768 shares of our common stock outstanding on record.

 

Stock Option Plan

 

During 2014, the Board of Directors adopted, and the shareholders approved, the 2014 Stock Option Plan under which a total of 27,000,000 shares of common stock had been reserved for issuance. The Stock Option Plan will terminate in September 2024.

 

Stock Options

 

Transactions in 2018   Quantity     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
Per
Share
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining Contractual
Life
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2018     250,000     $ 1.00       6.57  
Granted                        
Exercised                        
Cancelled/Forfeited                        
Outstanding, March 31, 2019     250,000     $ 1.00       6.32  
Exercisable, March 31, 2019     250,000     $ 1.00       6.32  
                         
Transactions in FY2018                        
                         
Outstanding, December 31, 2017     250,000     $ 1.00       7.57  
Granted                        
Exercised                        
Cancelled/Forfeited                        
Outstanding, December 31, 2018     250,000     $ 1.00       6.57  
Exercisable, December 31, 2018     250,000     $ 1.00       6.57  

 

As of March 31, 2019, former employees of the Company hold options to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.00.

 

  F- 25  

 

 

6. WARRANTS

 

Following is a summary of warrants outstanding at March 31, 2019:

 

Number of
Warrants
    Exercise Price     Expiration Date
  541,362     $ 0.00002     July 2023
  50,000     $ 0.10     April 2022
  625,000     $ 0.10     August 2022
  575,000     $ 0.10     April 2023
  250,000     $ 0.10     May 2023
  162,500     $ 0.10     August 2023
  2,800,000     $ 0.40     May 2022
  375,000     $ 0.10     January 2024
  9,800,000     $ 0.10     March 2021

 

During the quarter ended March 31, 2019, the Company issuanced of 9,800,000 warrants to purchase 9,800,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.10 per share for a period of two years from the date of issuance.

 

7. DERIVATIVE LIABILITIES

 

The Company’s only asset or liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis was its derivative liability associated with warrants to purchase common stock and the conversion features embedded in convertible promissory notes.

 

In connection with financing transactions, the Company issued warrants to purchase common stock and convertible promissory notes. These instruments included provisions that could result in a reduced exercise price based on specified full-ratchet anti-dilution provisions. The “reset” provisions were triggered in the event the Company subsequently issued common stock, stock warrants, stock options or convertible debt with a stock price, exercise price or conversion price lower than contractually specified amounts. Upon triggering the “reset” provisions, the exercise / conversion price of the instrument will be reduced. Accordingly, pursuant to ASC 815, these instruments were not considered to be solely indexed to the Company’s own stock and were not afforded equity treatment.

 

The following table summarizes activity in the Company’s derivative liability during the first quarter ended March 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018:

 

12-31-18 Balance   $ 677,990  
Creation     -  
Reclassification of equity     (869,163 )
Change in Value     15,633,479  
3-31-19 Balance   $ 15,442,307  
         
12-31-2017 Balance   $ 701,347  
Creation     -  
Reclassification to Equity     (202,996 )
Change in Value     179,639  
12-31-2018 Balance   $ 677,990  

 

  F- 26  

 

 

The Company classifies the fair value of these derivative liabilities under level 3 of the fair value hierarchy of financial instruments. The fair value of the derivative liability was calculated using a Black Scholes model. The Company’s stock price and estimates of volatility are the most sensitive inputs in validation of assets and liabilities at fair value. The liabilities were measured using the following assumptions:

 

Term   0.01 years -5.0 years  
Dividend Yield     0 %
Risk-free rate     2.33% - 2.49 %
Volatility     65-168 %

 

8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Administrative Claim of Greenberg Glusker Fields Claman & Machtinger LLP

 

On January 30, 2017 the Company entered into a new Agreement. Under the terms of the Agreement, the Company has agreed to pay Greenberg $1,117,574 plus any interest that has accrued at the rate of 6.0% per annum, as follows: (i) $100,000 on or before December 31, 2017; (ii) $150,000 on or before December 31, 2018 (iii) 4.0% of the first $2.5 million of gross proceeds of any private or public offering by the company (an “Offering”); (iv) 2.0% of the next $2.5 million of gross proceeds from such Offerings; (v) 4.0% of any gross proceeds thereafter from such Offerings; and (vi) the remaining balance on or before December 31, 2019.

 

In addition, Greenberg has the option to convert up to $150,000 of the balance into a warrant that would convert on terms that are equal to (or, in certain cases, better than) the terms offered in subsequent rounds of financing.

 

As of March 31, 2019, the Company has not made any of the payments required and is in default pursuant to the terms of the Agreement.

 

Bankruptcy Closure

 

On January 31, 2017, United States Bankruptcy Judge for the Central District of California, Neil Bason, granted the Company’s unopposed motion for entry of final decree and also granted approval of the two stipulations regarding payment of court-approved fees. As a result, the Imaging3 Chapter 11 proceeding is now closed. The Company is no longer subject to the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court, and the case cannot be converted to a Chapter 7 proceeding, except that the Judge’s order in its final paragraph stated that “Notwithstanding the foregoing [order closing the bankruptcy case pursuant to 11 United States Code Section 350(a)] the bankruptcy case may be reopened on motion as set forth in the Greenberg, Glusker Fee Agreement and/or the Mentor Fee Agreement and thus the court retains jurisdiction for those purposes and as otherwise provided by law or as contemplated by the prior orders and proceedings of this court”. Thus, technically, the case could possibly be reopened by either of those aforementioned creditors. As of the date of filing of this report, the Company is in default of certain terms of the Greenberg, Glusker and Mentor agreements, however, the Company maintains open and cordial relations with Greenberg, Glusker and Mentor.

 

Pending Litigation

 

See note 9

 

  F- 27  

 

 

9. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

On Monday, April 15, Imaging3, Alpha Capital Anstalt (“Alpha”) and Brio Capital Master Fund (“Brio”) agreed to terms settling the outstanding judgment against the Company, issued by the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Court”) on July 27, 2018 (the “Agreement”). The Court awarded Alpha $804,770.08 and Brio $669,805.43, respectively. Under the terms of the Agreement, the Company will pay $100,000 cash to both Alpha and Brio at the time of the closing of the Acquisition. The balance of the judgments will be converted to IGNG restricted common shares at the conversion price of $0.164 per share, translating to 4,191,070 (four million, one hundred, ninety thousand, and seventy) Shares of IGNG’s common stock to Alpha and 3,514,628 (three million, five hundred fourteen thousand, six hundred and twenty) Shares to Brio. Further, Alpha and Brio, with the full and complete cooperation of IGNG, shall promptly commence an action against IGNG in the Superior Court of the State of California (the “Settlement Court”) seeking the Settlement Court’s approval of this Agreement pursuant to Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act of 1933 which will, essentially, allow IGNG to issue the above shares to Alpha and Brio without restriction. IGNG management believes this cooperative proceeding will be completed by mid-July 2019.

 

Share Exchange Agreement

 

On Sunday, April 28, Imaging3 and GBI executed a definitive Share Exchange Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the “Agreement”) (which was subsequently amended on May 31, 2019), at the closing of which GBI will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of IGNG and GBI’s shareholders and other persons will own approximately 81% of the post-Acquisition common shares of IGNG. The IGNG common shares representing the 81% IGNG stake will be restricted securities issued to the current GBI shareholders on a pro rata basis to their GBI ownership in exchange for their GBI shares which will thereafter be owned by IGNG. At the conclusion of the Acquisition the Company will have approximately 387,969,000 common shares issued and outstanding, subject to adjustment, of which GBI management will own approximately 230,223,000 shares or approximately 60% of the then outstanding common shares of the Company. In addition, at the closing, a newly formed corporation (“New I3”) will assume all of the current assets and most of the liabilities of IGNG. IGNG will thereafter own a yet-to-be determined percentage of the shares of New I3. Furthermore, closing of the Acquisition will be dependent upon IGNG reaching final terms with an Investor or Investors for an investment of $12,000,000.00 of debt and equity in IGNG.

 

On Wednesday July 10, IGNG closed the Share Exchange Agreement after the completion of all conditions subsequent contemplated by the Share Exchange Agreement among the parties thereto (the “SEA”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit #2, including the execution of the Greenberg Settlement Agreement as set forth above, by which IGNG was acquired in a reverse acquisition (the “Acquisition”) by the former shareholders of Grapefruit Boulevard Investments, Inc. (“Grapefruit”)., a California corporation and privately held cannabis products company based in Westwood, Los Angeles, CA. Under the terms of the SEA executed on May 31, 2019 IGNG became obligated to issue to Grapefruit’s existing shareholders that number of newly issued restricted IGNG common shares such that the former Grapefruit shareholders (now new IGNG shareholders) will own approximately 81% of the post-Acquisition IGNG common shares and the current IGNG shareholders will retain 19% of the post-Acquisition IGNG common shares. At the time of the execution of the SEA, IGNG had approximately eighty-five million two hundred eighteen thousand two hundred forty nine (85,218,249) outstanding shares of common stock. Therefore IGNG will shortly, after the final closing of the Acquisition, issue to Grapefruit’s shareholders approximately three hundred sixty-three million two hundred eighteen thousand two hundred forty nine (363,218,249) IGNG common shares to Grapefruit’s current shareholder on a pro rata basis with their current ownership of Grapefruit of which Bradley Yourist and Daniel J. Yourist will own a combined 72.26% or approximately two hundred sixty two million four hundred sixty one million five hundred seven 262,461,507 shares. In addition, shortly after the closing, IGNG will issue approximately twenty three million one hundred nine thousand seven hundred fourteen 23,109,714 new restricted common shares to an advisor to Grapefruit in connection with structuring of the Acquisition and the Investment. As a result, at the conclusion of the Acquisition, IGNG will have a total of approximately four hundred seventy one million six hundred twenty six thousand eight hundred fourteen 471,626,814 common shares issued and outstanding.

 

The closing of the transaction will occur on or before the business day following the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the obligations of the parties to consummate the acquisition (the “Closing”). Within 75 days of the Closing the Company shall file a Form 8-K with the SEC which will include, along with all other required disclosures, audited pro forma consolidated financial statements of IGNG and GBI from GBI’s inception through the period ended April 30, 2019.

 

Greenberg Glusker Settlement

 

On Friday July 5, 2019 the Company and Greenberg Glusker Fields Claman & Machtinger, LLP executed a Settlement Agreement (the “Greenberg Settlement Agreement”), with its former bankruptcy counsel and largest trade creditor Greenberg Glusker Fields Claman & Machtinger LLP (“GG”). The Greenberg Settlement Agreement calls for IGNG/Grapefruit to liquidate the outstanding GG balance of $1,245,380.00 (the “Balance”) by the payment of $204,000 to GG in three payments of $68,000.00 to be made by no later than November 30, 2019 and the immediate issuance of 6,351,126 IGNG common shares (The “Settlement Shares”) at an agreed value of $.164 per share to GG. The Settlement Shares will be the subject of a Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act of 1933 action (the “3(a)(10) Action”) to be expeditiously filed by GG, by which the Court hearing the 3(a)(1) action will be asked to approve the Agreement and after such approval the Settlement Shares shall be immediately eligible for resale in the public markets. The Greenberg Settlement Agreement calls for the issuance of “Make Whole” shares to GG, if after the sale of all the Settlement Shares by GG in the public market it fails to realize sufficient funds to liquidate the balance. The Greenberg Settlement Agreement also contains a “leak out” provision limiting sales of the Settlement Shares by GG to insure that such sale do not disrupt the market for IGNG shares while such shares are being liquidated.

 

Subsequent to March 31, 2019 and as of July 18, 2019, the Company issued 9,355,000 shares related to services valued at $569,303, 8,440,000 shares were issued for cash proceeds of $419,500, and 6,601,669 shares related to conversions of notes payable in the amount of $196,449.

 

10. GOING CONCERN

 

The Company’s financial statements are prepared using the generally accepted accounting principles applicable to a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company has historically incurred net losses and as of December 31, 2018 had an accumulated deficit totaling $21.3 million. During the quarter ended March 31, 2019 and the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company utilized an aggregate of $1.7 million of cash in operating activities and incurred an aggregate net loss of $18.5 million. The continuing losses have adversely affected the liquidity of the Company.

 

In view of the matters described in the preceding paragraph, recoverability of a major portion of the recorded asset amounts shown in the accompanying balance sheet is dependent upon continued operations of the Company, which in turn is dependent upon the Company’s ability to raise additional capital, obtain financing and to succeed in its future operations. The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary as a result of the Company’s going concern uncertainty.

 

Management’s plan regarding this matter is to, amongst other things, seek additional equity financing by selling our equity securities, obtaining funds through the issuance of debt, and continue seeking approval from the FDA to bring to market our real-time imaging platform; or, possibly merge with another operating organization. We cannot assure you that funds from these sources will be available when needed or, if available, will be on terms favorable to us or to our stockholders. If we raise additional funds or settle liabilities by issuing equity securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders will be reduced, stockholders may experience additional dilution, or such equity securities may provide for rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the holders of our common stock. Our ability to execute our business plan and continue as a going concern may be adversely affected if we are unable to raise additional capital or operate profitably.

 

The Company anticipates that further equity/debt financings will be necessary to continue to fund operations in the future and there is no guarantee that such financings will be available or, if available, on acceptable terms.

 

  F- 28  

 

 

73,130,731 Shares of Common Stock Underlying Convertible Notes

 

39,000,000 Shares of Common Stock Underlying Warrants to Purchase Common Stock

 

Imaging3, Inc.

 

PROSPECTUS

 

July 25, 2019

 

     

 

 

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, to be paid by the Registrant in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered. All amounts other than the SEC registration fees and FINRA fees are estimates.

 

SEC Registration Fee*   $ 607.42  
FINRA Filing Fee   $     
Printing Fees and Expenses   $     
Accounting Fees and Expenses*   $ 5,000  
Legal Fees and Expenses*   $ 25,000  
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees   $     
Miscellaneous Fees and Expenses*   $ 5,000  
Total*   $ 35,607.42    

 

* Estimated expenses.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Our amended certificate of incorporation provides that, to the maximum extent permitted by law, no director shall be personally liable to us or our shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as director.

 

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent to the corporation. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Our bylaws provide for indemnification by us of our directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be provided for directors, officers, employees, agents or persons controlling an issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the opinion of the SEC is that such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification by such director, officer or controlling person of us in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being offered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

No pending material litigation or proceeding involving our directors, executive officers, employees or other agents as to which indemnification is being sought exists, and we are not aware of any pending or threatened material litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any of our directors or executive officers.

 

  II- 1  

 

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by us in transactions that were exempt from the requirements of the Securities Act in the last three years. Except where noted, all of the securities discussed in this Item 15 were all issued in reliance on the exemption under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. Unless otherwise indicated, all of the share issuances described below were made in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

 

On June 25, 2019, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to two accredited investors at a price of $0.101 per share an aggregate of 530,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $53,530.

 

Between May 8, 2019 and June 25, 2019, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to five accredited investors at prices varying between $0.0067 per share and $0.101 per share an aggregate of 5,030,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $83,680.

 

On February 21, 2019, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to two accredited investors at a price of $0.0067 per share an aggregate of 250,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $1,675.

 

Between March 29, 2019 and May 22, 2019, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to seventeen accredited investors at a price of $0.05 per share an aggregate of 17,919,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $895,950.

 

Between February 21, 2019 and March 29, 2019, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to six accredited investors at prices varying between $0.0067 per share and $0.20 per share an aggregate of 1,273,985 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $136,380.

 

Between January 29, 2019 and February 20, 2019, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to two accredited investors at a price of $0.03 per share an aggregate of 17,919,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $537,570.

 

On October 19, 2018, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to an accredited investor at a price of $0.13 per share an aggregate of 2,122,867 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $275,973.

 

On August 1, 2018, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to an accredited investor at a price of $0.164 per share an aggregate of 1,093,146 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $179,276.

 

  II- 2  

 

 

On June 4, 2018, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to an accredited investor at a price of $0.01 per share an aggregate of 50,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $500.

 

On April 30, 2018, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to an accredited investor at a price of $0.01 per share an aggregate of 198,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $1,980.

 

On April 30, 2018, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to eleven accredited investors at a price of $0.65 per share an aggregate of 857,694 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $557,501.

 

On March 28, 2018, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to an accredited investor at a price of $0.30 per share an aggregate of 330,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $99,000.

 

Between March 28, 2018 and May 18, 2018, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to three accredited investors at a price of $0.13 per share an aggregate of 341,231 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $44,360.

 

On March 19, 2018, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to seven accredited investors at a price of $0.22 per share an aggregate of 15,600,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $3,432,000.

 

On March 18, 2018, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to an accredited investor at a price of $0.31 per share an aggregate of 300,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $93,000.

 

Between March 23, 2018 and May 18, 2018, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to twenty accredited investors at a price of $0.20 per share an aggregate of 3,368,889 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $673,778.

 

Between March 8, 2018 and March 26, 2018, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to five accredited investors prices varying between $0.0065 per share and $0.0084 per share an aggregate of 2,630,771 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $21,660.

 

Between September 15, 2017 and September 26, 2017, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to three accredited investors at a price of $0.01 per share an aggregate of 3,250,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $32,500.

 

Between August 4, 2017 and August 24, 2017, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to fifteen accredited investors at a price of $0.01 per share an aggregate of 2,500,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $30,000.

 

  II- 3  

 

 

On July 28, 2017, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to an accredited investor at a price of $0.012 per share an aggregate of 9,080,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $90,800.

 

On June 30, 2017, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to two accredited investors at a price of $0.01 per share an aggregate of 9,080,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $90,800.

 

On May 23, 2017, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Auctus Fund, LLC (“Auctus”) whereby the Company issued Auctus a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $250,000 (the “May 2017 Auctus Note”). The May 2017 Auctus Note accrues interest at 12% per annum and is convertible into shares of the Company’s Common Stock at 60% multiplied by the Market Price. “Market Price” means the lowest Trading Price (as defined in the May 2017 Auctus Note) for the Common Stock during the twenty (20) Trading Day (as defined in the May 2017 Auctus Note) period ending on the latest complete Trading Day prior to the Conversion Date (as defined in the May 2017 Auctus Note). Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company also issued 9,000,000 shares of Common Stock to Auctus.

 

On May 23, 2017, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with FirstFire Global Opportunities Fund, LLC (“FirstFire”) whereby the Company issued FirstFire a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $250,000 (the “May 2017 FirstFire Note”). The May 2017 FirstFire Note accrues interest at 12% per annum and is convertible into shares of the Company’s Common Stock at 60% multiplied by the Market Price. “Market Price” means the lowest Trading Price (as defined in the May 2017 FirstFire Note) for the Common Stock during the twenty (20) Trading Day (as defined in the May 2017 FirstFire Note) period ending on the latest complete Trading Day prior to the Conversion Date (as defined in the May 2017 FirstFire Note). Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company also issued 9,000,000 shares of Common Stock to FirstFire.

 

Between April 5, 2017 and May 23, 2017, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to three accredited investors at prices varying between $0.01 per share and $0.02 per share an aggregate of 18,150,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $183,000.

 

Between January 23, 2017 and March 8, 2017, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to seven accredited investors at a price of $0.02 per share an aggregate of 2,887,500 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $57,750.

 

On January 23, 2017, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to seven accredited investors at prices varying between $0.0388 per share and $0.25 per share an aggregate of 10,900,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $1,177,800.

 

Between December 27, 2016 and January 23, 2017, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to three accredited investors at a price of $0.05 per share an aggregate of 1,060,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $53,000.

 

Between November 14, 2016 and December 13, 2016, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to two accredited investors at prices varying between $0.01 per share and $0.035 per share an aggregate of 8,574,700 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $123,247.

 

Between August 31, 2016 and September 9, 2016, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to seven accredited investors at a price of $0.05 per share an aggregate of 3,648,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $182,400.

 

Between August 25, 2016 and October 21, 2016, in an isolated private transaction that did not involve a public offering, and in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering, the Company issued to six accredited investors at a price of $0.05 per share an aggregate of 8,825,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for an aggregate consideration of $441,250.

 

  II- 4  

 

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Exhibits

 

We have filed the exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index of this registration statement and below in this Item 16:

 

      Incorporated by        
Exhibit       Reference   Filed or Furnished
Number   Exhibit Description   Form   Exhibit   Filing Date   Herewith
2.1   Amended and Restated Share Exchange Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among Imaging3, Inc., Grapefruit Boulevard Investments, Inc. and the Shareholders of Grapefruit Boulevard Investments, Inc.               X
                     
3.1   Articles of Incorporation   10SB/A   3   12/09/2002    
                     
3.2   Amendment of Articles of Incorporation   SB-2/A   3.2   10/06/2004    
                     
3.3   Amendment of Articles of Incorporation   SB-2/A   3.3   10/21/2004    
                     
3.4   Amendment of Articles of Incorporation   SB-2/A   3.5   10/21/2004    
                     
3.5   Amendment of Articles of Incorporation   SB-2/A   3.6   10/21/2004    
                     
3.6   Amendment of Articles of Incorporation   SB-2/A   3.7   10/21/2004    
                     
3.7   Delaware Certificate of Merger   8-K   2.2   03/16/2018    
                     
3.8   Certificate of Incorporation   8-K   3.1   03/16/2018    
                     
3.9   Bylaws   10SB/A   3   12/09/2002    
                     
3.10   Delaware Bylaws   8-K   3.2   03/16/2018    
                     
3.11   Certificate of Determination for Series A Preferred Stock   8-K   3.1   03/23/2012    
                     
3.12   Amendment to Certificate of Determination for Series A Preferred Stock   8-K   3.1   03/23/2012    
                     
4.1   10% Convertible Promissory Note, dated May 31, 2019, issued by Imaging3, Inc. to Auctus Fund, LLC               X
                     
5.1*   Legal Opinion of Lucosky Brookman LLP                
                     
10.1   Securities Purchase Agreement, dated May 31, 2019, by and between Imaging3, Inc. and Auctus Fund, LLC               X
                     
10.2   Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 31, 2019, by and between Imaging3, Inc. and Auctus Fund, LLC               X
                     
10.3   Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated May 31, 2019, issued to Auctus Fund, LLC               X
                     
10.4   Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated May 31, 2019, issued to Auctus Fund, LLC               X
                     
10.5   Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated May 31, 2019, issued to Auctus Fund, LLC               X
                     
10.6   Lease by and between Coachillin’ Holdings LLC and Grapefruit BLVD Investments               X
                     
10.7   Employment Agreement dated November 19, 2018 by and between Grapefruit Boulevard Investments, Inc. and Kristian B. Contreras               X
                     
10.8   Greenberg Settlement Agreement dated July 5, 2019 by and between the Company and Greenberg Glusker Fields Claman & Machtinger, LLP               X
                     
21.1   List of Subsidiaries               X
                     
23.1   Consent of Rose, Snyder & Jacobs LLP               X
                     
23.2*   Consent of Lucosky Brookman LLP (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 5.1)                

 

# Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
* To be filed by amendment.

 

  II- 5  

 

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

 

All schedules have been omitted because either they are not required, are not applicable or the information is otherwise set forth in the financial statements and related notes thereto.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

  (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
     
  (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
     
  (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

  (2) That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933 each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
     
  (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
     
  (4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

  II- 6  

 

 

  (5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:
     
    The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
     
  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
     
  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
     
  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

  (6) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
     
  (7) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14 above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
     
  (8) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

 

  (1) That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
     
  (2) That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and this offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  II- 7  

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Desert of Hot Springs, California, on July 25, 2019.

 

  Imaging3, Inc.
     
  By: /s/ Bradley Yourist
  Name: Bradley Yourist
  Title: Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY: KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Justin Schreiber, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by the Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his, her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done or by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature   Title   Date
         
/s/ Bradley Yourist   Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive   July 25, 2019
Bradley Yourist   Officer), Director    
         
/s/ Dan Yourist   Chief Operating Officer (Principal Financial Officer   July 25, 2019

Dan Yourist

  and Principal Accounting Officer),    
         
/s/ John Hollister   Director   July 25, 2019
John Hollister        

 

     

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT and PLAN of REORGANIZATION

 

by and among

 

IMAGING3, INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION,

 

GRAPEFRUIT BOULEVARD INVESTMENTS, INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION

 

and

 

THE SHAREHOLDERS OF

GRAPEFRUIT BOULEVARD INVESTMENTS, INC.

NAMED HEREIN

 

Dated as of May 31, 2019

 

     
 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of May 31, 2019, is by and among Imaging3, Inc, a Delaware Corporation (“ IGNG ”), Grapefruit Boulevard Investments, Inc., a California corporation (“ GBI ”), and the shareholders of GBI set forth in Exhibit # C-1 hereto (the “ Shareholders ”) (of which each is individually a “ Party, ” and collectively the “ Parties ”). Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Annex A hereto. This Agreement supersedes the Share Exchange Agreement by and among the parties dated April 27, 2019.

 

BACKGROUND

 

A IGNG is subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and IGNG’s common shares are quoted for public trading on the OTC Markets OTCQB Market (the “OTC”).

 

B. As of the date of this Agreement, IGNG is authorized to issue two classes of shares. One class of shares is designated as preferred stock, the total number of shares of which IGNG is authorized to issue being 1,000,000, and of which no shares are outstanding. The other class of shares is designated as common stock, the total number of shares of which IGNG is authorized to issue being one billion (1,000,000,000). As of the date of this Agreement IGNG has approximately eighty-four million, nine hundred sixteen thousand, eight hundred and seventy-six (84,916,876) shares of common stock issued and outstanding, subject to adjustment prior to Closing (as defined below) as a result of conversion of outstanding convertible securities, issuance of shares to management pursuant to employment/board service agreements, issuance of Advisor’s Shares (as defined below), or other changes approved by management prior to Closing.

 

C. As of the date of this Agreement GBI is privately held and is authorized to issue two classes of shares. One class designated as preferred stock, the total number of shares of which GBI is authorized to issue being fifty million (50,000,000), and of which no shares are outstanding. The other class of shares is designated as common stock, the total number of shares of which GBI is authorized to issue being four hundred fifty million (450,000,000) (the “ GBI Stock ”), of which 10,920,000 common shares are issued and outstanding, which shares are owned by the Shareholders. The Shareholders are the record and beneficial owners of that number of shares of GBI Stock, or the right to receive such shares of GBI stock, set forth opposite such Shareholder’s name on Exhibit # C- 1 hereto.

 

D. The Shareholders have agreed to exchange all of their shares of GBI Stock, or the right to receive such stock, for an aggregate of approximately three hundred sixty-two million, fourteen thousand, and fifty (362,014,050) newly issued shares of the common stock of IGNG, $0.001 par value, (the “ IGNG Stock ”), each of which are subject to adjustment prior to Closing as a result of the additional issuance of IGNG common stock, in a transaction which qualifies as a reorganization and tax free exchange under Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. In the aggregate, the shares of IGNG Stock issuable to the Shareholders will be approximately eighty-one percent (81%) of the total issued and outstanding shares of common stock of IGNG as of and immediately after the Closing.

 

E. Upon Closing, for certain advisors (the “Advisors”), IGNG shall issue shares of IGNG common stock to the Advisors (the “Advisor’s Shares”), as set forth in Exhibit # E-1 hereto, in connection with the transactions contemplated herein (the “Transactions”).

 

F. The Board of Directors of each of the Parties have independently determined that it is in the best interests of all of the Parties and their shareholders to execute and effectuate this Agreement.

 

     
 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

Page 2

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

Exchange of Shares

 

1.1. Exchange GBI Stock for IGNG Stock. At the Closing, the Shareholders shall sell, transfer, convey, assign and deliver to IGNG their GBI Stock, free and clear of all liens and other encumbrances, in exchange for the IGNG Stock, and IGNG shall issue the Advisors Shares to the Advisors.

 

1.2. Closing. The closing (the “ Closing ”) of the Transactions contemplated hereby shall take place at the offices of the Yourist Law Group, PC in Los Angeles, CA commencing at or before 5:00 PM PDT on the business day following the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the obligations of the Parties to consummate the Transactions (other than conditions with respect to actions that the respective parties will take at Closing) or such other date and time as the Parties may mutually determine (the “ Closing Date ”).

 

ARTICLE II

Representations and Warranties of the Shareholders

 

The Shareholders each hereby represent and warrant to IGNG with respect to themselves, as follows:

 

2.1. Good Title. Each Shareholder is the record and beneficial owner, and has good title to its GBI Stock, with the right and authority to sell and deliver such GBI Stock. Upon delivery of any GBI Stock certificate or certificates duly assigned to IGNG, and/or upon registering of IGNG as the new owner of such GBI Stock in the share register of GBI, IGNG will receive good title to such GBI Stock, free and clear of all liens.

 

2.2. Power and Authority. Each Shareholder has the legal power, capacity and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each and every transactional document required to effectuate this Agreement (each a “Transaction Document”) and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and to consummate the Transactions. All acts required to be taken by each Shareholder to enter into this Agreement, to deliver each Transaction Document to which it is a party and to carry out the Transactions have been properly taken. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Shareholder, enforceable against the Shareholder in accordance with the terms hereof, except as such enforcement is limited by general equitable principles, or by bankruptcy, insolvency and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

 

2.3. No Conflicts. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by each Shareholder and the performance by the Shareholder of its obligations hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof: (a) will not require the consent of any third party or Governmental Entity under any laws; (b) will not violate any laws applicable to the Shareholder; and (c) will not violate or breach any contractual obligation to which the Shareholder is a party.

 

2.4. Litigation. There is no pending proceeding against any Shareholder that involves the GBI Shares or that challenges, or may have the effect of preventing, delaying or making illegal, or otherwise interfering with, any of the Transactions and, to the knowledge of the Shareholder, no such proceeding has been threatened, and no event or circumstance exists that is reasonably likely to give rise to or serve as a basis for the commencement of any such proceeding.

 

     
 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

Page 3

 

2.5. No Finder’s Fee. No Shareholder has created any obligation for any finder’s, investment banker’s or broker’s fee in connection with the Transactions.

 

2.6. Purchase Entirely for Own Account. The IGNG Stock proposed to be acquired by each Shareholder hereunder will be acquired for investment for its own account, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Shareholder has no present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the IGNG Stock, except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

2.7. Available Information. Each Shareholder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in IGNG. Each Shareholder hereby acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to review all publicly available information concerning IGNG, including, but not limited to all filings made by IGNG to the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act

 

2.8. Non-Registration. Each Shareholder understands that the IGNG Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act and, if issued in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, will be issued by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Shareholder’s representations as expressed herein. The non-registration shall have no prejudice with respect to any rights, interests, benefits and entitlements attached to the IGNG Stock in accordance with IGNG’s charter documents or the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

2.9. Restricted Securities. Each Shareholder understands that the Shares are characterized as “restricted securities” under the Securities Act inasmuch as this Agreement contemplates that, if acquired by the Shareholder pursuant hereto, the Shares would be acquired in a transaction not involving a public offering. Each Shareholder further understands that the issuance of the Shares hereunder have not been registered under the Securities Act or the securities laws of any state of the U.S., and that the issuance of the IGNG Stock is being effected in reliance upon an exemption from registration afforded under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. Each Shareholder further acknowledges that if the Shares are issued to the Shareholder in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, such Shares may not be resold without registration under the Securities Act or the existence of an exemption therefrom. Each Shareholder represents that it is familiar with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as presently in effect, and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Securities Act.

 

2.10. Accredited Investor. Each Shareholder is an “Accredited Investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act.

 

     
 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

Page 4

 

2.11. Legends. Each Shareholder hereby understands and acquiesces that the IGNG Stock will bear the following legend or one substantially similar to the following legend:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND NEITHER SUCH SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT:

 

(1) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR (2) PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, IN WHICH CASE THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, WHICH COUNSEL AND OPINION ARE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE MANNER CONTEMPLATED PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

2.12. Additional Legend; Consent. Additionally, the IGNG Stock will bear any legend required by the “blue sky” laws of any state to the extent such laws are applicable to the securities represented by the certificate so legended. The Shareholder consents to IGNG making a notation on its records or giving instructions to any transfer agent of IGNG Stock in order to implement the restrictions on transfer of the Shares.

 

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties of GBI

 

GBI represents and warrants to IGNG, as follows:

 

3.1. Organization, Standing and Power. GBI and each of its subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized and has the corporate power and authority and possesses all governmental franchises, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals necessary to enable it to own, lease or otherwise hold its properties and assets and to conduct its businesses as presently conducted, other than such franchises, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals the lack of which, individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on GBI, a material adverse effect on the ability of GBI to perform its obligations under this Agreement or on the ability of GBI to consummate the Transactions (a “ GBI Material Adverse Effect ”). GBI and each of its subsidiaries is duly qualified to do business in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or its ownership or leasing of its properties make such qualification necessary except where the failure to so qualify would not reasonably be expected to have a GBI Material Adverse Effect. GBI has delivered to IGNG true and complete copies of the GBI Charter, the GBI Bylaws, and the comparable charter, organizational documents and other constituent GBI documents of each of its subsidiaries, in each case as amended through the date of this Agreement.

 

3.2. Subsidiaries; Equity Interests. All the outstanding shares of capital stock or equity investments of each subsidiary have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and are as of the date of this Agreement owned by GBI, by another subsidiary of GBI or by GBI and another subsidiary of GBI, free and clear of all liens. Except for its interests in its subsidiaries, GBI does not as of the date of this Agreement own, directly or indirectly, any capital stock, membership interest, partnership interest, joint venture interest or other equity interest in any person or entity.

 

     
 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

Page 5

 

3.3. Capital Structure. The authorized capital stock of GBI consists of 450,000,000 shares of common stock and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock at $0.002 per share. As of the date hereof, 10,920,000 shares of GBI common stock are issued and outstanding as set forth in Exhibit # C-1 hereto. No other shares of capital stock or other voting securities of GBI are issued or reserved for issuance or outstanding. GBI is the sole record and beneficial owner of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each of its subsidiaries. All outstanding shares of the capital stock of GBI and each of its subsidiaries are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and not subject to or issued in violation of any purchase option, call option, right of first refusal, preemptive right, subscription right or any similar right under any provision of the laws of Nevada, the GBI Articles of Incorporation, the GBI Bylaws or any contract to which GBI is a party or otherwise bound. There are not any bonds, debentures, notes or other indebtedness of GBI or any of its subsidiaries having the right to vote (or convertible into, or exchangeable for, securities having the right to vote) on any matters on which holders of GBI’s capital stock or the capital stock of any of its subsidiaries may vote (“ Voting GBI Debt ”). As of the date of this Agreement, there are not any options, warrants, rights, convertible or exchangeable securities, “phantom” stock rights, stock appreciation rights, stock-based performance units, commitments, contracts, arrangements or undertakings of any kind to which GBI or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them is bound (a) obligating GBI or any of its subsidiaries to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, additional shares of capital stock or other equity interests in, or any security convertible or exercisable for or exchangeable into any capital stock of or other equity interest in, GBI or any of its subsidiaries or any Voting GBI Debt, (b) obligating GBI or any of its subsidiaries to issue, grant, extend or enter into any such option, warrant, call, right, security, commitment, contract, arrangement or undertaking or (c) that give any person the right to receive any economic benefit or right similar to or derived from the economic benefits and rights occurring to holders of the capital stock of GBI or of any of its subsidiaries. As of the date of this Agreement, there are not any outstanding contractual obligations of GBI to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of capital stock of GBI.

 

3.4. Authority; Execution and Delivery; Enforceability. GBI has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the Transactions. The execution and delivery by GBI of this Agreement and the consummation by GBI of the Transactions have been duly authorized and approved by the Board of Directors of GBI and no other corporate proceedings on the part of GBI are necessary to authorize this Agreement and the Transactions. When executed and delivered, this Agreement will be enforceable against GBI in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement is limited by general equitable principles, or by bankruptcy, insolvency and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

 

3.5. No Conflicts; Consents. The execution and delivery by GBI of this Agreement does not, and the consummation of the Transactions and compliance with the terms hereof will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to loss of a material benefit under, or result in the creation of any lien upon any of the properties or assets of GBI or any of its subsidiaries under, any provision of (i) the GBI Articles of Incorporation, the GBI Bylaws or the comparable charter or organizational documents of any of its subsidiaries, (ii) any material contract to which GBI or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which any of their respective properties or assets is bound or (iii) any material judgment, order or decree or material law applicable to GBI or any of its subsidiaries or their respective properties or assets, other than, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, any such items that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a GBI Material Adverse Effect.

 

     
 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

Page 6

 

3.6. Compliance with Applicable Laws. Except for any required filings under applicable “blue sky” laws or state securities commissions, no consent of, or registration, declaration or filing with, or permit from, any Governmental Entity is required to be obtained or made by or with respect to GBI or any of its subsidiaries in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the Transactions. GBI and each of its subsidiaries have conducted their business and operations in compliance with all applicable Laws, except for instances of noncompliance that, individually and in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a GBI Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.7. Investment Company. GBI is not, and is not an affiliate of, and immediately following the Closing will not have become, an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

3.8. Financial Statements. GBI has delivered to IGNG its unaudited balance sheet as of April 30, 2019 (the “GBI Financial Statements”). The GBI Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the period indicated. The GBI Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and operating results of GBI, as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein. GBI does not have any material liabilities or obligations, contingent or otherwise, other than (a) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business subsequent to April 30, 2019, and (b) obligations under contracts and commitments incurred in the ordinary course of business and not required under GAAP to be reflected in the GBI Financial Statements, which, in both cases, individually and in the aggregate, would not be reasonably expected to result in a GBI Material Adverse Effect, and subsequent to April 30, 2019, there has occurred no transaction, event, action, development, payment, or any other matter of any nature whatsoever entered into by GBI other than in the ordinary course of business.

 

3.9. Litigation and Taxes. There is no proceeding pending, or to GBI’s knowledge, threatened, against GBI or their respective officers, managers, members or shareholders, or against or affecting any of their respective assets. In addition, there are no outstanding judgments, orders, writs, decrees or other similar matters or items against or affecting GBI, its business or assets. GBI has not received any material complaint from any Customer, supplier, vendor or employee. GBI has duly filed all applicable foreign and U.S. income or other tax returns and has paid all foreign and U.S. income or other taxes when due. There is no proceeding, controversy or objection pending or threatened in respect of any tax returns of GBI.

 

3.10. Event of Default. No event of default has occurred and is continuing, and no event has occurred and is continuing which, with the lapse of time, the giving of notice, or both, would constitute such an event of default under this Agreement, and GBI is not in default (without regard to grace or cure periods) under any contract or agreement to which it is a party or by which any of their respective assets are bound.

 

3.11. ERISA Obligations. To the knowledge of GBI, GBI has not or has ever had any employee plans subject to ERISA, and GBI has no any obligations or liabilities arising under ERISA of a character which if unpaid or unperformed might result in the imposition of a lien against any of its properties or assets.

 

3.12. Adverse Circumstances. No condition, circumstance, event, agreement, document, instrument, restriction, litigation or proceeding (or threatened litigation or proceeding or basis therefor) exists which: (i) could adversely affect the ability of GBI to perform its obligations under this Agreement; (iii) would constitute a default under the Agreement; (iv) would constitute such a default with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both; or (v) would constitute or give rise to a GBI Material Adverse Effect.

 

     
 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

Page 7

 

3.13. Real Property. Except as set forth in Exhibit # 3.13, GBI does not own any real property. GBI has sufficient title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all of its properties and assets used in the conduct of its businesses, except to the extent the failure of having such sufficient title or valid leasehold interest, would not reasonably be expected to have a GBI Material Adverse Effect. All such assets and properties, other than assets and properties in which GBI or any of its subsidiaries has leasehold interests, are free and clear of all liens other than those set forth in Exhibit # 3.13 and except for liens that, in the aggregate, do not and will not materially interfere with the ability of GBI to conduct business as currently conducted.

 

3.14. Material Contracts. An accurate, current and complete copy of each contract, instrument or other agreement to which GBI is a party or by which it is bound which is material to the business of GBI, taken as a whole (each, a “GBI Material Contract”) has been furnished to IGNG and are described in Exhibit #3.14, and each of the GBI Material Contracts constitutes the entire agreement of the respective parties thereto relating to the subject matter thereof. Except for those provided to IGNG prior to the Closing Date, there are no outstanding offers, bids, proposals or quotations made by GBI which, if accepted, would create a GBI Material Contract. Each of the GBI Material Contracts is in full force and effect and is a valid and binding obligation of the parties thereto in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof. To the knowledge of GBI and its officers, all obligations required to be performed under the terms of each of the GBI Material Contracts by any party thereto have been fully performed by all parties thereto, and no party to any GBI Material Contracts is in default with respect to any term or condition thereof, nor has any event occurred which, through the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default thereunder or would cause the acceleration or modification of any obligation of any party thereto or the creation of any lien, claim, charge or other encumbrance upon any of the assets or properties of GBI. Further, GBI has not received any notice, nor does GBI have any knowledge, of any pending or contemplated termination of any of the GBI Material Contracts and, no such termination is proposed or has been threatened, whether in writing or orally.

 

3.15. Title to Assets. GBI has good and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of its assets and properties which are material to its business and operations as presently conducted, including without limitation those set forth on Exhibit #3.15, free and clear of all liens, claims, charges or other encumbrances or restrictions on the transfer or use of same. Except as would not have a GBI Material Adverse Effect, the assets and properties of GBI are in good operating condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and are free of any latent or patent defects which might impair their usefulness, and are suitable for the purposes for which they are currently used and for the purposes for which they are proposed to be used.

 

3.16. Intellectual Property. GBI owns or possesses adequate and legally enforceable rights or licenses to use all trademarks, trade names, service marks, service mark registrations, service names, patents, patent rights, copyrights, inventions, licenses, approvals, governmental authorizations, trade secrets and all other intellectual property rights necessary to conduct its business as now conducted. GBI has no knowledge of any infringement by GBI of trademark, trade name rights, patents, patent rights, copyrights, inventions, licenses, service names, service marks, service mark registrations, trade secret or other intellectual property rights of others, and, to the knowledge of GBI, there is no claim, demand or proceeding, or other demand of any nature being made or brought against, or to GBI’s knowledge, being threatened against, GBI regarding trademark, trade name, patents, patent rights, invention, copyright, license, service names, service marks, service mark registrations, trade secret or other intellectual property infringement; and GBI is not aware of any facts or circumstances which might give rise to any of the foregoing.

 

     
 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

Page 8

 

3.17. Labor and Employment Matters. GBI is not involved in any labor dispute or, to the knowledge of GBI, is any such dispute threatened. To the knowledge of GBI and its officers, none of the employees of GBI is a member of a union and GBI believes that its relations with its employees are good. To the knowledge of GBI and its officers, GBI has complied in all material respects with all laws, rules, ordinances and regulations relating to employment matters, civil rights and equal employment opportunities.

 

3.18. Insurance. GBI is covered by valid, outstanding and enforceable policies of insurance which were issued to it by reputable insurers of recognized financial responsibility, covering its business against losses and risks normally insured against by other corporations or entities in the same or similar lines of businesses as GBI is engaged and in coverage amounts which are prudent and typically and reasonably carried by such other corporations or entities (the “GBI Insurance Policies”). Such GBI Insurance Policies are in full force and effect, and all premiums due thereon have been paid. None of the GBI Insurance Policies will lapse or terminate as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. IGNG has complied with the provisions of such GBI Insurance Policies. GBI has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing GBI Insurance Policies as and when such GBI Insurance Policies expire or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not materially and adversely affect the condition, financial or otherwise, or the earnings, business or operations of GBI.

 

3.19. Permits. GBI possesses all permits necessary to conduct its business, including those set forth on Exhibit #3.19, and GBI has not received any notice of, or is otherwise involved in, any proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such permits. All such permits are valid and in full force and effect and GBI is in full compliance with the respective requirements of all such permits.

 

3.20. Bank Accounts. Exhibit # 3.20 sets forth, with respect to each account of GBI with any bank, broker, merchant processor, or other depository institution: (i) the name and account number of such account; (ii) the name and address of the institution where such account is held; (iii) the name of any person(s) holding a power of attorney with respect to such account, if any; and (iv) the names of all authorized signatories and other persons authorized to withdraw funds from each such account.

 

3.21. Illegal Payments. Neither GBI, nor any director, officer, member, manager, agent, employee or other person acting on behalf of GBI has, in the course of his actions for, or on behalf of, GBI: (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any similar foreign law or regulation; or (iv) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee.

 

3.22. Related Party Transactions. Except for: (i) transactions disclosed in the GBI Financial Statements, which transactions are upon terms no less favorable than the applicable terms that GBI could obtain from third parties; and (ii) arm’s length transactions pursuant to which GBI makes payments in the ordinary course of business upon terms no less favorable than GBI could obtain from third parties, none of the officers, directors, managers, or employees of GBI, nor any stockholders, members or partners who own, legally or beneficially, five percent (5%) or more of the ownership interests of GBI (each a “GBI Material Shareholder”), is presently a party to any transaction with GBI (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from, any officer, director or such employee or GBI Material Shareholder or, to the best knowledge of GBI, any other person or entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee or GBI Material Shareholder has a substantial or material interest in or of which any officer, director or employee of GBI or GBI Material Shareholder is an officer, director, trustee or partner. There are no claims, demands, disputes or proceedings of any nature or kind between GBI and any officer, director or employee of GBI or any GBI Material Shareholder, or between any of them, relating to GBI.

 

     
 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

Page 9

 

3.23. Internal Accounting Controls. GBI maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

3.24. Brokers. No broker, investment banker or other person is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, or other similar fee or commission in connection with the Transactions based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of GBI or any of its subsidiaries.

 

3.25. Foreign Corrupt Practices. Neither GBI, nor any of its subsidiaries, nor, to GBI’s knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or other person acting on behalf of GBI or any of its subsidiaries has, in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, GBI (a) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (b) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; or (d) made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee.

 

3.26. Disclosure. All disclosure provided to IGNG regarding GBI, its business and the Transactions, furnished by or on behalf of GBI (including GBI’s representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement) is true and correct and does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

3.27. No Additional Agreements. GBI does not have any agreement or understanding with the Shareholders with respect to the Transactions other than as specified in this Agreement.

 

     
 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

Page 10

 

ARTICLE IV

Representations and Warranties of IGNG

 

IGNG represents and warrants to the Shareholders and GBI, as follows:

 

4.1. IGNG Organization and Name. IGNG is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware, its jurisdiction of organization, and has the full power and authority and all necessary licenses, permits and other required authorization to: (i) enter into and execute this Agreement and to perform all of its obligations hereunder; and (ii) own and operate its assets and properties and to conduct and carry on its business as and to the extent now conducted, other than such franchises, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals the lack of which, individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on IGNG, a material adverse effect on the ability of IGNG to perform its obligations under this Agreement or on the ability of IGNG to consummate the Transactions (a “IGNG Material Adverse Effect ”). IGNG is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the character of its business or the ownership or use and operation of its assets or properties requires such qualification. The exact legal name of IGNG is as set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement, and IGNG currently does not conduct, nor has IGNG, during the last five (5) years conducted, business under any other name or trade name.

 

4.2. Subsidiaries. IGNG owns, directly or indirectly, no outstanding voting securities of or other interests in, or has any Control over, any other Person.

 

4.3. Authorization; Validity. IGNG has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, as provided herein and to perform all of its duties and obligations under this Agreement and this Agreement and no other action or consent on the part of IGNG, its board of directors, stockholders, or any other Person is necessary or required by IGNG to execute this Agreement, consummate the Transactions contemplated herein and perform all of its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement will not, nor will the observance or performance of any of the matters and things herein or therein set forth, violate or contravene any provision of law or of the IGNG Charter and IGNG Bylaws, or other governing documents. All necessary and appropriate corporate action has been taken on the part of IGNG to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement. This Agreement is a valid and binding agreement and contract of IGNG, enforceable against IGNG in accordance with its respective terms, except to the extent that enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws enacted for the relief of debtors generally and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles which may affect the availability of specific performance and other equitable remedies. IGNG knows of no reason why any it cannot perform any of its Obligations under this Agreement or any related agreements.

 

4.4. Capital Structure. The authorized capital stock of IGNG is as set forth in Exhibit # 4.4 attached hereto. Exhibit # 4.4 specifies, for IGNG, the total number of authorized shares of capital stock, and of such authorized shares, the number which are designated as Common Stock and the number designated as preferred stock. Exhibit # 4.4 shall also specify, for IGNG, as of the date hereof, the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding and the number of shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of IGNG are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, have been issued in compliance with all foreign, federal and state securities laws and none of such outstanding shares were issued in violation of any preemptive rights or similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities. As of the date of this Agreement, no shares of IGNG’s capital stock are subject to preemptive rights or any other similar rights or any liens, claims or encumbrances suffered or permitted by IGNG. The Common Stock is currently quoted on the OTCMarkets OTCQB market (the “Principal Trading Market”) under the trading symbol “IGNG”. IGNG has received no notice, either oral or written, with respect to continued eligibility of the Common Stock for quotation on the Principal Trading Market, and the Issuing IGNG has maintained all requirements on its part for the continuation of such quotation. Except as set forth in Exhibit # 4.4 attached hereto and except for the securities to be issued pursuant to this Agreement, as of the date of this Agreement: (i) there are no outstanding options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into, any shares of capital stock of IGNG or any of its Subsidiaries, or contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which IGNG or any of its Subsidiaries is or may become bound to issue additional shares of capital stock of the IGNG or any of its Subsidiaries or options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into, any shares of capital stock of IGNG, except as reflected in Exhibit # 4.4(a); (ii) there are no outstanding debt securities, notes, credit agreements, credit facilities or other contracts or instruments evidencing indebtedness of IGNG or by which IGNG is or may become bound, except as reflected in Exhibit # 4.4(b); (iii) there are no outstanding registration statements with respect to IGNG or any of their respective securities, and there are no outstanding comment letters from the SEC, the Principal Trading Market, or any other Governmental Authority with respect to any securities of IGNG; (iv) there are no agreements or arrangements under which IGNG is obligated to register the sale of any of its securities under the Securities Act or any other law of any other Governmental Authority; (v) there are no financing statements filed with any Governmental Authority securing any obligations of IGNG or filed in connection with any assets or properties of IGNG; (vi) there are no securities or instruments containing anti-dilution or similar provisions that will be triggered by this Agreement or any related agreement or the consummation of the transactions described herein or therein; and (vii) there are no outstanding securities or instruments of IGNG which contain any redemption or similar provisions, and there are no contracts or agreements by which such IGNG is or may become bound to redeem a security of such IGNG (except pursuant to this Agreement). IGNG has furnished to GBI complete and correct copies of such IGNG’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and as in effect on the date hereof and such IGNG Bylaws, as in effect on the date hereof, and any other governing or organizational documents, as applicable. Except for the documents delivered to GBI in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, there are no other shareholder agreements, voting agreements, operating agreements, or other contracts or agreements of any nature or kind that restrict, limit or in any manner impose obligations, restrictions or limitations on the governance of IGNG.

 

     
 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

Page 11

 

4.5. No Conflicts; Consents and Approvals. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not: (i) constitute a violation of or conflict with the IGNG Charter, IGNG Bylaws, or any other organizational or governing documents of any IGNG; (ii) constitute a violation of, or a default or breach under (either immediately, upon notice, upon lapse of time, or both), or conflicts with, or gives to any other Person any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any provision of any contract or agreement to which IGNG is a party or by which any of its or their assets or properties may be bound; (iii) constitute a violation of, or a default or breach under (either immediately, upon notice, upon lapse of time, or both), or conflicts with, any order, writ, injunction, decree, or any other judgment of any nature whatsoever; (iv) constitute a violation of, or conflict with, any law, rule, ordinance or other regulation (including foreign and United States federal and state securities laws and the rules and regulations of any Principal Trading Market); or (v) result in the loss or adverse modification of, or the imposition of any fine, penalty or other Lien, claim or encumbrance with respect to, any Permit granted or issued to, or otherwise held by or for the use of, IGNG or any of their respective assets. IGNG is not in violation of the IGNG Charter, IGNG Bylaws, or other organizational or governing documents, as applicable, and IGNG is not in default or breach (and no event has occurred which with notice or lapse of time or both could put IGNG in default or breach) under, and IGNG has not taken any action or failed to take any action that would give to any other Person any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any contract or agreement to which IGNG is a party or by which any property or assets of IGNG are bound or affected. No business of IGNG is being conducted, and shall not be conducted, in violation of any law, rule, ordinance or other regulation. Except as specifically contemplated by this Agreement, GBI is not required to obtain any consent or approval of, from, or with any Governmental Authority, or any other Person, in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof, or to issue the Advisory Fee Shares in accordance with the terms hereof. All consents and approvals which IGNG is required to obtain pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence have been obtained or effected on or prior to the date hereof.

 

     
 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

Page 12

 

4.6. Issuance of Securities. The IGNG Shares are duly authorized and, upon issuance in accordance with the terms hereof, shall be duly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free from all liens, claims, charges, taxes, or other encumbrances with respect to the issue thereof, and will be issued in compliance with all applicable United States federal and state securities laws and the laws of any foreign jurisdiction applicable to the issuance thereof. Assuming the accuracy of the Shareholder’s representations under Article II 2 hereof, the issuance of the IGNG Stock will be exempt from: (i) the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; (ii) the registration and/or qualification provisions of all applicable state and provincial securities and “blue sky” laws; and (iii) any similar registration or qualification requirements of any foreign jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority.

 

4.7. Compliance With Laws. The nature and transaction of IGNG’s business and operations and the use of its properties and assets, do not and hereafter shall not, violate or conflict with any applicable law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation or order of any kind or nature, including, without limitation, the provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any zoning, land use, building, noise abatement, occupational health and safety or other laws, any Permit or any condition, grant, easement, covenant, condition or restriction, whether recorded or not, except to the extent such violation or conflict would not result in an IGNG Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.8. Environmental Laws and Hazardous Substances. Except to the extent that any of the following would not have an IGNG Material Adverse Effect (including financial reserves, insurance policies and cure periods relating to compliance with applicable laws and Permits) and are used in such amounts as are customary in the ordinary course of business in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, IGNG represents and warrants to IGNG that, to its knowledge: (i) GBI has not generated, used, stored, treated, transported, manufactured, handled, produced or disposed of any Hazardous Materials, on or off any of the premises of IGNG (whether or not owned by IGNG) in any manner which at any time violates any Environmental Law or any Permit, certificate, approval or similar authorization thereunder; (ii) the operations of IGNG comply in all material respects with all Environmental Laws and all Permits certificates, approvals and similar authorizations thereunder; (iii) there has been no investigation, Proceeding, complaint, order, directive, claim, citation or notice by any Governmental Authority or any other Person, nor is any pending or, to IGNG’s knowledge, threatened; and (iv) IGNG has no liability, contingent or otherwise, in connection with a release, spill or discharge, threatened or actual, of any Hazardous Materials or the generation, use, storage, treatment, transportation, manufacture, handling, production or disposal of any Hazardous Material.

 

4.9. Investment Company. IGNG is not, and is not an affiliate of, and immediately following the Closing will not have become, an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

     
 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

Page 13

 

4.10. SEC Documents; Financial Statements. The Common Stock of the IGNG is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and the Company has timely filed all reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents required to be filed by it with the SEC or any other Governmental Authority (all of the foregoing filed within the two (2) years preceding the date hereof or amended after the date hereof and all exhibits included therein and financial statements and schedules thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein, being hereinafter referred to as the “SEC Documents”). IGNG is current with its filing obligations under the Exchange Act and all SEC Documents have been filed on a timely basis or the IGNG has received a valid extension of such time of filing and has filed any such SEC Document prior to the expiration of any such extension. The IGNG represents and warrants that true and complete copies of the SEC Documents are available on the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov) at no charge to GBI, and GBI acknowledges that it may retrieve all SEC Documents from such website and GBI’s access to such SEC Documents through such website shall constitute delivery of the SEC Documents to GBI; provided, however, that if GBI is unable to obtain any of such SEC Documents from such website at no charge, as result of such website not being available or any other reason beyond GBI’s control, then upon request from GBI, IGNG shall deliver to GBI true and complete copies of such SEC Documents. As of their respective dates, the SEC Documents complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act, and none of the SEC Documents, at the time they were filed with the SEC, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. None of the statements made in any such SEC Documents is, or has been, required to be amended or updated under applicable law (except for such statements as have been amended or updated in subsequent filings prior the date hereof, which amendments or updates are also part of the SEC Documents). As of their respective dates, the consolidated financial statements of the IGNG included in the SEC Documents (the “Financial Statements”) complied in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto. All of the Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, during the periods involved (except: (i) as may be otherwise indicated in such Financial Statements or the notes thereto; or (ii) in the case of unaudited interim statements, to the extent they may exclude footnotes or may be condensed or summary statements), and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of IGNG as of the dates thereof and the consolidated results of its operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments). To the knowledge of IGNG and its officers, no other information provided by or on behalf of IGNG to GFBI which is not included in the SEC Documents contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstance under which they are or were made, not misleading.

 

4.11. Absence of Certain Changes. Since the date the last of the SEC Documents was filed with the SEC, none of the following have occurred:

 

(a) There has been no event or circumstance of any nature whatsoever that has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, an IGNG Material Adverse Effect; or

 

(b) Any transaction, event, action, development, payment, or any other matter of any nature whatsoever entered into by IGNG other than in the ordinary course of business.

 

4.12. Litigation and Taxes. Except as set forth in Exhibit # 4.12, there is no Proceeding pending, or to IGNG’s knowledge, threatened, against IGNG or their respective officers, managers, members or shareholders, or against or affecting any of their respective assets. In addition, there is no outstanding judgments, orders, writs, decrees or other similar matters or items against or affecting IGNG, its business or assets. IGNG has not received any material complaint from any Customer, supplier, vendor or employee. IGNG has duly filed all applicable foreign and U.S. income or other tax returns and has paid all foreign and U.S. income or other taxes when due. There is no Proceeding, controversy or objection pending or threatened in respect of any tax returns of IGNG.

 

4.13. Event of Default. No event of default has occurred and is continuing, and no event has occurred and is continuing which, with the lapse of time, the giving of notice, or both, would constitute such an event of default under this Agreement, and IGNG is not in default (without regard to grace or cure periods) under any contract or agreement to which it is a party or by which any of their respective assets are bound.

 

     
 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

Page 14

 

4.14. ERISA Obligations. To the knowledge of IGNG, IGNG has not or has ever had any Employee Plans subject to ERISA, and IGNG has no any obligations or liabilities arising under ERISA of a character which if unpaid or unperformed might result in the imposition of a Lien against any of its properties or assets.

 

4.15. Adverse Circumstances. No condition, circumstance, event, agreement, document, instrument, restriction, litigation or Proceeding (or threatened litigation or Proceeding or basis therefor) exists which: (i) could adversely affect the ability of IGNG to perform its obligations under this Agreement; (iii) would constitute a default under the Agreement; (iv) would constitute such a default with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both; or (v) would constitute or give rise to an IGNG Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.16. Liabilities and Indebtedness of IGNG. IGNG has no Funded Indebtedness or any liabilities or obligations of any nature whatsoever, except: (i) as disclosed in the Financial Statements; or (ii) liabilities and obligations incurred in its ordinary course of business since the date of the last Financial Statements filed by IGNG with the SEC which do not or would not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) or otherwise have an IGNG Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.17. Real Estate.

 

(a) Real Property Ownership. IGNG does not own any Real Property.

 

(b) Real Property Leases. IGNG leases no Real Property.

 

4.18. Material Contracts. An accurate, current and complete copy of each contract, instrument or other agreement to which IGNG is a party or by which it is bound which is material to the business of the IGNG, taken as a whole (each, an “IGNG Material Contract”) has been furnished to GBI and/or is readily available as part of the SEC Documents, and each of the Material Contracts constitutes the entire agreement of the respective parties thereto relating to the subject matter thereof. Except for those provided to GBI prior to the Closing Date, there are no outstanding offers, bids, proposals or quotations made by IGNG which, if accepted, would create an IGNG Material Contract with IGNG. Each of the IGNG Material Contracts is in full force and effect and is a valid and binding obligation of the parties thereto in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof. To the knowledge of IGNG and its officers, all obligations required to be performed under the terms of each of the IGNG Material Contracts by any party thereto have been fully performed by all parties thereto, and no party to any IGNG Material Contracts is in default with respect to any term or condition thereof, nor has any event occurred which, through the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default thereunder or would cause the acceleration or modification of any obligation of any party thereto or the creation of any lien, claim, charge or other encumbrance upon any of the assets or properties of IGNG. Further, IGNG has not received any notice, nor does IGNG have any knowledge, of any pending or contemplated termination of any of the IGNG Material Contracts and, no such termination is proposed or has been threatened, whether in writing or orally.

 

4.19. Title to Assets. IGNG has good and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of its assets and properties which are material to its business and operations as presently conducted, free and clear of all liens, claims, charges or other encumbrances or restrictions on the transfer or use of same. Except as would not have an IGNG Material Adverse Effect, the assets and properties of IGNG are in good operating condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and are free of any latent or patent defects which might impair their usefulness, and are suitable for the purposes for which they are currently used and for the purposes for which they are proposed to be used.

 

     
 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

Page 15

 

4.20. Intellectual Property. IGNG owns or possesses adequate and legally enforceable rights or licenses to use all trademarks, trade names, service marks, service mark registrations, service names, patents, patent rights, copyrights, inventions, licenses, approvals, governmental authorizations, trade secrets and all other intellectual property rights necessary to conduct its business as now conducted. IGNG has no knowledge of any infringement by IGNG of trademark, trade name rights, patents, patent rights, copyrights, inventions, licenses, service names, service marks, service mark registrations, trade secret or other intellectual property rights of others, and, to the knowledge of IGNG, there is no claim, demand or Proceeding, or other demand of any nature being made or brought against, or to IGNG’s knowledge, being threatened against, IGNG regarding trademark, trade name, patents, patent rights, invention, copyright, license, service names, service marks, service mark registrations, trade secret or other intellectual property infringement; and IGNG is not aware of any facts or circumstances which might give rise to any of the foregoing.

 

4.21. Labor and Employment Matters. IGNG is not involved in any labor dispute or, to the knowledge of IGNG, is any such dispute threatened. To the knowledge of IGNG and its officers, none of the employees of IGNG is a member of a union and IGNG believes that its relations with its employees are good. To the knowledge of IGNG and its officers, IGNG has complied in all material respects with all laws, rules, ordinances and regulations relating to employment matters, civil rights and equal employment opportunities.

 

4.22. Insurance. IGNG is covered by valid, outstanding and enforceable policies of insurance which were issued to it by reputable insurers of recognized financial responsibility, covering its business against losses and risks normally insured against by other corporations or entities in the same or similar lines of businesses as IGNG is engaged and in coverage amounts which are prudent and typically and reasonably carried by such other corporations or entities (the “IGNG Insurance Policies”). Such IGNG Insurance Policies are in full force and effect, and all premiums due thereon have been paid. None of the IGNG Insurance Policies will lapse or terminate as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. IGNG has complied with the provisions of such IGNG Insurance Policies. IGNG has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing IGNG Insurance Policies as and when such IGNG Insurance Policies expire or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not materially and adversely affect the condition, financial or otherwise, or the earnings, business or operations of IGNG.

 

4.23. Permits. IGNG possesses all Permits necessary to conduct its business, and IGNG has not received any notice of, or is otherwise involved in, any Proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Permits. All such Permits are valid and in full force and effect and IGNG is in full compliance with the respective requirements of all such Permits.

 

4.24. Bank Accounts. Exhibit # 4.24 sets forth, with respect to each account of IGNG with any bank, broker, merchant processor, or other depository institution: (i) the name and account number of such account; (ii) the name and address of the institution where such account is held; (iii) the name of any Person(s) holding a power of attorney with respect to such account, if any; and (iv) the names of all authorized signatories and other Persons authorized to withdraw funds from each such account.

 

4.25. Illegal Payments. IGNG, nor any director, officer, member, manager, agent, employee or other Person acting on behalf of IGNG has, in the course of his actions for, or on behalf of, IGNG: (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any similar foreign law or regulation; or (iv) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee.

 

     
 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

Page 16

 

4.26. Related Party Transactions. Except for: (i) transactions disclosed in the Financial Statements, which transactions are upon terms no less favorable than the applicable IGNG could obtain from third parties; and (ii) arm’s length transactions pursuant to which IGNG makes payments in the ordinary course of business upon terms no less favorable than IGNG could obtain from third parties, none of the officers, directors, managers, or employees of IGNG, nor any stockholders, members or partners who own, legally or beneficially, five percent (5%) or more of the ownership interests of IGNG (each an “IGNG Material Shareholder”), is presently a party to any transaction with IGNG (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from, any officer, director or such employee or IGNG Material Shareholder or, to the best knowledge of IGNG, any other Person in which any officer, director, or any such employee or IGNG Material Shareholder has a substantial or material interest in or of which any officer, director or employee of IGNG or IGNG Material Shareholder is an officer, director, trustee or partner. There are no claims, demands, disputes or Proceedings of any nature or kind between IGNG and any officer, director or employee of IGNG or any IGNG Material Shareholder, or between any of them, relating to IGNG.

 

4.27. Internal Accounting Controls. IGNG maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

4.28. Brokerage Fees. There is no Person acting on behalf of IGNG who is entitled to or has any claim for any brokerage or finder’s fee or commission in connection with the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

4.29. No General Solicitation. IGNG, nor any of their respective Affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf, has engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act) in connection with the offer or issuance of the IGNG Stock hereby.

 

4.30. Private Placement. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 2 above, no registration under the Securities Act or the laws, rules or regulations of any other Governmental Authority is required for the issuance of the IGNG Stock.

 

4.31. Complete Information. This Agreement and all financial statements, exhibits, schedules, certificates, confirmations, agreements, contracts, and other materials submitted to GBI in connection with or in furtherance of this Agreement by or on behalf of IGNG fully and fairly states the matters with which they purport to deal, and do not misstate any material fact nor, separately or in the aggregate, fail to state any material fact necessary to make the statements made not misleading.

 

     
 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

Page 17

 

ARTICLE V

Conditions to Closing

 

5.1. IGNG Conditions Precedent. The obligations of the Shareholders and GBI to enter into and complete the Closing are subject, at the option of the Shareholder and GBI, to the fulfillment on or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions, any one or more of which may be waived by GBI and the Shareholders in writing.

 

(a) Funding Requirements . IGNG shall have entered into a financing agreement with an investor or investors satisfactory to GBI pursuant to the terms of which IGNG shall receive a bona fide commitment for a financing of up to $10,000,000.00 on terms satisfactory to GBI.

 

(b) Representations and Covenants . The representations and warranties of IGNG contained in this Agreement shall be true in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as though made on and as of the Closing Date. IGNG shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all covenants and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by IGNG on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(c) Litigation . No action, suit or proceeding shall have been instituted before any court or governmental or regulatory body or instituted or threatened by any governmental or regulatory body to restrain, modify or prevent the carrying out of the Transactions or to seek damages or a discovery order in connection with such Transactions, or which has or may have, in the reasonable opinion of GBI or the Shareholders, a materially adverse effect on the assets, properties, business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of IGNG.

 

(d) Consents . All material consents, waivers, approvals, authorizations or orders required to be obtained, and all filings required to be made, by IGNG for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the Transactions shall have been obtained and made by IGNG, except where the failure to receive such consents, waivers, approvals, authorizations or orders or to make such filings would not have an IGNG Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e) Satisfactory Completion of Due Diligence . GBI and the Shareholders shall have completed their legal, accounting and business due diligence of IGNG and the results thereof shall be satisfactory to GBI and the Shareholder in their sole and absolute discretion.

 

(f) Issuance of Shares . At the Closing, IGNG shall deliver to the Shareholders a certificate representing the new shares of IGNG Stock issued to such Shareholder.

 

(g) Delivery of Documents . At the closing IGNG shall deliver to the Shareholders and GBI such other documents as GBI may reasonably request for the purpose of facilitating the consummation of the Transactions.

 

5.2. GBI and Shareholder Conditions Precedent. The obligations of IGNG to enter into and complete the Closing is subject, at the option of IGNG, to the fulfillment on or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions, any one or more of which may be waived by IGNG in writing.

 

(a) Representations and Covenants . The representations and warranties of the Shareholders and GBI contained in this Agreement shall be true in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as though made on and as of the Closing Date. The Shareholders and GBI shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all covenants and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Shareholders and GBI on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

     
 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

Page 18

 

(b) Litigation . No action, suit or proceeding shall have been instituted before any court or governmental or regulatory body or instituted or threatened by any governmental or regulatory body to restrain, modify or prevent the carrying out of the Transactions or to seek damages or a discovery order in connection with such Transactions, or which has or may have, in the reasonable opinion of IGNG, a materially adverse effect on the assets, properties, business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of GBI.

 

(c) Consents . All material consents, waivers, approvals, authorizations or orders required to be obtained, and all filings required to be made, by the Shareholders and/or GBI for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation by them of the Transactions, shall have been obtained and made by the Shareholders and/or GBI, except where the failure to receive such consents, waivers, approvals, authorizations or orders or to make such filings would not have a GBI Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d) Satisfactory Completion of Due Diligence . IGNG shall have completed its legal, accounting and business due diligence of GBI and the Shareholders and the results thereof shall be satisfactory to IGNG in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

(e) Share Transfer Documents . The Shareholders shall have delivered to IGNG the original certificate(s) representing all GBI Stock, accompanied by a duly executed stock transfer power for transfer by the Shareholders of their GBI Stock to IGNG.

 

ARTICLE VI

Covenants

 

6.1. Blue Sky Laws. IGNG shall take any action (other than qualifying to do business in any jurisdiction in which it is not now so qualified) required to be taken under any applicable state securities laws in connection with the issuance of the IGNG Stock in connection with this Agreement.

 

6.2. Public Announcements. IGNG and GBI will consult with each other before issuing, and provide each other the opportunity to review and comment upon, any press releases or other public statements with respect to this Agreement and the Transactions and shall not issue any such press release or make any such public statement prior to such consultation, except as may be required by applicable law, court process or by obligations pursuant to any listing agreement with any national securities exchanges.

 

6.3. Fees and Expenses. All fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement shall be paid by the Party incurring such fees or expenses, whether or not this Agreement is consummated.

 

6.4. Continued Efforts. Each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) take all action reasonably necessary to consummate the Transactions, and (b) take such steps and do such acts as may be necessary to keep all of its representations and warranties true and correct as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if the same had been made, and this Agreement had been dated, as of the Closing Date.

 

     
 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

Page 19

 

ARTICLE VII

Miscellaneous

 

7.1. Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given upon receipt by the Parties at the addresses set forth on the signature page hereof (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

7.2. Amendments; Waivers; No Additional Consideration. No provision of this Agreement may be waived or amended except in a written instrument signed by IGNG, GBI and the Shareholders.

 

7.5. Remedies. In addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein or granted by law, including recovery of damages, the Shareholders, IGNG and GBI will be entitled to specific performance under this Agreement. The Parties agree that monetary damages may not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of any breach of obligations described in the foregoing sentence and hereby agrees to waive in any action for specific performance of any such obligation the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

7.6. Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule or Law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the Transactions is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that the Transactions are fulfilled to the extent possible.

 

7.7. Counterparts; Facsimile Execution. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to the other Parties. Facsimile execution and delivery of this Agreement is legal, valid and binding for all purposes.

 

7.8. Entire Agreement; Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement, a) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the Parties with respect to the Transactions and (b) are not intended to confer upon any person other than the Parties any rights or remedies.

 

7.9. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof, except to the extent the laws of Delaware are mandatorily applicable to the Transactions.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

     
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized signatories as of the date first indicated above.

 

  GRAPEFRUIT BOULEYARD INVESTMENTS, INC.
     
  By:                  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  IMAGING3, INC.
     
  By: /s/ John B Hollister
  Name: John B Hollister
  Title: CEO

 

  COMPANY SHAREHOLDERS:
     
                          
  Name:  

 

[Signature Page to Share Exchange Agreement]

 

     
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Share Exchange Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized signatories as of the date first indicated above.

 

  GRAPEFRUIT BOULEVARD INVESTMENTS, INC
     
  By: /s/ Bradley J. Yourist
  Name: Bradley J. Yourist
  Title: Chief Operating Officer

 

  IMAGING3, INC
     
  By:
  Name: John Hollister
  Title: Chief Operating Officer

 

  GRAPEFRUIT BOULEVAR INVESTMENTS, INC. - COMPANY SHAREHOLDERS:
     
    / s / Bradley Yourist         
  Name: Bradley Yourist
     
    /s/ Daniel Yourist
  Name: Daniel Yourist
     
    /s/ Enger Dodson
  Name: Enger Dodson
     
    /s/ Tremell Thomas
  Name: Tremell Thomas
     
    /s/ Luise Yourist
  Name: Luise Yourist
     
    /s/ David Yourist
  Name: David Yourist

 

[Signature Page to Share Exchange Agreement]

 

     
 

 

    /s/ Gary Cardiff
  Name: Gary Cardiff
     
    /s/ Sharon Cardiff
  Name: Sharon Cardiff

 

    /s/ Carl Steele
  Name: Carl Steele
     
    /s/ Susan Steele
  Name: Susan Steele

 

    /s/ Vincent Beatty
  Name: Vincent Beatty

 

    /s/ Robert Beatty
  Name: Robert Beatty
     
    /s/ Dennis Costa
  Name: Dennis Costa
     
  Tomoco International, LLC
     
    /s/ James A. Thoma
  Name: James A. Thoma, President

 

  THE BARBARA E. AND ALLAN S. VIZVARY FAMILY TRUST
     
    /s/ Allan Vizvary
  Name: Allan Vizvary, Trustee

 

    /s/ Douglas Darwin
  Name: Douglas Darwin
     
    /s/ Terri Danielson
  Name: Terri Danielson
     
    /s/ David Danielson
  Name: David Danielson

 

  22  
 

 

    /s/ Esther Shannon
  Name: Esther Shannon
     
    /s/ Mark Volassia, 5/18/2019
  Name: Mark Volassi

 

    /s/ Heather Baker
  Name: Heather Baker
     
    /s/ P.B. Philip Baker
  Name: P.B. Philip Baker

 

    /s/ Catherine M. Bell
  Name: Catherine M. Bell
     
    /s/ David J. Francis
  Name: David J. Francis

 

    /s/ Michael Vizvary
  Name: Michael Vizvary

 

    /s/ Jeff Sherman
  Name: Jeff Sherman
     
  The Jeffrey M. Zabaro Trust August 4, 2011
     
    /s/ Jeffrey M. Zabaro
  Name:  Jeffrey M. Zabaro, Trustee

 

    /s/ Jerry Marymont 5/17/19
  Name: Jerry Marymont

 

    /s/ Nick Howard
  Name: Nick Howard

 

    /s/ Joshua Shaub
  Name: Joshua Shaub
     
    /s/ Gordan McNichols 5/20/19
  Name:  Gordan McNichols

 

  23  
 

 

ANNEX A

 

Definitions

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

GBI Bylaws ” means the Bylaws of GBI, as amended to the date of this Agreement.

 

GBI Charter ” means the Articles of Incorporation of GBI, as amended to the date of this Agreement.

 

Governmental Entity ” means any federal, state, local or foreign government or any court of competent jurisdiction, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality, domestic or foreign.

 

IGNG Bylaws ” means the Bylaws of IGNG, as amended to the date of this Agreement.

 

IGNG Charter ” means the Articles of Incorporation of IGNG, as amended to the date of this Agreement.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

  24  
 

 

EXHIBIT C-1 GBI Shareholder List/Chart

 

Grapefruit Boulevard Investments, Inc.

Share Capitalization Table

 

See Exhibit 1.1

 

  25  
 

 

EXHIBIT E-1 Advisor’s Shares

 

Shares of IGNG common stock in an amount equal to 4.95% of the post-Closing shares are issuable to Advisors for work on the transactions contemplated herein.

 

  26  
 

 

EXHIBIT 1.1 Share Exchange Chart

 

      GBI Shareholder   Number of GBI
Shares
    Percentage of
GBI Shares
    Number of
IGNG Shares
Issued *
 
1     Bradley Yourist     4,000,000       36.13 %     113,552,072  
2     Daniel Yourist     4,000,000       36.13 %     113,552,072  
3     LY & DY     1,000,000       9.03 %     28,388,018  
4     ED     500,000       4.52 %     14,194,009  
5     TT     500,000       4.52 %     14,194,009  
6     GC & SC     100,000       0.90 %     2,838,802  
7     CS & SS     100,000       0.90 %     2,838,802  
8     VB     100,000       0.90 %     2,838,802  
9     RB & DC     100,000       0.90 %     2,838,802  
10     ES & SS     50,000       0.45 %     1,419,401  
11     GM     20,000       0.18 %     567,760  
12     TMI     50,000       0.45 %     1,419,401  
13     AV     50,000       0.45 %     1,419,401  
14     DD     40,000       0.36 %     1,135,521  
15     TD & DD     50,000       0.45 %     1,419,401  
16     MV     40,000       0.36 %     1,135,521  
17     HB & PB     60,000       0.54 %     1,703,281  
18     CB & DF     60,000       0.54 %     1,703,281  
19     MV     50,000       0.45 %     1,419,401  
20     JS     50,000       0.45 %     1,419,401  
21     JMZT     50,000       0.45 %     1,419,401  
22     JM     100,000       0.90 %     2,838,802  
      Total     11,070,000       100 %     314,255,359 *

 

* Subject to adjustment as set forth in the Agreement.

 

  27  
 

 

EXHIBIT 4.4 IGNG Capital Structure

 

Imaging3, Inc.

Pro Forma Shages Outstanding

     
As of 4-26-19      
Subject to change      
       
Amount per Vstock as of 4/1/197     52,007,768  
Note holder debt conversion     1,937,100  
Cancellation of shares for a vendor     (733,651 )
Former officer shares to be cancelled     (3,000,000 )
Net outstanding shares registered at 4-18-19     50,211,217  
Shares purchased in 1st Qtr not registered     5,476,923  
Shares purchased in 2nd Qtr not registered     350,000  
Shares awarded by the Board     5,750,000  
Shares to be issued for services     3,573,982  
Shares converted by Auctus on 4/17/19 not included in Vstock registry     646,400  
         
Total pro forma shares outstanding before Alpha and Brio settlement     66,008,522  
         
Alpha and Brio settlement        
Alpha shares     4,191,070  
Brio shares     3,514,628  
         
Shares outstanding post settlement     73,714,220  

   

In addition, John Hollister, Jeffrey Peterson and George Zdasiuk are subject to employment/service agreements with IGNG and duly approved motions of the Board of Directors of IGNG, pursuant to which shares are issuable in connection with a change of control in the amount of 5%, 2.0% and 0.5%, respectively, of the common stock of IGNG on a post change of control basis.

 

  28  
 

 

EXHIBIT 3.13 GBI Real Property

 

Ground Lease Agreement between GBI and Coachillin’ Holdings LLC with respect to property located at Parcel No. 33 of Tract Map No. 37158 in the City of Desert Hot Springs, County of Riverside, California.

 

Grant deed to Parcel 21 of Parcel Map No. 37158 in the City of Desert Hot Springs, County of Riverside, California.

 

EXHIBIT 3.14 GBI Material Contracts

 

See Exhibits 3.13 and 3.15

 

EXHIBIT 3.15 GBI Material Assets

 

● Extraction Equipment ($245,681.05) consists of all of the laboratory equipment we employ to extract cannabinoids from the plant material. The laboratory equipment includes items such as our Custom Ethanol Extraction Machine to our Rotary Evaporation Systems that remove the Ethanol from the crude oil to our Short-Path Distillation System that make the ultimate product, ‘honey oil’ or distillate.

 

● Extraction Laboratory ($64,153.81) consists of all of the improvements we had to make to the physical structure that houses the extraction equipment (lab). We were required to install ethanol detection sensors and systems, improved electrical system, eye wash system, hot water sink, and a massive ventilation system that evacuates and exchanges the air in the lab several times an hour.

 

● Kitchen & Type 7 Lab Purchase ($97,000) will consist of two prefabricated extraction labs and cannabis kitchen. They are not on site as we need to put the rest of the funds down to complete the purchase.

 

● Lab Facility ($43,655.03) is the purchase price to buy the physical structure that the lab is housed in. The physical structure is a re-purposed blast proof “shipping container”.

 

● Warehouse Facility ($52,074.67) is the purchase price to buy the physical structure our distribution is housed in. It is also a repurposed blast proof “shipping container”.

 

● Coachillin’ Land ($1,065,199.00) is the vacant 1.94 acre lot (lot 21) that we purchased that is fully ‘cannabis entitled’ for every cannabis license available under the State of California’s licensing scheme (AUMA). We included the recorded grant deed as part of the DD materials as well. This will be the future site of GBI’s desert mother ship that will house distribution, manufacturing and a 22,000 SQ FT cultivation space.

 

See also Exhibit 3.13.

 

  29  
 

 

EXHIBIT 3.19 GBI Licenses and Permits

 

Grapefruit Boulevard’s Cannabis Licenses

 

DISTRIBUTOR LICENSE - ADULT-USE AND MEDICINAL

 

STATE OF CALIFORNIA BUREAU OF CANNABIS CONTROL
LICENSE NO.: C11-18-0000082-LIC

 

LEGAL BUSINESS NAME: GRAPEFRUIT BOULEVARD INVESTMENTS, INC.

 

PREMISE:

 

18776 BLUE DREAM CROSSING, UNIT LL1 53-07

DESERT HOT SPRINGS, CA 92240

 

MANUFACTURING LICENSE - ADULT AND MEDICINAL CANNABIS PRODUCTS

 

STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH MANUFACTURED CANNABIS SAFETY BRANCH

 

LEGAL BUSINESS NAME: GRAPEFRUIT BOULEVARD INVESTMENTS, INC.

LICENSE NO.: CDPH-T 00001549

 

LICENSE TYPE: Type 6: Non Volatile Solvent Extraction

 

PREMISE:

 

18776 BLUE DREAM CROSSING, UNIT LL1 53-06
DESERT HOT SPRINGS, CA 92240

 

CANNIBIS TAX PERMIT

 

STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF TAX AND FEE ADMINISTRATION
LICENSE NO.: CD STF 095-000887

 

SELLERS PERMIT

 

STATE OF CALIFORNIA BOARD OF EQUALIZATION
LICENSE NO.: SR X EHC 103-186875 00002 EHC

 

  30  
 

 

EXHIBIT 3.20 GBI Bank Accounts

 

Bank of America, N.A. , Westwood, CA

 

Checking acct. 32509968XXXX

 

EXHIBIT 4.12 IGNG Litigation

 

IGNG is subject to a Clerk’s Judgment in Matter No. 18CV-0506, in the Superior Court of California, County of San Luis Obispo, for an aggregate of $75,572.16, together with such post judgment interest and costs that may be imposed pursuant to applicable law.

 

EXHIBIT 4.24 IGNG Bank Accounts

 

EastWest Bank, Encino, CA

Commercial acct. 5500000148
Payroll acct. 5500000141

 

  31  
 

 

 

 

 

NEITHER THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE NOR THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH THESE SECURITIES ARE CONVERTIBLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR (B) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL (WHICH COUNSEL SHALL BE SELECTED BY THE HOLDER), IN A GENERALLY ACCEPTABLE FORM, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT OR (II) UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR RULE 144A UNDER SAID ACT. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE SECURITIES MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES.

 

Principal Amount: US$600,000.00   Issue Date: May 31, 2019
Purchase Price: US$600,000.00    

 

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , IMAGING3, INC. , a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the “Borrower”) (Trading Symbol: IGNG), hereby promises to pay to the order of AUCTUS FUND, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, or registered assigns (the “Holder”) the sum of US$600,000.00 together with any interest as set forth herein, on May 31, 2021 (the “Maturity Date”), and to pay interest on the unpaid principal balance hereof at the rate of ten percent (10%) (the “Interest Rate”) per annum from the date hereof (the “Issue Date”) until the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or upon acceleration or by prepayment or otherwise. This Note may not be prepaid in whole or in part except as otherwise explicitly set forth herein with the written consent of the Holder which may be withheld for any reason or for no reason. Any amount of principal or interest on this Note which is not paid when due shall bear interest at the rate of the lesser of (i) twenty-four percent (24%) per annum and (ii) the maximum amount permitted under law from the due date thereof until the same is paid (the “Default Interest”). Interest shall commence accruing on the date that the Note is fully paid and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed. All payments due hereunder (to the extent not converted into common stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”) in accordance with the terms hereof) shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America. All payments shall be made at such address as the Holder shall hereafter give to the Borrower by written notice made in accordance with the provisions of this Note. Whenever any amount expressed to be due by the terms of this Note is due on any day which is not a business day, the same shall instead be due on the next succeeding day which is a business day and, in the case of any interest payment date which is not the date on which this Note is paid in full, the extension of the due date thereof shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the amount of interest due on such date. As used in this Note, the term “business day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in the city of New York, New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed. Each capitalized term used herein, and not otherwise defined, shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in that certain Securities Purchase Agreement dated the date hereof, pursuant to which this Note was originally issued (the “Purchase Agreement”).

 

     
     

 

This Note is free from all taxes, liens, claims and encumbrances with respect to the issue thereof and shall not be subject to preemptive rights or other similar rights of shareholders of the Borrower and will not impose personal liability upon the holder thereof.

 

The following terms shall also apply to this Note:

 

ARTICLE I. CONVERSION RIGHTS

 

1.1 Conversion Right . The Holder shall have the right from time to time, and at any time following the Issue Date, and ending on the later of (i) the Maturity Date and (ii) the date of payment of the Default Amount (as defined in Article III) pursuant to Section 1.6(a) or Article III, each in respect of the remaining outstanding principal amount of this Note to convert all or any part of the outstanding and unpaid principal amount of this Note into fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock, as such Common Stock exists on the Issue Date, or any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Borrower into which such Common Stock shall hereafter be changed or reclassified at the Conversion Price (as defined below) determined as provided herein (a “Conversion”); provided , however , that in no event shall the Holder be entitled to convert any portion of this Note in excess of that portion of this Note upon conversion of which the sum of (1) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Holder and its affiliates (other than shares of Common Stock which may be deemed beneficially owned through the ownership of the unconverted portion of the Notes or the unexercised or unconverted portion of any other security of the Borrower subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitations contained herein) and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the portion of this Note with respect to which the determination of this proviso is being made, would result in beneficial ownership by the Holder and its affiliates of more than 4.99% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. For purposes of the proviso to the immediately preceding sentence, beneficial ownership shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Regulations 13D-G thereunder, except as otherwise provided in clause (1) of such proviso. The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued upon each conversion of this Note shall be determined by dividing the Conversion Amount (as defined below) by the applicable Conversion Price then in effect on the date specified in the notice of conversion, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Notice of Conversion”), delivered to the Borrower or Borrower’s transfer agent by the Holder in accordance with Section 1.4 below; provided that the Notice of Conversion is submitted by facsimile or e-mail (or by other means resulting in, or reasonably expected to result in, notice) to the Borrower or Borrower’s transfer agent before 11:59 p.m., New York, New York time on such conversion date (the “Conversion Date”). The term “Conversion Amount” means, with respect to any conversion of this Note, the sum of (1) the principal amount of this Note to be converted in such conversion plus (2) at the Holder’s option, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on such principal amount at the interest rates provided in this Note to the Conversion Date, provided however, that the Borrower shall have the right to pay any or all interest in cash plus (3) at the Holder’s option, Default Interest, if any, on the amounts referred to in the immediately preceding clauses (1) and/or (2) plus (4) at the Holder’s option, any amounts owed to the Holder pursuant to Sections 1.3 and 1.4(g) hereof.

 

  2  
     

 

1.2 Conversion Price .

 

Calculation of Conversion Price . Subject to the adjustments described herein the conversion price (the “Conversion Price”) shall equal the lesser of: (i) the lowest Trading Price (as defined below) during the previous twenty (20) Trading Day period ending on the latest complete Trading Day prior to the date of this Note, and (ii) the Variable Conversion Price (as defined herein) (subject to equitable adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends or rights offerings by the Borrower relating to the Borrower’s securities or the securities of any subsidiary of the Borrower, combinations, recapitalization, reclassifications, extraordinary distributions and similar events). The “Variable Conversion Price” shall mean 95% multiplied by the Market Price (as defined herein) (representing a discount rate of 5%), minus $0.02 per share (provided, however, that the reference to $0.02 per share shall automatically be replaced with $0.01 per share with respect to any conversion effected under this Note if the Trading Price on the date of the respective conversion is less than $0.15 per share). “Market Price” means the average of the five (5) lowest Trading Prices (as defined below) for the Common Stock during the period beginning on the Issue Date and ending on the Maturity Date. “Trading Price” and “Trading Prices” means, for any security as of any date, the lesser of: (i) the lowest trade price on the OTC Pink, OTCQB or applicable trading market as reported by a reliable reporting service (“Reporting Service”) designated by the Holder or, if the OTC Pink is not the principal trading market for such security, the trading price of such security on the principal securities exchange or trading market where such security is listed or traded or, if no trading price of such security is available in any of the foregoing manners, the average of the trading prices of any market makers for such security that are listed in the “pink sheets” by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc., or (ii) the closing bid price on the OTC Pink, OTCQB or applicable trading market as reported by a Reporting Service designated by the Holder or, if the OTC Pink is not the principal trading market for such security, the closing bid price of such security on the principal securities exchange or trading market where such security is listed or traded or, if no closing bid price of such security is available in any of the foregoing manners, the average of the closing bid prices of any market makers for such security that are listed in the “pink sheets” by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. To the extent the Conversion Price of the Borrower’s Common Stock closes below the par value per share, the Borrower will take all steps necessary to solicit the consent of the stockholders to reduce the par value to the lowest value possible under law. The Borrower agrees to honor all conversions submitted pending this adjustment. Furthermore, the Conversion Price may be adjusted downward if, within three (3) business days of the transmittal of the Notice of Conversion to the Borrower or Borrower’s transfer agent, the Common Stock has a closing bid which is 5% or lower than that set forth in the Notice of Conversion. If the shares of the Borrower’s Common Stock have not been delivered within three (3) business days to the Borrower or Borrower’s transfer agent, the Notice of Conversion may be rescinded. At any time after the Closing Date, if in the case that the Borrower’s Common Stock is not deliverable by DWAC (including if the Borrower’s transfer agent has a policy prohibiting or limiting delivery of shares of the Borrower’s Common Stock specified in a Notice of Conversion), an additional 10% discount will apply for all future conversions under all Notes. If in the case that the Borrower’s Common Stock is “chilled” for deposit into the DTC system and only eligible for clearing deposit, an additional 15% discount shall apply for all future conversions under all Notes while the “chill” is in effect. If in the case of both of the above, an additional cumulative 25% discount shall apply. Additionally, if the Borrower ceases to be a reporting company pursuant to the 1934 Act or if the Note cannot be converted into free trading shares after one hundred eighty-one (181) days from the Issue Date, an additional 15% discount will be attributed to the Conversion Price. If the Trading Price cannot be calculated for such security on such date in the manner provided above, the Trading Price shall be the fair market value as mutually determined by the Borrower and the holders of a majority in interest of the Notes being converted for which the calculation of the Trading Price is required in order to determine the Conversion Price of such Notes. “Trading Day” shall mean any day on which the Common Stock is tradable for any period on the OTC Pink, OTCQB or on the principal securities exchange or other securities market on which the Common Stock is then being traded. The Borrower shall be responsible for the fees of its transfer agent and all DTC fees associated with any such issuance. Holder shall be entitled to deduct $750.00 from the conversion amount in each Notice of Conversion to cover Holder’s deposit fees associated with each Notice of Conversion.

 

  3  
     

 

While this Note is outstanding, each time any 3 rd party has the right to convert monies owed to that 3 rd party (or receive shares pursuant to a settlement or otherwise), including but not limited to under Section 3(a)(9) and Section 3(a)(10), other than the three transactions listed on Schedule 2.6 to the Purchase Agreement at a discount to market greater than the Conversion Price in effect at that time (prior to all other applicable adjustments in the Note), then the Holder, in Holder’s sole discretion, may utilize such greater discount percentage (prior to all applicable adjustments in this Note) until this Note is no longer outstanding. While this Note is outstanding, each time any 3 rd party has a look back period greater than the look back period in effect under the Note at that time, including but not limited to under Section 3(a)(9) and Section 3(a)(10), then the Holder, in Holder’s sole discretion, may utilize such greater number of look back days until this Note is no longer outstanding. The Borrower shall give written notice to the Holder within one (1) business day of becoming aware of any event that could permit the Holder to make any adjustment described in the two immediately preceding sentences.

 

(a) Conversion Price During Major Announcements . Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 1.2(a) to the contrary, in the event the Borrower (i) makes a public announcement that it intends to consolidate or merge with any other corporation (other than a merger in which the Borrower is the surviving or continuing corporation and its capital stock is unchanged) or sell or transfer all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower or (ii) any person, group or entity (including the Borrower) publicly announces a tender offer to purchase 50% or more of the Borrower’s Common Stock (or any other takeover scheme) (the date of the announcement referred to in clause (i) or (ii) is hereinafter referred to as the “Announcement Date”), then the Conversion Price shall, effective upon the Announcement Date and continuing through the Adjusted Conversion Price Termination Date (as defined below), be equal to the lower of (x) the Conversion Price which would have been applicable for a Conversion occurring on the Announcement Date and (y) the Conversion Price that would otherwise be in effect. From and after the Adjusted Conversion Price Termination Date, the Conversion Price shall be determined as set forth in this Section 1.2(a). For purposes hereof, “Adjusted Conversion Price Termination Date” shall mean, with respect to any proposed transaction or tender offer (or takeover scheme) for which a public announcement as contemplated by this Section 1.2(b) has been made, the date upon which the Borrower (in the case of clause (i) above) or the person, group or entity (in the case of clause (ii) above) consummates or publicly announces the termination or abandonment of the proposed transaction or tender offer (or takeover scheme) which caused this Section 1.2(b) to become operative.

 

  4  
     

 

(b) Pro Rata Conversion; Disputes . In the event of a dispute as to the number of shares of Common Stock issuable to the Holder in connection with a conversion of this Note, the Borrower shall issue to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock not in dispute and resolve such dispute in accordance with Section 4.13.

 

(c) If at any time the Conversion Price as determined hereunder for any conversion would be less than the par value of the Common Stock, then the Conversion Price hereunder shall equal such par value for such conversion and the Conversion Amount for such conversion shall be increased to include Additional Principal, where “Additional Principal” means such additional amount to be added to the Conversion Amount to the extent necessary to cause the number of conversion shares issuable upon such conversion to equal the same number of conversion shares as would have been issued had the Conversion Price not been subject to the minimum price set forth in this Section 1.2(c).

 

1.3 Authorized Shares . The Borrower covenants that during the period the conversion right exists, the Borrower will reserve from its authorized and unissued Common Stock a sufficient number of shares, free from preemptive rights, to provide for the issuance of Common Stock upon the full conversion of this Note issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Borrower is required at all times to have authorized and reserved five times the number of shares that is actually issuable upon full conversion of the Note (based on the Conversion Price of the Notes in effect from time to time) (the “Reserved Amount”). The Reserved Amount shall be increased from time to time in accordance with the Borrower’s obligations pursuant to Section 3(d) of the Purchase Agreement. The Borrower represents that upon issuance, such shares will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. In addition, if the Borrower shall issue any securities or make any change to its capital structure which would change the number of shares of Common Stock into which the Notes shall be convertible at the then current Conversion Price, the Borrower shall at the same time make proper provision so that thereafter there shall be a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock authorized and reserved, free from preemptive rights, for conversion of the outstanding Notes. The Borrower (i) acknowledges that it has irrevocably instructed its transfer agent to issue certificates for the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this Note, and (ii) agrees that its issuance of this Note shall constitute full authority to its officers and agents who are charged with the duty of executing stock certificates to execute and issue the necessary certificates for shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Note. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Reserved Amount be lower than the initial Reserved Amount, regardless of any prior conversions.

 

If, at any time the Borrower does not maintain or replenish the Reserved Amount within three (3) business days of the request of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note shall increase by Five Thousand and No/100 United States Dollars ($5,000) (under Holder’s and Borrower’s expectation that any principal amount increase will tack back to the Issue Date) per occurrence.

 

  5  
     

 

1.4 Method of Conversion .

 

(a) Mechanics of Conversion . Subject to Section 1.1, this Note may be converted by the Holder in whole or in part at any time from time to time after the Issue Date, by (A) submitting to the Borrower or Borrower’s transfer agent a Notice of Conversion (by facsimile, e-mail or other reasonable means of communication dispatched on the Conversion Date prior to 5:00 p.m., New York, New York time) and (B) subject to Section 1.4(b), surrendering this Note at the principal office of the Borrower.

 

(b) Surrender of Note Upon Conversion . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, upon conversion of this Note in accordance with the terms hereof, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Note to the Borrower unless the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note is so converted. The Holder and the Borrower shall maintain records showing the principal amount so converted and the dates of such conversions or shall use such other method, reasonably satisfactory to the Holder and the Borrower, so as not to require physical surrender of this Note upon each such conversion. In the event of any dispute or discrepancy, such records of the Borrower shall, prima facie, be controlling and determinative in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any portion of this Note is converted as aforesaid, the Holder may not transfer this Note unless the Holder first physically surrenders this Note to the Borrower, whereupon the Borrower will forthwith issue and deliver upon the order of the Holder a new Note of like tenor, registered as the Holder (upon payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may request, representing in the aggregate the remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note. The Holder and any assignee, by acceptance of this Note, acknowledge and agree that, by reason of the provisions of this paragraph, following conversion of a portion of this Note, the unpaid and unconverted principal amount of this Note represented by this Note may be less than the amount stated on the face hereof.

 

(c) Payment of Taxes . The Borrower shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property on conversion of this Note in a name other than that of the Holder (or in street name), and the Borrower shall not be required to issue or deliver any such shares or other securities or property unless and until the person or persons (other than the Holder or the custodian in whose street name such shares are to be held for the Holder’s account) requesting the issuance thereof shall have paid to the Borrower the amount of any such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Borrower that such tax has been paid.

 

(d) Delivery of Common Stock Upon Conversion . Upon receipt by the Borrower from the Holder of a facsimile transmission or e-mail (or other reasonable means of communication) of a Notice of Conversion meeting the requirements for conversion as provided in this Section 1.4, the Borrower shall issue and deliver or cause to be issued and delivered to or upon the order of the Holder certificates for the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion within three (3) business days after such receipt (the “Deadline”) (and, solely in the case of conversion of the entire unpaid principal amount hereof, surrender of this Note) in accordance with the terms hereof and the Purchase Agreement.

 

  6  
     

 

(e) Obligation of Borrower to Deliver Common Stock . Upon receipt by the Borrower of a Notice of Conversion, the Holder shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, the outstanding principal amount and the amount of accrued and unpaid interest on this Note shall be reduced to reflect such conversion, and, unless the Borrower defaults on its obligations under this Article I, all rights with respect to the portion of this Note being so converted shall forthwith terminate except the right to receive the Common Stock or other securities, cash or other assets, as herein provided, on such conversion. If the Holder shall have given a Notice of Conversion as provided herein, the Borrower’s obligation to issue and deliver the certificates for Common Stock shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of the absence of any action by the Holder to enforce the same, any waiver or consent with respect to any provision thereof, the recovery of any judgment against any person or any action to enforce the same, any failure or delay in the enforcement of any other obligation of the Borrower to the holder of record, or any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, limitation or termination, or any breach or alleged breach by the Holder of any obligation to the Borrower, and irrespective of any other circumstance which might otherwise limit such obligation of the Borrower to the Holder in connection with such conversion. The Conversion Date specified in the Notice of Conversion shall be the Conversion Date so long as the Notice of Conversion is received by the Borrower before 5:00 p.m., New York, New York time, on such date.

 

(f) Delivery of Common Stock by Electronic Transfer . In lieu of delivering physical certificates representing the Common Stock issuable upon conversion, provided the Borrower is participating in the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) Fast Automated Securities Transfer (“FAST”) program, upon request of the Holder and its compliance with the provisions contained in Section 1.1 and in this Section 1.4, the Borrower shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause its transfer agent to electronically transmit the Common Stock issuable upon conversion to the Holder by crediting the account of Holder’s Prime Broker with DTC through its Deposit Withdrawal At Custodian (“DWAC”) system.

 

(g) DTC Eligibility & Market Loss . If the Borrower fails to maintain its status as “DTC Eligible” for any reason, or, if the Conversion Price is less than $0.01 at any time after the Issue Date, the principal amount of the Note shall increase by Fifteen Thousand and No/100 United States Dollars ($15,000) (under Holder’s and Borrower’s expectation that any principal amount increase will tack back to the Issue Date) and the Variable Conversion Price shall be redefined to mean forty percent (40%) multiplied by the Market Price, subject to adjustment as provided in this Note.

 

  7  
     

 

(h) Failure to Deliver Common Stock Prior to Delivery Deadline . Without in any way limiting the Holder’s right to pursue other remedies, including actual damages and/or equitable relief, the parties agree that if delivery of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this Note is not delivered by the Deadline (other than a failure due to the circumstances described in Section 1.3 above, which failure shall be governed by such Section) the Borrower shall pay to the Holder $250.00 per day in cash, for each day beyond the Deadline that the Borrower fails to deliver such Common Stock until the Borrower issues and delivers a certificate to the Holder or credit the Holder’s balance account with OTC for the number of shares of Common Stock to which the Holder is entitled upon such Holder’s conversion of any Conversion Amount (under Holder’s and Borrower’s expectation that any damages will tack back to the Issue Date).. Such cash amount shall be paid to Holder by the fifth day of the month following the month in which it has accrued or, at the option of the Holder (by written notice to the Borrower by the first day of the month following the month in which it has accrued), shall be added to the principal amount of this Note, in which event interest shall accrue thereon in accordance with the terms of this Note and such additional principal amount shall be convertible into Common Stock in accordance with the terms of this Note. The Borrower agrees that the right to convert is a valuable right to the Holder. The damages resulting from a failure, attempt to frustrate, interference with such conversion right are difficult if not impossible to qualify. Accordingly the parties acknowledge that the liquidated damages provision contained in this Section 1.4(h) are justified.

 

(i) Rescindment of a Notice of Conversion . If (i) the Borrower fails to respond to Holder within one (1) business day from the Conversion Date confirming the details of Notice of Conversion, (ii) the Borrower fails to provide any of the shares of the Borrower’s Common Stock requested in the Notice of Conversion within three (3) business days from the date of receipt of the Note of Conversion, (iii) the Holder is unable to procure a legal opinion required to have the shares of the Borrower’s Common Stock issued unrestricted and/or deposited to sell for any reason related to the Borrower’s standing, (iv) the Holder is unable to deposit the shares of the Borrower’s Common Stock requested in the Notice of Conversion for any reason related to the Borrower’s standing, (v) at any time after a missed Deadline, at the Holder’s sole discretion, or (vi) if OTC Markets changes the Borrower’s designation to ‘Limited Information’ (Yield), ‘No Information’ (Stop Sign), ‘Caveat Emptor’ (Skull & Crossbones), ‘OTC’, ‘Other OTC’ or ‘Grey Market’ (Exclamation Mark Sign) or other trading restriction on the day of or any day after the Conversion Date, the Holder maintains the option and sole discretion to rescind the Notice of Conversion (“Rescindment”) with a “Notice of Rescindment.”

 

  8  
     

 

1.5 Concerning the Shares . The shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this Note may not be sold or transferred unless (i) such shares are sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act or (ii) the Borrower or its transfer agent shall have been furnished with an opinion of counsel (which opinion shall be in form, substance and scope customary for opinions of counsel in comparable transactions) to the effect that the shares to be sold or transferred may be sold or transferred pursuant to an exemption from such registration or (iii) such shares are sold or transferred pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act (or a successor rule) (“Rule 144”) or (iv) such shares are transferred to an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144) of the Borrower who agrees to sell or otherwise transfer the shares only in accordance with this Section 1.5 and who is an Accredited Investor (as defined in the Purchase Agreement). Except as otherwise provided in the Purchase Agreement (and subject to the removal provisions set forth below), until such time as the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this Note have been registered under the Act or otherwise may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without any restriction as to the number of securities as of a particular date that can then be immediately sold, each certificate for shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this Note that has not been so included in an effective registration statement or that has not been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption that permits removal of the legend, shall bear a legend substantially in the following form, as appropriate:

 

“NEITHER THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE NOR THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH THESE SECURITIES ARE EXERCISABLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR (B) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL (WHICH COUNSEL SHALL BE SELECTED BY THE HOLDER), IN A GENERALLY ACCEPTABLE FORM, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT OR (II) UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR RULE 144A UNDER SAID ACT. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE SECURITIES MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES.”

 

The legend set forth above shall be removed and the Borrower shall issue to the Holder a new certificate therefore free of any transfer legend if (i) the Borrower or its transfer agent shall have received an opinion of counsel, in form, substance and scope customary for opinions of counsel in comparable transactions, to the effect that a public sale or transfer of such Common Stock may be made without registration under the Act, which opinion shall be reasonably accepted by the Borrower so that the sale or transfer is effected or (ii) in the case of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this Note, such security is registered for sale by the Holder under an effective registration statement filed under the Act or otherwise may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without any restriction as to the number of securities as of a particular date that can then be immediately sold. In the event that the Borrower does not accept the opinion of counsel provided by the Buyer with respect to the transfer of Securities pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or Regulation S, at the Deadline, it will be considered an Event of Default pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Note.

 

1.6 Effect of Certain Events .

 

(a) Effect of Merger, Consolidation, Etc . At the option of the Holder, the sale, conveyance or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower, the effectuation by the Borrower of a transaction or series of related transactions in which more than 50% of the voting power of the Borrower is disposed of, or the consolidation, merger or other business combination of the Borrower with or into any other Person (as defined below) or Persons when the Borrower is not the survivor shall either: (i) be deemed to be an Event of Default (as defined in Article III) pursuant to which the Borrower shall be required to pay to the Holder upon the consummation of and as a condition to such transaction an amount equal to the Default Amount (as defined in Article III) or (ii) be treated pursuant to Section 1.6(b) hereof. “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, trust or other entity or organization.

 

  9  
     

 

(b) Adjustment Due to Merger, Consolidation, Etc . If, at any time when this Note is issued and outstanding and prior to conversion of all of the Notes, there shall be any merger, consolidation, exchange of shares, recapitalization, reorganization, or other similar event, as a result of which shares of Common Stock of the Borrower shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of another class or classes of stock or securities of the Borrower or another entity, or in case of any sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower other than in connection with a plan of complete liquidation of the Borrower, then the Holder of this Note shall thereafter have the right to receive upon conversion of this Note, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified herein and in lieu of the shares of Common Stock immediately theretofore issuable upon conversion, such stock, securities or assets which the Holder would have been entitled to receive in such transaction had this Note been converted in full immediately prior to such transaction (without regard to any limitations on conversion set forth herein), and in any such case appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder of this Note to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustment of the Conversion Price and of the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Note) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be practicable in relation to any securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the conversion hereof. The Borrower shall not affect any transaction described in this Section 1.6(b) unless (a) it first gives, to the extent practicable, thirty (30) days prior written notice (but in any event at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice) of the record date of the special meeting of shareholders to approve, or if there is no such record date, the consummation of, such merger, consolidation, exchange of shares, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar event or sale of assets (during which time the Holder shall be entitled to convert this Note) and (b) the resulting successor or acquiring entity (if not the Borrower) assumes by written instrument the obligations of this Section 1.6(b). The above provisions shall similarly apply to successive consolidations, mergers, sales, transfers or share exchanges.

 

(c) Adjustment Due to Distribution . If the Borrower shall declare or make any distribution of its assets (or rights to acquire its assets) to holders of Common Stock as a dividend, stock repurchase, by way of return of capital or otherwise (including any dividend or distribution to the Borrower’s shareholders in cash or shares (or rights to acquire shares) of capital stock of a subsidiary (i.e., a spin-off)) (a “Distribution”), then the Holder of this Note shall be entitled, upon any conversion of this Note after the date of record for determining shareholders entitled to such Distribution, to receive the amount of such assets which would have been payable to the Holder with respect to the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion had such Holder been the holder of such shares of Common Stock on the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to such Distribution.

 

(d) Adjustment Due to Dilutive Issuance . If, at any time when any Notes are issued and outstanding, the Borrower issues or sells, or in accordance with this Section 1.6(d) hereof is deemed to have issued or sold, except for shares of Common Stock issued directly to vendors or suppliers of the Borrower in satisfaction of amounts owed to such vendors or suppliers (provided, however, that such vendors or suppliers shall not have an arrangement to transfer, sell or assign such shares of Common Stock prior to the issuance of such shares), any shares of Common Stock for no consideration or for a consideration per share (before deduction of reasonable expenses or commissions or underwriting discounts or allowances in connection therewith) less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of such issuance (or deemed issuance) of such shares of Common Stock (a “Dilutive Issuance”), then immediately upon the Dilutive Issuance, the Conversion Price will be reduced to the amount of the consideration per share received by the Borrower in such Dilutive Issuance.

 

  10  
     

 

The Borrower shall be deemed to have issued or sold shares of Common Stock if the Borrower in any manner issues or grants any warrants, rights or options (not including employee stock option plans), whether or not immediately exercisable, to subscribe for or to purchase Common Stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (“Convertible Securities”) (such warrants, rights and options to purchase Common Stock or Convertible Securities are hereinafter referred to as “Options”) and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon the exercise of such Options is less than the Conversion Price then in effect, then the Conversion Price shall be equal to such price per share. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the “price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon the exercise of such Options” is determined by dividing (i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Borrower as consideration for the issuance or granting of all such Options, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Borrower upon the exercise of all such Options, plus, in the case of Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such Options, the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration payable upon the conversion or exchange thereof at the time such Convertible Securities first become convertible or exchangeable, by (ii) the maximum total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of all such Options (assuming full conversion of Convertible Securities, if applicable). No further adjustment to the Conversion Price will be made upon the actual issuance of such Common Stock upon the exercise of such Options or upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of such Options.

 

Additionally, the Borrower shall be deemed to have issued or sold shares of Common Stock if the Borrower in any manner issues or sells any Convertible Securities, whether or not immediately convertible (other than where the same are issuable upon the exercise of Options), and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon such conversion or exchange is less than the Conversion Price then in effect, then the Conversion Price shall be equal to such price per share. For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the “price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon such conversion or exchange” is determined by dividing (i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Borrower as consideration for the issuance or sale of all such Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Borrower upon the conversion or exchange thereof at the time such Convertible Securities first become convertible or exchangeable, by (ii) the maximum total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities. No further adjustment to the Conversion Price will be made upon the actual issuance of such Common Stock upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

(e) Purchase Rights . If, at any time when any Notes are issued and outstanding, the Borrower issues any convertible securities or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property (the “Purchase Rights”) pro rata to the record holders of any class of Common Stock, then the Holder of this Note will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which such Holder could have acquired if such Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete conversion of this Note (without regard to any limitations on conversion contained herein) immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Common Stock are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights.

 

  11  
     

 

(f) Notice of Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price as a result of the events described in this Section 1.6, the Borrower, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment and prepare and furnish to the Holder a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Borrower shall, upon the written request at any time of the Holder, furnish to such Holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustment or readjustment, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities or property which at the time would be received upon conversion of the Note.

 

1.7 [ Intentionally Omitted ].

 

1.8 Status as Shareholder . Upon submission of a Notice of Conversion by a Holder, (i) the shares covered thereby (other than the shares, if any, which cannot be issued because their issuance would exceed such Holder’s allocated portion of the Reserved Amount or Maximum Share Amount) shall be deemed converted into shares of Common Stock and (ii) the Holder’s rights as a Holder of such converted portion of this Note shall cease and terminate, excepting only the right to receive certificates for such shares of Common Stock and to any remedies provided herein or otherwise available at law or in equity to such Holder because of a failure by the Borrower to comply with the terms of this Note. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Holder has not received certificates for all shares of Common Stock prior to the tenth (10th) business day after the expiration of the Deadline with respect to a conversion of any portion of this Note for any reason, then (unless the Holder otherwise elects to retain its status as a holder of Common Stock by so notifying the Borrower) the Holder shall regain the rights of a Holder of this Note with respect to such unconverted portions of this Note and the Borrower shall, as soon as practicable, return such unconverted Note to the Holder or, if the Note has not been surrendered, adjust its records to reflect that such portion of this Note has not been converted. In all cases, the Holder shall retain all of its rights and remedies (including, without limitation, (i) the right to receive Conversion Default Payments pursuant to Section 1.3 to the extent required thereby for such Conversion Default and any subsequent Conversion Default and (ii) the right to have the Conversion Price with respect to subsequent conversions determined in accordance with Section 1.3) for the Borrower’s failure to convert this Note.

 

  12  
     

 

1.9 Prepayment . Subject to the terms of this Note, and provided that an Event of Default has not occurred under this Note, the Borrower may prepay the amounts outstanding hereunder pursuant to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a) At any time during the period beginning on the Issue Date and prior to last business day prior to the Maturity Date, the Borrower shall have the right, exercisable on not less than three (3) Trading Days prior written notice to the Holder of the Note to prepay the outstanding Note (principal and accrued interest), in full by making a payment to the Holder of an amount in cash equal to 150%, multiplied by the sum of: (w) the then outstanding principal amount of this Note plus (x) accrued and unpaid interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note plus (y) Default Interest, if any.

 

(b) The Borrower shall have no right of prepayment after the last business day prior to the Maturity Date.

 

1.10 Any notice of prepayment hereunder (an “Optional Prepayment Notice”) shall be delivered to the Holder of the Note at its registered addresses by physical mail and shall state: (1) that the Borrower is exercising its right to prepay the Note, and (2) the date of prepayment which shall be not more than three (3) Trading Days from the date of the Optional Prepayment Notice. On the date fixed for prepayment (the “Optional Prepayment Date”), the Borrower shall make payment of the applicable prepayment amount to or upon the order of the Holder as specified by the Holder in writing to the Borrower. If the Borrower delivers an Optional Prepayment Notice and fails to pay the applicable prepayment amount due to the Holder of the Note within two (2) business days following the Optional Prepayment Date, the Borrower shall forever forfeit its right to prepay the Note pursuant to Section 1.9.

 

ARTICLE II. CERTAIN COVENANTS

 

2.1 Distributions on Capital Stock . So long as the Borrower shall have any obligation under this Note, the Borrower shall not without the Holder’s written consent (a) pay, declare or set apart for such payment, any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, property or other securities) on shares of capital stock other than dividends on shares of Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock or (b) directly or indirectly or through any subsidiary make any other payment or distribution in respect of its capital stock except for distributions pursuant to any shareholders’ rights plan which is approved by a majority of the Borrower’s disinterested directors.

 

2.2 Restriction on Stock Repurchases . So long as the Borrower shall have any obligation under this Note, the Borrower shall not without the Holder’s written consent redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire (whether for cash or in exchange for property or other securities or otherwise) in any one transaction or series of related transactions any shares of capital stock of the Borrower or any warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire any such shares.

 

2.3 Borrowings . So long as the Borrower shall have any obligation under this Note, the Borrower shall not, without the Holder’s written consent, create, incur, assume guarantee, endorse, contingently agree to purchase or otherwise become liable upon the obligation of any person, firm, partnership, joint venture or corporation, except by the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection, or suffer to exist any liability for borrowed money, except (a) borrowings in existence or committed on the date hereof and of which the Borrower has informed Holder in writing prior to the date hereof, (b) indebtedness to trade creditors financial institutions or other lenders incurred in the ordinary course of business or (c) borrowings, the proceeds of which shall be used to repay this Note.

 

  13  
     

 

2.4 Sale of Assets . So long as the Borrower shall have any obligation under this Note, the Borrower shall not, without the Holder’s written consent, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any significant portion of its assets outside the ordinary course of business. Any consent to the disposition of any assets shall be conditioned on a specified use of the proceeds towards the repayment of this Note.

 

2.5 Advances and Loans . So long as the Borrower shall have any obligation under this Note, the Borrower shall not, without the Holder’s written consent, lend money, give credit or make advances to any person, firm, joint venture or corporation, including, without limitation, officers, directors, employees, subsidiaries and affiliates of the Borrower, except loans, credits or advances (a) in existence or committed on the date hereof and which the Borrower has informed Holder in writing prior to the date hereof, (b) made in the ordinary course of business or (c) not in excess of $250,000.

 

2.6 Section 3(a)(9) or 3(a)(10) Transaction . So long as this Note is outstanding, the Borrower shall not enter into any transaction or arrangement structured in accordance with, based upon, or related or pursuant to, in whole or in part, either Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act (a “3(a)(9) Transaction”) or Section 3(a)(l0) of the Securities Act (a “3(a)(l0) Transaction”) other than those two 3(a)(10) transactions disclosed on Schedule 2.6 to the Purchase Agreement. In the event that the Borrower does enter into, or makes any issuance of Common Stock related to a 3(a)(9) Transaction or a 3(a)(l0) Transaction while this note is outstanding, a liquidated damages charge of 25% of the outstanding principal balance of this Note, but not less than Fifteen Thousand Dollars $15,000, will be assessed and will become immediately due and payable to the Holder at its election in the form of cash payment or addition to the balance of this Note.

 

2.7 Preservation of Existence, etc. The Borrower shall maintain and preserve, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain and preserve, its existence, rights and privileges, and become or remain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries (other than dormant Subsidiaries that have no or minimum assets) to become or remain, duly qualified and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it or in which the transaction of its business makes such qualification necessary.

 

2.8 Non-circumvention . The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the Borrower will not, by amendment of its Certificate or Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, scheme of arrangement, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Note, and will at all times in good faith carry out all the provisions of this Note and take all action as may be required to protect the rights of the Holder.

 

2.9 Repayment from Proceeds . While any portion of this Note is outstanding, if the Company receives cash proceeds from any source or series of related or unrelated sources, including but not limited to, from payments from customers, the issuance of equity or debt, the conversion of outstanding warrants of the Borrower, the issuance of securities pursuant to an equity line of credit of the Borrower or the sale of assets, the Borrower shall, within one (1) business day of Borrower’s receipt of such proceeds, inform the Holder of such receipt, following which the Holder shall have the right in its sole discretion to require the Borrower to immediately apply all or any portion of such proceeds to repay all or any portion of the outstanding amounts owed under this Note. Failure of the Borrower to comply with this provision shall constitute an Event of Default. In the event that such proceeds are received by the Holder prior to the Maturity Date, the required prepayment shall be subject to the terms of Section 1.9 herein.

 

  14  
     

 

ARTICLE III. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

If any of the following events of default (each, an “Event of Default”) shall occur:

 

3.1 Failure to Pay Principal or Interest . The Borrower fails to pay the principal hereof or interest thereon when due on this Note, whether at maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise.

 

3.2 Conversion and the Shares . The Borrower (i) fails to issue shares of Common Stock to the Holder (or announces or threatens in writing that it will not honor its obligation to do so) upon exercise by the Holder of the conversion rights of the Holder in accordance with the terms of this Note, (ii) fails to transfer or cause its transfer agent to transfer (issue) (electronically or in certificated form) any certificate for shares of Common Stock issued to the Holder upon conversion of or otherwise pursuant to this Note as and when required by this Note, (iii) directs its transfer agent not to transfer or delays, impairs, and/or hinders its transfer agent in transferring (or issuing) (electronically or in certificated form) any certificate for shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Holder upon conversion of or otherwise pursuant to this Note as and when required by this Note, (iv) fails to remove (or directs its transfer agent not to remove or impairs, delays, and/or hinders its transfer agent from removing) any restrictive legend (or to withdraw any stop transfer instructions in respect thereof) on any certificate for any shares of Common Stock issued to the Holder upon conversion of or otherwise pursuant to this Note as and when required by this Note (or makes any written announcement, statement or threat that it does not intend to honor the obligations described in this paragraph) and any such failure shall continue uncured (or any written announcement, statement or threat not to honor its obligations shall not be rescinded in writing) for three (3) business days after the Holder shall have delivered a Notice of Conversion, (v) fails to remain current in its obligations to its transfer agent, (vi) causes a conversion of this Note is delayed, hindered or frustrated due to a balance owed by the Borrower to its transfer agent, (vii) fails to repay Holder, within forty eight (48) hours of a demand from the Holder, any amount of funds advanced by Holder to Borrower’s transfer agent in order to process a conversion, (viii) fails to reserve sufficient amount of shares of common stock to satisfy the Reserved Amount at all times, (ix) fails to provide a Rule 144 opinion letter from the Borrower’s legal counsel to the Holder, covering the Holder’s resale into the public market of the respective conversion shares under this Note, within two (2) business days of the Holder’s submission of a Notice of Conversion to the Borrower (provided that the Holder must request the opinion from the Borrower at the time that Holder submits the respective Notice of Conversion and the date of the respective Notice of Conversion must be on or after the date which is six (6) months after the date that the Holder funded the Purchase Price under this Note), and/or (x) an exemption under Rule 144 is unavailable for the Holder’s deposit into Holder’s brokerage account and resale into the public market of any of the conversion shares under this Note at any time after the date which is six (6) months after the date that the Holder funded the Purchase Price under this Note.

 

  15  
     

 

3.3 Failure to Deliver Transaction Expense Amount . The Borrower fails to deliver the Transaction Expense Amount (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) to the Holder within three (3) business days of the date such amount is due.

 

3.4 Breach of Covenants . The Borrower breaches any material covenant or other material term or condition contained in this Note and any collateral documents including but not limited to the Purchase Agreement and such breach continues for a period of ten (10) days after written notice thereof to the Borrower from the Holder.

 

3.5 Breach of Representations and Warranties . Any representation or warranty of the Borrower made herein or in any agreement, statement or certificate given in writing pursuant hereto or in connection herewith (including, without limitation, the Purchase Agreement), shall be false or misleading in any material respect when made and the breach of which has (or with the passage of time will have) a material adverse effect on the rights of the Holder with respect to this Note or the Purchase Agreement.

 

3.6 Receiver or Trustee . The Borrower or any subsidiary of the Borrower shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or commence proceedings for its dissolution, or apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver or trustee for it or for a substantial part of its property or business, or such a receiver or trustee shall otherwise be appointed for the Borrower or for a substantial part of its property or business without its consent and shall not be discharged within sixty (60) days after such appointment.

 

3.7 Judgments . Any money judgment, writ or similar process shall be entered or filed against the Borrower or any subsidiary of the Borrower or any of its property or other assets for more than $50,000, and shall remain unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of twenty (20) days unless otherwise consented to by the Holder, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

3.8 Bankruptcy . Bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or liquidation proceedings or other proceedings, voluntary or involuntary, for relief under any bankruptcy law or any law for the relief of debtors shall be instituted by or against the Borrower or any subsidiary of the Borrower, or the Borrower admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, or have filed against it an involuntary petition for bankruptcy relief, all under federal or state laws as applicable or the Borrower admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, or have filed against it an involuntary petition for bankruptcy relief, all under international, federal or state laws as applicable.

 

3.9 Delisting of Common Stock . The Borrower shall fail to maintain the listing of the Common Stock on at least one of the OTC Pink, OTCQB, Nasdaq National Market, Nasdaq Small Cap Market, New York Stock Exchange, NYSE MKT, or an equivalent replacement exchange

 

  16  
     

 

3.10 Failure to Comply with the Exchange Act . The Borrower shall fail to comply with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act (including but not limited to becoming delinquent in its filings); and/or the Borrower shall cease to be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

 

3.11 Liquidation . Any dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of Borrower or any substantial portion of its business.

 

3.12 Cessation of Operations . Any cessation of operations by Borrower or Borrower admits it is otherwise generally unable to pay its debts as such debts become due, provided, however, that any disclosure of the Borrower’s ability to continue as a “going concern” shall not be an admission that the Borrower cannot pay its debts as they become due.

 

3.13 Maintenance of Assets . The failure by Borrower to maintain any material intellectual property rights, personal, real property or other assets which are necessary to conduct its business (whether now or in the future), or any disposition or conveyance of any material asset of the Borrower.

 

3.14 Financial Statement Restatement . The restatement of any financial statements filed by the Borrower with the SEC for any date or period from two years prior to the Issue Date of this Note and until this Note is no longer outstanding, if the result of such restatement would, by comparison to the unrestated financial statement, have constituted a material adverse effect on the rights of the Holder with respect to this Note or the Purchase Agreement.

 

3.15 Reverse Splits . The Borrower effectuates a reverse split of its Common Stock without twenty (20) days prior written notice to the Holder.

 

3.16 Replacement of Transfer Agent . In the event that the Borrower proposes to replace its transfer agent, the Borrower fails to provide, prior to the effective date of such replacement, a fully executed Irrevocable Transfer Agent Instructions in a form as initially delivered pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (including but not limited to the provision to irrevocably reserve shares of Common Stock in the Reserved Amount) signed by the successor transfer agent to Borrower and the Borrower.

 

3.17 Cessation of Trading . Any cessation of trading of the Common Stock on at least one of the OTC Pink, OTCQB, Nasdaq National Market, Nasdaq Small Cap Market, New York Stock Exchange, NYSE MKT, or an equivalent replacement exchange, and such cessation of trading shall continue for a period of five consecutive (5) Trading Days.

 

  17  
     

 

3.18 Cross-Default . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Note or the other related or companion documents, a breach or default by the Borrower of any covenant or other term or condition contained in any of the Other Agreements (as defined herein), after the passage of all applicable notice and cure or grace periods, shall, at the option of the Holder, be considered a default under this Note and the Other Agreements, in which event the Holder shall be entitled (but in no event required) to apply all rights and remedies of the Holder under the terms of this Note and the Other Agreements by reason of a default under said Other Agreement or hereunder. “Other Agreements” means, collectively, all agreements and instruments between, among or by: (1) the Borrower, and, or for the benefit of, (2) the Holder (and any affiliate of the Holder) or any other third party, including, without limitation, promissory notes; provided, however, the term “Other Agreements” shall not include the agreements and instruments defined as the Documents. Each of the loan transactions will be cross-defaulted with each other loan transaction and with all other existing and future debt of Borrower to the Holder.

 

3.19 Bid Price . The Borrower shall lose the “bid” price for its Common Stock ($0.0001 on the “Ask” with zero market makers on the “Bid” per Level 2) and/or a market (including the OTC Pink, OTCQB or an equivalent replacement exchange).

 

3.20 OTC Markets Designation . OTC Markets changes the Borrower’s designation to ‘No Information’ (Stop Sign), ‘Caveat Emptor’ (Skull and Crossbones), or ‘OTC’, ‘Other OTC’ or ‘Grey Market’ (Exclamation Mark Sign).

 

3.21 Inside Information . Any attempt by the Borrower or its officers, directors, and/or affiliates to transmit, convey, disclose, or any actual transmittal, conveyance, or disclosure by the Borrower or its officers, directors, and/or affiliates of, material non-public information concerning the Borrower, to the Holder or its successors and assigns, which is not immediately cured by Borrower’s filing of a Form 8-K pursuant to Regulation FD on that same date.

 

3.22 Unavailability of Rule 144 . If, at any time on or after the date which is six (6) months after the Issue Date, the Holder is unable to (i) obtain a standard “144 legal opinion letter” from an attorney reasonably acceptable to the Holder, the Holder’s brokerage firm (and respective clearing firm), and the Borrower’s transfer agent in order to facilitate the Holder’s conversion of any portion of the Note into free trading shares of the Borrower’s Common Stock pursuant to Rule 144, and (ii) thereupon deposit such shares into the Holder’s brokerage account.

 

3.23 Failure to Register . The Borrower fails to (1) file a registration statement covering the Holder’s resale at prevailing market prices (and not fixed prices) of all of the Common Stock (the “Registration Statement”) underlying the Note and Common Stock underlying the Warrants (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) (the “Warrants”) within sixty (60) calendar days following the Issue Date, (ii) cause the Registration Statement to become effective within one hundred twenty (120) calendar days following the Issue Date, (iii) cause the Registration Statement to remain effective until the Note is satisfied in full and the Warrants are exercised in full, (iv) comply with the registration rights agreement between the Borrower and Holder entered into in connection with the issuance of this Note, or (v) immediately amend the Registration Statement or file a new Registration Statement (and cause such Registration Statement to become immediately effective) if there are no longer sufficient shares registered under the initial Registration Statement for the Holder’s resale at prevailing market prices (and not fixed prices) of all of the Common Stock underlying the Note and Common Stock underlying the Warrants.

 

  18  
     

 

UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF ANY EVENT OF DEFAULT SPECIFIED IN SECTION 3.2, 3.22, AND/OR 3.23 OF THIS NOTE, THE NOTE SHALL BECOME IMMEDIATELY DUE AND PAYABLE AND THE BORROWER SHALL PAY TO THE HOLDER, IN FULL SATISFACTION OF ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO: (Y) THE DEFAULT SUM (AS DEFINED HEREIN); MULTIPLIED BY (Z) TWO (2). Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in Sections 3.1, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.13, 3.14, 3.15, 3.16. 3.17, 3.18, 3.19, 3.20, and/or 3.21, exercisable through the delivery of written notice to the Borrower by such Holders (the “Default Notice”), the Note shall become immediately due and payable and the Borrower shall pay to the Holder, in full satisfaction of its obligations hereunder, an amount equal to (i) 150% times the sum of (w) the then outstanding principal amount of this Note plus (x) accrued and unpaid interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note to the date of payment (the “Mandatory Prepayment Date”) plus (y) Default Interest, if any, on the amounts referred to in clauses (w) and/or (x) plus (z) any amounts owed to the Holder pursuant to Sections 1.3 and 1.4(g) hereof (the then outstanding principal amount of this Note to the date of payment plus the amounts referred to in clauses (x), (y) and (z) shall collectively be known as the “Default Sum”) or (ii) at the option of the Holder, the “parity value” of the Default Sum to be prepaid, where parity value means (a) the highest number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of or otherwise pursuant to such Default Sum in accordance with Article I, treating the Trading Day immediately preceding the Mandatory Prepayment Date as the “Conversion Date” for purposes of determining the lowest applicable Conversion Price, unless the Default Event arises as a result of a breach in respect of a specific Conversion Date in which case such Conversion Date shall be the Conversion Date), multiplied by (b) the highest Trading Price for the Common Stock during the period beginning on the date of first occurrence of the Event of Default and ending one day prior to the Mandatory Prepayment Date (the “Default Amount”) and all other amounts payable hereunder shall immediately become due and payable, all without demand, presentment or notice, all of which hereby are expressly waived, together with all costs, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses, of collection, and the Holder shall be entitled to exercise all other rights and remedies available at law or in equity. Further, if a breach of Sections 3.9, 3.10 and/or 3.19 occurs or is continuing after the six (6) month anniversary of this Note, then the principal amount of the Note shall increase by Fifteen Thousand and No/100 United States Dollars ($15,000) (under Holder’s and Borrower’s expectation that any principal amount increase will tack back to the Issue Date) and the Holder shall be entitled to use the lowest Trading Price during the delinquency period as a base price for the conversion with the Variable Conversion Price shall at the option of the Holder be redefined to mean fifty percent (50%) multiplied by the Market Price, subject to adjustment as provided in this Note. For example, if the lowest Trading Price during the delinquency period is $0.50 per share and the conversion discount is 50%, then the Holder may elect to convert future conversions at $0.25 per share. If this Note is not paid at Maturity Date, then the outstanding principal due under this Note shall increase by Fifteen Thousand and No/100 United States Dollars ($15,000).

 

The Holder shall have the right at any time, to require the Borrower, to immediately issue, in lieu of the Default Amount and/or Default Sum, the number of shares of Common Stock of the Borrower equal to the Default Amount and/or Default Sum divided by the Conversion Price then in effect, pursuant to the terms of this Note (including but not limited to any beneficial ownership limitations contained herein). This requirement by the Borrower shall automatically apply upon the occurrence of an Event of Default without the need for any party to give any notice or take any other action.

 

  19  
     

 

If the Holder shall commence an action or proceeding to enforce any provisions of this Note, including, without limitation, engaging an attorney, then if the Holder prevails in such action, the Holder shall be reimbursed by the Borrower for its attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding.

 

ARTICLE IV. MISCELLANEOUS

 

4.1 Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver . No failure or delay on the part of the Holder in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other right, power or privileges. All rights and remedies existing hereunder are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.

 

4.2 Notices . All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and, unless otherwise specified herein, shall be (i) personally served, (ii) deposited in the mail, registered or certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (iii) delivered by reputable air courier service with charges prepaid, or (iv) transmitted by hand delivery, telegram, electronic mail, or facsimile, addressed as set forth below or to such other address as such party shall have specified most recently by written notice. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be deemed effective (a) upon hand delivery or delivery by electronic mail or facsimile, with accurate confirmation generated by the transmitting facsimile machine, at the address or number designated below (if delivered on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received), or the first business day following such delivery (if delivered other than on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received) or (b) on the second business day following the date of mailing by express courier service, fully prepaid, addressed to such address, or upon actual receipt of such mailing, whichever shall first occur. The addresses for such communications shall be:

 

If to the Borrower, to:

 

Imaging3, Inc.

4919 Noeline Ave.

Encino, CA 91436 Attn: John Hollister

E-mail: info@imaging3.com

 

Nicholas F. Coscia, Esq.

P.O. Box 789 Cardiff, CA 92007

Nick@CosciaSEC.com

 

  20  
     

 

If to the Holder:

 

Auctus Fund, LLC

545 Boylston Street, 2nd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Lou Posner

Facsimile: (617) 532-6420

 

With a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice):

 

Chad Friend, Esq., LL.M.

Anthony L.G., PLLC

625 N. Flagler Drive, Suite 600

West Palm Beach, FL 33401

E-mail: CFriend@AnthonyPLLC.com

 

4.3 Amendments . This Note and any provision hereof may only be amended by an instrument in writing signed by the Borrower and the Holder. The term “Note” and all reference thereto, as used throughout this instrument, shall mean this instrument (and the other Notes issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement) as originally executed, or if later amended or supplemented, then as so amended or supplemented.

 

4.4 Assignability . This Note shall be binding upon the Borrower and its successors and assigns, and shall inure to be the benefit of the Holder and its successors and assigns. Neither the Borrower nor the Holder shall assign this Note or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holder may assign its rights hereunder to any “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a) of the 1933 Act) in a private transaction from the Holder or to any of its “affiliates”, as that term is defined under the 1934 Act, without the consent of the Borrower. Notwithstanding anything in this Note to the contrary, this Note may be pledged as collateral in connection with a bona fide margin account or other lending arrangement. The Holder and any assignee, by acceptance of this Note, acknowledge and agree that following conversion of a portion of this Note, the unpaid and unconverted principal amount of this Note represented by this Note may be less than the amount stated on the face hereof.

 

4.5 Cost of Collection . If default is made in the payment of this Note, the Borrower shall pay the Holder hereof reasonable costs of collection, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

  21  
     

 

4.6 Governing Law . This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. Any action brought by either party against the other concerning the transactions contemplated by this Note shall be brought only in the state courts or federal courts located in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The parties to this Note hereby irrevocably waive any objection to jurisdiction and venue of any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue or based upon forum non conveniens . THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS NOTE OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY . The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party its reasonable attorney’s fees and costs. In the event that any provision of this Note or any other agreement delivered in connection herewith is invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it may conflict therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform with such statute or rule of law. Any such provision which may prove invalid or unenforceable under any law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of any agreement. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any suit, action or proceeding in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

4.7 Certain Amounts . Whenever pursuant to this Note the Borrower is required to pay an amount in excess of the outstanding principal amount (or the portion thereof required to be paid at that time) plus accrued and unpaid interest plus Default Interest on such interest, the Borrower and the Holder agree that the actual damages to the Holder from the receipt of cash payment on this Note may be difficult to determine and the amount to be so paid by the Borrower represents stipulated damages and not a penalty and is intended to compensate the Holder in part for loss of the opportunity to convert this Note and to earn a return from the sale of shares of Common Stock acquired upon conversion of this Note at a price in excess of the price paid for such shares pursuant to this Note. The Borrower and the Holder hereby agree that such amount of stipulated damages is not plainly disproportionate to the possible loss to the Holder from the receipt of a cash payment without the opportunity to convert this Note into shares of Common Stock.

 

4.8 Purchase Agreement . By its acceptance of this Note, each party agrees to be bound by the applicable terms of the Purchase Agreement.

 

  22  
     

 

4.9 Notice of Corporate Events . Except as otherwise provided below, the Holder of this Note shall have no rights as a Holder of Common Stock unless and only to the extent that it converts this Note into Common Stock. The Borrower shall provide the Holder with prior notification of any meeting of the Borrower’s shareholders (and copies of proxy materials and other information sent to shareholders). In the event of any taking by the Borrower of a record of its shareholders for the purpose of determining shareholders who are entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire (including by way of merger, consolidation, reclassification or recapitalization) any share of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, or for the purpose of determining shareholders who are entitled to vote in connection with any proposed sale, lease or conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower or any proposed liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Borrower, the Borrower shall mail a notice to the Holder, at least twenty (20) days prior to the record date specified therein (or thirty (30) days prior to the consummation of the transaction or event, whichever is earlier), of the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, right or other event, and a brief statement regarding the amount and character of such dividend, distribution, right or other event to the extent known at such time. The Borrower shall make a public announcement of any event requiring notification to the Holder hereunder substantially simultaneously with the notification to the Holder in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.9 including, but not limited to, name changes, recapitalizations, etc. as soon as possible under law.

 

4.10 Usury . If it shall be found that any interest or other amount deemed interest due hereunder violates the applicable law governing usury, the applicable provision shall automatically be revised to equal the maximum rate of interest or other amount deemed interest permitted under applicable law. The Borrower covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not seek to claim or take advantage of any law that would prohibit or forgive the Borrower from paying all or a portion of the principal or interest on this Note.

 

4.11 Remedies . The Borrower acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations hereunder will cause irreparable harm to the Holder, by vitiating the intent and purpose of the transaction contemplated hereby. Accordingly, the Borrower acknowledges that the remedy at law for a breach of its obligations under this Note will be inadequate and agrees, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Borrower of the provisions of this Note, that the Holder shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies at law or in equity, and in addition to the penalties assessable herein, to an injunction or injunctions restraining, preventing or curing any breach of this Note and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions thereof, without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required. No provision of this Note shall alter or impair the obligation of the Borrower, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, and interest on, this Note at the time, place, and rate, and in the form, herein prescribed.

 

4.12 Severability . In the event that any provision of this Note is invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it may conflict therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform with such statute or rule of law. Any provision hereof which may prove invalid or unenforceable under any law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

 

  23  
     

 

4.13 Dispute Resolution . In the case of a dispute as to the determination of the Conversion Price, Conversion Amount, any prepayment amount or Default Amount, Default Sum, Closing or Maturity Date, the closing bid price, or fair market value (as the case may be) or the arithmetic calculation of the Conversion Price or the applicable prepayment amount(s) (as the case may be), the Borrower or the Holder shall submit the disputed determinations or arithmetic calculations via facsimile (i) within two (2) Business Days after receipt of the applicable notice giving rise to such dispute to the Borrower or the Holder or (ii) if no notice gave rise to such dispute, at any time after the Holder learned of the circumstances giving rise to such dispute. If the Holder and the Borrower are unable to agree upon such determination or calculation within two (2) Business Days of such disputed determination or arithmetic calculation (as the case may be) being submitted to the Borrower or the Holder, then the Borrower shall, within two (2) Business Days, submit via facsimile (a) the disputed determination of the Conversion Price, the closing bid price, the or fair market value (as the case may be) to an independent, reputable investment bank selected by the Borrower and approved by the Holder or (b) the disputed arithmetic calculation of the Conversion Price, Conversion Amount, any prepayment amount or Default Amount, Default Sum to an independent, outside accountant selected by the Holder that is reasonably acceptable to the Borrower. The Borrower shall cause at its expense the investment bank or the accountant to perform the determinations or calculations and notify the Borrower and the Holder of the results no later than ten (10) Business Days from the time it receives such disputed determinations or calculations. Such investment bank’s or accountant’s determination or calculation shall be binding upon all parties absent demonstrable error.

 

4.14 Terms of Future Financings. So long as this Note is outstanding, upon any issuance by the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries of any security with any term more favorable to the holder of such security or with a term in favor of the holder of such security that was not similarly provided to the Holder in this Note, then the Borrower shall notify the Holder of such additional or more favorable term and such term, at Holder’s option, shall become a part of the transaction documents with the Holder. The types of terms contained in another security that may be more favorable to the holder of such security include, but are not limited to, terms addressing conversion discounts, prepayment rate, conversion lookback periods, interest rates, original issue discounts, stock sale price, private placement price per share, and warrant coverage.

 

4.15 Piggyback Registration Rights. The Borrower shall include on any registration statement the Borrower files with SEC all shares issuable upon conversion of this Note. Failure to do so will result in liquidated damages of 25% of the outstanding principal balance of this Note, but not less than Fifteen Thousand and No/100 United States Dollars ($15,000), being immediately due and payable to the Holder at its election in the form of cash payment or addition to the balance of this Note.

 

4.16 Future Raises; Repayment from Proceeds . The Borrower shall not consummate any capital raising transactions (including but not limited to from the issuance of debt and/or equity securities) during the initial sixty (60) Trading Days after the Issue Date. Until the Note is satisfied in full, if the Borrower receives cash proceeds from any source or series of related or unrelated sources, including but not limited to, from the issuance of equity and/or debt securities, the conversion of outstanding warrants of the Borrower, the issuance of securities pursuant to an equity line of credit of the Borrower or the sale of assets, the Borrower shall, within one (1) business day of Borrower’s receipt of such proceeds, inform the Holder of such receipt, following which the Holder shall have the right in its sole discretion to require the Borrower to immediately apply all or any portion of such proceeds to repay all or any portion of this Note. Failure of the Borrower to comply with this provision shall constitute an Event of Default under Section 3.4 of the Note. In the event that such proceeds are received by the Holder prior to the Maturity Date, the required prepayment shall be subject to the terms of Section 1.9 herein.

 

[signature page follows]

 

  24  
     

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be signed in its name by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

  IMAGING3, INC.
   
  By: /s/ John Hollister
  Name: John Hollister
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

  25  
     

 

EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF CONVERSION

 

The undersigned hereby elects to convert $ _______ principal amount of the Note (defined below) together with $ _________ of accrued and unpaid interest thereto, totaling $ ______ into that number of shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the conversion of the Note (“Common Stock”) as set forth below, of Imaging3, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), according to the conditions of the convertible note of the Borrower dated as of May 31, 2019 (the “Note”), as of the date written below. No fee will be charged to the Holder for any conversion, except for transfer taxes, if any.

 

Box Checked as to applicable instructions:

 

  [  ] The Borrower shall electronically transmit the Common Stock issuable pursuant to this Notice of Conversion to the account of the undersigned or its nominee with DTC through its Deposit Withdrawal At Custodian system (“DWAC Transfer”).
     
    Name of DTC Prime Broker:
    Account Number:
     
  [  ] The undersigned hereby requests that the Borrower issue a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock set forth below (which numbers are based on the Holder’s calculation attached hereto) in the name(s) specified immediately below or, if additional space is necessary, on an attachment hereto:
     
   

Name: [NAME]

Address: [ADDRESS]

 

Date of Conversion:        
Applicable Conversion Price:   $  
Number of Shares of Common Stock to be Issued      
Pursuant to Conversion of the Notes:      
Amount of Principal Balance Due remaining      
Under the Note after this conversion:      
       
Accrued and unpaid interest remaining:      

 

  [HOLDER]  
     
  By:    
  Name: [NAME]  
  Title: [TITLE]  
  Date: [DATE]  

 

     
     

 

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of May 31, 2019, by and between IMAGING3, INC. , a Delaware corporation, with headquarters located at 4919 Noeline Ave., Encino, CA 91436 (the “Company”), and AUCTUS FUND, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, with its address at 545 Boylston Street, 2nd Floor, Boston, MA 02116 (the “Buyer”).

 

WHEREAS :

 

A. The Company and the Buyer are executing and delivering this Agreement in reliance upon the exemption from securities registration afforded by the rules and regulations as promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”);

 

B. Buyer desires to purchase and the Company desires to issue and sell, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement the 10% convertible note of the Company, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, in the aggregate principal amount of US$600,000.00 (together with any note(s) issued in replacement thereof or as a dividend thereon or otherwise with respect thereto in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Note”), convertible into shares of common stock, nil par value per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”), upon the terms and subject to the limitations and conditions set forth in such Note. In addition, Buyer desires to purchase and Company desires to issue and sell those notes totaling $3,400,000.00 set forth in Sections 9o.(i),(ii) and (iii) hereof as further provided therein.

 

C. The Buyer wishes to purchase, upon the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement, such principal amount of Note as is set forth immediately below its name on the signature pages hereto; and

 

NOW THEREFORE , the Company and the Buyer severally (and not jointly) hereby agree as follows:

 

1. PURCHASE AND SALE OF NOTE .

 

a. Purchase of Note . On the Closing Date (as defined below), the Company shall issue and sell to the Buyer and the Buyer agrees to purchase from the Company such principal amount of Note as is set forth immediately below the Buyer’s name on the signature pages hereto. In connection with the issuance of the Note, the Company shall issue a common stock purchase warrant to Buyer to purchase 16,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “First Warrant”) as a commitment fee upon the terms and subject to the limitations and conditions set forth in such First Warrant. In connection with the issuance of the Note, the Company shall issue a common stock purchase warrant to Buyer to purchase 15,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Second Warrant”) as a commitment fee upon the terms and subject to the limitations and conditions set forth in such Second Warrant. In connection with the issuance of the Note, the Company shall issue a common stock purchase warrant to Buyer to purchase 8,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Third Warrant”) as a commitment fee upon the terms and subject to the limitations and conditions set forth in such Third Warrant (the First Warrant, Second Warrant, and Third Warrant shall collectively be referred to herein as the “Warrants”).

 

     

 

 

b. Form of Payment . On the Closing Date (as defined below), (i) the Buyer shall pay the purchase price for the Note to be issued and sold to it at the Closing (as defined below) (the “Purchase Price”) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company, in accordance with the Company’s written wiring instructions, against delivery of the Note in the principal amount equal to the Purchase Price as is set forth immediately below the Buyer’s name on the signature pages hereto, and (ii) the Company shall deliver such duly executed Note and Warrant on behalf of the Company, to the Buyer, against delivery of such Purchase Price.

 

c. Closing Date . Subject to the satisfaction (or written waiver) of the conditions thereto set forth in Section 7 and Section 8 below, the date and time of the issuance and sale of the Note pursuant to this Agreement (the “Closing Date”) shall be 12:00 noon, Eastern Standard Time on or about May 31, 2019, or such other mutually agreed upon time. The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing”) shall occur on the Closing Date at such location as may be agreed to by the parties.

 

2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER . The Buyer represents and warrants to the Company that:

 

a. Investment Purpose . As of the date hereof, the Buyer is purchasing the Note and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of or otherwise pursuant to the Note (including, without limitation, such additional shares of Common Stock, if any, as are issuable (i) on account of interest on the Note (ii) as a result of the events described in Sections 1.3 and 1.4(g) of the Note or (iii) in payment of the Standard Liquidated Damages Amount (as defined in Section 2(f) below) pursuant to this Agreement, such shares of Common Stock being collectively referred to herein as the “Conversion Shares” and, collectively with the Note, the “Securities”) for its own account and not with a present view towards the public sale or distribution thereof, except pursuant to sales registered or exempted from registration under the 1933 Act; provided , however , that by making the representations herein, the Buyer does not agree to hold any of the Securities for any minimum or other specific term and reserves the right to dispose of the Securities at any time in accordance with or pursuant to a registration statement or an exemption under the 1933 Act.

 

b. Accredited Investor Status . The Buyer is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D (an “Accredited Investor”).

 

  2  

 

 

c. Reliance on Exemptions . The Buyer understands that the Securities are being offered and sold to it in reliance upon specific exemptions from the registration requirements of United States federal and state securities laws and that the Company is relying upon the truth and accuracy of, and the Buyer’s compliance with, the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of the Buyer set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of the Buyer to acquire the Securities.

 

d. Information . The Buyer and its advisors, if any, have been, and for so long as the Note remains outstanding will continue to be, furnished with all materials relating to the business, finances and operations of the Company and materials relating to the offer and sale of the Securities which have been requested by the Buyer or its advisors. The Buyer and its advisors, if any, have been, and for so long as the Note remains outstanding will continue to be, afforded the opportunity to ask questions of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company has not disclosed to the Buyer any material nonpublic information and will not disclose such information unless such information is disclosed to the public prior to or promptly following such disclosure to the Buyer. Neither such inquiries nor any other due diligence investigation conducted by Buyer or any of its advisors or representatives shall modify, amend or affect Buyer’s right to rely on the Company’s representations and warranties contained in Section 3 below. The Buyer understands that its investment in the Securities involves a significant degree of risk. The Buyer is not aware of any facts that may constitute a breach of any of the Company’s representations and warranties made herein.

 

e. Governmental Review . The Buyer understands that no United States federal or state agency or any other government or governmental agency has passed upon or made any recommendation or endorsement of the Securities.

 

  3  

 

 

f. Transfer or Re-sale . The Buyer understands that (i) the sale or re-sale of the Securities has not been and is not being registered under the 1933 Act or any applicable state securities laws, and the Securities may not be transferred unless (a) the Securities are sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, (b) the Buyer shall have delivered to the Company, at the cost of the Company, an opinion of counsel that shall be in form, substance and scope customary for opinions of counsel in comparable transactions to the effect that the Securities to be sold or transferred may be sold or transferred pursuant to an exemption from such registration, which opinion shall be accepted by the Company, (c) the Securities are sold or transferred to an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the 1933 Act (or a successor rule) (“Rule 144”)) of the Buyer who agrees to sell or otherwise transfer the Securities only in accordance with this Section 2(f) and who is an Accredited Investor, (d) the Securities are sold pursuant to Rule 144, or (e) the Securities are sold pursuant to Regulation S under the 1933 Act (or a successor rule) (“Regulation S”), and the Buyer shall have delivered to the Company, at the cost of the Company, an opinion of counsel that shall be in form, substance and scope customary for opinions of counsel in corporate transactions, which opinion shall be accepted by the Company; (ii) any sale of such Securities made in reliance on Rule 144 may be made only in accordance with the terms of said Rule and further, if said Rule is not applicable, any re-sale of such Securities under circumstances in which the seller (or the person through whom the sale is made) may be deemed to be an underwriter (as that term is defined in the 1933 Act) may require compliance with some other exemption under the 1933 Act or the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder; and (iii) neither the Company nor any other person is under any obligation to register such Securities under the 1933 Act or any state securities laws or to comply with the terms and conditions of any exemption thereunder (in each case). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else contained herein to the contrary, the Securities may be pledged as collateral in connection with a bona fide margin account or other lending arrangement. In the event that the Company does not accept the opinion of counsel provided by the Buyer with respect to the transfer of Securities pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or Regulation S, within three (3) business days of delivery of the opinion to the Company, the Company shall pay to the Buyer liquidated damages of five percent (5%) of the outstanding amount of the Note per day plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Note, prorated for partial months, in cash or shares at the option of the Buyer (“Standard Liquidated Damages Amount”). If the Buyer elects to be pay the Standard Liquidated Damages Amount in shares of Common Stock, such shares shall be issued at the Conversion Price (as defined in the Note) at the time of payment.

 

g. Legends . The Buyer understands that the Note and, until such time as the Conversion Shares have been registered under the 1933 Act may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 or Regulation S without any restriction as to the number of securities as of a particular date that can then be immediately sold, the Conversion Shares may bear a restrictive legend in substantially the following form (and a stop-transfer order may be placed against transfer of the certificates for such Securities):

 

“NEITHER THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE NOR THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH THESE SECURITIES ARE EXERCISABLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR (B) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL (WHICH COUNSEL SHALL BE SELECTED BY THE HOLDER), IN A GENERALLY ACCEPTABLE FORM, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT OR (II) UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR RULE 144A UNDER SAID ACT. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE SECURITIES MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES.”

 

  4  

 

 

The legend set forth above shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of any Security upon which it is stamped, if, unless otherwise required by applicable state securities laws, (a) such Security is registered for sale under an effective registration statement filed under the 1933 Act or otherwise may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 or Regulation S without any restriction as to the number of securities as of a particular date that can then be immediately sold, or (b) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel, in form, substance and scope customary for opinions of counsel in comparable transactions, to the effect that a public sale or transfer of such Security may be made without registration under the 1933 Act, which opinion shall be accepted by the Company so that the sale or transfer is effected. The Buyer agrees to sell all Securities, including those represented by a certificate(s) from which the legend has been removed, in compliance with applicable prospectus delivery requirements, if any. In the event that the Company does not accept the opinion of counsel provided by the Buyer with respect to the transfer of Securities pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or Regulation S, at the Deadline, it will be considered an Event of Default pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Note.

 

h. Authorization; Enforcement . This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Buyer, and this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Buyer enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

i. Residency . The Buyer is a resident of the jurisdiction set forth in the preamble.

 

  5  

 

 

3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY . The Company represents and warrants to the Buyer that:

 

a. Organization and Qualification . The Company and each of its Subsidiaries (as defined below), if any, is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated, with full power and authority (corporate and other) to own, lease, use and operate its properties and to carry on its business as and where now owned, leased, used, operated and conducted. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which its ownership or use of property or the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect. “Material Adverse Effect” means any material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, financial condition or prospects of the Company or its Subsidiaries, if any, taken as a whole, or on the transactions contemplated hereby or by the agreements or instruments to be entered into in connection herewith. “Subsidiaries” means any corporation or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, any equity or other ownership interest.

 

b. Authorization; Enforcement . (i) The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement, the Note and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and to issue the Securities, in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, (ii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note by the Company and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including without limitation, the issuance of the Note and the issuance and reservation for issuance of the Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof) have been duly authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors and no further consent or authorization of the Company, its Board of Directors, or its shareholders is required, (iii) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company by its authorized representative, and such authorized representative is the true and official representative with authority to sign this Agreement and the other documents executed in connection herewith and bind the Company accordingly, and (iv) this Agreement constitutes, and upon execution and delivery by the Company of the Note, each of such instruments will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

  6  

 

 

c. Capitalization . As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of: (i) 1,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which approximately 52,654,168 shares are issued and outstanding; and (ii) 0 shares of preferred stock, of which 0 are issued and outstanding. Except as disclosed in the SEC Documents, no shares are reserved for issuance pursuant to the Company’s stock option plans, no shares are reserved for issuance pursuant to securities (other than the Note and any other convertible promissory note issued to the Buyer) exercisable for, or convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock and 73,170,731 shares are reserved for issuance upon conversion of the Note. All of such outstanding shares of capital stock are, or upon issuance will be, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. No shares of capital stock of the Company are subject to preemptive rights or any other similar rights of the shareholders of the Company or any liens or encumbrances imposed through the actions or failure to act of the Company. Except as disclosed in the SEC Documents, as of the effective date of this Agreement, (i) there are no outstanding options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe for, puts, calls, rights of first refusal, agreements, understandings, claims or other commitments or rights of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for any shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or arrangements by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or may become bound to issue additional shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) there are no agreements or arrangements under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is obligated to register the sale of any of its or their securities under the 1933 Act and (iii) there are no anti-dilution or price adjustment provisions contained in any security issued by the Company (or in any agreement providing rights to security holders) that will be triggered by the issuance of the Note or the Conversion Shares. The Company has filed in its SEC Documents true and correct copies of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as in effect on the date hereof (“Certificate of Incorporation”), the Company’s By-laws, as in effect on the date hereof (the “By-laws”), and the terms of all securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock of the Company and the material rights of the holders thereof in respect thereto. The Company shall provide the Buyer with a written update of this representation signed by the Company’s Chief Executive on behalf of the Company as of the Closing Date on Schedule 3c.hereto.

 

d. Issuance of Shares . The issuance of the Note is duly authorized and, upon issuance in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free from all preemptive or similar rights, taxes, liens, charges and other encumbrances with respect to the issue thereof. The Conversion Shares are duly authorized and reserved for issuance and, upon conversion of the Note in accordance with its respective terms, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free from all taxes, liens, claims and encumbrances with respect to the issue thereof and shall not be subject to preemptive rights or other similar rights of shareholders of the Company and will not impose personal liability upon the holder thereof.

 

e. Acknowledgment of Dilution . The Company understands and acknowledges the potentially dilutive effect to the Common Stock upon the issuance of the Conversion Shares upon conversion of the Note. The Company further acknowledges that its obligation to issue Conversion Shares upon conversion of the Note in accordance with this Agreement, the Note is absolute and unconditional regardless of the dilutive effect that such issuance may have on the ownership interests of other shareholders of the Company.

 

  7  

 

 

f. No Conflicts . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Note by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including, without limitation, the issuance and reservation for issuance of the Conversion Shares) will not (i) conflict with or result in a violation of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, or (ii) violate or conflict with, or result in a breach of any provision of, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both could become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture, patent, patent license or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, or (iii) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree (including federal and state securities laws and regulations and regulations of any self-regulatory organizations to which the Company or its securities are subject) applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or by which any property or asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound or affected (except for such conflicts, defaults, terminations, amendments, accelerations, cancellations and violations as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect). Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of its Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws or other organizational documents and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default (and no event has occurred which with notice or lapse of time or both could put the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in default) under, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has taken any action or failed to take any action that would give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound or affected, except for possible defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. The businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries, if any, are not being conducted, and shall not be conducted so long as the Buyer owns any of the Securities, in violation of any law, ordinance or regulation of any governmental entity. Except as specifically contemplated by this Agreement and as required under the 1933 Act and any applicable state securities laws, the Company is not required to obtain any consent, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration with, any court, governmental agency, regulatory agency, self-regulatory organization or stock market or any third party in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under this Agreement, the Note in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof or to issue and sell the Note in accordance with the terms hereof and to issue the Conversion Shares upon conversion of the Note. All consents, authorizations, orders, filings and registrations which the Company is required to obtain pursuant to the preceding sentence have been obtained or effected on or prior to the date hereof. The Company is not in violation of the listing requirements of the OTC Pink (the “OTC Pink”), the OTCQB or any similar quotation system, and does not reasonably anticipate that the Common Stock will be delisted by the OTC Pink, the OTCQB or any similar quotation system, in the foreseeable future nor are the Company’s securities “chilled” by DTC. The Company and its Subsidiaries are unaware of any facts or circumstances which might give rise to any of the foregoing.

 

  8  

 

 

g. SEC Documents; Financial Statements . The Company has timely filed all reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents required to be filed by it with the SEC pursuant to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) (all of the foregoing filed prior to the date hereof and all exhibits included therein and financial statements and schedules thereto and documents (other than exhibits to such documents) incorporated by reference therein, being hereinafter referred to herein as the “SEC Documents”). t As of their respective dates, the SEC Documents complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder applicable to the SEC Documents, and none of the SEC Documents, at the time they were filed with the SEC, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. None of the statements made in any such SEC Documents is, or has been, required to be amended or updated under applicable law (except for such statements as have been amended or updated in subsequent filings prior the date hereof). As of their respective dates, the financial statements of the Company included in the SEC Documents complied as to form in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto. Such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, during the periods involved and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments). Except as set forth in the financial statements of the Company included in the SEC Documents, the Company has no liabilities, contingent or otherwise, other than (i) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business subsequent to March 31, 2019, and (ii) obligations under contracts and commitments incurred in the ordinary course of business and not required under generally accepted accounting principles to be reflected in such financial statements, which, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the financial condition or operating results of the Company. The Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the 1934 Act. For the avoidance of doubt, filing of the documents required in this Section 3(g) via the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”) shall satisfy all delivery requirements of this Section 3(g).

 

h. Absence of Certain Changes . Since March 31, 2019, there has been no material adverse change and no material adverse development in the assets, liabilities, business, properties, operations, financial condition, results of operations, prospects or 1934 Act reporting status of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

i. Absence of Litigation . There is no action, suit, claim, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or their officers or directors in their capacity as such, that could have a Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 3(i) contains a complete list and summary description of any pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened proceeding against or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, without regard to whether it would have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its Subsidiaries are unaware of any facts or circumstances which might give rise to any of the foregoing.

 

  9  

 

 

j. Patents, Copyrights, etc . The Company and each of its Subsidiaries owns or possesses the requisite licenses or rights to use all patents, patent applications, patent rights, inventions, know-how, trade secrets, trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, service names, trade names and copyrights (“Intellectual Property”) necessary to enable it to conduct its business as now operated (and, as presently contemplated to be operated in the future). Except as disclosed in the SEC Documents, there is no claim or action by any person pertaining to, or proceeding pending, or to the Company’s knowledge threatened, which challenges the right of the Company or of a Subsidiary with respect to any Intellectual Property necessary to enable it to conduct its business as now operated (and, as presently contemplated to be operated in the future); to the best of the Company’s knowledge, the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ current and intended products, services and processes do not infringe on any Intellectual Property or other rights held by any person; and the Company is unaware of any facts or circumstances which might give rise to any of the foregoing. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have taken reasonable security measures to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of their Intellectual Property.

 

k. No Materially Adverse Contracts, Etc . Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any charter, corporate or other legal restriction, or any judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation which in the judgment of the Company’s officers has or is expected in the future to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any contract or agreement which in the judgment of the Company’s officers has or is expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

l. Tax Status . The Company and each of its Subsidiaries has made or filed all federal, state and foreign income and all other tax returns, reports and declarations required by any jurisdiction to which it is subject (unless and only to the extent that the Company and each of its Subsidiaries has set aside on its books provisions reasonably adequate for the payment of all unpaid and unreported taxes) and has paid all taxes and other governmental assessments and charges that are material in amount, shown or determined to be due on such returns, reports and declarations, except those being contested in good faith and has set aside on its books provisions reasonably adequate for the payment of all taxes for periods subsequent to the periods to which such returns, reports or declarations apply. There are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to be due by the taxing authority of any jurisdiction, and the officers of the Company know of no basis for any such claim. The Company has not executed a waiver with respect to the statute of limitations relating to the assessment or collection of any foreign, federal, state or local tax. None of the Company’s tax returns is presently being audited by any taxing authority.

 

m. Certain Transactions . Except for arm’s length transactions pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries makes payments in the ordinary course of business upon terms no less favorable than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries could obtain from third parties and other than the grant of stock options disclosed on Schedule 3(c), none of the officers, directors, or employees of the Company is presently a party to any transaction with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the Company, any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner.

 

  10  

 

 

n. Disclosure . All information relating to or concerning the Company or any of its Subsidiaries set forth in this Agreement and provided to the Buyer pursuant to Section 2(d) hereof and otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby is true and correct in all material respects and the Company has not omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. No event or circumstance has occurred or exists with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or its or their business, properties, prospects, operations or financial conditions, which, under applicable law, rule or regulation, requires public disclosure or announcement by the Company but which has not been so publicly announced or disclosed (assuming for this purpose that the Company’s reports filed under the 1934 Act are being incorporated into an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the 1933 Act).

 

o. Acknowledgment Regarding Buyer’ Purchase of Securities . The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Buyer is acting solely in the capacity of arm’s length purchasers with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company further acknowledges that the Buyer is not acting as a financial advisor or fiduciary of the Company (or in any similar capacity) with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and any statement made by the Buyer or any of its respective representatives or agents in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby is not advice or a recommendation and is merely incidental to the Buyer’ purchase of the Securities. The Company further represents to the Buyer that the Company’s decision to enter into this Agreement has been based solely on the independent evaluation of the Company and its representatives.

 

p. No Integrated Offering . Neither the Company, nor any of its affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf, has directly or indirectly made any offers or sales in any security or solicited any offers to buy any security under circumstances that would require registration under the 1933 Act of the issuance of the Securities to the Buyer. The issuance of the Securities to the Buyer will not be integrated with any other issuance of the Company’s securities (past, current or future) for purposes of any shareholder approval provisions applicable to the Company or its securities.

 

q. No Brokers . The Company has taken no action which would give rise to any claim by any person for brokerage commissions, transaction fees or similar payments relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  11  

 

 

r. Permits; Compliance . The Company and each of its Subsidiaries is in possession of all franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, variances, exemptions, consents, certificates, approvals and orders necessary to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted (collectively, the “Company Permits”), and there is no action pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened regarding suspension or cancellation of any of the Company Permits. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in conflict with, or in default or violation of, any of the Company Permits, except for any such conflicts, defaults or violations which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Since March 31, 2019, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notification with respect to possible conflicts, defaults or violations of applicable laws, except for notices relating to possible conflicts, defaults or violations, which conflicts, defaults or violations would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

s. Environmental Matters .

 

(i) There are, to the Company’s knowledge, with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any predecessor of the Company, no past or present violations of Environmental Laws (as defined below), releases of any material into the environment, actions, activities, circumstances, conditions, events, incidents, or contractual obligations which may give rise to any common law environmental liability or any liability under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 or similar federal, state, local or foreign laws and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice with respect to any of the foregoing, nor is any action pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened in connection with any of the foregoing. The term “Environmental Laws” means all federal, state, local or foreign laws relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata), including, without limitation, laws relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of chemicals, pollutants contaminants, or toxic or hazardous substances or wastes (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) into the environment, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials, as well as all authorizations, codes, decrees, demands or demand letters, injunctions, judgments, licenses, notices or notice letters, orders, permits, plans or regulations issued, entered, promulgated or approved thereunder.

 

(ii) Other than those that are or were stored, used or disposed of in compliance with applicable law, no Hazardous Materials are contained on or about any real property currently owned, leased or used by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and no Hazardous Materials were released on or about any real property previously owned, leased or used by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries during the period the property was owned, leased or used by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except in the normal course of the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ business.

 

  12  

 

 

(iii) There are no underground storage tanks on or under any real property owned, leased or used by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that are not in compliance with applicable law.

 

t. Title to Property . Except as disclosed in the SEC Documents the Company and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them which is material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects or such as would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Any real property and facilities held under lease by the Company and its Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

u. Internal Accounting Controls . Except as disclosed in the SEC Documents the Company and each of its Subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient, in the judgment of the Company’s board of directors, to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

v. Foreign Corrupt Practices . Neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor any director, officer, agent, employee or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary has, in the course of his actions for, or on behalf of, the Company, used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee.

 

w. Solvency . The Company (after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) is solvent ( i.e. , its assets have a fair market value in excess of the amount required to pay its probable liabilities on its existing debts as they become absolute and matured) and currently the Company has no information that would lead it to reasonably conclude that the Company would not, after giving effect to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, have the ability to, nor does it intend to take any action that would impair its ability to, pay its debts from time to time incurred in connection therewith as such debts mature. The Company did not receive a qualified opinion from its auditors with respect to its most recent fiscal year end and, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, does not anticipate or know of any basis upon which its auditors might issue a qualified opinion in respect of its current fiscal year. For the avoidance of doubt any disclosure of the Borrower’s ability to continue as a “going concern” shall not, by itself, be a violation of this Section 3(w).

 

  13  

 

 

x. No Investment Company . The Company is not, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement will not be an “investment company” required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (an “Investment Company”). The Company is not controlled by an Investment Company.

 

y. Insurance . The Company and each of its Subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as management of the Company believes to be prudent and customary in the businesses in which the Company and its Subsidiaries are engaged. Neither the Company nor any such Subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Upon written request the Company will provide to the Buyer true and correct copies of all policies relating to directors’ and officers’ liability coverage, errors and omissions coverage, and commercial general liability coverage.

 

z. Bad Actor . No officer or director of the Company would be disqualified under Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act as amended on the basis of being a “bad actor” as that term is established in the September 19, 2013 Small Entity Compliance Guide published by the SEC.

 

aa. Shell Status . The Company represents that it is not a “shell” issuer and has never been a “shell” issuer, or that if it previously has been a “shell” issuer, that at least twelve (12) months have passed since the Company has reported Form 10 type information indicating that it is no longer a “shell” issuer. Further, the Company will instruct its counsel to either (i) write a 144- 3(a)(9) opinion to allow for salability of the Conversion Shares or (ii) accept such opinion from Holder’s counsel.

 

bb. No-Off Balance Sheet Arrangements . There is no transaction, arrangement, or other relationship between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and an unconsolidated or other off balance sheet entity that is required to be disclosed by the Company in its 1934 Act filings and is not so disclosed or that otherwise could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

cc. Manipulation of Price . The Company has not, and to its knowledge no one acting on its behalf has: (i) taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or to result, or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result, in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Securities, (ii) sold, bid for, purchased, or paid any compensation for soliciting purchases of, any of the Securities, or (iii) paid or agreed to pay to any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any other securities of the Company.

 

  14  

 

 

dd. Sarbanes-Oxley Act . The Company and each Subsidiary is in material compliance with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that are effective as of the date hereof, and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder that are effective as of the date hereof.

 

ee. Employee Relations . Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any collective bargaining agreement or employs any member of a union. The Company believes that its and its Subsidiaries’ relations with their respective employees are good. No executive officer (as defined in Rule 501(f) promulgated under the 1933 Act) or other key employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has notified the Company or any such Subsidiary that such officer intends to leave the Company or any such Subsidiary or otherwise terminate such officer’s employment with the Company or any such Subsidiary. To the knowledge of the Company, no executive officer or other key employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is, or is now expected to be, in violation of any material term of any employment contract, confidentiality, disclosure or proprietary information agreement, non- competition agreement, or any other contract or agreement or any restrictive covenant, and the continued employment of each such executive officer or other key employee (as the case may be) does not subject the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any liability with respect to any of the foregoing matters. The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations respecting labor, employment and employment practices and benefits, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, except where failure to be in compliance would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

ff. Breach of Representations and Warranties by the Company . The Company agrees that if the Company breaches any of the representations or warranties set forth in this Section 3, and in addition to any other remedies available to the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement and it being considered an Event of Default under Section 3.5 of the Note, the Company shall pay to the Buyer the Standard Liquidated Damages Amount in cash or in shares of Common Stock at the option of the Company, until such breach is cured. If the Company elects to pay the Standard Liquidated Damages Amounts in shares of Common Stock, such shares shall be issued at the Conversion Price at the time of payment.

 

4. COVENANTS .

 

a. Best Efforts . The parties shall use their commercially reasonable best efforts to satisfy timely each of the conditions described in Section 7 and 8 of this Agreement.

 

  15  

 

 

b. Form D; Blue Sky Laws . The Company agrees to file a Form D with respect to the Securities as required under Regulation D and to provide a copy thereof to the Buyer promptly after such filing. The Company shall, on or before the Closing Date, take such action as the Company shall reasonably determine is necessary to qualify the Securities for sale to the Buyer at the applicable closing pursuant to this Agreement under applicable securities or “blue sky” laws of the states of the United States (or to obtain an exemption from such qualification), and shall provide evidence of any such action so taken to the Buyer on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

c. Use of Proceeds . The Company shall use the proceeds from the sale of the Note for working capital and other general corporate purposes and shall not, directly or indirectly, use such proceeds for any loan to or investment in any other corporation, partnership, enterprise or other person (except in connection with its currently existing direct or indirect Subsidiaries).

 

d. Right of First Refusal . Unless it shall have first delivered to the Buyer, at least seventy two (72) hours prior to the closing of such Future Offering (as defined herein), written notice describing the proposed Future Offering, including the terms and conditions thereof, and providing the Buyer an option during the seventy two (72) hour period following delivery of such notice to purchase the securities being offered in the Future Offering on the same terms as contemplated by such Future Offering (the limitations referred to in this sentence and the preceding sentence are collectively referred to as the “Right of First Refusal”) (and subject to the exceptions described below), the Company will not conduct any equity financing (including debt with an equity component) (“Future Offerings”) during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending twelve (12) months following the Closing Date. In the event the terms and conditions of a proposed Future Offering are amended in any respect after delivery of the notice to the Buyer concerning the proposed Future Offering, the Company shall deliver a new notice to the Buyer describing the amended terms and conditions of the proposed Future Offering and the Buyer thereafter shall have an option during the seventy two (72) hour period following delivery of such new notice to purchase its pro rata share of the securities being offered on the same terms as contemplated by such proposed Future Offering, as amended. The foregoing sentence shall apply to successive amendments to the terms and conditions of any proposed Future Offering. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transaction involving (i) issuances of securities in a firm commitment underwritten public offering (excluding a continuous offering pursuant to Rule 415 under the 1933 Act), (ii) issuances to employees, officers, directors, contractors, consultants or other advisors approved by the Board, (iii) issuances to strategic partners or other parties in connection with a commercial relationship, or providing the Company with equipment leases, real property leases or similar transactions approved by the Board (iv) issuances of securities as consideration for a merger, consolidation or purchase of assets, or in connection with any strategic partnership or joint venture (the primary purpose of which is not to raise equity capital), or in connection with the disposition or acquisition of a business, product or license by the Company. The Right of First Refusal also shall not apply to the issuance of securities upon exercise or conversion of the Company’s options, warrants or other convertible securities outstanding as of the date hereof or to the grant of additional options or warrants, or the issuance of additional securities, under any Company stock option or restricted stock plan approved by the shareholders of the Company.

 

  16  

 

 

e. Expenses . The Company shall reimburse Buyer for any and all expenses incurred by them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other agreements to be executed in connection herewith (“Documents”), including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses, transfer agent fees, fees for stock quotation services, fees relating to any amendments or modifications of the Documents or any consents or waivers of provisions in the Documents, fees for the preparation of opinions of counsel, escrow fees, and costs of restructuring the transactions contemplated by the Documents. When possible, the Company must pay these fees directly, including, but not limited to, any and all wire fees, otherwise the Company must make immediate payment for reimbursement to the Buyer for all fees and expenses immediately upon written notice by the Buyer or the submission of an invoice by the Buyer. At Closing, the Company’s initial obligation with respect to this transaction is to reimburse Buyer’s legal expenses shall be $4,000.00 plus the cost of wire fees.

 

f. Financial Information . The Company agrees to send or make available the following reports to the Buyer until the Buyer transfers, assigns, or sells all of the Securities: (i) within ten (10) days after the filing with the SEC, a copy of its Annual Report on Form 10-K its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and any Current Reports on Form 8-K; (ii) within one (1) day after release, copies of all press releases issued by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iii) contemporaneously with the making available or giving to the shareholders of the Company, copies of any notices or other information the Company makes available or gives to such shareholders. For the avoidance of doubt, filing the documents required in (i) above via EDGAR or releasing any documents set forth in (ii) above via a recognized wire service shall satisfy the delivery requirements of this Section 4(f).

 

g. Listing . The Company shall promptly secure the listing of the Conversion Shares upon each national securities exchange or automated quotation system, if any, upon which shares of Common Stock are then listed (subject to official notice of issuance) and, so long as the Buyer owns any of the Securities, shall maintain, so long as any other shares of Common Stock shall be so listed, such listing of all Conversion Shares from time to time issuable upon conversion of the Note. The Company will obtain and, so long as the Buyer owns any of the Securities, maintain the listing and trading of its Common Stock on the OTC Pink, OTCQB or any equivalent replacement exchange, the Nasdaq National Market (“Nasdaq”), the Nasdaq SmallCap Market (“Nasdaq SmallCap”), the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), or the NYSE American and will comply in all respects with the Company’s reporting, filing and other obligations under the bylaws or rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and such exchanges, as applicable. The Company shall promptly provide to the Buyer copies of any material notices it receives from the OTC Pink, OTCQB and any other exchanges or quotation systems on which the Common Stock is then listed regarding the continued eligibility of the Common Stock for listing on such exchanges and quotation systems. The Company shall pay any and all fees and expenses in connection with satisfying its obligation under this Section 4(g).

 

  17  

 

 

h. Corporate Existence . So long as the Buyer beneficially owns any Note, the Company shall maintain its corporate existence and shall not sell all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, except in the event of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, where the surviving or successor entity in such transaction (i) assumes the Company’s obligations hereunder and under the agreements and instruments entered into in connection herewith and (ii) is a publicly traded corporation whose Common Stock is listed for trading on the OTC Pink, OTCQB, Nasdaq, NasdaqSmallCap, NYSE or AMEX.

 

i. No Integration . The Company shall not make any offers or sales of any security (other than the Securities) under circumstances that would require registration of the Securities being offered or sold hereunder under the 1933 Act or cause the offering of the Securities to be integrated with any other offering of securities by the Company for the purpose of any stockholder approval provision applicable to the Company or its securities.

 

j. Failure to Comply with the 1934 Act . So long as the Buyer beneficially owns the Note, the Company shall comply with the reporting requirements of the 1934 Act; and the Company shall continue to be subject to the reporting requirements of the 1934 Act.

 

k. [Intentionally Omitted].

 

l. Restriction on Activities . Commencing as of the date first above written, and until the sooner of the six month anniversary of the date first written above or payment of the Note in full, or full conversion of the Note, the Company shall not, directly or indirectly, without the Buyer’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld: (a) change the nature of its business; (b) sell, divest, acquire, change the structure of any material assets other than in the ordinary course of business; or (c) solicit any offers for, respond to any unsolicited offers for, or conduct any negotiations with any other person or entity in respect of any variable rate debt transactions (i.e., transactions were the conversion or exercise price of the security issued by the Company varies based on the market price of the Common Stock) above $300,000, whether a transaction similar to the one contemplated hereby or any other investment; or (d) file any registration statements with the SEC.

 

m. Legal Counsel Opinions . Upon the request of the Buyer from to time to time, the Company shall be responsible (at its cost) for promptly supplying to the Company’s transfer agent and the Buyer a customary legal opinion letter of its counsel (the “Legal Counsel Opinion”) to the effect that the sale of Conversion Shares by the Buyer or its affiliates, successors and assigns is exempt from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act pursuant to Rule 144 (provided the requirements of Rule 144 are satisfied and provided the Conversion Shares are not then registered under the 1933 Act for resale pursuant to an effective registration statement). Should the Company’s legal counsel fail for any reason to issue the Legal Counsel Opinion, the Buyer may (at the Company’s cost) secure another legal counsel to issue the Legal Counsel Opinion, and the Company will instruct its transfer agent to accept such opinion.

 

  18  

 

 

n. Par Value . If the closing bid price at any time the Note is outstanding falls below $0.001, the Company shall cause the par value of its Common Stock to be reduced to $0.00001 or less.

 

o. Breach of Covenants . The Company agrees that if the Company breaches any of the covenants set forth in this Section 4, and in addition to any other remedies available to the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, it will be considered an Event of Default under Section 3.4 of the Note, the Company shall pay to the Buyer the Standard Liquidated Damages Amount in cash or in shares of Common Stock at the option of the Buyer, until such breach is cured, or with respect to Section 4(d) above, the Company shall pay to the Buyer the Standard Liquidated Damages Amount in cash or shares of Common Stock, at the option of the Buyer, upon each violation of such provision. If the Company elects to pay the Standard Liquidated Damages Amounts in shares of Common Stock, such shares shall be issued at the Conversion Price at the time of payment.

 

5. Transaction Expense Amount . Upon Closing, the Company shall pay Fifty Seven Thousand and 00/100 United States Dollars (US$57,000.00) to Auctus Fund Management, LLC (“Auctus Management”) to cover the Holder’s due diligence, monitoring, and other transaction costs incurred for services rendered in connection herewith (the “Transaction Expense Amount”). The Transaction Expense Amount shall be offset against the proceeds of the Note and shall be paid to Auctus Management upon the execution hereof.

 

  19  

 

 

6. Transfer Agent Instructions . The Company shall issue irrevocable instructions to its transfer agent to issue certificates, registered in the name of the Buyer or its nominee, for the Conversion Shares in such amounts as specified from time to time by the Buyer to the Company upon conversion of the Note in accordance with the terms thereof (the “Irrevocable Transfer Agent Instructions”). In the event that the Borrower proposes to replace its transfer agent, the Borrower shall provide, prior to the effective date of such replacement, a fully executed Irrevocable Transfer Agent Instructions in a form as initially delivered pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (including but not limited to the provision to irrevocably reserve shares of Common Stock in the Reserved Amount) signed by the successor transfer agent to Borrower and the Borrower. Prior to registration of the Conversion Shares under the 1933 Act or the date on which the Conversion Shares may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without any restriction as to the number of Securities as of a particular date that can then be immediately sold, all such certificates shall bear the restrictive legend specified in Section 2(g) of this Agreement. The Company warrants that: (i) no instruction other than the Irrevocable Transfer Agent Instructions referred to in this Section, and stop transfer instructions to give effect to Section 2(f) hereof (in the case of the Conversion Shares, prior to registration of the Conversion Shares under the 1933 Act or the date on which the Conversion Shares may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without any restriction as to the number of Securities as of a particular date that can then be immediately sold), will be given by the Company to its transfer agent and that the Securities shall otherwise be freely transferable on the books and records of the Company as and to the extent provided in this Agreement and the Note; (ii) it will not direct its transfer agent not to transfer or delay, impair, and/or hinder its transfer agent in transferring (or issuing)(electronically or in certificated form) any certificate for Conversion Shares to be issued to the Buyer upon conversion of or otherwise pursuant to the Note as and when required by the Note and this Agreement; and (iii) it will not fail to remove (or directs its transfer agent not to remove or impairs, delays, and/or hinders its transfer agent from removing) any restrictive legend (or to withdraw any stop transfer instructions in respect thereof) on any certificate for any Conversion Shares issued to the Buyer upon conversion of or otherwise pursuant to the Note as and when required by the Note and this Agreement. Nothing in this Section shall affect in any way the Buyer’s obligations and agreement set forth in Section 2(g) hereof to comply with all applicable prospectus delivery requirements, if any, upon re-sale of the Securities. If the Buyer provides the Company, at the cost of the Company, with (i) an opinion of counsel in form, substance and scope customary for opinions in comparable transactions, to the effect that a public sale or transfer of such Securities may be made without registration under the 1933 Act and such sale or transfer is effected or (ii) the Buyer provides reasonable assurances that the Securities can be sold pursuant to Rule 144, the Company shall permit the transfer, and, in the case of the Conversion Shares, promptly instruct its transfer agent to issue one or more certificates, free from restrictive legend, in such name and in such denominations as specified by the Buyer. The Company acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations hereunder will cause irreparable harm to the Buyer, by vitiating the intent and purpose of the transactions contemplated hereby. Accordingly, the Company acknowledges that the remedy at law for a breach of its obligations under this Section may be inadequate and agrees, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Company of the provisions of this Section, that the Buyer shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies, to an injunction restraining any breach and requiring immediate transfer, without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required.

 

7. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATIONS TO SELL . The obligation of the Company hereunder to issue and sell the Note to the Buyer at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date of each of the following conditions thereto, provided that these conditions are for the Company’s sole benefit and may be waived by the Company at any time in its sole discretion:

 

a. The Buyer shall have executed this Agreement and delivered the same to the Company.

 

  20  

 

 

b. The Buyer shall have delivered the Purchase Price in accordance with Section 1(b) above.

 

c. The representations and warranties of the Buyer shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date when made and as of the Closing Date as though made at that time (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date), and the Buyer shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Buyer at or prior to the Closing Date.

 

d. No litigation, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, ruling or injunction shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or endorsed by or in any court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction or any self-regulatory organization having authority over the matters contemplated hereby which prohibits the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

8. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE BUYER’S OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE . The obligation of the Buyer hereunder to purchase the Note at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date of each of the following conditions, provided that these conditions are for the Buyer’s sole benefit and may be waived by the Buyer at any time in its sole discretion:

 

a. The Company shall have executed this Agreement and delivered the same to the Buyer.

 

b. The Company shall have delivered to the Buyer the duly executed Note (in such denominations as the Buyer shall request) and in accordance with Section 1(b) above.

 

c. The Irrevocable Transfer Agent Instructions, in form and substance satisfactory to a majority-in-interest of the Buyer, shall have been delivered to and acknowledged in writing by the Company’s Transfer Agent.

 

d. The representations and warranties of the Company shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date when made and as of the Closing Date as though made at such time (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date) and the Company shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Company at or prior to the Closing Date. The Buyer shall have received a certificate or certificates, executed by the chief executive officer of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, to the foregoing effect and as to such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the Buyer including, but not limited to certificates with respect to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and Board of Directors’ resolutions relating to the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  21  

 

 

e. No litigation, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, ruling or injunction shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or endorsed by or in any court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction or any self-regulatory organization having authority over the matters contemplated hereby which prohibits the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

f. No event shall have occurred which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company including but not limited to a change in the 1934 Act reporting status of the Company or the failure of the Company to be timely in its 1934 Act reporting obligations.

 

g. The Conversion Shares shall have been authorized for quotation on the OTC Pink, OTCQB or any similar quotation system and trading in the Common Stock on the OTC Pink, OTCQB or any similar quotation system shall not have been suspended by the SEC or the OTC Pink, OTCQB or any similar quotation system.

 

h. The Buyer shall have received an officer’s certificate described in Section 3(c) above, dated as of the Closing Date.

 

9. GOVERNING LAW; MISCELLANEOUS .

 

a. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. Any action brought by either party against the other concerning the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Note or any other agreement, certificate, instrument or document contemplated hereby shall be brought only in the state courts of Massachusetts or in the federal courts located in the state of Massachusetts. The parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably waive any objection to jurisdiction and venue of any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue or based upon forum non conveniens . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY . The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party its reasonable attorney’s fees and costs. In the event that any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement delivered in connection herewith is invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it may conflict therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform with such statute or rule of law. Any such provision which may prove invalid or unenforceable under any law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of any agreement. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any suit, action or proceeding in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

  22  

 

 

b. Counterparts; Signatures by Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party. This Agreement, once executed by a party, may be delivered to the other party hereto by facsimile transmission of a copy of this Agreement bearing the signature of the party so delivering this Agreement.

 

c. Construction; Headings . This Agreement shall be deemed to be jointly drafted by the Company and the Buyer and shall not be construed against any person as the drafter hereof. The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, this Agreement.

 

d. Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it may conflict therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform with such statute or rule of law. Any provision hereof which may prove invalid or unenforceable under any law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

 

e. Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement, the Note and the instruments referenced herein contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the matters covered herein and therein and, except as specifically set forth herein or therein, neither the Company nor the Buyer makes any representation, warranty, covenant or undertaking with respect to such matters. No provision of this Agreement may be waived or amended other than by an instrument in writing signed by the majority in interest of the Buyer.

 

  23  

 

 

f. Notices . All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and, unless otherwise specified herein, shall be (i) personally served, (ii) deposited in the mail, registered or certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (iii) delivered by reputable air courier service with charges prepaid, or (iv) transmitted by hand delivery, telegram, email, or facsimile, addressed as set forth below or to such other address as such party shall have specified most recently by written notice. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be deemed effective (a) upon hand delivery or delivery by email or facsimile, with accurate confirmation generated by the transmitting facsimile machine, at the address or number designated below (if delivered on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received), or the first business day following such delivery (if delivered other than on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received) or (b) on the second business day following the date of mailing by express courier service, fully prepaid, addressed to such address, or upon actual receipt of such mailing, whichever shall first occur. The addresses for such communications shall be:

 

If to the Company, to:

 

Imaging3, Inc.

4919 Noeline Ave.

Encino, CA 91436

Attn: John Hollister

E-mail: info@imaging3.com

 

Copy to:

Nicholas F. Coscia, Esq.

P.O. Box 789

Cardiff, CA 92007

Nick@CosciaSEC.com

 

If to the Buyer:

 

Auctus Fund, LLC

545 Boylston Street, 2nd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Lou Posner

Facsimile: (617) 532-6420

 

With a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice):

 

Chad Friend, Esq., LL.M.

Anthony L.G., PLLC

625 N. Flagler Drive, Suite 600

West Palm Beach, FL 33401

E-mail: CFriend@AnthonyPLLC.com

 

Each party shall provide notice to the other party of any change in address.

 

  24  

 

 

g. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their successors and assigns. Neither the Company nor the Buyer shall assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to Section 2(f), the Buyer may assign its rights hereunder to any person that purchases Securities in a private transaction from the Buyer or to any of its “affiliates,” as that term is defined under the 1934 Act, without the consent of the Company.

 

h. Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other person.

 

i. Survival . The representations and warranties of the Company and the agreements and covenants set forth in this Agreement shall survive the closing hereunder not withstanding any due diligence investigation conducted by or on behalf of the Buyer. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Buyer and all their officers, directors, employees and agents for loss or damage arising as a result of or related to any breach or alleged breach by the Company of any of its representations, warranties and covenants set forth in this Agreement or any of its covenants and obligations under this Agreement, including advancement of expenses as they are incurred.

 

j. Further Assurances . Each party shall do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as the other party may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

k. No Strict Construction . The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party.

 

l. Remedies . The Company acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations hereunder will cause irreparable harm to the Buyer by vitiating the intent and purpose of the transaction contemplated hereby. Accordingly, the Company acknowledges that the remedy at law for a breach of its obligations under this Agreement will be inadequate and agrees, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Company of the provisions of this Agreement, that the Buyer shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies at law or in equity, and in addition to the penalties assessable herein, to an injunction or injunctions restraining, preventing or curing any breach of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required.

 

  25  

 

 

m. Publicity . The Company, and the Buyer shall have the right to review a reasonable period of time before issuance of any press releases, SEC, OTCQB or FINRA filings, or any other public statements with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby; provided , however , that the Company shall be entitled, without the prior approval of the Buyer, to make any press release or SEC, OTCQB (or other applicable trading market) or FINRA filings with respect to such transactions as is required by applicable law and regulations (although the Buyer shall be consulted by the Company in connection with any such press release prior to its release and shall be provided with a copy thereof and be given an opportunity to comment thereon).

 

n. Indemnification . In consideration of the Buyer’s execution and delivery of this Agreement and acquiring the Securities hereunder, and in addition to all of the Company’s other obligations under this Agreement or the Note, the Company shall defend, protect, indemnify and hold harmless the Buyer and its stockholders, partners, members, officers, directors, employees and direct or indirect investors and any of the foregoing persons’ agents or other representatives (including, without limitation, those retained in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) (collectively, the “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, claims, losses, costs, penalties, fees, liabilities and damages, and expenses in connection therewith (irrespective of whether any such Indemnitee is a party to the action for which indemnification hereunder is sought), and including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements (the “Indemnified Liabilities”), incurred by any Indemnitee as a result of, or arising out of, or relating to (a) any misrepresentation or breach of any representation or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement or the Note or any other agreement, certificate, instrument or document contemplated hereby or thereby, (b) any breach of any covenant, agreement or obligation of the Company contained in this Agreement or the Note or any other agreement, certificate, instrument or document contemplated hereby or thereby or (c) any cause of action, suit or claim brought or made against such Indemnitee by a third party (including for these purposes a derivative action brought on behalf of the Company) and arising out of or resulting from (i) the execution, delivery, performance or enforcement of this Agreement or the Note or any other agreement, certificate, instrument or document contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any transaction financed or to be financed in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, with the proceeds of the issuance of the Securities, or (iii) the status of the Buyer or holder of the Securities as an investor in the Company pursuant to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. To the extent that the foregoing undertaking by the Company may be unenforceable for any reason, the Company shall make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities that is permissible under applicable law.

 

  26  

 

 

o. Additional Funding .

 

(i) So long as an Event of Default (as defined in the Note) has not occurred under the Note or any convertible promissory note issued by the Company to the Buyer (except with respect to any Event of Default under a convertible promissory note issued by the Company to the Buyer prior to the date of this Agreement if such Event of Default occurred prior to the date of this Agreement), the Company files the Registration Statement (as defined in the Note) (the “Registration Statement”) pursuant to the terms of the Note and registration rights agreement entered into between the Company and Buyer on the date of this Agreement (the “RRA”), the Registration Statement contains all of the material information required by Form S-1, the lowest closing price for the Company’s common stock during the ten (10) trading day period prior to the filing date of the Registration Statement is greater than $0.02, and the Average Daily Trading Value (as defined below) for the Company’s common stock during the twenty (20) trading day period prior to the filing date of the Registration Statement is greater than $15,000.00, then the Buyer shall fund an additional convertible promissory note in the face amount of $1,400,000.00 to be issued by the Company on the same terms and conditions as the Note and transaction documents entered into in connection with the Note (subject to the Buyer’s receipt of all of the transaction documentation signed by the Company and the Company’s transfer agent as applicable).

 

(ii) So long as an Event of Default (as defined in the Note) has not occurred under the Note or any convertible promissory note issued by the Company to the Buyer (except with respect to any Event of Default under a convertible promissory note issued by the Company to the Buyer prior to the date of this Agreement if such Event of Default occurred prior to the date of this Agreement), the Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC pursuant to the terms of the Note and RRA, the Registration Statement contains all of the material information required by Form S-1, the lowest closing price for the Company’s common stock during the ten (10) trading day period prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement (the “Effective Date”) is greater than $0.04 , and the Average Daily Trading Value (as defined below) for the Company’s common stock during the twenty (20) trading day period prior to the Effective Date is greater than $$15,000.00, then the Buyer shall fund an additional convertible promissory note in the face amount of $1,000,000.00 to be issued by the Company on the same terms and conditions as the Note and transaction documents entered into in connection with the Note (subject to the Buyer’s receipt of all of the transaction documentation signed by the Company and the Company’s transfer agent as applicable).

 

(iii) So long as an Event of Default (as defined in the Note) has not occurred under the Note or any convertible promissory note issued by the Company to the Buyer (except with respect to any Event of Default under a convertible promissory note issued by the Company to the Buyer prior to the date of this Agreement if such Event of Default occurred prior to the date of this Agreement), the Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC pursuant to the terms of the Note and RRA, the Registration Statement contains all of the material information required by Form S-1, the lowest closing price for the Company’s common stock during the ten (10) trading day period prior to the date which is ninety (90) calendar days after the effective date of the Registration Statement (the “Last Tranche Trigger Date”) is greater than $0.04, and the Average Daily Trading Value (as defined below) for the Company’s common stock during the twenty (20) trading day period prior to the Last Tranche Trigger Date is greater than $15,000.00, then, the Buyer shall fund after the Last Tranche Trigger Date an additional convertible promissory note in the face amount of $1,000,000.00 to be issued by the Company on the same terms and conditions as the Note and transaction documents entered into in connection with the Note (subject to the Buyer’s receipt of all of the transaction documentation signed by the Company and the Company’s transfer agent as applicable).

 

(iv) The “Average Daily Trading Value” shall mean the average trading volume of the Company’s Common Stock during the applicable measurement period multiplied by the lowest closing price of the Company’s Common Stock during the applicable measurement period.

 

[signature page follows]

 

  27  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Buyer and the Company have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

IMAGING3, INC.  
     
By: /s/ John Hollister  
Name: John Hollister  
Title: Chief Executive Officer  

 

AUCTUS FUND, LLC  
   
By: /s/ Lou Posner  
Name: Lou Posner  
Title: Managing Director  

 

AGGREGATE SUBSCRIPTION AMOUNT:  
   
Aggregate Principal Amount of Note: US$600,000.00
   
Aggregate Purchase Price: US$600,000.00

 

  28  

 

 

SCHEDULE 2.6

 

1. The issuance of 4,191,070 shares of the Company’s common stock to Alpha Capital Anstalt pursuant to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 19, 2019
   
2. The issuance of 3,514,628 shares of the Company’s common stock to Brio Capital Master Fund pursuant to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 19, 2019
   
3. The possible issuance of up to 6,000,000 shares to Greenberg, Glusker, Fields, Claman,& Machtinger (“GG”) to settle GG’s legal bill.

 

  29  

 

 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of May 31, 2019, by and between IMAGING3, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and AUCTUS FUND, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with it permitted assigns, the “ Buyer ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the securities purchase agreement by and between the parties hereto, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Purchase Agreement ”).

 

WHEREAS:

 

The Company has agreed, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Purchase Agreement, to sell to the Buyer that certain convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $600,000.00 (the “ Note ”) and Warrants (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) (the “ Warrants ”) dated May 31, 2019, and to induce the Buyer to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide certain registration rights under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, or any similar successor statute (collectively, the “ Securities Act ”), and applicable state securities laws.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Buyer hereby agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS .

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

a. “ Investor ” means the Buyer, any transferee or assignee thereof to whom a Buyer assigns its rights under this Agreement in accordance with Section 9 and who agrees to become bound by the provisions of this Agreement, and any transferee or assignee thereof to whom a transferee or assignee assigns its rights under this Agreement in accordance with Section 9 and who agrees to become bound by the provisions of this Agreement.

 

b. “ Person ” means any individual or entity including but not limited to any corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a partnership, an organization, a business, an individual, a governmental or political subdivision thereof or a governmental agency.

 

c. “ Register, ” “ registered, ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing one or more registration statements of the Company in compliance with the Securities Act and/or pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act or any successor rule providing for offering securities on a continuous basis (“ Rule 415 ”), and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement(s) by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”).

 

d. “ Registrable Securities ” means all of the shares of Common Stock into which the Note is convertible into and the Warrants are exercisable into, which have been, or which may, from time to time be issued, including without limitation all of the shares of common stock which have been issued or will be issued to the Investor under the Purchase Agreement (without regard to any limitation or restriction on purchases), shares of common stock issued to the Investor as a result of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, exchange or similar event or otherwise, without regard to any limitation on purchases under the Purchase Agreement.

 

     
 

 

e. “ Registration Statement ” means one or more registration statements of the Company covering only the sale of the Registrable Securities.

 

2. REGISTRATION .

 

a. Mandatory Registration. The Company shall, within sixty (60) calendar days from the date hereof, file with the SEC an initial Registration Statement covering the maximum number of Registrable Securities (in any event equal to at least the Reserved Amount (as defined in the Note)) as shall be permitted to be included thereon in accordance with applicable SEC rules, regulations and interpretations so as to permit the resale of such Registrable Securities by the Investor, including but not limited to under Rule 415 under the Securities Act at then prevailing market prices (and not fixed prices), as mutually determined by both the Company and the Investor in consultation with their respective legal counsel, subject to the aggregate number of authorized shares of the Company’s Common Stock then available for issuance in its Certificate of Incorporation. The initial Registration Statement shall register only the Registrable Securities unless signed written consent from the Investor is obtained by the Company. The Investor and its counsel shall have a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement and any related prospectus prior to its filing with the SEC, and the Company shall give due consideration to all reasonable comments. The Investor shall furnish all information reasonably requested by the Company for inclusion therein. The Company shall have the Registration Statement and any amendment declared effective by the SEC at the earliest possible date (in any event within one hundred twenty (120) calendar days from the date hereof). The Company shall keep the Registration Statement effective, including but not limited to pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act and available for the resale by the Investor of all of the Registrable Securities covered thereby at all times until the earlier of (i) the date as of which the Investor may sell all of the Registrable Securities without restriction pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities and (ii) the date on which the Investor shall have sold all the Registrable Securities covered thereby (the “ Registration Period ”). The Registration Statement (including any amendments or supplements thereto and prospectuses contained therein) shall not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

 

b. Rule 424 Prospectus . The Company shall, as required by applicable securities regulations, from time to time file with the SEC, pursuant to Rule 424 promulgated under the Securities Act, the prospectus and prospectus supplements, if any, to be used in connection with sales of the Registrable Securities under the Registration Statement. The Investor and its counsel shall have a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon such prospectus prior to its filing with the SEC, and the Company shall give due consideration to all such comments. The Investor shall use its reasonable best efforts to comment upon such prospectus within one (1) Business Day from the date the Investor receives the final pre-filing version of such prospectus.

 

c. Sufficient Number of Shares Registered . In the event the number of shares available under the Registration Statement is insufficient to cover all of the Registrable Securities, the Company shall amend the Registration Statement or file a new Registration Statement (a “ New Registration Statement ”), so as to cover all of such Registrable Securities (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2(a)) as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than ten (10) Business Days after the necessity therefor arises, subject to any limits that may be imposed by the SEC pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (with the understanding that this process shall be repeated until the Note is satisfied in full and the Warrants are exercised in full). The Company shall use it reasonable best efforts to cause such amendment and/or New Registration Statement to become effective as soon as practicable following the filing thereof. In the event that any of the Registrable Securities are not included in the Registration Statement, or have not been included in any New Registration Statement and the Company files any other registration statement under the Securities Act (other than on Form S-4, Form S-8, or with respect to other employee related plans or rights offerings) (“ Other Registration Statement ”) then the Company shall include such remaining Registrable Securities in such Other Registration Statement.

 

     
 

 

d. Offering . If the staff of the SEC (the “ Staff ’) or the SEC seeks to characterize any offering pursuant to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Agreement as constituting an offering of securities that does not permit such Registration Statement to become effective and be used for resales by the Investor under Rule 415 at then prevailing market prices (and not fixed prices), or if after the filing of the initial Registration Statement with the SEC pursuant to Section 2(a), the Company is otherwise required by the Staff or the SEC to reduce the number of Registrable Securities included in such initial Registration Statement, then the Company shall reduce the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such initial Registration Statement (with the prior consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, of the Investor and its legal counsel as to the specific Registrable Securities to be removed therefrom) until such time as the Staff and the SEC shall so permit such Registration Statement to become effective and be used as aforesaid. In the event of any reduction in Registrable Securities pursuant to this paragraph, the Company shall file one or more New Registration Statements in accordance with Section 2(c) until such time as all Registrable Securities have been included in Registration Statements that have been declared effective and the prospectus contained therein is available for use by the Investor. Notwithstanding any provision herein or in the Purchase Agreement to the contrary, the Company’s obligations to register Registrable Securities (and any related conditions to the Investor’s obligations) shall be qualified as necessary to comport with any requirement of the SEC or the Staff as addressed in this Section 2(d).

 

3. RELATED OBLIGATIONS .

 

With respect to the Registration Statement and whenever any Registrable Securities are to be registered pursuant to Section 2 including on any New Registration Statement, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof and, pursuant thereto, the Company shall have the following obligations:

 

a. The Company shall prepare and file with the SEC such amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to any registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, which prospectus is to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 promulgated under the Securities Act, as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement or any New Registration Statement effective at all times during the Registration Period, and, during such period, comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities of the Company covered by the Registration Statement or any New Registration Statement until such time as all of such Registrable Securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof as set forth in such registration statement.

 

b. The Company shall permit the Investor to review and comment upon the Registration Statement or any New Registration Statement and all amendments and supplements thereto at least two (2) Business Days prior to their filing with the SEC, and not file any document in a form to which Investor reasonably objects. The Investor shall use its reasonable best efforts to comment upon the Registration Statement or any New Registration Statement and any amendments or supplements thereto within two (2) Business Days from the date the Investor receives the final version thereof. The Company shall furnish to the Investor, without charge any correspondence from the SEC or the staff of the SEC to the Company or its representatives relating to the Registration Statement or any New Registration Statement.

 

     
 

 

c. Upon request of the Investor, the Company shall furnish to the Investor, (i) promptly after the same is prepared and filed with the SEC, at least one copy of such registration statement and any amendment(s) thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits, (ii) upon the effectiveness of any registration statement, a copy of the prospectus included in such registration statement and all amendments and supplements thereto (or such other number of copies as the Investor may reasonably request) and (iii) such other documents, including copies of any preliminary or final prospectus, as the Investor may reasonably request from time to time in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by the Investor. For the avoidance of doubt, any filing available to the Investor via the SEC’s live EDGAR system shall be deemed “furnished to the Investor” hereunder.

 

d. The Company shall use reasonable best efforts to (i) register and qualify the Registrable Securities covered by a registration statement under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the Investor reasonably requests, (ii) prepare and file in those jurisdictions, such amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such registrations and qualifications as may be necessary to maintain the effectiveness thereof during the Registration Period, (iii) take such other actions as may be necessary to maintain such registrations and qualifications in effect at all times during the Registration Period, and (iv) take all other actions reasonably necessary or advisable to qualify the Registrable Securities for sale in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to (x) qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(d), (y) subject itself to general taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (z) file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction. The Company shall promptly notify the Investor who holds Registrable Securities of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the registration or qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction in the United States or its receipt of actual notice of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose.

 

e. As promptly as practicable after becoming aware of such event or facts, the Company shall notify the Investor in writing of the happening of any event or existence of such facts as a result of which the prospectus included in any registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and promptly prepare a supplement or amendment to such registration statement to correct such untrue statement or omission, and deliver a copy of such supplement or amendment to the Investor (or such other number of copies as the Investor may reasonably request). The Company shall also promptly notify the Investor in writing (i) when a prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and when a registration statement or any post-effective amendment has become effective (notification of such effectiveness shall be delivered to the Investor by email or facsimile on the same day of such effectiveness and by overnight mail), (ii) of any request by the SEC for amendments or supplements to any registration statement or related prospectus or related information, and (iii) of the Company’s reasonable determination that a post-effective amendment to a registration statement would be appropriate.

 

f. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or other suspension of effectiveness of any registration statement, or the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction and, if such an order or suspension is issued, to obtain the withdrawal of such order or suspension at the earliest possible moment and to notify the Investor of the issuance of such order and the resolution thereof or its receipt of actual notice of the initiation or threat of any proceeding for such purpose.

 

     
 

 

g. The Company shall (i) cause all the Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which securities of the same class or series issued by the Company are then listed, if any, if the listing of such Registrable Securities is then permitted under the rules of such exchange, or (ii) secure designation and quotation of all the Registrable Securities on the Principal Market. The Company shall pay all fees and expenses in connection with satisfying its obligation under this Section.

 

h. The Company shall cooperate with the Investor to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legend) representing the Registrable Securities to be offered pursuant to any registration statement and enable such certificates to be in such denominations or amounts as the Investor may reasonably request and registered in such names as the Investor may request.

 

i. The Company shall at all times provide a transfer agent and registrar with respect to its Common Stock.

 

j. If reasonably requested by the Investor, the Company shall (i) immediately incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the Investor believes should be included therein relating to the sale and distribution of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, information with respect to the number of Registrable Securities being sold, the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities; (ii) make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable upon notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; and (iii) supplement or make amendments to any registration statement.

 

k. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by any registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities.

 

l. Within one (1) Business Day after any registration statement which includes the Registrable Securities is ordered effective by the SEC, the Company shall deliver, and shall cause legal counsel for the Company to deliver, to the transfer agent for such Registrable Securities (with copies to the Investor) confirmation that such registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A . Thereafter, if requested by the Buyer at any time, the Company shall require its counsel to deliver to the Buyer a written confirmation whether or not the effectiveness of such registration statement has lapsed at any time for any reason (including, without limitation, the issuance of a stop order) and whether or not the registration statement is current and available to the Buyer for sale of all of the Registrable Securities.

 

m. The Company shall take all other reasonable actions necessary to expedite and facilitate disposition by the Investor of Registrable Securities pursuant to any registration statement.

 

     
 

 

4. OBLIGATIONS OF THE INVESTOR .

 

a. The Company shall notify the Investor in writing of the information the Company reasonably requires from the Investor in connection with any registration statement hereunder. The Investor shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it and the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities held by it as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of such Registrable Securities and shall execute such documents in connection with such registration as the Company may reasonably request.

 

b. The Investor agrees to cooperate with the Company as reasonably requested by the Company in connection with the preparation and filing of any registration statement hereunder.

 

c. The Investor agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event or existence of facts of the kind described in Section 3(f) or the first sentence of 3(e), the Investor will immediately discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to any registration statement(s) covering such Registrable Securities until the Investor’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3(f) or the first sentence of 3(e). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Company shall cause its transfer agent to promptly deliver shares of Common Stock without any restrictive legend in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement in connection with any sale of Registrable Securities with respect to which an Investor has entered into a contract for sale prior to the Investor’s receipt of a notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(f) or the first sentence of Section 3(e) and for which the Investor has not yet settled.

 

5. EXPENSES OF REGISTRATION .

 

All reasonable expenses, other than sales or brokerage commissions, incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Sections 2 and 3, including, without limitation, all registration, listing and qualifications fees, printers and accounting fees, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, shall be paid by the Company.

 

     
 

 

6. INDEMNIFICATION .

 

a. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company will, and hereby does, indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Investor, each Person, if any, who controls the Investor, the members, the directors, officers, partners, employees, agents, representatives of the Investor and each Person, if any, who controls the Investor within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”), against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, fines, penalties, charges, costs, attorneys’ fees, amounts paid in settlement or expenses, joint or several, (collectively, “ Claims ”) incurred in investigating, preparing or defending any action, claim, suit, inquiry, proceeding, investigation or appeal taken from the foregoing by or before any court or governmental, administrative or other regulatory agency, body or the SEC, whether pending or threatened, whether or not an indemnified party is or may be a party thereto (“ Indemnified Damages ”), to which any of them may become subject insofar as such Claims (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact in the Registration Statement, any New Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or in any filing made in connection with the qualification of the offering under the securities or other “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction in which Registrable Securities are offered (“ Blue Sky Filing ”), or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the final prospectus (as amended or supplemented, if the Company files any amendment thereof or supplement thereto with the SEC) or the omission or alleged omission to state therein any material fact necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which the statements therein were made, not misleading, (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other law, including, without limitation, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation thereunder relating to the offer or sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement or any New Registration Statement or (iv) any material violation by the Company of this Agreement (the matters in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv) being, collectively, “ Violations ”). The Company shall reimburse each Indemnified Person promptly as such expenses are incurred and are due and payable, for any reasonable legal fees or other reasonable expenses incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the indemnification agreement contained in this Section 6(a): (i) shall not apply to a Claim by an Indemnified Person arising out of or based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with information about the Investor furnished in writing to the Company by such Indemnified Person expressly for use in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement, any New Registration Statement or any such amendment thereof or supplement thereto, if such prospectus was timely made available by the Company pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 3(e); (ii) with respect to any superseded prospectus, shall not inure to the benefit of any such person from whom the person asserting any such Claim purchased the Registrable Securities that are the subject thereof (or to the benefit of any person controlling such person) if the untrue statement or omission of material fact contained in the superseded prospectus was corrected in the revised prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, if such revised prospectus was timely made available by the Company pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 3(e), and the Indemnified Person was promptly advised in writing not to use the incorrect prospectus prior to the use giving rise to a violation and such Indemnified Person, notwithstanding such advice, used it; (iii) shall not be available to the extent such Claim is based on a failure of the Investor to deliver or to cause to be delivered the prospectus made available by the Company, if such prospectus was timely made available by the Company pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 3(e); and (iv) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any Claim if such settlement is effected without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Indemnified Person and shall survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities by the Investor pursuant to Section 9.

 

     
 

 

b. Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Person or Indemnified Party under this Section 6 of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding (including any governmental action or proceeding) involving a Claim, such Indemnified Person or Indemnified Party shall, if a Claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 6, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof, and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume control of the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the indemnifying party and the Indemnified Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be; provided, however, that an Indemnified Person or Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel retained by the indemnifying party, the representation by such counsel of the Indemnified Person or Indemnified Party and the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such Indemnified Person or Indemnified Party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The Indemnified Party or Indemnified Person shall cooperate fully with the indemnifying party in connection with any negotiation or defense of any such action or claim by the indemnifying party and shall furnish to the indemnifying party all information reasonably available to the Indemnified Party or Indemnified Person which relates to such action or claim. The indemnifying party shall keep the Indemnified Party or Indemnified Person fully apprised at all times as to the status of the defense or any settlement negotiations with respect thereto. No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any action, claim or proceeding effectuated without its written consent, provided, however, that the indemnifying party shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition its consent. No indemnifying party shall, without the consent of the Indemnified Party or Indemnified Person, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement or other compromise which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party or Indemnified Person of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Following indemnification as provided for hereunder, the indemnifying party shall be subrogated to all rights of the Indemnified Party or Indemnified Person with respect to all third parties, firms or corporations relating to the matter for which indemnification has been made. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall not relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the Indemnified Person or Indemnified Party under this Section 6, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is prejudiced in its ability to defend such action.

 

     
 

 

c. The indemnification required by this Section 6 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or Indemnified Damages are incurred.

 

d. The indemnity agreements contained herein shall be in addition to (i) any cause of action or similar right of the Indemnified Party or Indemnified Person against the indemnifying party or others, and (ii) any liabilities the indemnifying party may be subject to pursuant to the law.

 

7. CONTRIBUTION .

 

To the extent any indemnification by an indemnifying party is prohibited or limited by law, the indemnifying party agrees to make the maximum contribution with respect to any amounts for which it would otherwise be liable under Section 6 to the fullest extent permitted by law; provided, however, that: (i) no seller of Registrable Securities guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any seller of Registrable Securities who was not guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation; and (ii) contribution by any seller of Registrable Securities shall be limited in amount to the net amount of proceeds received by such seller from the sale of such Registrable Securities.

 

8. REPORTS AND DISCLOSURE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACTS .

 

With a view to making available to the Investor the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or any other similar rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit the Investor to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration (“ Rule 144 ”), the Company agrees, at the Company’s sole expense, to:

 

a. make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144;

 

b. file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act so long as the Company remains subject to such requirements and the filing of such reports and other documents is required for the applicable provisions of Rule 144;

 

c. furnish to the Investor so long as the Investor owns Registrable Securities, promptly upon request, (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting and or disclosure provisions of Rule 144, the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested to permit the Investor to sell such securities pursuant to Rule 144 without registration; and

 

     
 

 

d. take such additional action as is requested by the Investor to enable the Investor to sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144, including, without limitation, delivering all such legal opinions, consents, certificates, resolutions and instructions to the Company’s Transfer Agent as may be requested from time to time by the Investor and otherwise fully cooperate with Investor and Investor’s broker to effect such sale of securities pursuant to Rule 144.

 

The Company agrees that damages may be an inadequate remedy for any breach of the terms and provisions of this Section 8 and that Investor shall, whether or not it is pursuing any remedies at law, be entitled to equitable relief in the form of a preliminary or permanent injunctions, without having to post any bond or other security, upon any breach or threatened breach of any such terms or provisions.

 

9. ASSIGNMENT OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS .

 

The Company shall not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Investor.

 

10. AMENDMENT OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS .

 

No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived by the parties from and after the date that is one Business Day immediately preceding the initial filing of the Registration Statement with the SEC. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, no provision of this Agreement may be (i) amended other than by a written instrument signed by both parties hereto or (ii) waived other than in a written instrument signed by the party against whom enforcement of such waiver is sought. Failure of any party to exercise any right or remedy under this Agreement or otherwise, or delay by a party in exercising such right or remedy, shall not operate as a waiver thereof.

 

11. MISCELLANEOUS .

 

a. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities whenever such Person owns or is deemed to own of record such Registrable Securities. If the Company receives conflicting instructions, notices or elections from two or more Persons with respect to the same Registrable Securities, the Company shall act upon the basis of instructions, notice or election received from the registered owner of such Registrable Securities.

 

b. Any notices, consents, waivers or other communications required or permitted to be given under the terms of this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been delivered: (i) upon receipt, when delivered personally; (ii) upon receipt, when sent by facsimile or email; or (iii) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, in each case properly addressed to the party to receive the same. The addresses for such communications shall be:

 

If to the Company, to:

 

IMAGING3, INC.

4919 Noeline Ave.

Encino, CA 91436

Attn: John Hollister

E-mail: info@imaging3.com

 

     
 

 

If to the Investor:

 

AUCTUS FUND, LLC

545 Boylston Street, 2nd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Lou Posner

Facsimile: (617) 532-6420

 

or at such other address and/or facsimile number and/or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by written notice given to each other party three (3) Business Days prior to the effectiveness of such change. Written confirmation of receipt (A) given by the recipient of such notice, consent, waiver or other communication, (B) mechanically or electronically generated by the sender’s facsimile machine or email account containing the time, date, recipient facsimile number or email address, as applicable, and an image of the first page of such transmission or (C) provided by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, shall be rebuttable evidence of personal service, receipt by facsimile or receipt from a nationally recognized overnight delivery service in accordance with clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, respectively.

 

c. The corporate laws of the State of Nevada shall govern all issues concerning this Agreement. All other questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Nevada, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Nevada or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of Nevada. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof to such party at the address for such notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in that jurisdiction or the validity or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

d. This Agreement and the Purchase Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein and therein. This Agreement and the Purchase Agreement supersede all prior agreements and understandings among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

 

     
 

 

e. Subject to the requirements of Section 9, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties hereto.

 

f. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

g. This Agreement may be executed in identical counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement, once executed by a party, may be delivered to the other party hereto by facsimile transmission or by e-mail in a “.pdf’ format data file of a copy of this Agreement bearing the signature of the party so delivering this Agreement.

 

h. Each party shall do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as the other party may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

i. The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party.

 

j. This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other Person.

 

******

 

     
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of day and year first above written.

 

THE COMPANY:

 

IMAGING3, INC.

 

By: /s/ John Hollister  
Name: JOHN HOLLISTER  
Title: CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER  

 

INVESTOR:

 

AUCTUS FUND, LLC

 

By: /s/ Lou Posner  
Name: LOU POSNER  
Title: MANAGING DIRECTOR  

 

     
 

 

 

NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR THE SECURITIES AS TO WHICH THIS SECURITY MAY BE EXERCISED HAVE BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR THE SECURITIES COMMISSION OF ANY STATE IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AS EVIDENCED BY A LEGAL OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE TRANSFEROR TO SUCH EFFECT, THE SUBSTANCE OF WHICH SHALL BE REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY. THIS SECURITY AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN SECURED BY SUCH SECURITIES.

 

COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

 

IMAGING3, INC.

 

Warrant Shares: 16,000,000

Date of Issuance: May 31, 2019 (“ Issuance Date ”)

 

This COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT (the “ Warrant ”) certifies that, for value received (in connection with the issuance of the $600,000.00 convertible promissory note to the Holder (as defined below) of even date) (the “Note”), Auctus Fund, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (including any permitted and registered assigns, the “ Holder ”), is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the limitations on exercise and the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after the date of issuance hereof, to purchase from Imaging3, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), up to 16,000,000 shares of Common Stock (as defined below) (the “ Warrant Shares ”) (whereby such number may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Warrant) at the Exercise Price per share then in effect. This Warrant is issued by the Company as of the date hereof in connection with that certain securities purchase agreement dated May 31, 2019, by and among the Company and the Holder (the “ Purchase Agreement ”).

 

Capitalized terms used in this Warrant shall have the meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement unless otherwise defined in the body of this Warrant or in Section 12 below. For purposes of this Warrant, the term “ Exercise Price ” shall mean $0.125, subject to adjustment as provided herein, and the term “ Exercise Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the Issuance Date and ending on 5:00 p.m. eastern standard time on the five-year anniversary thereof.

 

1. EXERCISE OF WARRANT .

 

(a) Mechanics of Exercise . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time or times during the Exercise Period by delivery of a written notice, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Notice ”), of the Holder’s election to exercise this Warrant. The Holder shall not be required to deliver the original Warrant in order to effect an exercise hereunder. Partial exercises of this Warrant resulting in purchases of a portion of the total number of Warrant Shares available hereunder shall have the effect of lowering the outstanding number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder in an amount equal to the applicable number of Warrant Shares purchased. On or before the second Trading Day (the “ Warrant Share Delivery Date ”) following the date on which the Holder sent the Exercise Notice to the Company or the Company’s transfer agent, and upon receipt by the Company of payment to the Company of an amount equal to the applicable Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares as to which all or a portion of this Warrant is being exercised (the “ Aggregate Exercise Price ” and together with the Exercise Notice, the “ Exercise Delivery Documents ”) in cash or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, the Company shall (or direct its transfer agent to) issue and dispatch by overnight courier to the address as specified in the Exercise Notice, a certificate, registered in the Company’s share register in the name of the Holder or its designee, for the number of shares of Common Stock to which the Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise (or deliver such shares of Common Stock in electronic format if requested by the Holder). Upon delivery of the Exercise Delivery Documents, the Holder shall be deemed for all corporate purposes to have become the holder of record of the Warrant Shares with respect to which this Warrant has been exercised, irrespective of the date of delivery of the certificates evidencing such Warrant Shares. If this Warrant is submitted in connection with any exercise and the number of Warrant Shares represented by this Warrant submitted for exercise is greater than the number of Warrant Shares being acquired upon an exercise, then the Company shall as soon as practicable and in no event later than three Business Days after any exercise and at its own expense, issue a new Warrant (in accordance with Section 6) representing the right to purchase the number of Warrant Shares purchasable immediately prior to such exercise under this Warrant, less the number of Warrant Shares with respect to which this Warrant is exercised.

 

 
 

 

If the Company fails to cause its transfer agent to transmit to the Holder the respective shares of Common Stock by the respective Warrant Share Delivery Date, then the Holder will have the right to rescind such exercise in Holder’s sole discretion, and such failure shall be deemed an event of default under the Note.

 

If, at the time of the Company’s request (each a “Call Notice”), (i) the Warrant Shares are registered for resale by the Holder at prevailing market prices (and not fixed prices) under an effective non-stale registration statement of the Company, (ii) the Company is current in its reporting obligations with respect to the SEC, (iii) the volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock exceeds 200% of the Exercise Price in effect at that time for five (5) consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding the date that the Call Notice is given to Holder, (iv) the Holder is not in possession of any information provided by the Company that constitutes material nonpublic information, (v) the number of shares being called will not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, and (vi) an Event of Default (as defined in the Note) nor an event which with the passage of time or the giving of notice could become an Event of Default is not pending, then the Company may call for the exercise of that portion of this Warrant for which an Exercise Notice has not yet been delivered as of the date of the Call Notice. A Call Notice shall not be given to the Holder (i) with respect to any Warrants which if exercised would cause such Holder to exceed the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, (ii) if the number of Warrant Shares in the Call Notice exceeds 200% of the average daily trading volume for the five (5) consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding the date that the Call Notice is given to Holder, or (iii) if the Aggregate Exercise Price payable pursuant to the Call Notice exceeds $500,000.00. A Call Notice may not be given later than sixty (60) days before the end of the Exercise Period, nor more often than one time each fifteen (15) Trading Days.

 

(b) No Fractional Shares . No fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant as a consequence of any adjustment pursuant hereto. All Warrant Shares (including fractions) issuable upon exercise of this Warrant may be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the exercise would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after aggregation, the exercise would result in the issuance of a fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuance of any fractional share, pay the Holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the product resulting from multiplying the then-current fair market value of a Warrant Share by such fraction.

 

(c) Holder’s Exercise Limitations . The Company shall not effect any exercise of this Warrant, and a Holder shall not have the right to exercise any portion of this Warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to issuance of Warrant Shares upon exercise as set forth on the applicable Notice of Exercise, the Holder (together with the Holder’s Affiliates, and any other persons acting as a group together with the Holder or any of the Holder’s Affiliates), would beneficially own in excess of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, as defined below. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Holder and its Affiliates shall include the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which such determination is being made, but shall exclude the number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, non-exercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or non-converted portion of any other securities of the Company (including without limitation any other Common Stock Equivalents) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this paragraph (d), beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, it being acknowledged by the Holder that the Company is not representing to the Holder that such calculation is in compliance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the Holder is solely responsible for any schedules required to be filed in accordance therewith. To the extent that the limitation contained in this paragraph applies, the determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any affiliates) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable shall be in the sole discretion of the Holder, and the submission of a Notice of Exercise shall be deemed to be the Holder’s determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable, in each case subject to the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, and the Company shall have no obligation to verify or confirm the accuracy of such determination.

 

2
 

 

For purposes of this paragraph, in determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, a Holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as reflected in (A) the Company’s most recent periodic or annual report filed with the Commission, as the case may be, (B) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (C) a more recent written notice by the Company or its transfer agent setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Upon the request of a Holder, the Company shall within two Trading Days confirm to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including this Warrant, by the Holder or its affiliates since the date as of which such number of outstanding shares of Common Stock was reported. The “ Beneficial Ownership Limitation ” shall be 4.99% of the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor Holder of this Warrant.

 

2. ADJUSTMENTS . The Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares shall be adjusted from time to time as follows:

 

(a) Distribution of Assets . If the Company shall declare or make any dividend or other distribution of its assets (or rights to acquire its assets) to holders of shares of Common Stock, by way of return of capital or otherwise (including without limitation any distribution of cash, stock or other securities, property or options by way of a dividend, spin off, reclassification, corporate rearrangement or other similar transaction, but not including a reverse split with respect to the Common Stock) (a “ Distribution ”), at any time after the issuance of this Warrant, then, in each such case:

 

(i) any Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the record date fixed for the determination of holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to receive the Distribution shall be reduced, effective as of the close of business on such record date, to a price determined by multiplying such Exercise Price by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the Closing Sale Price of the shares of Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding such record date minus the value of the Distribution (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors) applicable to one share of Common Stock, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the Closing Sale Price of the shares of Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding such record date; and

 

(ii) the number of Warrant Shares shall be increased to a number of shares equal to the number of shares of Common Stock obtainable immediately prior to the close of business on the record date fixed for the determination of holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to receive the Distribution multiplied by the reciprocal of the fraction set forth in the immediately preceding clause (i); provided, however, that in the event that the Distribution is of shares of common stock of a company (other than the Company) whose common stock is traded on a national securities exchange or a national automated quotation system (“ Other Shares of Common Stock ”), then the Holder may elect to receive a warrant to purchase Other Shares of Common Stock in lieu of an increase in the number of Warrant Shares, the terms of which shall be identical to those of this Warrant, except that such warrant shall be exercisable into the number of shares of Other Shares of Common Stock that would have been payable to the Holder pursuant to the Distribution had the Holder exercised this Warrant immediately prior to such record date and with an aggregate exercise price equal to the product of the amount by which the exercise price of this Warrant was decreased with respect to the Distribution pursuant to the terms of the immediately preceding clause (i) and the number of Warrant Shares calculated in accordance with the first part of this clause (ii).

 

3
 

 

(iii) For the avoidance of doubt, no adjustment shall occur when shares of outstanding Common Stock are merged proportionally across all stockholders to form a smaller number of outstanding shares of Common Stock.

 

(b) Anti-Dilution Adjustments to Exercise Price . If the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, as applicable, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, shall sell or grant any option to purchase, or sell or grant any right to reprice, or otherwise dispose of or issue (or announce any offer, sale, grant or any option to purchase or other disposition) any Common Stock or securities entitling any person or entity to acquire shares of Common Stock (upon conversion, exercise or otherwise) (including but not limited to under the Note), at an effective price per share less than the then Exercise Price (such lower price, the “ Base Share Price ” and such issuances collectively, a “ Dilutive Issuance ”) (if the holder of the Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents so issued shall at any time, whether by operation of purchase price adjustments, elimination of an applicable floor price for any reason in the future (including but not limited to the passage of time or satisfaction of certain condition(s)), reset provisions, floating conversion, exercise or exchange prices or otherwise, or due to warrants, options or rights per share which are issued in connection with such issuance, be entitled or potentially entitled to receive shares of Common Stock at an effective price per share which is less than the Exercise Price at any time while such Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents are in existence, such issuance shall be deemed to have occurred for less than the Exercise Price on such date of the Dilutive Issuance (regardless of whether the Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents are (i) subsequently redeemed or retired by the Company after the date of the Dilutive Issuance or (ii) actually converted or exercised at such Base Share Price), then the Exercise Price shall be reduced at the option of the Holder and only reduced to equal the Base Share Price, and the number of Warrant Shares issuable hereunder shall be increased such that the aggregate Exercise Price payable hereunder, after taking into account the decrease in the Exercise Price, shall be equal to the aggregate Exercise Price prior to such adjustment (for the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate Exercise Price prior to such adjustment is calculated as follows: the total number of Warrant Shares multiplied by the initial Exercise Price in effect as of the Issuance Date). Such adjustment shall be made whenever such Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents are issued, regardless of whether the Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents are (i) subsequently redeemed or retired by the Company after the date of the Dilutive Issuance or (ii) actually converted or exercised at such Base Share Price by the holder thereof (for the avoidance of doubt, the Holder may utilize the Base Share Price even if the Company did not actually issue shares of its common stock at the Base Share Price under the respective Common stock Equivalents). The Company shall notify the Holder in writing, no later than the Trading Day following the issuance of any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents subject to this Section 2(b), indicating therein the applicable issuance price, or applicable reset price, exchange price, conversion price and other pricing terms (such notice the “ Dilutive Issuance Notice ”). For purposes of clarification, whether or not the Company provides a Dilutive Issuance Notice pursuant to this Section 2(b), upon the occurrence of any Dilutive Issuance, after the date of such Dilutive Issuance the Holder is entitled to receive a number of Warrant Shares based upon the Base Share Price regardless of whether the Holder accurately refers to the Base Share Price in the Notice of Exercise.

 

3. FUNDAMENTAL TRANSACTIONS . If, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, (i) the Company effects any merger of the Company with or into another entity and the Company is not the surviving entity (such surviving entity, the “ Successor Entity ”), (ii) the Company effects any sale of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or by another individual or entity, and approved by the Company) is completed pursuant to which holders of Common Stock are permitted to tender or exchange their shares of Common Stock for other securities, cash or property and the holders of at least 50% of the Common Stock accept such offer, or (iv) the Company effects any reclassification of the Common Stock or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Common Stock is effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property (other than as a result of a subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock) (in any such case, a “ Fundamental Transaction ”), then, upon any subsequent exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to receive the number of shares of Common Stock of the Successor Entity or of the Company and any additional consideration (the “ Alternate Consideration ”) receivable upon or as a result of such reorganization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or disposition of assets by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such event (disregarding any limitation on exercise contained herein solely for the purpose of such determination). For purposes of any such exercise, the determination of the Exercise Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate Consideration based on the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of one share of Common Stock in such Fundamental Transaction, and the Company shall apportion the Exercise Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration. If holders of Common Stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any exercise of this Warrant following such Fundamental Transaction. To the extent necessary to effectuate the foregoing provisions, any Successor Entity in such Fundamental Transaction shall issue to the Holder a new warrant consistent with the foregoing provisions and evidencing the Holder’s right to exercise such warrant into Alternate Consideration.

 

4
 

 

4. NON-CIRCUMVENTION . The Company covenants and agrees that it will not, by amendment of its certificate of incorporation, bylaws or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, scheme of arrangement, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, and will at all times in good faith carry out all the provisions of this Warrant and take all action as may be required to protect the rights of the Holder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company (i) shall not increase the par value of any shares of Common Stock receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant above the Exercise Price then in effect, (ii) shall take all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of this Warrant, and (iii) shall, for so long as this Warrant is outstanding, have authorized and reserved, free from preemptive rights, five times the number of shares of Common Stock that is actually issuable upon full exercise of the Warrant (based on the Exercise Price in effect from time to time, and without regard to any limitations on exercise).

 

5. WARRANT HOLDER NOT DEEMED A STOCKHOLDER . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, this Warrant, in and of itself, shall not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company. In addition, nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as imposing any liabilities on the Holder to purchase any securities (upon exercise of this Warrant or otherwise) or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liabilities are asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

 

6. REISSUANCE .

 

(a) Lost, Stolen or Mutilated Warrant . If this Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Company will, on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as it may reasonably impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant of like denomination and tenor as this Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed.

 

(b) Issuance of New Warrants . Whenever the Company is required to issue a new Warrant pursuant to the terms of this Warrant, such new Warrant shall be of like tenor with this Warrant, and shall have an issuance date, as indicated on the face of such new Warrant which is the same as the Issuance Date.

 

7. TRANSFER .

 

(a) Notice of Transfer . The Holder agrees to give written notice to the Company before transferring this Warrant or transferring any Warrant Shares of such Holder’s intention to do so, describing briefly the manner of any proposed transfer. Promptly upon receiving such written notice, the Company shall present copies thereof to the Company’s counsel. If the proposed transfer may be effected without registration or qualification (under any federal or state securities laws), the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify the Holder thereof, whereupon the Holder shall be entitled to transfer this Warrant or to dispose of Warrant Shares received upon the previous exercise of this Warrant, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company; provided, however, that an appropriate legend may be endorsed on this Warrant or the certificates for such Warrant Shares respecting restrictions upon transfer thereof necessary or advisable in the opinion of counsel and satisfactory to the Company to prevent further transfers which would be in violation of Section 5 of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; and provided further that the prospective transferee or purchaser shall execute the Assignment of Warrant attached hereto as Exhibit B and such other documents and make such representations, warranties, and agreements as may be required solely to comply with the exemptions relied upon by the Company for the transfer or disposition of the Warrant or Warrant Shares.

 

5
 

 

(b) If the proposed transfer or disposition of this Warrant or such Warrant Shares described in the written notice given pursuant to this Section 7 may not be effected without registration or qualification of this Warrant or such Warrant Shares, the Holder will limit its activities in respect to such transfer or disposition as are permitted by law.

 

(c) Any transferee of all or a portion of this Warrant shall succeed to the rights and benefits of the initial Holder of this Warrant under Sections 4.1 and 4.3 (subject, however, to the limitations set forth in Section 4.2),

4.4 and 4.5 of the Purchase Agreement (registration rights, expenses, and indemnity).

 

8. NOTICES . Whenever notice is required to be given under this Warrant, unless otherwise provided herein, such notice shall be given in accordance with the notice provisions contained in the Purchase Agreement. The Company shall provide the Holder with prompt written notice (i) immediately upon any adjustment of the Exercise Price, setting forth in reasonable detail, the calculation of such adjustment and (ii) at least 20 days prior to the date on which the Company closes its books or takes a record (A) with respect to any dividend or distribution upon the shares of Common Stock, (B) with respect to any grants, issuances or sales of any stock or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or other property, pro rata to the holders of shares of Common Stock or (C) for determining rights to vote with respect to any Fundamental Transaction, dissolution or liquidation, provided in each case that such information shall be made known to the public prior to or in conjunction with such notice being provided to the Holder.

 

9. AMENDMENT AND WAIVER . The terms of this Warrant may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

 

10. GOVERNING LAW . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. Any action brought by either party against the other concerning the transactions contemplated by this Warrant shall be brought only in the state courts of Massachusetts or in the federal courts located in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The parties to this Warrant hereby irrevocably waive any objection to jurisdiction and venue of any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue or based upon forum non conveniens . THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS WARRANT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY . The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party its reasonable attorney’s fees and costs. In the event that any provision of this Warrant or any other agreement delivered in connection herewith is invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it may conflict therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform with such statute or rule of law. Any such provision which may prove invalid or unenforceable under any law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of any agreement. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any suit, action or proceeding in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

6
 

 

11. ACCEPTANCE . Receipt of this Warrant by the Holder shall constitute acceptance of and agreement to all of the terms and conditions contained herein.

 

12. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS . For purposes of this Warrant, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(a) “ Nasdaq ” means www.Nasdaq.com.

 

(b) “ Closing Sale Price ” means, for any security as of any date, (i) the last closing trade price for such security on the Principal Market, as reported by Nasdaq, or, if the Principal Market begins to operate on an extended hours basis and does not designate the closing trade price, then the last trade price of such security prior to 4:00 p.m., New York time, as reported by Nasdaq, or (ii) if the foregoing does not apply, the last trade price of such security in the over-the-counter market for such security as reported by Nasdaq, or (iii) if no last trade price is reported for such security by Nasdaq, the average of the bid and ask prices of any market makers for such security as reported by the OTC Markets. If the Closing Sale Price cannot be calculated for a security on a particular date on any of the foregoing bases, the Closing Sale Price of such security on such date shall be the fair market value as mutually determined by the Company and the Holder. All such determinations to be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination or other similar transaction during the applicable calculation period.

 

(c) “ Common Stock ” means the Company’s common stock, and any other class of securities into which such securities may hereafter be reclassified or changed.

 

(d) “ Common Stock Equivalents ” means any securities of the Company that would entitle the holder thereof to acquire at any time Common Stock, including without limitation any debt, preferred stock, rights, options, warrants or other instrument that is at any time convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or otherwise entitles the holder thereof to receive, Common Stock.

 

(e) “ Dilutive Issuance ” is any issuance of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents described in Section 2(b) above; provided, however, that a Dilutive Issuance shall not include any Exempt Issuance.

 

(f) “ Exempt Issuance ” means the issuance of (i) shares of Common Stock or options to employees, officers, or directors of the Company pursuant to any stock or option plan duly adopted by a majority of the non-employee members of the Board of Directors of the Company or a majority of the members of a committee of non- employee directors established for such purpose, and (ii) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to real property leasing arrangement from a bank approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(g) “ Principal Market ” means the primary national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded.

 

(h) “ Trading Day ” means (i) any day on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and traded on its Principal Market, (ii) if the Common Stock is not then listed or quoted and traded on any national securities exchange, then a day on which trading occurs on any over-the-counter markets, or (iii) if trading does not occur on the over-the-counter markets, any Business Day.

 

* * * * * * *

 

7
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed as of the Issuance Date set forth above.

 

  IMAGING3, INC.
   
    /s/ John Hollister
  Name: John Hollister
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

(To be executed by the registered holder to exercise this Common Stock Purchase Warrant)

 

THE UNDERSIGNED holder hereby exercises the right to purchase _________________ of the shares of Common Stock (“Warrant Shares”) of Imaging3, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), evidenced by the attached copy of the Common Stock Purchase Warrant (the “Warrant”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Warrant.

 

1. Form of Exercise Price . The Holder intends that payment of the Exercise Price shall be made as (check one):

 

[  ] a cash exercise with respect to _________________ Warrant Shares.

 

2. Payment of Exercise Price . If cash exercise is selected above, the holder shall pay the applicable Aggregate Exercise Price in the sum of $___________________ to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.
   
3. Delivery of Warrant Shares . The Company shall deliver to the holder __________________Warrant Shares in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.

 

Date: _______________________  
   
   
  (Print Name of Registered Holder)
     
  By:                        
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

ASSIGNMENT OF WARRANT

 

(To be signed only upon authorized transfer of the Warrant)

 

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , the undersigned hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto _________________ the right to purchase _________________ shares of common stock of Imaging3, Inc., to which the within Common Stock Purchase Warrant relates and appoints _________________, as attorney-in-fact, to transfer said right on the books of Imaging3, Inc. with full power of substitution and re-substitution in the premises. By accepting such transfer, the transferee has agreed to be bound in all respects by the terms and conditions of the within Warrant.

 

Dated: _______________________  
   
   
  (Signature) *
   
   
  (Name)
   
   
  (Address)
   
   
  (Social Security or Tax Identification No.)

 

* The signature on this Assignment of Warrant must correspond to the name as written upon the face of the Common Stock Purchase Warrant in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever. When signing on behalf of a corporation, partnership, trust or other entity, please indicate your position(s) and title(s) with such entity.

 

 
 

 

NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR THE SECURITIES AS TO WHICH THIS SECURITY MAY BE EXERCISED HAVE BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR THE SECURITIES COMMISSION OF ANY STATE IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AS EVIDENCED BY A LEGAL OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE TRANSFEROR TO SUCH EFFECT, THE SUBSTANCE OF WHICH SHALL BE REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY. THIS SECURITY AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN SECURED BY SUCH SECURITIES.

 

COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

 

IMAGING3, INC.

 

Warrant Shares: 15,000,000

Date of Issuance: May 31, 2019 (“ Issuance Date ”)

 

This COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT (the “ Warrant ”) certifies that, for value received (in connection with the issuance of the $600,000.00 convertible promissory note to the Holder (as defined below) of even date) (the “Note”), Auctus Fund, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (including any permitted and registered assigns, the “ Holder ”), is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the limitations on exercise and the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after the date of issuance hereof, to purchase from Imaging3, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), up to 15,000,000 shares of Common Stock (as defined below) (the “ Warrant Shares ”) (whereby such number may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Warrant) at the Exercise Price per share then in effect. This Warrant is issued by the Company as of the date hereof in connection with that certain securities purchase agreement dated May 31, 2019, by and among the Company and the Holder (the “ Purchase Agreement ”).

 

Capitalized terms used in this Warrant shall have the meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement unless otherwise defined in the body of this Warrant or in Section 12 below. For purposes of this Warrant, the term “ Exercise Price ” shall mean $0.15, subject to adjustment as provided herein, and the term “ Exercise Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the Issuance Date and ending on 5:00 p.m. eastern standard time on the five-year anniversary thereof.

 

1. EXERCISE OF WARRANT .

 

(a) Mechanics of Exercise. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time or times during the Exercise Period by delivery of a written notice, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Notice”), of the Holder’s election to exercise this Warrant. The Holder shall not be required to deliver the original Warrant in order to effect an exercise hereunder. Partial exercises of this Warrant resulting in purchases of a portion of the total number of Warrant Shares available hereunder shall have the effect of lowering the outstanding number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder in an amount equal to the applicable number of Warrant Shares purchased. On or before the second Trading Day (the “ Warrant Share Delivery Date ”) following the date on which the Holder sent the Exercise Notice to the Company or the Company’s transfer agent, and upon receipt by the Company of payment to the Company of an amount equal to the applicable Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares as to which all or a portion of this Warrant is being exercised (the “ Aggregate Exercise Price ” and together with the Exercise Notice, the “ Exercise Delivery Documents ”) in cash or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, the Company shall (or direct its transfer agent to) issue and dispatch by overnight courier to the address as specified in the Exercise Notice, a certificate, registered in the Company’s share register in the name of the Holder or its designee, for the number of shares of Common Stock to which the Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise (or deliver such shares of Common Stock in electronic format if requested by the Holder). Upon delivery of the Exercise Delivery Documents, the Holder shall be deemed for all corporate purposes to have become the holder of record of the Warrant Shares with respect to which this Warrant has been exercised, irrespective of the date of delivery of the certificates evidencing such Warrant Shares. If this Warrant is submitted in connection with any exercise and the number of Warrant Shares represented by this Warrant submitted for exercise is greater than the number of Warrant Shares being acquired upon an exercise, then the Company shall as soon as practicable and in no event later than three Business Days after any exercise and at its own expense, issue a new Warrant (in accordance with Section 6) representing the right to purchase the number of Warrant Shares purchasable immediately prior to such exercise under this Warrant, less the number of Warrant Shares with respect to which this Warrant is exercised.

 

 
 

 

If the Company fails to cause its transfer agent to transmit to the Holder the respective shares of Common Stock by the respective Warrant Share Delivery Date, then the Holder will have the right to rescind such exercise in Holder’s sole discretion, and such failure shall be deemed an event of default under the Note.

 

If, at the time of the Company’s request (each a “Call Notice”), (i) the Warrant Shares are registered for resale by the Holder at prevailing market prices (and not fixed prices) under an effective non-stale registration statement of the Company, (ii) the Company is current in its reporting obligations with respect to the SEC, (iii) the volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock exceeds 200% of the Exercise Price in effect at that time for five (5) consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding the date that the Call Notice is given to Holder, (iv) the Holder is not in possession of any information provided by the Company that constitutes material nonpublic information, (v) the number of shares being called will not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, and (vi) an Event of Default (as defined in the Note) nor an event which with the passage of time or the giving of notice could become an Event of Default is not pending, then the Company may call for the exercise of that portion of this Warrant for which an Exercise Notice has not yet been delivered as of the date of the Call Notice. A Call Notice shall not be given to the Holder (i) with respect to any Warrants which if exercised would cause such Holder to exceed the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, (ii) if the number of Warrant Shares in the Call Notice exceeds 200% of the average daily trading volume for the five (5) consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding the date that the Call Notice is given to Holder, or (iii) if the Aggregate Exercise Price payable pursuant to the Call Notice exceeds $500,000.00. A Call Notice may not be given later than sixty (60) days before the end of the Exercise Period, nor more often than one time each fifteen (15) Trading Days.

 

(b) No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant as a consequence of any adjustment pursuant hereto. All Warrant Shares (including fractions) issuable upon exercise of this Warrant may be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the exercise would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after aggregation, the exercise would result in the issuance of a fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuance of any fractional share, pay the Holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the product resulting from multiplying the then-current fair market value of a Warrant Share by such fraction.

 

(c) Holder’s Exercise Limitations. The Company shall not effect any exercise of this Warrant, and a Holder shall not have the right to exercise any portion of this Warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to issuance of Warrant Shares upon exercise as set forth on the applicable Notice of Exercise, the Holder (together with the Holder’s Affiliates, and any other persons acting as a group together with the Holder or any of the Holder’s Affiliates), would beneficially own in excess of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, as defined below. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Holder and its Affiliates shall include the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which such determination is being made, but shall exclude the number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, non-exercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or non-converted portion of any other securities of the Company (including without limitation any other Common Stock Equivalents) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this paragraph (d), beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, it being acknowledged by the Holder that the Company is not representing to the Holder that such calculation is in compliance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the Holder is solely responsible for any schedules required to be filed in accordance therewith. To the extent that the limitation contained in this paragraph applies, the determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any affiliates) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable shall be in the sole discretion of the Holder, and the submission of a Notice of Exercise shall be deemed to be the Holder’s determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable, in each case subject to the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, and the Company shall have no obligation to verify or confirm the accuracy of such determination.

 

2
 

 

For purposes of this paragraph, in determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, a Holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as reflected in (A) the Company’s most recent periodic or annual report filed with the Commission, as the case may be, (B) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (C) a more recent written notice by the Company or its transfer agent setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Upon the request of a Holder, the Company shall within two Trading Days confirm to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including this Warrant, by the Holder or its affiliates since the date as of which such number of outstanding shares of Common Stock was reported. The “ Beneficial Ownership Limitation ” shall be 4.99% of the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor Holder of this Warrant.

 

2. ADJUSTMENTS . The Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares shall be adjusted from time to time as follows:

 

(a) Distribution of Assets. If the Company shall declare or make any dividend or other distribution of its assets (or rights to acquire its assets) to holders of shares of Common Stock, by way of return of capital or otherwise (including without limitation any distribution of cash, stock or other securities, property or options by way of a dividend, spin off, reclassification, corporate rearrangement or other similar transaction, but not including a reverse split with respect to the Common Stock) (a “ Distribution ”), at any time after the issuance of this Warrant, then, in each such case:

 

(i) any Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the record date fixed for the determination of holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to receive the Distribution shall be reduced, effective as of the close of business on such record date, to a price determined by multiplying such Exercise Price by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the Closing Sale Price of the shares of Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding such record date minus the value of the Distribution (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors) applicable to one share of Common Stock, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the Closing Sale Price of the shares of Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding such record date; and

 

(ii) the number of Warrant Shares shall be increased to a number of shares equal to the number of shares of Common Stock obtainable immediately prior to the close of business on the record date fixed for the determination of holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to receive the Distribution multiplied by the reciprocal of the fraction set forth in the immediately preceding clause (i); provided, however, that in the event that the Distribution is of shares of common stock of a company (other than the Company) whose common stock is traded on a national securities exchange or a national automated quotation system (“ Other Shares of Common Stock ”), then the Holder may elect to receive a warrant to purchase Other Shares of Common Stock in lieu of an increase in the number of Warrant Shares, the terms of which shall be identical to those of this Warrant, except that such warrant shall be exercisable into the number of shares of Other Shares of Common Stock that would have been payable to the Holder pursuant to the Distribution had the Holder exercised this Warrant immediately prior to such record date and with an aggregate exercise price equal to the product of the amount by which the exercise price of this Warrant was decreased with respect to the Distribution pursuant to the terms of the immediately preceding clause (i) and the number of Warrant Shares calculated in accordance with the first part of this clause (ii).

 

3
 

 

(iii) For the avoidance of doubt, no adjustment shall occur when shares of outstanding Common Stock are merged proportionally across all stockholders to form a smaller number of outstanding shares of Common Stock.

 

(b) Anti-Dilution Adjustments to Exercise Price. If the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, as applicable, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, shall sell or grant any option to purchase, or sell or grant any right to reprice, or otherwise dispose of or issue (or announce any offer, sale, grant or any option to purchase or other disposition) any Common Stock or securities entitling any person or entity to acquire shares of Common Stock (upon conversion, exercise or otherwise) (including but not limited to under the Note), at an effective price per share less than the then Exercise Price (such lower price, the “ Base Share Price ” and such issuances collectively, a “ Dilutive Issuance ”) (if the holder of the Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents so issued shall at any time, whether by operation of purchase price adjustments, elimination of an applicable floor price for any reason in the future (including but not limited to the passage of time or satisfaction of certain condition(s)), reset provisions, floating conversion, exercise or exchange prices or otherwise, or due to warrants, options or rights per share which are issued in connection with such issuance, be entitled or potentially entitled to receive shares of Common Stock at an effective price per share which is less than the Exercise Price at any time while such Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents are in existence, such issuance shall be deemed to have occurred for less than the Exercise Price on such date of the Dilutive Issuance (regardless of whether the Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents are (i) subsequently redeemed or retired by the Company after the date of the Dilutive Issuance or (ii) actually converted or exercised at such Base Share Price), then the Exercise Price shall be reduced at the option of the Holder and only reduced to equal the Base Share Price, and the number of Warrant Shares issuable hereunder shall be increased such that the aggregate Exercise Price payable hereunder, after taking into account the decrease in the Exercise Price, shall be equal to the aggregate Exercise Price prior to such adjustment (for the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate Exercise Price prior to such adjustment is calculated as follows: the total number of Warrant Shares multiplied by the initial Exercise Price in effect as of the Issuance Date). Such adjustment shall be made whenever such Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents are issued, regardless of whether the Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents are (i) subsequently redeemed or retired by the Company after the date of the Dilutive Issuance or (ii) actually converted or exercised at such Base Share Price by the holder thereof (for the avoidance of doubt, the Holder may utilize the Base Share Price even if the Company did not actually issue shares of its common stock at the Base Share Price under the respective Common stock Equivalents). The Company shall notify the Holder in writing, no later than the Trading Day following the issuance of any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents subject to this Section 2(b), indicating therein the applicable issuance price, or applicable reset price, exchange price, conversion price and other pricing terms (such notice the “ Dilutive Issuance Notice ”). For purposes of clarification, whether or not the Company provides a Dilutive Issuance Notice pursuant to this Section 2(b), upon the occurrence of any Dilutive Issuance, after the date of such Dilutive Issuance the Holder is entitled to receive a number of Warrant Shares based upon the Base Share Price regardless of whether the Holder accurately refers to the Base Share Price in the Notice of Exercise.

 

3. FUNDAMENTAL TRANSACTIONS . If, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, (i) the Company effects any merger of the Company with or into another entity and the Company is not the surviving entity (such surviving entity, the “ Successor Entity ”), (ii) the Company effects any sale of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or by another individual or entity, and approved by the Company) is completed pursuant to which holders of Common Stock are permitted to tender or exchange their shares of Common Stock for other securities, cash or property and the holders of at least 50% of the Common Stock accept such offer, or (iv) the Company effects any reclassification of the Common Stock or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Common Stock is effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property (other than as a result of a subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock) (in any such case, a “ Fundamental Transaction ”), then, upon any subsequent exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to receive the number of shares of Common Stock of the Successor Entity or of the Company and any additional consideration (the “ Alternate Consideration ”) receivable upon or as a result of such reorganization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or disposition of assets by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such event (disregarding any limitation on exercise contained herein solely for the purpose of such determination). For purposes of any such exercise, the determination of the Exercise Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate Consideration based on the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of one share of Common Stock in such Fundamental Transaction, and the Company shall apportion the Exercise Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration. If holders of Common Stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any exercise of this Warrant following such Fundamental Transaction. To the extent necessary to effectuate the foregoing provisions, any Successor Entity in such Fundamental Transaction shall issue to the Holder a new warrant consistent with the foregoing provisions and evidencing the Holder’s right to exercise such warrant into Alternate Consideration.

 

4
 

 

4. NON-CIRCUMVENTION . The Company covenants and agrees that it will not, by amendment of its certificate of incorporation, bylaws or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, scheme of arrangement, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, and will at all times in good faith carry out all the provisions of this Warrant and take all action as may be required to protect the rights of the Holder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company (i) shall not increase the par value of any shares of Common Stock receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant above the Exercise Price then in effect, (ii) shall take all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of this Warrant, and (iii) shall, for so long as this Warrant is outstanding, have authorized and reserved, free from preemptive rights, five times the number of shares of Common Stock that is actually issuable upon full exercise of the Warrant (based on the Exercise Price in effect from time to time, and without regard to any limitations on exercise).

 

5. WARRANT HOLDER NOT DEEMED A STOCKHOLDER . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, this Warrant, in and of itself, shall not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company. In addition, nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as imposing any liabilities on the Holder to purchase any securities (upon exercise of this Warrant or otherwise) or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liabilities are asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

 

6. REISSUANCE .

 

(a) Lost, Stolen or Mutilated Warrant. If this Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Company will, on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as it may reasonably impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant of like denomination and tenor as this Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed.

 

(b) Issuance of New Warrants. Whenever the Company is required to issue a new Warrant pursuant to the terms of this Warrant, such new Warrant shall be of like tenor with this Warrant, and shall have an issuance date, as indicated on the face of such new Warrant which is the same as the Issuance Date.

 

7. TRANSFER .

 

(a) Notice of Transfer. The Holder agrees to give written notice to the Company before transferring this Warrant or transferring any Warrant Shares of such Holder’s intention to do so, describing briefly the manner of any proposed transfer. Promptly upon receiving such written notice, the Company shall present copies thereof to the Company’s counsel. If the proposed transfer may be effected without registration or qualification (under any federal or state securities laws), the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify the Holder thereof, whereupon the Holder shall be entitled to transfer this Warrant or to dispose of Warrant Shares received upon the previous exercise of this Warrant, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company; provided, however, that an appropriate legend may be endorsed on this Warrant or the certificates for such Warrant Shares respecting restrictions upon transfer thereof necessary or _advisable in the opinion of counsel and satisfactory to the Company to prevent further transfers which would be in violation of Section 5 of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; and provided further that the prospective transferee or purchaser shall execute the Assignment of Warrant attached hereto as Exhibit B and such other documents and make such representations, warranties, and agreements as may be required solely to comply with the exemptions relied upon by the Company for the transfer or disposition of the Warrant or Warrant Shares.

 

5
 

 

(b) If the proposed transfer or disposition of this Warrant or such Warrant Shares described in the written notice given pursuant to this Section 7 may not be effected without registration or qualification of this Warrant or such Warrant Shares, the Holder will limit its activities in respect to such transfer or disposition as are permitted by law.

 

(c) Any transferee of all or a portion of this Warrant shall succeed to the rights and benefits of the initial Holder of this Warrant under Sections 4.1 and 4.3 (subject, however, to the limitations set forth in Section 4.2), 4.4 and 4.5 of the Purchase Agreement (registration rights, expenses, and indemnity).

 

8. NOTICES . Whenever notice is required to be given under this Warrant, unless otherwise provided herein, such notice shall be given in accordance with the notice provisions contained in the Purchase Agreement. The Company shall provide the Holder with prompt written notice (i) immediately upon any adjustment of the Exercise Price, setting forth in reasonable detail, the calculation of such adjustment and (ii) at least 20 days prior to the date on which the Company closes its books or takes a record (A) with respect to any dividend or distribution upon the shares of Common Stock, (B) with respect to any grants, issuances or sales of any stock or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or other property, pro rata to the holders of shares of Common Stock or (C) for determining rights to vote with respect to any Fundamental Transaction, dissolution or liquidation, provided in each case that such information shall be made known to the public prior to or in conjunction with such notice being provided to the Holder.

 

9. AMENDMENT AND WAIVER . The terms of this Warrant may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

 

10. GOVERNING LAW . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. Any action brought by either party against the other concerning the transactions contemplated by this Warrant shall be brought only in the state courts of Massachusetts or in the federal courts located in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The parties to this Warrant hereby irrevocably waive any objection to jurisdiction and venue of any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue or based upon forum non conveniens. THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS WARRANT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party its reasonable attorney’s fees and costs. In the event that any provision of this Warrant or any other agreement delivered in connection herewith is invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it may conflict therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform with such statute or rule of law. Any such provision which may prove invalid or unenforceable under any law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of any agreement. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any suit, action or proceeding in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

6
 

 

11. ACCEPTANCE . Receipt of this Warrant by the Holder shall constitute acceptance of and agreement to all of the terms and conditions contained herein.

 

12. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS . For purposes of this Warrant, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(a) ‘‘ Nasdaq ” means www.Nasdaq.com.

 

(b) “ Closing Sale Price ” means, for any security as of any date, (i) the last closing trade price for such security on the Principal Market, as reported by Nasdaq, or, if the Principal Market begins to operate on an extended hours basis and does not designate the closing trade price, then the last trade price of such security prior to 4:00 p.m., New York time, as reported by Nasdaq, or (ii) if the foregoing does not apply, the last trade price of such security in the over-the-counter market for such security as reported by Nasdaq, or (iii) if no last trade price is reported for such security by Nasdaq, the average of the bid and ask prices of any market makers for such security as reported by the OTC Markets. If the Closing Sale Price cannot be calculated for a security on a particular date on any of the foregoing bases, the Closing Sale Price of such security on such date shall be the fair market value as mutually determined by the Company and the Holder. All such determinations to be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination or other similar transaction during the applicable calculation period.

 

(c) “ Common Stock ” means the Company’s common stock, and any other class of securities into which such securities may hereafter be reclassified or changed.

 

(d) “ Common Stock Equivalents ” means any securities of the Company that would entitle the holder thereof to acquire at any time Common Stock, including without limitation any debt, preferred stock, rights, options, warrants or other instrument that is at any time convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or otherwise entitles the holder thereof to receive, Common Stock.

 

(e) “ Dilutive Issuance ” is any issuance of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents described in Section 2(b) above; provided, however, that a Dilutive Issuance shall not include any Exempt Issuance.

 

(f) “ Exempt Issuance ” means the issuance of (i) shares of Common Stock or options to employees, officers, or directors of the Company pursuant to any stock or option plan duly adopted by a majority of the non-employee members of the Board of Directors of the Company or a majority of the members of a committee of non employee directors established for such purpose, and (ii) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to real property leasing arrangement from a bank approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(g) “ Principal Market ” means the primary national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded.

 

(h) “ Trading Day ” means (i) any day on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and traded on its Principal Market, (ii) if the Common Stock is not then listed or quoted and traded on any national securities exchange, then a day on which trading occurs on any over-the-counter markets, or (iii) if trading does not occur on the over-the-counter markets, any Business Day.

 

* * * * * * *

 

7
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed as of the Issuance Date set forth above.

 

  IMAGING3, INC.
     
    /s/ John Hollister
  Name: John Hollister
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

(To be executed by the registered holder to exercise this Common Stock Purchase Warrant)

 

THE UNDERSIGNED holder hereby exercises the right to purchase ____________ of the shares of Common Stock (“Warrant Shares”) of Imaging3, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), evidenced by the attached copy of the Common Stock Purchase Warrant (the “Warrant”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Warrant.

 

1. Form of Exercise Price . The Holder intends that payment of the Exercise Price shall be made as (check one):

 

[  ] a cash exercise with respect to______________ Warrant Shares.

 

2. Payment of Exercise Price . If cash exercise is selected above, the holder shall pay the applicable Aggregate Exercise Price in the sum of $_______________ to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.

 

3. Delivery of Warrant Shares . The Company shall deliver to the holder _________________ Warrant Shares in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.

 

Date: ________________________

 

   
  (Print Name of Registered Holder)
     
  By:        
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

ASSIGNMENT OF WARRANT

 

(To be signed only upon authorized transfer of the Warrant)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto _________________ the right to purchase ____________ shares of common stock of Irnaging3, Inc., to which the within Common Stock Purchase Warrant relates and appoints ___________________ as attorney-in-fact, to transfer said right on the books of Imaging3, Inc. with full power of substitution and re-substitution in the premises. By accepting such transfer, the transferee has agreed to be bound in all respects by the terms and conditions of the within Warrant.

 

Date: ________________________

 

   
  (Signature)*
   
  (Name)
   
  (Address)
   
  (Social Security or Tax Identification No.)

 

* The signature on this Assignment of Warrant must correspond to the name as written upon the face of the Common Stock Purchase Warrant in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever. When signing on behalf of a corporation, partnership, trust or other entity, please indicate your position(s) and title(s) with such entity.

 

 
 

 

NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR THE SECURITIES AS TO WHICH THIS SECURITY MAY BE EXERCISED HAVE BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR THE SECURITIES COMMISSION OF ANY STATE IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AS EVIDENCED BY A LEGAL OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE TRANSFEROR TO SUCH EFFECT, THE SUBSTANCE OF WHICH SHALL BE REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY. THIS SECURITY AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN SECURED BY SUCH SECURITIES.

 

COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

 

IMAGING3, INC.

 

Warrant Shares: 8,000,000

Date of Issuance: May 31, 2019 (“ Issuance Date ”)

 

This COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT (the “ Warrant ”) certifies that, for value received (in connection with the issuance of the $600,000.00 convertible promissory note to the Holder (as defined below) of even date) (the “Note”), Auctus Fund, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (including any permitted and registered assigns, the “ Holder ”), is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the limitations on exercise and the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after the date of issuance hereof, to purchase from Imaging3, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), up to 8,000,000 shares of Common Stock (as defined below) (the “ Warrant Shares ”) (whereby such number may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Warrant) at the Exercise Price per share then in effect. This Warrant is issued by the Company as of the date hereof in connection with that certain securities purchase agreement dated May 31, 2019, by and among the Company and the Holder (the “ Purchase Agreement ”).

 

Capitalized terms used in this Warrant shall have the meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement unless otherwise defined in the body of this Warrant or in Section 12 below. For purposes of this Warrant, the term “ Exercise Price ” shall mean $0.25, subject to adjustment as provided herein, and the term “ Exercise Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the Issuance Date and ending on 5:00 p.m. eastern standard time on the five-year anniversary thereof.

 

1. EXERCISE OF WARRANT .

 

(a) Mechanics of Exercise. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time or times during the Exercise Period by delivery of a written notice, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Notice ”), of the Holder’s election to exercise this Warrant. The Holder shall not be required to deliver the original Warrant in order to effect an exercise hereunder. Partial exercises of this Warrant resulting in purchases of a portion of the total number of Warrant Shares available hereunder shall have the effect of lowering the outstanding number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder in an amount equal to the applicable number of Warrant Shares purchased. On or before the second Trading Day (the “ Warrant Share Delivery Date ”) following the date on which the Holder sent the Exercise Notice to the Company or the Company’s transfer agent, and upon receipt by the Company of payment to the Company of an amount equal to the applicable Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares as to which all or a portion of this Warrant is being exercised (the “ Aggregate Exercise Price ” and together with the Exercise Notice, the “ Exercise Delivery Documents ”) in cash or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, the Company shall (or direct its transfer agent to) issue and dispatch by overnight courier to the address as specified in the Exercise Notice, a certificate, registered in the Company’s share register in the name of the Holder or its designee, for the number of shares of Common Stock to which the Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise (or deliver such shares of Common Stock in electronic format if requested by the Holder). Upon delivery of the Exercise Delivery Documents, the Holder shall be deemed for all corporate purposes to have become the holder of record of the Warrant Shares with respect to which this Warrant has been exercised, irrespective of the date of delivery of the certificates evidencing such Warrant Shares. If this Warrant is submitted in connection with any exercise and the number of Warrant Shares represented by this Warrant submitted for exercise is greater than the number of Warrant Shares being acquired upon an exercise, then the Company shall as soon as practicable and in no event later than three Business Days after any exercise and at its own expense, issue a new Warrant (in accordance with Section 6) representing the right to purchase the number of Warrant Shares purchasable immediately prior to such exercise under this Warrant, less the number of Warrant Shares with respect to which this Warrant is exercised.

 

 

 

 

If the Company fails to cause its transfer agent to transmit to the Holder the respective shares of Common Stock by the respective Warrant Share Delivery Date, then the Holder will have the right to rescind such exercise in Holder’s sole discretion, and such failure shall be deemed an event of default under the Note.

 

If, at the time of the Company’s request (each a “Call Notice”), (i) the Warrant Shares are registered for resale by the Holder at prevailing market prices (and not fixed prices) under an effective non-stale registration statement of the Company, (ii) the Company is current in its reporting obligations with respect to the SEC, (iii) the volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock exceeds 200% of the Exercise Price in effect at that time for five (5) consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding the date that the Call Notice is given to Holder, (iv) the Holder is not in possession of any information provided by the Company that constitutes material nonpublic information, (v) the number of shares being called will not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, and (vi) an Event of Default (as defined in the Note) nor an event which with the passage of time or the giving of notice could become an Event of Default is not pending, then the Company may call for the exercise of that portion of this Warrant for which an Exercise Notice has not yet been delivered as of the date of the Call Notice. A Call Notice shall not be given to the Holder (i) with respect to any Warrants which if exercised would cause such Holder to exceed the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, (ii) if the number of Warrant Shares in the Call Notice exceeds 200% of the average daily trading volume for the five (5) consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding the date that the Call Notice is given to Holder, or (iii) if the Aggregate Exercise Price payable pursuant to the Call Notice exceeds $500,000.00. A Call Notice may not be given later than sixty (60) days before the end of the Exercise Period, nor more often than one time each fifteen (15) Trading Days.

 

(b) No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant as a consequence of any adjustment pursuant hereto. All Warrant Shares (including fractions) issuable upon exercise of this Warrant may be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the exercise would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after aggregation, the exercise would result in the issuance of a fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuance of any fractional share, pay the Holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the product resulting from multiplying the then-current fair market value of a Warrant Share by such fraction.

 

(c) Holder’s Exercise Limitations. The Company shall not effect any exercise of this Warrant, and a Holder shall not have the right to exercise any portion of this Warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to issuance of Warrant Shares upon exercise as set forth on the applicable Notice of Exercise, the Holder (together with the Holder’s Affiliates, and any other persons acting as a group together with the Holder or any of the Holder’s Affiliates), would beneficially own in excess of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, as defined below. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Holder and its Affiliates shall include the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which such determination is being made, but shall exclude the number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, non-exercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or non-converted portion of any other securities of the Company (including without limitation any other Common Stock Equivalents) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this paragraph (d), beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, it being acknowledged by the Holder that the Company is not representing to the Holder that such calculation is in compliance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the Holder is solely responsible for any schedules required to be filed in accordance therewith. To the extent that the limitation contained in this paragraph applies, the determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any affiliates) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable shall be in the sole discretion of the Holder, and the submission of a Notice of Exercise shall be deemed to be the Holder’s determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable, in each case subject to the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, and the Company shall have no obligation to verify or confirm the accuracy of such determination.

 

2

 

 

For purposes of this paragraph, in determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, a Holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as reflected in (A) the Company’s most recent periodic or annual report filed with the Commission, as the case may be, (B) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (C) a more recent written notice by the Company or its transfer agent setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Upon the request of a Holder, the Company shall within two Trading Days confirm to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including this Warrant, by the Holder or its affiliates since the date as of which such number of outstanding shares of Common Stock was reported. The “ Beneficial Ownership Limitation ” shall be 4.99% of the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor Holder of this Warrant.

 

2. ADJUSTMENTS . The Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares shall be adjusted from time to time as follows:

 

(a) Distribution of Assets. If the Company shall declare or make any dividend or other distribution of its assets (or rights to acquire its assets) to holders of shares of Common Stock, by way of return of capital or otherwise (including without limitation any distribution of cash, stock or other securities, property or options by way of a dividend, spin off, reclassification, corporate rearrangement or other similar transaction, but not including a reverse split with respect to the Common Stock) (a “ Distribution ”), at any time after the issuance of this Warrant, then, in each such case:

 

(i) any Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the record date fixed for the determination of holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to receive the Distribution shall be reduced, effective as of the close of business on such record date, to a price determined by multiplying such Exercise Price by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the Closing Sale Price of the shares of Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding such record date minus the value of the Distribution (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors) applicable to one share of Common Stock, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the Closing Sale Price of the shares of Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding such record date; and

 

(ii) the number of Warrant Shares shall be increased to a number of shares equal to the number of shares of Common Stock obtainable immediately prior to the close of business on the record date fixed for the determination of holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to receive the Distribution multiplied by the reciprocal of the fraction set forth in the immediately preceding clause (i); provided, however, that in the event that the Distribution is of shares of common stock of a company (other than the Company) whose common stock is traded on a national securities exchange or a national automated quotation system (“ Other Shares of Common Stock ”), then the Holder may elect to receive a warrant to purchase Other Shares of Common Stock in lieu of an increase in the number of Warrant Shares, the terms of which shall be identical to those of this Warrant, except that such warrant shall be exercisable into the number of shares of Other Shares of Common Stock that would have been payable to the Holder pursuant to the Distribution had the Holder exercised this Warrant immediately prior to such record date and with an aggregate exercise price equal to the product of the amount by which the exercise price of this Warrant was decreased with respect to the Distribution pursuant to the terms of the immediately preceding clause (i) and the number of Warrant Shares calculated in accordance with the first part of this clause (ii).

 

3

 

 

(iii) For the avoidance of doubt, no adjustment shall occur when shares of outstanding Common Stock are merged proportionally across all stockholders to form a smaller number of outstanding shares of Common Stock.

 

(b) Anti-Dilution Adjustments to Exercise Price. If the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, as applicable, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, shall sell or grant any option to purchase, or sell or grant any right to reprice, or otherwise dispose of or issue (or announce any offer, sale, grant or any option to purchase or other disposition) any Common Stock or securities entitling any person or entity to acquire shares of Common Stock (upon conversion, exercise or otherwise) (including but not limited to under the Note), at an effective price per share less than the then Exercise Price (such lower price, the “ Base Share Price ” and such issuances collectively, a “ Dilutive Issuance ”) (if the holder of the Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents so issued shall at any time, whether by operation of purchase price adjustments, elimination of an applicable floor price for any reason in the future (including but not limited to the passage of time or satisfaction of certain condition(s)), reset provisions, floating conversion, exercise or exchange prices or otherwise, or due to warrants, options or rights per share which are issued in connection with such issuance, be entitled or potentially entitled to receive shares of Common Stock at an effective price per share which is less than the Exercise Price at any time while such Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents are in existence, such issuance shall be deemed to have occurred for less than the Exercise Price on such date of the Dilutive Issuance (regardless of whether the Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents are (i) subsequently redeemed or retired by the Company after the date of the Dilutive Issuance or (ii) actually converted or exercised at such Base Share Price), then the Exercise Price shall be reduced at the option of the Holder and only reduced to equal the Base Share Price, and the number of Warrant Shares issuable hereunder shall be increased such that the aggregate Exercise Price payable hereunder, after taking into account the decrease in the Exercise Price, shall be equal to the aggregate Exercise Price prior to such adjustment (for the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate Exercise Price prior to such adjustment is calculated as follows: the total number of Warrant Shares multiplied by the initial Exercise Price in effect as of the Issuance Date). Such adjustment shall be made whenever such Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents are issued, regardless of whether the Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents are (i) subsequently redeemed or retired by the Company after the date of the Dilutive Issuance or (ii) actually converted or exercised at such Base Share Price by the holder thereof (for the avoidance of doubt, the Holder may utilize the Base Share Price even if the Company did not actually issue shares of its common stock at the Base Share Price under the respective Common stock Equivalents). The Company shall notify the Holder in writing, no later than the Trading Day following the issuance of any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents subject to this Section 2(b), indicating therein the applicable issuance price, or applicable reset price, exchange price, conversion price and other pricing terms (such notice the “ Dilutive Issuance Notice ”). For purposes of clarification, whether or not the Company provides a Dilutive Issuance Notice pursuant to this Section 2(b), upon the occurrence of any Dilutive Issuance, after the date of such Dilutive Issuance the Holder is entitled to receive a number of Warrant Shares based upon the Base Share Price regardless of whether the Holder accurately refers to the Base Share Price in the Notice of Exercise.

 

3. FUNDAMENTAL TRANSACTIONS . If, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, (i) the Company effects any merger of the Company with or into another entity and the Company is not the surviving entity (such surviving entity, the “ Successor Entity ”), (ii) the Company effects any sale of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or by another individual or entity, and approved by the Company) is completed pursuant to which holders of Common Stock are permitted to tender or exchange their shares of Common Stock for other securities, cash or property and the holders of at least 50% of the Common Stock accept such offer, or (iv) the Company effects any reclassification of the Common Stock or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Common Stock is effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property (other than as a result of a subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock) (in any such case, a “ Fundamental Transaction ”), then, upon any subsequent exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to receive the number of shares of Common Stock of the Successor Entity or of the Company and any additional consideration (the “ Alternate Consideration ”) receivable upon or as a result of such reorganization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or disposition of assets by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such event (disregarding any limitation on exercise contained herein solely for the purpose of such determination). For purposes of any such exercise, the determination of the Exercise Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate Consideration based on the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of one share of Common Stock in such Fundamental Transaction, and the Company shall apportion the Exercise Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration. If holders of Common Stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any exercise of this Warrant following such Fundamental Transaction. To the extent necessary to effectuate the foregoing provisions, any Successor Entity in such Fundamental Transaction shall issue to the Holder a new warrant consistent with the foregoing provisions and evidencing the Holder’s right to exercise such warrant into Alternate Consideration.

 

4

 

 

4. NON-CIRCUMVENTION . The Company covenants and agrees that it will not, by amendment of its certificate of incorporation, bylaws or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, scheme of arrangement, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, and will at all times in good faith carry out all the provisions of this Warrant and take all action as may be required to protect the rights of the Holder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company (i) shall not increase the par value of any shares of Common Stock receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant above the Exercise Price then in effect, (ii) shall take all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of this Warrant, and (iii) shall, for so long as this Warrant is outstanding, have authorized and reserved, free from preemptive rights, five times the number of shares of Common Stock that is actually issuable upon full exercise of the Warrant (based on the Exercise Price in effect from time to time, and without regard to any limitations on exercise).

 

5. WARRANT HOLDER NOT DEEMED A STOCKHOLDER . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, this Warrant, in and of itself, shall not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company. In addition, nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as imposing any liabilities on the Holder to purchase any securities (upon exercise of this Warrant or otherwise) or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liabilities are asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

 

6. REISSUANCE .

 

(a) Lost, Stolen or Mutilated Warrant. If this Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Company will, on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as it may reasonably impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant of like denomination and tenor as this Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed.

 

(b) Issuance of New Warrants. Whenever the Company is required to issue a new Warrant pursuant to the terms of this Warrant, such new Warrant shall be of like tenor with this Warrant, and shall have an issuance date, as indicated on the face of such new Warrant which is the same as the Issuance Date.

 

7. TRANSFER .

 

(a) Notice of Transfer. The Holder agrees to give written notice to the Company before transferring this Warrant or transferring any Warrant Shares of such Holder’s intention to do so, describing briefly the manner of any proposed transfer. Promptly upon receiving such written notice, the Company shall present copies thereof to the Company’s counsel. If the proposed transfer may be effected without registration or qualification (under any federal or state securities laws), the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify the Holder thereof, whereupon the Holder shall be entitled to transfer this Warrant or to dispose of Warrant Shares received upon the previous exercise of this Warrant, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company; provided, however, that an appropriate legend may be endorsed on this Warrant or the certificates for such Warrant Shares respecting restrictions upon transfer thereof necessary or advisable in the opinion of counsel and satisfactory to the Company to prevent further transfers which would be in violation of Section 5 of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; and provided further that the prospective transferee or purchaser shall execute the Assignment of Warrant attached hereto as Exhibit B and such other documents and make such representations, warranties, and agreements as may be required solely to comply with the exemptions relied upon by the Company for the transfer or disposition of the Warrant or Warrant Shares.

 

5

 

 

(b) If the proposed transfer or disposition of this Warrant or such Warrant Shares described in the written notice given pursuant to this Section 7 may not be effected without registration or qualification of this Warrant or such Warrant Shares, the Holder will limit its activities in respect to such transfer or disposition as are permitted by law.

 

(c) Any transferee of all or a portion of this Warrant shall succeed to the rights and benefits of the initial Holder of this Warrant under Sections 4.1 and 4.3 (subject, however, to the limitations set forth in Section 4.2), 4.4 and 4.5 of the Purchase Agreement (registration rights, expenses, and indemnity).

 

8. NOTICES . Whenever notice is required to be given under this Warrant, unless otherwise provided herein, such notice shall be given in accordance with the notice provisions contained in the Purchase Agreement. The Company shall provide the Holder with prompt written notice (i) immediately upon any adjustment of the Exercise Price, setting forth in reasonable detail, the calculation of such adjustment and (ii) at least 20 days prior to the date on which the Company closes its books or takes a record (A) with respect to any dividend or distribution upon the shares of Common Stock, (B) with respect to any grants, issuances or sales of any stock or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or other property, pro rata to the holders of shares of Common Stock or (C) for determining rights to vote with respect to any Fundamental Transaction, dissolution or liquidation, provided in each case that such information shall be made known to the public prior to or in conjunction with such notice being provided to the Holder.

 

9. AMENDMENT AND WAIVER . The terms of this Warrant may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

 

10. GOVERNING LAW . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. Any action brought by either party against the other concerning the transactions contemplated by this Warrant shall be brought only in the state courts of Massachusetts or in the federal courts located in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The parties to this Warrant hereby irrevocably waive any objection to jurisdiction and venue of any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue or based upon forum non conveniens. THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS WARRANT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party its reasonable attorney’s fees and costs. In the event that any provision of this Warrant or any other agreement delivered in connection herewith is invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it may conflict therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform with such statute or rule of law. Any such provision which may prove invalid or unenforceable under any law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of any agreement. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any suit, action or proceeding in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

6

 

 

11. ACCEPTANCE . Receipt of this Warrant by the Holder shall constitute acceptance of and agreement to all of the terms and conditions contained herein.

 

12. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS . For purposes of this Warrant, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(a) “ Nasdaq ” means www.Nasdaq.com.

 

(b) “ Closing Sale Price ” means, for any security as of any date, (i) the last closing trade price for such security on the Principal Market, as reported by Nasdaq, or, if the Principal Market begins to operate on an extended hours basis and does not designate the closing trade price, then the last trade price of such security prior to 4:00 p.m., New York time, as reported by Nasdaq, or (ii) if the foregoing does not apply, the last trade price of such security in the over-the-counter market for such security as reported by Nasdaq, or (iii) if no last trade price is reported for such security by Nasdaq, the average of the bid and ask prices of any market makers for such security as reported by the OTC Markets. If the Closing Sale Price cannot be calculated for a security on a particular date on any of the foregoing bases, the Closing Sale Price of such security on such date shall be the fair market value as mutually determined by the Company and the Holder. All such determinations to be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination or other similar transaction during the applicable calculation period.

 

(c) “ Common Stock ” means the Company’s common stock, and any other class of securities into which such securities may hereafter be reclassified or changed.

 

(d) “ Common Stock Equivalents ” means any securities of the Company that would entitle the holder thereof to acquire at any time Common Stock, including without limitation any debt, preferred stock, rights, options, warrants or other instrument that is at any time convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or otherwise entitles the holder thereof to receive, Common Stock.

 

(e) “ Dilutive Issuance ” is any issuance of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents described in Section 2(b) above; provided, however, that a Dilutive Issuance shall not include any Exempt Issuance.

 

(f) “ Exempt Issuance ” means the issuance of (i) shares of Common Stock or options to employees, officers, or directors of the Company pursuant to any stock or option plan duly adopted by a majority of the non-employee members of the Board of Directors of the Company or a majority of the members of a committee of non employee directors established for such purpose, and (ii) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to real property leasing arrangement from a bank approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(g) “ Principal Market ” means the primary national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded.

 

(h) “ Trading Day ” means (i) any day on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and traded on its Principal Market, (ii) if the Common Stock is not then listed or quoted and traded on any national securities exchange, then a day on which trading occurs on any over-the-counter markets, or (iii) if trading does not occur on the over-the-counter markets, any Business Day.

 

* * * * * * *

 

7

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed as of the Issuance Date set forth above.

 

  IMAGING3, INC.
     
  /s/ John Hollister
  Name: John Hollister
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

(To be executed by the registered holder to exercise this Common Stock Purchase Warrant)

 

The Undersigned holder hereby exercises the right to purchase ____________ of the shares of Common Stock (“Warrant Shares”) of Imaging3, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), evidenced by the attached copy of the Common Stock Purchase Warrant (the “Warrant”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Warrant.

 

1. Form of Exercise Price . The Holder intends that payment of the Exercise Price shall be made as (check one):

 

[  ] a cash exercise with respect to______________ Warrant Shares.

 

2. Payment of Exercise Price . If cash exercise is selected above, the holder shall pay the applicable Aggregate Exercise Price in the sum of $_______________ to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.

 

3. Delivery of Warrant Shares . The Company shall deliver to the holder _________________ Warrant Shares in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.

 

Date: ________________________

 

   
  (Print Name of Registered Holder)
     
  By :        
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

 

 

GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT

 

by and between

 

1 COACHILLIN’ HOLDINGS LLC ,

a California limited liability company

(“Landlord”)

 

and

 

GRAPEFRUIT BLVD INVESTMENTS

a California company

 

(“Tenant”)

 

1 Coachillin’ Holdings LLC does not engage in the production, manufacture, planting, cultivation, growing, harvesting, preparation, propagation, compounding, processing, dispensing, delivery, or distribution of any controlled substance.

 

1
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1 6
BASIC LEASE TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 6
1.1 Basic Lease Terms. 6
1.2 Definitions. 8
1.3 Exhibits and Attachments. 12
   
ARTICLE 2 13
LEASED PREMISES AND COMMON AREA 13
2.1 Lease of Premises. 13
2.2 Reservation. 13
2.3 Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions. 13
2.4 Common Area. 13
2.5 Relocation. 14
   
ARTICLE 3 14
LEASE TERM 14
3.1 Lease Commencement Date and Initial Term. 14
3.2 Options to Extend. 14
3.3 Holding Over. 14
   
ARTICLE 4 15
CONDITION OF THE PREMISES 15
4.1 Condition of Premises. 15
4.2 Disability Access Disclosure Under Section 1938 of the California Civil Code. 15
   
ARTICLE 5 16
RENT 16
5.1 Rent. 16
5.2 Additional Rent. 17
5.3 Late Charges / Default Rate. 17
5.4 Security Deposit. [Intentionally Omitted] 17
5.5 Prepaid Rent. 17
5.6 Electronic Payment. 17
   
ARTICLE 6 18
ADDITIONAL RENT 18
6.1 Personal Property, Gross Receipts, Leasing Taxes. 18
6.2 Operating Costs. 18

 

2
 

 

ARTICLE 7 20
INSURANCE AND INDEMNITIES 20
7.1 Tenant’s Insurance. 20
7.2 Landlord’s Insurance. 21
7.3 Waivers. 21
7.4 Indemnity. 22
7.5 Enforcement of Indemnities. 22
   
ARTICLE 8 22
ENVIRONMENTAL 22
8.1 Use of Hazardous Substances; Compliance. 22
8.2 Inspection and Testing. 22
8.3 Indemnity. 23
   
ARTICLE 9 23
UTILITIES 23
9.1 Utility Services. 23
9.2 Interruptions. 23
   
ARTICLE 10 24
TENANT’S USE 24
   
ARTICLE 11 24
REPAIR, MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT 24
11.1 Landlord’s Obligations. 24
11.2 Tenant’s Obligations. 24
   
ARTICLE 12 25
ALTERATIONS, SIGNAGE AND PERSONAL PROPERTY 25
12.1 Alterations. 25
12.2 Removal of Alterations by Termination Date. 25
12.3 Signage. 26
12.4 Removal of Personal Property. 26
12.5 Landlord’s Lien. 26
   
ARTICLE 13 27
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING 27
13.1 Restrictions. 27
13.2 Involuntary Assignments. 27
13.3 Process; Landlord Rights. 27

 

3
 

 

13.4 Criteria for Consent. 28
13.5 Excess Rent. 28
13.6 Costs. 28
13.7 Acknowledgment and Waiver. 28
   
ARTICLE 14 29
DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION 29
14.1 Rights of Termination. 29
14.2 Repairs. 29
14.3 Repair Costs. 29
14.4 Waiver. 30
14.5 Landlord’s Election. 30
14.6 Damage Near End of Term. 30
   
ARTICLE 15 30
CONDEMNATION 30
15.1 Effect. 30
15.2 Rights to Award. 31
   
ARTICLE 16 31
LANDLORD’S LIABILITY 31
   
ARTICLE 17 31
DEFAULT PROVISIONS AND REMEDIES 31
17.1 Tenant’s Default. 31
17.2 Termination and Damages. 32
17.3 Personal Property. 33
17.4 Recovery of Rent; Reletting. 33
17.5 No Waiver. 34
17.6 Subleases of Tenant. 34
17.7 Cumulative Remedies. 34
   
ARTICLE 18   34
BANKRUPTCY   34
   
ARTICLE 19  36
SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT   36
   
ARTICLE 20  36
MISCELLANEOUS   36
20.1 Authority to Enter Into Lease. 36

 

4
 

 

20.2 Notices. 36
20.3 Estoppel Certificates. 37
20.4 Landlord’s Access To Premises. 37
20.5 Force Majeure. 37
20.6 Mechanics’ Liens. 37
20.7 Successors and Assigns. 37
20.8 Waiver of California Code Sections. 38
20.9 Acceptance of Payment. 38
20.10 Brokers. 39
20.11 No Recordation. 39
20.12 Modification to Lease. 39
20.13 Governing Law. 39
20.14 Attorneys’ Fees. 39
20.15 Quiet Enjoyment. 40
20.16 Representation. 40
20.17 Counterparts. 40
20.18 Joint and Several Liability. 40
20.19 Triple Net Lease. 40

 

5
 

 

GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT

 

This GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT (the “ Lease ”) is made and entered into as of the “Effective Date” (defined below), by and between COACHILLIN’ HOLDINGS LLC , a California limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and GRAPEFRUIT BLVD INVESTMENTS a California company (“ Tenant ”).

 

ARTICLE 1

BASIC LEASE TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 Basic Lease Terms .

 

This Section outlines the principal terms of the Lease between the Landlord and the Tenant. Most of these terms are further defined and explained in subsequent Sections, all of which are intended to be read together to create the agreement between the parties.

 

  a. Effective Date: September 1, 2018
     
  b. Landlord: Coachillin’ Holdings LLC,
    a California limited liability company
     
      Landlord’s Address :

71-713 Highway 111, Suite 100

Rancho Mirage, CA 92270

Attn: Katherine Dickerson

Phone 760.775.4000

    Fax 760.775.4220
     
  c. Tenant: GRAPEFRUIT BLVD INVESTMENTS,
   

a California company

(“Tenant”)

     
      Tenant’s Address : GRAPEFRUIT BLVD INVESTMENTS
   

11111 Santa Monica Boulevard, Suite 100

Los Angeles, California 90025

Attn:Bradley Yourist

Phone: 310-575-1175

     
  d. Premises: Approximately 2,268 square feet (1,134 sf each) of Leasable Area located on Parcel #33 of the Project, as such premises is outlined on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Premises ”).
     
  e. Parcels : The parcels of land that make up the Lands, as such parcels are shown on the site plan attached hereto as Exhibit B . The Premises are located on Parcel #33 - LL1. The other parcels located on the Lands shall be referred to as the “ Other Parcels ”).

 

6
 

 

  f. Project: The “ Project ” means (i) the Premises (ii) the lands legally described on the attached Exhibit C (the “ Lands ”), (iii) the Common Areas (hereinafter defined), (iv) the other buildings located on the Lands (the “ Other Buildings ”), and (v) at Landlord’s discretion, any additional real property, areas, land, building or other improvements added thereto outside of the Project.
     
  g. Proportionate Share: Tenant’s initial Proportionate Share is 100% based on the ratio that the square footage of Leasable Area of the Premises bears to the square footage of Leasable Area of the Project.
     
  h. Commencement Date: The date that Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant (the “ Commencement Date ”). As used herein, the “ Target Commencement Date ” shall mean March 1, 2018.
     
  i. Term: The “ Term ” shall be three (3) years, following the Commencement Date, plus any partial month for the month in which the Commencement Date occurs if the Commencement Date occurs on other than the first day of a calendar month. If the Commencement Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, the first month shall include the remainder of the calendar month in which the Commencement Date occurs plus the first full calendar month thereafter.
     
  j. Options to Extend: Annual Renewal Option Based on TUP renewal.
     
  k. Permitted Use: Cannabis Cultivation, Manufacturing and Distribution Facilities (the “ Permitted Use ”).
     
  l. Base Rent: $0.50 per square foot of Leasable Area of the Premises per month. See section 5.4 for schedule.
     
  m. Intentionally Deleted.  
     
  n. Security Deposit: NA.
     
  o. Non-Refundable Prepaid Rent: $3,402.00 (3 months of non-refundable rent due at Lease execution). See Section 5.5.
     
  p. Landlord’s Broker: None
     
  q. Tenant’s Broker: None

 

7
 

 

1.2 Definitions .

 

All capitalized terms used in this Lease have the meanings ascribed in this Section 1.2, or before they are first capitalized elsewhere in this Lease.

 

Additional Rent means all charges, fees or other sums of money of any kind other than Base Rent which Tenant becomes obligated to pay to Landlord under the terms of this Lease or in connection with the Premises, including, without limitation, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Costs.

 

Affiliate means any entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant.

 

Agents means officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, contractors, consultants and other third persons acting under the direction and control of a party.

 

Applicable Laws means: (i) all present and future federal, state, county, municipal and other local statutes, laws, codes, ordinances, administrative and court orders and directives, rules and regulations applicable to the Project or to Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises from time to time; (ii) all material terms of any insurance policy covering the Premises; (iii) all material requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters or any other national board of insurance underwriters which are binding upon Landlord, Tenant or the Project; (iv) all future amendments, replacements and substitutions for any item described in the preceding phrases, and (v) all future laws which, when effective, fall within this definition of Applicable Laws.

 

Common Area means all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundaries of the parcels of the Lands containing the Project, as provided and designated by Landlord from time to time for the general use and convenience of Tenant and of other tenants of Landlord having the common use of such areas, and their respective authorized representatives and invitees, including: (i) any outside plaza areas, walkways, driveways, courtyards, public and private streets, transportation facilitation areas and other improvements and facilities now or hereafter constructed surrounding and/or servicing the Premises and/or the Other Building, including any existing Paved Area constructed within the Project, and any other parking structures and/or facilities now or hereafter constructed by or for Landlord within the Project and servicing the Other Building and any other buildings which may be subsequently constructed within the Project which are designated from time to time by Landlord as common areas (or parking facilities, as the case may be) appurtenant to or servicing the Other Building and any such other improvements; (ii) any facilities, parking areas and structures and common areas which Landlord (and/or any common area association formed by Landlord or Landlord’s predecessor or assignee for the Project) may add thereto from time to time within or as part of the Project; and (iii) the land upon which any of the foregoing are situated.

 

8
 

 

Default means the events defined in Section 17.1.

 

Default Rate means the prime rate of interest published in the Wall Street Journal as of the date the Default Rate is determined to apply (or on the next business day after any such date) plus 4%.

 

Effective Date means the date that this Lease has been signed by both Landlord and Tenant or any later date filled in at the beginning of Section 1.1.

 

Environmental Laws means, in addition to the laws referred to in the definition of Hazardous Substances, all local, state and federal laws, judgments, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, codes and other governmental restrictions, guidelines and requirements, any amendments and successors thereto, replacements thereof and publications promulgated pursuant thereto, which deal with or otherwise in any manner relate to, air or water quality, air emissions, soil or ground conditions or other environmental matters of any kind.

 

Force Majeure means regional labor disputes, governmental regulations or controls, civil unrest, war, unseasonable adverse weather conditions, fire or other casualty, claim adjustments with any insurance company, unavailability of necessary materials or services and any other causes beyond a party’s control that are typically referred to by the term force majeure .

 

Hazardous Substances means any wastes, materials or substances (whether in the form of liquids, solids or gases, and whether or not air-borne), which are or are deemed to be (i) pollutants or contaminants, or which are or are deemed to be hazardous, toxic, ignitable, reactive, corrosive, dangerous, harmful or injurious, or which present a risk to public health or to the environment, or which are or may become regulated by or under the authority of any applicable local, state or federal laws, judgments, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, codes or other governmental restrictions, guidelines or requirements, any amendments or successor(s) thereto, replacements thereof or publications promulgated pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, any such items or substances which are or may become regulated by any of the Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined); (ii) listed as a chemical known to the State of California to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity pursuant to the California Health and Safety Code; or (iii) a pesticide, petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, asbestos or an asbestos-containing material, a polychlorinated biphenyl, radioactive material, or urea formaldehyde.

 

Landlord’s Insurance Costs means all premiums, costs and expenses, and any deductibles for all policies of insurance which may be obtained by Landlord in its discretion for (a) the Premises and the Project, or any blanket policies which include the Premises or the Project, covering damage thereto and loss of rents caused by fire and other perils Landlord elects to cover, including, without limitation, coverage for earthquakes and floods, (b) commercial general liability insurance for the benefit of Landlord and its designees and (c) such other coverage Landlord elects to obtain for the Premises or the Project, including, without limitation, coverage for environmental liability and losses.

 

9
 

 

Leasable Area means with respect to any rentable space, the area expressed in square feet of rentable space within the Project.

 

Operating Costs means the total amounts paid or payable, whether by Landlord or others on behalf of Landlord, in connection with the ownership, maintenance, repair, replacement and operations of the Project in accordance with Landlord’s standard operating and accounting procedures. Since the Project consists of more than one building and Parcel, certain Operating Costs may pertain to a particular building and other Operating Costs to a Parcel and/or the Project as a whole. As provided in Section 6.2 of this Lease, Landlord reserve the right to allocate Operating Costs applicable to any particular building within the Project to the building (including any Alterations) in question whose tenants shall be responsible for payment of their respective proportionate shares in the pertinent building and other Operating Costs applicable to a Parcel and/or the Project shall be charged to each building in the Parcel and/or Project (including the Alterations) with the tenants in each such building being responsible for paying their respective proportionate shares in such building of such costs to the extent required under the applicable leases. Landlord shall in good faith attempt to allocate such Operating Costs to the buildings (including the Alterations) and such allocation shall be binding on Tenant. Operating Costs shall include, but not be limited to, the aggregate of the amount paid for the following costs at the Project:

 

  (a) All supplies, materials, management, clerical, labor and equipment, used in or related to the operation and maintenance of the Project;
     
  (b) All utilities, including water, electricity, gas, heating, lighting, waste disposal, sewer, security and all charges relating to the use, ownership or operation of the Project;
     
  (c) All maintenance, janitorial and service agreements related to any Common Area;
     
  (d) All legal expenses and accounting costs (excluding legal costs of negotiating, terminating or extending leases, or legal costs incurred in proceeding against Tenant) incurred by Landlord in the operation of the Project;
     
  (e) All Landlord Insurance Costs;
     
  (f) All common area maintenance and repair costs relating to the areas within or around the Project, including without limitation, sidewalks, landscaping, service areas, driveways, parking areas, walkways, building exteriors (including painting), including for example costs of resurfacing and restriping parking areas, repairing and replacing roofs, walls, etc.;
     
  (g) All capital improvement costs, provided the same are amortized on a straight line basis over the useful life of the capital item being replaced and/or repaired. Amortization (along with reasonable financing charges) of future capital improvements made to the Project which may be required by any governmental authority (provided, however, that the amount of such amortization for improvements not mandated by government authority shall not exceed in any year the amount of cost reasonably determined by Landlord in its sole discretion to have been saved by the expenditure either through the reduction or minimization of increases which would have otherwise occurred);

 

10
 

 

  (h) Landlord’s costs in managing, maintaining, repairing, operating and insuring the Project, including for example, janitorial services;
     
  (i) Real Property Taxes;
     
  (j) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections, and the cost of contesting the validity or applicability of any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Costs, and the costs incurred in connection with implementation and operation of any transportation system management program or similar program;
     
  (k) the amount paid or payable for all labor and/or wages and other payments including cost to Landlord of workers’ compensation and disability insurance, payroll taxes, welfare and fringe benefits made to janitors, caretakers, network communication and programing personnel and other employees, contractors and subcontractors of Landlord and its property manager involved in the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Project; and
     
  (l) fees for property management services rendered by either Landlord or a third party manager engaged by Landlord (which may be a party affiliated with Landlord), plus charges for office rent for property management, supplies, equipment salaries, wages, bonuses and other compensation (including fringe benefits, vacation, holidays and other paid absence benefits) relating to employees of Landlord or its property manager or agents engaged in the management, operation, repair, or maintenance of the Project.

 

Paved Area means the driveways, parking areas, and other paved areas on the exterior portions of the Project.

 

Real Estate Taxes means mean and include all general and special taxes, assessments, fees of every kind and nature, duties and levies, charged and levied upon or assessed by any governmental authority against the Parcel and all Alterations, including the various estates in such Parcel and any Alterations thereon, any leasehold improvements, fixtures, installations, additions and equipment, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant or any other tenant. Real Estate Taxes shall also include the reasonable cost to Landlord of contesting the amount, validity, or the applicability of any Real Estate Taxes mentioned in this Section. Further included in the definition of Real Estate Taxes herein shall be general and special assessments, license fees, commercial rental tax, levy, or tax (other than inheritance or estate taxes) imposed by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, as against any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Premises, Alterations, Parcels or in the Project or on the act of entering into this Lease or, as against Landlord’s right to rent or other income therefrom, or as against Landlord’s business of leasing the Premises, Alterations, Parcels or the Project, any tax, fee, or charge with respect to the possession, leasing, transfer of interest, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use, or occupancy by Tenant, of the Premises, Alterations, Parcels or any portion thereof or the Project, or any tax imposed in substitution, partially or totally, for any tax previously included within the definition of Real Estate Taxes herein, or any additional tax, the nature of which may or may not have been previously included within the definition of Real Estate Taxes. Further, if at any time during the Term of this Lease the method of taxation or assessment of real estate or the income therefrom prevailing at the time of execution hereof shall be, or has been altered so as to cause the whole or any part of the Real Estate Taxes now or hereafter levied, assessed or imposed on real estate to be levied, assessed or imposed upon Landlord, wholly or partially, as a capital levy, business tax, fee, permit or other charge, or on or measured by the Rents received therefrom, then such new or altered taxes, regardless of their nature, which are attributable to the Lands, the Alterations or to other improvements on the Lands shall be deemed to be included within the term “Real Estate Taxes” for purposes of this Section, whether in substitution for, or in addition to any other Real Estate Taxes, save and except that such shall not be deemed to include any enhancement of said tax attributable to other income of Landlord. Real Estate Taxes shall also include any governmental or private assessments or the Project’s contribution towards a governmental or private cost-sharing agreement, such as by way of example only, a business improvement district, for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities normally provided by governmental agencies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing definition of Real Estate Taxes, Tenant shall not be responsible or liable for the payment of any state or federal income taxes assessed against Landlord, or any estate, succession or inheritance taxes of Landlord, or corporation franchise taxes imposed upon the corporate owner(s) of the fee of the Project.

 

11
 

 

Rent means the Base Rent and any Additional Rent.

 

Tenant’s Personal Property means all equipment, machinery, racking, furniture, furnishings and other property installed or placed in the Premises at Tenant’s expense.

 

Term means the number of months provided in Section 1.1 plus the period through the last day of the calendar month in which the Term would otherwise expire. The word “Term” will also include any period of holding over authorized pursuant to Section 3.3.

 

Termination Date means the last day of the Term, regardless of the reason for the termination.

 

1.3 Exhibits and Attachments .

 

The following Exhibits are attached to and made a part of this Lease. Any Exhibit which is not attached to the Lease on the Effective Date shall be agreed to by the parties, initialed and attached as promptly as possible after the Effective Date, at which point it shall be incorporated in the Lease in the same manner as though it was originally attached.

 

  Exhibit A Premises
  Exhibit B Site Plan showing Parcels and Project
  Exhibit C Legal Description of Lands
  Exhibit D Signage Criteria
  Exhibit E Rules and Regulations

 

12
 

 

ARTICLE 2

LEASED PREMISES AND COMMON AREA

 

2.1 Lease of Premises .

 

Landlord leases the Premises to Tenant, and Tenant rents the Premises from Landlord on the terms and conditions contained in this Lease.

 

2.2 Reservation .

 

Landlord reserves the area beneath and above the Premises with the right to install, maintain, use, repair and replace pipes, ducts, conduits, wires, and structural elements leading through the Premises serving other parts of the Project. Such reservation in no way affects the maintenance obligations imposed herein. Landlord may change the shape, size, location, number and extent of the improvements to any portion of the Premises or Common Area of the Project and/or the address or name of the Premises without the consent of Tenant.

 

2.3 Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions .

 

The parties agree that this Lease is subject to the effect of (a) any covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements, mortgages or deeds of trust, ground leases, rights of way of record, and any other matters or documents of record (such recorded covenants, conditions, restrictions and easements of record, as amended, shall be referred to as the “ CC&Rs ”); (b) any zoning laws of the city, county and state where the Project is situated; and (c) general and special taxes not delinquent. Tenant agrees that as to its leasehold estate, Tenant and all persons in possession or holding under Tenant will conform to and will not violate the terms of any covenants, conditions or restrictions of record which may now or hereafter encumber the Premises or the Project (hereinafter the “ Restrictions ”). This Lease is subordinate to the Restrictions and any amendments or modifications thereto.

 

2.4 Common Area .

 

During the Term, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use the Common Area. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Area be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Area. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Landlord or Landlord’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Landlord shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Tenant, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s sole discretion, from time to time: (i) to make changes and reductions to the Common Area, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas and walkways, (ii) to close temporarily any of the Common Area for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available, (iii) to add additional improvements to the Common Area, (iv) to use the Common Area while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project, or any portion thereof, and (v) to do and perform such other acts and make such other changes into or with respect to the Common Area as Landlord may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

 

13
 

 

2.5 Relocation .

 

After 60 days’ prior written notice to Tenant at any time during the Term, Landlord may require Tenant to move from the Premises to other space of comparable size in the Project (the “ Substituted Premises ”). If Tenant is relocated to the Substituted Premises under this Section 2.5, Landlord agrees to pay all reasonable expenses of Tenant incidental to Tenant’s relocation to the Substituted Premises (excluding, without limitation, any loss of business or profits) and that Landlord shall improve the Substituted Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy at least to the same extent as the Premises occupied by Tenant prior to such relocation exclusive of Tenant’s trade fixtures and Tenant’s Personal Property. Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment of this Lease to reflect the changes required for the Substituted Premises, including, without limitation, a change in Tenant’s Proportionate Share and the amount the Base Rent to reflect the change in the size of the Substituted Premises effective as of the date of relocation. There shall be no abatement of any rent payable hereunder on account of Tenant’s relocation or any inconvenience or business loss caused to Tenant thereby.

 

ARTICLE 3

LEASE TERM

 

3.1 Lease Commencement Date and Initial Term .

 

The initial Term of this Lease shall commence on the Commencement Date and continue for the Term, unless it is terminated earlier pursuant to this Lease. Within ten (10) days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall execute a Declaration of Lease Commencement identifying the Commencement Date, the Termination Date and such other matters reasonably requested by Landlord.

 

3.2 Options to Extend .

 

[Intentionally Omitted]

 

3.3 Holding Over .

 

If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the Termination Date or otherwise fails to surrender the Premises to Tenant on the Termination Date in the condition required under this Lease, then Landlord may either: (a) declare an Event of Default and exercise the remedies available under this Lease, including summary proceedings to recover possession of the Premises; or (b) treat Tenant as a “month-to-month” tenant (subject to the notice requirement in this Section) liable for Rent at an amount equal to 200% of the Rent due under this Lease, in which case all other covenants of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect until terminated by written notice from either party to the other. Notices of termination of any such “month-to-month” tenancy must be delivered at least 60 days before the proposed Termination Date.

 

14
 

 

ARTICLE 4

CONDITION OF THE PREMISES

 

4.1 Condition of Premises .

 

Tenant hereby accepts the Premises in the condition existing as of the date of occupancy, subject to all applicable zoning, municipal, county and state laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, restrictions of record, and requirements in effect during the Term or any part of the Term hereof regulating the Premises, and without representation, warranty or covenant by Landlord, express or implied, as to the condition, habitability or safety of the Premises, the suitability or fitness thereof for their intended purposes, or any other matter.

 

4.2 Disability Access Disclosure Under Section 1938 of the California Civil Code .

 

Landlord makes the following statement in accordance with Section 1938 of the California Civil Code. The Premises have not undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist to determine if the Premises meet all applicable construction related accessibility standards pursuant to Section 55.53 of the California Civil Code. Landlord makes no representation or warranty as to whether or not the Premises comply with the accessibility requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et. seq . (“ ADA ”) or any similar California legislation (the ADA and any similar California legislation shall be referred to as the “ Disability Laws ”).

 

(a) Required Statement . Landlord makes the following statement in compliance with the requirements of Section 1938(e) of the California Civil Code.

 

A Certified Access Specialist (“ CASp ”) can inspect the subject Premises and determine whether the subject Premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject Premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject Premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the subject Premises.

 

If Tenant desires to obtain such CASp inspection, the CASp party, the scope of the inspection and date such inspection may be performed shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, which will not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord shall have the right to have a representative present during such inspection. The cost of such inspection shall be paid by Tenant without reimbursement or other payment from Landlord. Any work required to be completed as described in the CASp report shall be performed and paid for by the applicable party designed in paragraph (b) below. Landlord reserves the right to contest the findings in any CASp inspection report obtained by Tenant by having another CASp inspect the Premises.

 

15
 

 

(b) Responsible Party for Required Work . Landlord shall be responsible for compliance with the Disability Laws in the Common Areas, except for changes, improvements or work in the Common Areas required as a result of Tenant’s particular use of the Premises, or the operation of its business therein, or the construction of any improvements or alterations in the Premises by Tenant, in which case such changes, improvements and work shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant. The cost of any such work by Landlord shall be included in Operating Costs under this Lease. Tenant shall perform, at Tenant’s cost work required by Disability Laws due to improvements or alterations in the Premises by Tenant, or Tenant’s particular use of the Premises, or the operation of its business therein.

 

(c) Confidentiality . Any CASp inspection report obtained by or provided to Tenant shall be confidential and Tenant shall not disclose such report or the findings in such report to any other party without the prior written consent of Landlord in its sole discretion, except to the extent disclosure is required to parties on a need to know basis only for Tenant to complete repairs and corrections of violations of construction-related accessibility standard that Tenant agrees or is required to make.

 

ARTICLE 5

RENT

 

5.1 Rent .

 

Commencing on the Commencement Date and during the Term, Base Rent shall be due and payable as follows:

 

 

Lease Period

 

Base Rent PSF/Per

Annum

    Annual Rent     Monthly Rent     Leasable SF     3 Months Rent      
Year 1-3   $ 0.50     $ 6,804.00     $ 567.00       1,134     $ 1,701.00     Pod 53-06
Year 1-3   $ 0.50     $ 6,804.00     $ 567.00       1,134     $ 1,701.00     Pod 53-07
TOTALS           $ 13,608.00     $ 1,134.00       2,268     $ 3,402.00      
Annual Renewal Option Thereafter          

 

* One (1) year term shall commence on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of the twelfth 12 th ) full calendar month after the Commencement Date.

 

Base Rent shall payable without prior notice or demand in equal monthly installments due in advance on the Commencement Date and then on the first day of each month throughout the Term. If the Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a month, the first payment shall be prorated for the period from the Commencement Date to the first day of the next month of the Term. If the Lease does not expire at the end of the Term, and the Termination Date does not occur on the last day of a month, then the last payment shall be prorated for the period from the first day of the last month through the Termination Date. Tenant shall pay all Rent due under this Lease to Landlord at the Landlord’s Address. All payments of Rent shall be in lawful money of the United States, and payable without deduction, offset, counterclaim, prior notice or demand.

 

16
 

 

5.2 Additional Rent .

 

Tenant shall pay all Additional Rent as and when it becomes due under the terms of this Lease. If no date for payment is specified in this Lease, then Additional Rent shall be due and payable within 15 days after receipt of Landlord’s invoice.

 

5.3 Late Charges / Default Rate .

 

If Tenant fails to make any payment of Rent when due, then Tenant shall also pay a late charge to cover Landlord’s additional administrative costs and loss of use of funds (the “ Late Charge ”). The Late Charge shall be equal to: (a) 5% of the amount past due; plus (b) delinquent interest at the Default Rate beginning on the 1 st day of the month after the date the payment was originally due. If any Late Charge or default interest otherwise due under this Lease is determined to violate any Applicable Laws, then the Late Charge or Default Rate, as the case may be, shall be reduced to the highest rate permitted by law.

 

5.4 Security Deposit . [Intentionally Omitted]

 

5.5 Prepaid Rent .

 

Upon the execution of the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Prepaid Rent set forth in subpart p. of Section 1.1 hereof, and if Tenant is not in default of any provisions of this Lease, such prepaid rent shall be applied toward the Base Rent first becoming due under this Lease. Landlord’s obligations with respect to the Prepaid Rent are those of a debtor and not of a trustee, and Landlord can commingle the Prepaid Rent with Landlord’s general funds. Landlord shall not be required to pay Tenant interest on the Prepaid Rent. Landlord shall be entitled to immediately endorse and cash Tenant’s Prepaid Rent, however, such endorsement and cashing shall not constitute Landlord’s acceptance of this Lease. In the event Landlord does not accept this Lease Landlord shall return said Prepaid Rent.

 

5.6 Electronic Payment .

 

Landlord shall have the right, on not less than 30 days prior written notice to Tenant (the “ Electronic Payment Notice ”), to require Tenant to make subsequent payments of Base Rent and Additional Rent due pursuant to the terms of this Lease by means of a federal funds wire transfer or such other method of electronic funds transfer as may be required by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion (the “ Electronic Payment ”). The Electronic Payment Notice shall set forth the proper bank ABA number, account number and designation of the account to which such Electronic Payment shall be made. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord in writing of any additional information that will be required to establish and maintain Electronic Payment from Tenant’s bank or financial institution. Landlord shall have the right, after at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Tenant, to change the name of the depository for receipt of any Electronic Payment and to discontinue payment of any sum by Electronic Payment.

 

17
 

 

ARTICLE 6

ADDITIONAL RENT

 

6.1 Personal Property, Gross Receipts, Leasing Taxes .

 

This Section 6.1 is intended to deal with impositions or taxes directly attributed to Tenant or this transaction, as distinct from taxes attributable to the Project, Parcels, and/or Common Area which are to be allocated among various tenants and others. Tenant shall pay before delinquency any and all taxes, assessments, license fees and public charges levied, assessed or imposed against Tenant or Tenant’s estate in this Lease or the property of Tenant situated within the Premises which become due during the Term. On demand by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with satisfactory evidence of these payments. If such taxes are included in the bill for the Real Estate Taxes for the Parcel and/or Project, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent the amount of such taxes within 15 days after demand from Landlord. Tenant shall also be responsible for paying all taxes due on Tenant’s Personal Property.

 

6.2 Operating Costs .

 

(a) Tenant’s Contribution . Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, in addition to the Base Rent required by Section 5.1 hereof, an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the amount of Operating Costs paid or incurred by Landlord during each calendar year of the Term. In determining the amount of Operating Costs for the purposes of this Section 6.2, if less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Leasable Area of the Project shall have been occupied by tenants and fully used by them during the year, Operating Costs shall be deemed for the purposes of this paragraph to be increased to the amounts that would normally be expected to be incurred had occupancy been one hundred percent (100%) and had full use been made during the entire period.

 

(b) Method of Payment . Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Section 6.2 hereof shall be paid as follows, unless otherwise provided:

 

(i) During the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly in advance on the first day of each month. NNN expenses will also be billed monthly for the previous month’s expenses. If at any time during the course of the year, Landlord determines that Operating Costs are projected to vary from the then estimated costs for such items, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, revise the estimated Additional Rent for the balance of such year, and Tenant’s monthly installments for the remainder of such year shall be adjusted so that by the end of such year Tenant will have paid to Landlord Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the such revised expenses for such year.

 

(ii) Annually, following the expiration of each calendar year, Landlord shall prepare in good faith and deliver to Tenant a comparative statement, which statement shall be conclusive between the parties hereto, setting forth (1) the Operating Costs for the subject calendar year, and (2) the amount of Additional Rent as determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 6. If the aggregate amount of such estimated Additional Rent payments made by Tenant in any such year should be less than the Additional Rent due for such year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent upon demand the amount of such deficiency. If the aggregate amount of such Additional Rent payments made by Tenant in any year should be greater than the Additional Rent due for such year, then should Tenant not be otherwise in default hereunder, the amount of such excess will be applied by Landlord to the next succeeding installments of such Additional Rent due hereunder; and if there is any such excess for the last year of the Term, the amount thereof will be refunded by Landlord to Tenant within sixty (60) days of the last day of the Term, provided Tenant is not otherwise in default under the terms of this Lease.

 

18
 

 

(c) Adjustments . If Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Costs) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Costs shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Costs which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant. The parties acknowledge that (i) the Premises is part of a larger Project consisting of the Other Buildings, and Other Parcels, and that certain Operating Costs shall be shared among the Premises, Other Buildings, and/or Other Parcels while certain other Operating Costs may be solely attributable to and shared amongst one or more of the Other Buildings and Other Parcels, as applicable. Accordingly, Operating Costs are determined annually for the Project as a whole, and a portion of the Operating Costs, which portion shall be determined by Landlord on an equitable basis, shall be allocated to the Premises (as opposed to the tenants of the Other Building or Other Parcels), and such portion so allocated shall be the amount of Operating Costs payable with respect to the Premises upon which Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be calculated. Such portion of the Operating Costs allocated to the Premises shall include all Operating Costs which are attributable solely to the Premises and/or the Alterations, and an equitable portion of the Operating Costs attributable to the Project as a whole. As an example of such allocation with respect to Real Estate Taxes, it is anticipated that Landlord may receive separate tax bills which separately assess the improvements component of Taxes for each Parcel in the Project, and such separately assessed Taxes shall be calculated for and allocated separately to each such applicable building located on said Parcel. In addition, in the event Landlord elects, at its sole option, to subdivide certain Common Area of the Project such as landscaping, public and private streets, driveways, walkways, courtyards, plazas, transportation facilitation areas and/or accessways and/or parking areas into a separate Parcel or Parcels (and/or separately convey all or any of such Parcels to a common area association to own, operate and/or maintain same), the Operating Costs for such Parcel or Parcels may be aggregated and then reasonably allocated by Landlord to the Premises and the Other Building on an equitable basis as Landlord (and/or any applicable covenants, conditions and restrictions for any such common area association) shall provide from time to time. Landlord shall also have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Operating Costs between the Premise and the Other Building and/or among different tenants of the Project depending on the nature of their respective uses (the “ Cost Pools ”). Such Cost Pools may include, without limitation, the office space tenants, manufacturing and/or harvest tenants, and retail space tenants of the Project or of a building or buildings in the Project. Such Cost Pools may also include an allocation of certain Operating Costs within or under covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting Project. In addition, Landlord shall have the right from time to time, in its reasonable discretion, to include or exclude existing or future buildings in the Project for purposes of determining Operating Costs and/or the provision of various services and amenities thereto, including allocation of Operating Costs in any such Cost Pools.

 

19
 

 

ARTICLE 7

INSURANCE AND INDEMNITIES

 

7.1 Tenant’s Insurance .

 

Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, commencing on the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises or the Commencement Date, whichever is earlier, and continuing during the Term, shall procure, pay for and keep in full force and effect the following types of insurance, in such form as used by solvent insurance companies in the State of California and in at least the amounts and in the forms specified below.

 

(a) Comprehensive or commercial general liability insurance with coverage limits of not less than the combined single limit for bodily injury, personal injury, death and property damage at minimum of $2,000,000 liability insuring against all liability of the insured with respect to the Premises or arising out of the maintenance, use or occupancy of the Premises or related to the exercise of any rights of Tenant pursuant to this Lease. All such liability insurance shall specifically insure the performance by Tenant of any Tenant indemnities hereunder as to liability for injury to or death of persons and injury or damage to property. Further, all such liability insurance shall include, but not be limited to, personal injury, blanket contractual, cross-liability and severability of interest clauses, broad-form property damage, independent contractors, owned, non-owned and hired vehicles and, if alcoholic beverages are served, sold, consumed or obtained in the Premises, liquor-law liability.

 

(b) Worker’s compensation coverage in an amount adequate to comply with law, and employer’s liability coverage with a limit of not less than $2,000,000 .

 

(c) Plate-glass insurance covering all plate glass on the Premises at full replacement value. Tenant shall have the option either to insure this risk or to self-insure.

 

(d) Insurance covering all of Tenant’s leasehold improvements and alterations (including without, limitation, all Alterations), trade fixtures, merchandise and personal property from time to time in, on or about the Premises, in an amount not less than their full replacement value from time to time, including replacement cost endorsement, providing protection against any peril included within the classification Fire and Extended Coverage, sprinkler damage, vandalism, malicious mischief, earthquake and such other additional perils as covered in an “all risks” standard insurance policy. Any policy proceeds shall be used for the repair or replacement of the property damaged or destroyed unless this Lease shall cease and terminate under the provisions of Article 14 hereof.

 

20
 

 

All policies of insurance required of Tenant herein shall be issued by insurance companies with a general policy holder’s rating of not less than “A-” and a financial rating of not less than Class “VIII”, as rated in the most current available “Best’s Key Rating Guide”, and which are qualified to do business in the State of California. All such policies, except for the Worker’s Compensation coverage, shall name, and shall be for the mutual and joint benefit and protection of, Landlord, any mortgagee(s) and Tenant, and Landlord and any other party designated by Landlord from time to time shall be an additional insured. Executed copies of the policies of insurance or certificates thereof shall be delivered to Landlord before Tenant, its agents or employees, shall enter the Premises for any purpose. Thereafter, executed copies of renewal policies or certificates thereof shall be delivered to Landlord within 30 days before the expiration of the term of each policy. All policies of insurance delivered to Landlord must contain a provision that the company writing the policy will give to Landlord 30 days’ prior written notice of any cancellation or lapse, and the effective date of any reduction in the amounts of insurance. All policies required of Tenant herein shall be endorsed to read that such policies are primary policies and any insurance carried by Landlord or Landlord’s property manager shall be non-contributing with such policies. No policy required to be maintained by Tenant shall have a deductible greater than $25,000 unless approved in writing by Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 7.1, Tenant’s obligation to carry insurance may be satisfied by coverage under a so-called blanket policy or policies of insurance. The coverage afforded Landlord will not, however, be reduced or diminished and the requirements set forth in this Lease shall otherwise be satisfied by such blanket policy or policies. Landlord may, from time to time, require that the amount of the insurance to be provided and maintained by Tenant hereunder be increased so that the amount thereof adequately protects Landlord’s interest. If Tenant refuses or neglects to secure and maintain insurance policies complying with the provisions of this Section 7.1, or to provide copies of policies or certificates or copies of renewal policies or certificates within the time provided in this Section 7.1, Landlord may, after providing written notice to Tenant of its intention to do so, secure the appropriate insurance policies and Tenant shall pay immediately upon demand the cost of same to Landlord, as Additional Rent.

 

7.2 Landlord’s Insurance .

 

Subject to Tenant’s payment obligations under Article 8 hereof, Landlord shall procure and maintain such insurance coverages and policies as it relates to the Project, and/or Premises, and in such amounts, as Landlord may elect in its sole discretion. If, by reason of a failure of Tenant to comply with the provisions of this Lease, the rate of any insurance carried by Landlord shall be higher than it otherwise would be, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, on demand, for that part of the premiums for such insurance paid by Landlord because of such failure on the part of Tenant. In no event shall Landlord be liable for any damage to any Alterations or required to maintain any insurance on any Alterations.

 

7.3 Waivers .

 

The parties intend that whenever possible Damages shall be compensated through the proceeds of insurance carried in compliance with this Lease. As a result, all insurance relating to the Project and/or the Premises (whether or not the insurance is required under this Lease) shall contain a waiver of subrogation provision or endorsement. This provision is intended to waive all rights and claims that might form the basis for a right of subrogation by any insurance carrier. In addition, each party assumes the risk of the adequacy (or inadequacy) of its own insurance. Accordingly, Landlord and Tenant each waive all rights of recovery against the other for any losses to property even if the loss or damage is caused by the fault or negligence of the other party or its Agents.

 

21
 

 

7.4 Indemnity .

 

Tenant indemnifies Landlord and holds Landlord and its Agents (each, a “ Landlord Indemnitee ”) harmless from and against any and all demands, claims, actions, fines, penalties, damages, losses, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and other professional fees), judgments, settlement payments and other liabilities of any kind or nature (collectively, “ Damages ”), to the extent arising in connection with (i) the negligence, willful misconduct or intentional acts or omissions of Tenant or its Agents, (ii) Tenant’s use of the Premises and/or the Project, (iii) Tenant’s Alterations, or (iv) Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease. This indemnity is in addition to, and not in substitution for, any other indemnities given by Tenant under this Lease and it shall survive the Termination Date.

 

7.5 Enforcement of Indemnities .

 

In connection with Tenant’s indemnity obligations: (a) Tenant shall perform its indemnity obligations with counsel selected by it, subject to prior written approval from Landlord; and (b) Tenant shall not settle any claim subject to indemnification without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

ARTICLE 8

ENVIRONMENTAL

 

8.1 Use of Hazardous Substances; Compliance .

 

Tenant agrees that during the Term of this Lease, there shall be no use, presence, disposal, storage, generation, leakage, treatment, manufacture, import, handling, processing, release, or threatened release of Hazardous Substances on, from or under the Premises (individually and collectively, “ Hazardous Use ”) except to the extent that, and in accordance with such conditions as, Landlord may have previously approved in writing in its sole and absolute discretion. However, without the necessity of obtaining such prior written consent, Tenant shall be entitled to use and store only those Hazardous Substances which are (i) typically used in the ordinary course of business in an office for use in the manner for which they were designed and in such limited amounts as may be normal, customary and necessary for Tenant’s business in the Premises, and (ii) in full compliance with Environmental Laws, and all judicial and administrative decisions pertaining thereto. For the purposes of this Article 8, the term Hazardous Use shall include Hazardous Use(s) on, from or under the Premises by Tenant or any of its Agents, whether known or unknown to Tenant, and whether occurring and/or existing during or prior to the commencement of the Term of this Lease. Tenant agrees that during the Term of this Lease Tenant shall not be in violation of any federal, state or local law, ordinance or regulation relating to industrial hygiene, soil, water, or environmental conditions on, under or about the Premises including, but not limited to, the Environmental Laws.

 

8.2 Inspection and Testing .

 

Landlord shall have the right at all times during the term of this Lease to (i) inspect the Premises and to (ii) conduct tests and investigations to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with the provisions of this Article. Except in case of emergency, Landlord shall give reasonable notice to Tenant before conducting any inspections, tests, or investigations. The cost of all such inspections, tests and investigations shall be borne by Tenant if Tenant is in breach of this Article 8 of this Lease. Neither any action nor inaction on the part of Landlord pursuant to this Article 8 shall be deemed in any way to release Tenant from, or in any way modify or alter, Tenant’s responsibilities, obligations, and/or liabilities incurred pursuant to Article 8 hereof.

 

22
 

 

8.3 Indemnity .

 

Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless, and, at Landlord’s option (with such attorneys as Landlord may approve in advance and in writing), defend Landlord and each Landlord Indemnitee from and against any and all “Losses” (hereinafter defined) arising from or related to: (a) any violation or alleged violation by Tenant or any Tenant’s Agents of any of the requirements, ordinances, statutes, regulations or other laws referred to in this Article 8, including, without limitation, the Environmental Laws; (b) any breach of the provisions of this Article 8 by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Agents; or (c) any Hazardous Use on, about or from the Premises of any Hazardous Substances, whether or not approved by Landlord under this Lease. The term “ Losses ” shall mean all claims, demands, expenses, actions, judgments, damages (whether consequential, direct or indirect, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen), penalties, fines, liabilities, losses of every kind and nature (including, without limitation, property damage, diminution in value of Landlord’s interest in the Premises or the Project, damages for the loss or restriction on use of any space or amenity within the Project, damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing space in the Project, sums paid in settlement of claims and any costs and expenses associated with injury, illness or death to or of any person), suits, administrative proceedings, costs and fees, including, but not limited to, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses, and the costs of cleanup, remediation, removal and restoration, that are in any way related to any matter covered by the foregoing indemnity.

 

ARTICLE 9

UTILITIES

 

9.1 Utility Services .

 

Tenant will contract directly with appropriate providers of all utilities serving the Premises, including but not limited to gas, electricity, water, sewer, telephone and other communications services, and Tenant shall be solely responsible for and promptly pay all charges for utilities consumed at the Premises through the Termination Date, including all taxes, levies or other charges based on the use of those utilities or services. In the event any such utility is not separately metered, Tenant shall pay its share of the cost thereof, as equitably determined by Landlord, as Additional Rent.

 

9.2 Interruptions .

 

It is understood that Landlord does not warrant that any of the utilities services referred to in Section 9.1 above or any other utility services (whether supplied by Landlord or otherwise) will be free from interruption. Tenant acknowledges that any one or more such utility services may be suspended or reduced by reason of repairs, alterations or improvements necessary to be made, by strikes or accidents, by any cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, or by orders or regulations of any federal, state, county or municipal authority. Any such interruption or suspension of services shall not be deemed an eviction (constructive or otherwise) or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or any part thereof, nor render Landlord liable to Tenant for damages by abatement of Rent or otherwise, nor relieve Tenant of performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

23
 

 

ARTICLE 10

TENANT’S USE

 

Tenant shall use the Premises for the Permitted Use, in compliance with Applicable Laws. Excepting those activities which are reasonable and necessary for Tenant to conduct Tenant’s Permitted Use, Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises or bring or keep anything in the Premises that will in any way increase the premiums paid by Landlord on its insurance related to the Project or which will in any way increase the premiums for fire or casualty insurance carried by other tenants in the Project. Tenant will not perform any act or carry on any practice that may injure the Premises or all or any part of the Project that may be a nuisance or menace to other tenants in the Project, or that shall in any way interfere with the quiet enjoyment of such other tenants. Tenant shall not use the Premises for sleeping or the preparation, manufacture or mixing of anything that might emit and objectionable odor, noises, vibrations or lights onto such other tenants. If sound insulation is required to muffle noise produced by Tenant on the Premises, Tenant at its own cost shall provide all necessary insulation. Tenant shall not do anything on the Premises that will overload any existing parking or service to the Premises. Pets and/or animals of any type shall not be kept on the Premises. In connection with Tenant’s use of the Premises and the Common Area, Tenant will observe and comply with, and shall cause Tenant’s Agents to observe and comply with, the rules and regulations set forth in Exhibit E and with such further reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord may prescribe from time to time. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-compliance with said rules and regulations by other tenants of the Project.

 

ARTICLE 11

REPAIR, MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT

 

11.1 Landlord’s Obligations .

 

Subject to the other provisions of this Lease imposing obligations in this respect upon Tenant, Landlord shall repair, replace and maintain the Common Area. Landlord shall perform such repairs, replacements and maintenance with reasonable dispatch; provided that Landlord shall not be liable for any damages, direct, indirect or consequential, or for damages for personal discomfort, illness or inconvenience of Tenant by reason of failure of such Common Area or reasonable delays in the performance of such repairs, replacements and maintenance, unless caused by the gross negligence or deliberate misconduct of Landlord. The cost for such repairs, maintenance and replacement shall be included in Operating Costs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Common Area fall into a state of disrepair or become damaged or destroyed through the negligence or intentional act of Tenant, its agents, officers, partners, members, employees or invitees, the cost of the necessary repairs, replacements or alterations shall be borne by Tenant who shall pay the same to Landlord as additional charges forthwith on demand. Tenant waives all rights it may have under law to make repairs at Landlord’s expense.

 

11.2 Tenant’s Obligations .

 

Except to the extent expressly set forth in Section 11.1 as Landlord’s obligation to maintain and repair, Tenant shall maintain in good order and repair, and perform all such repairs and replacements as may be necessary to, the Premises, including, without limitation, all leasehold improvements and alterations in the Premises. Landlord may enter and view the state of repair and Tenant will repair in a good and workmanlike manner according to notice in writing. If Tenant fails to perform its obligations under this Section 11.2 and such failure continues for ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written notice, then Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises perform such obligations, the costs of which shall be borne by Tenant who shall pay the same to Landlord as additional charges forthwith on demand.

 

24
 

 

ARTICLE 12

ALTERATIONS, SIGNAGE AND PERSONAL PROPERTY

 

12.1 Alterations .

 

Tenant shall not perform any alterations, improvements or modifications to the Premises (“ Alterations ”) without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. If Tenant proposes to make Alterations, Tenant shall submit complete plans and specifications to Landlord for approval. As a condition of approval of any Alterations, Landlord may require performance and labor and materialmen’s payment bonds issued by a surety approved by Landlord, in a sum equal to the cost of the Alterations guaranteeing the completion of the alteration free and clear of all liens and other charges. Such bonds shall name Landlord as beneficiary. Following approval of plans and specifications by Landlord, Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of any commencement of Alterations in the Premises so that Landlord may post notices of non-responsibility in or upon the Premises as provided by Applicable Laws. Tenant shall obtain all necessary permits and construct all Alterations in a good and workmanlike manner, and in full compliance with Applicable Laws. In addition, Alterations shall be constructed in accordance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord. Tenant shall obtain the prior written approval from Landlord for Tenant’s contractors before the commencement of any Alterations. Tenant’s contractor for any Alterations shall maintain all of the insurance reasonably required by Landlord, including, without limitation, commercial general liability, builders risk, and workers’ compensation insurance. All Alterations shall remain the property of the Tenant and Tenant shall be solely liable for all Alterations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Tenant abandons the Premises, Landlord may, at its sole discretion, elect that some or all Alterations shall become the property of the Landlord to the extent permitted by law or restore the Premises to its condition prior to the making of any Alterations (whether or not permitted hereunder), entirely at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

12.2 Removal of Alterations by Termination Date .

 

Unless Tenant obtains Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant shall return the Premises to Landlord at the expiration orearlier termination of this Lease restored to its condition prior to the making of any Alterations (whether or not permitted hereunder), entirely at its own expense. All damage to the Premises caused by the removal of the Alterations and/or Personal Property that Tenant is permitted to remove under the terms of this Lease and/or such restoration shall be repaired by Tenant at its sole cost and expense prior to the Termination Date.

 

25
 

 

12.3 Signage .

 

All signage identifying the Tenant and the Tenant’s Premises shall be permitted by the City of Desert Hot Springs and with the approval of the content and position thereof by the Landlord; such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. All costs associated with the signage including erecting, painting, maintaining shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant. The dimensions, materials and location of the exterior signage shall be approved by the Landlord and the City of Desert Hot Springs in accordance with the requirements set forth in Exhibit D . Such sign shall be removed by the Tenant upon termination of its occupancy of the Premises. All signage must be approved by Landlord and the City of Desert Hot Springs.

 

12.4 Removal of Personal Property .

 

Tenant agrees that as at the date of termination of this Lease or repossession of the Premises by Landlord, by way of default or otherwise, it shall remove all of Tenant’s Personal Property to which it has the right to ownership pursuant to the terms of this Lease. Any and all such property of Tenant not removed by such date shall, at the option of Landlord, irrevocably become the sole property of Landlord. Tenant waives all rights to notice and all common law and statutory claims and causes of action which it may have against Landlord subsequent to such date as regards the storage, destruction, damage, loss of use and ownership of Tenant’s Personal Property affected by the terms of this paragraph. Tenant acknowledges Landlord’s need to relet the Premises upon termination of this Lease or repossession of the Premises and understands that the forfeitures and waivers provided herein are necessary to aid said reletting, and to prevent Landlord incurring a loss for inability to deliver the Premises to a prospective Tenant.

 

12.5 Landlord’s Lien .

 

Tenant hereby grants to Landlord a lien upon and security interest in all fixtures, goods and Tenant’s Personal Property of every kind now or hereafter to be placed or installed in or on the Premises and agrees that in the event of any Default on the part of Tenant, Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies afforded the secured party by the chapter on “Default” of Division 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the state in which the Premises are located and may, in connection therewith, also (a) enter on the Premises to assemble and take possession of the collateral, (b) require Tenant to assemble the collateral and make its possession available to Landlord at the Premises, and (c) enter the Premises, render the collateral, if equipment, unusable and dispose of it in a manner provided by the Uniform Commercial Code of the state in which the Premises are located.

 

26
 

 

ARTICLE 13

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

13.1 Restrictions .

 

Tenant shall not voluntarily or by operation of law, (1) mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or encumber this Lease or any interest herein, (2) assign or transfer this Lease or any interest herein, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or any right or privilege appurtenant thereto, or allow any other person (the employees, agents and invitees of Tenant excepted) to occupy or use the Premises, or any portion thereof, without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any assignment, encumbrance or sublease without Landlord’s written consent shall be voidable and at Landlord’s election, shall constitute an immediate Default. Consent by Landlord to one assignment, subletting, concession, or license will not be deemed to be consent to any subsequent assignment, subletting, concession, or license. Consent to one assignment, subletting, occupation or use, and consent to any assignment or subletting shall in no way relieve Tenant of any liability under this Lease. If Tenant is a partnership, a withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law of any partner, or the dissolution of the partnership, shall be deemed a voluntary assignment. If Tenant consists of more than one person, a purported assignment, voluntary or involuntary or the operation of law from one person to the other shall be deemed a voluntary assignment. If Tenant is a corporation or limited liability company, any dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant, or sale or other transfer of a controlling percentage of the capital stock or membership interests of Tenant, or the sale of at least Forty Nine Percent (49%) of the value of the assets of Tenant, shall be deemed a voluntary assignment requiring Landlord’s prior written consent. The assignment or sublease agreement, as the case may be, after approval by Landlord, shall not be amended without Landlord’s prior written consent, and shall contain a provision directing the assignee or subtenant to pay the rent and other sums due thereunder directly to Landlord upon receiving written notice from Landlord that Tenant is in default under this Lease. Landlord’s collection of such rent and other sums shall not constitute an acceptance by Landlord of attornment by such assignee or subtenant.

 

13.2 Involuntary Assignments .

 

No interest of Tenant in this Lease shall be assignable by involuntary assignment through operation of law (including without limitation the transfer of this Lease by testacy or intestacy) except with Landlord’s consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Each of the following acts shall be considered an involuntary assignment: (1) If Tenant is or becomes bankrupt or insolvent, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or institutes proceedings under the Bankruptcy Act in which Tenant is the bankrupt; or if Tenant is a partnership or consists of more than one person or entity, if any partner of the partnership or other person or entity is or becomes bankrupt or insolvent, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (2) if a writ of attachment or execution is levied on this Lease; or (3) if in any proceeding or action to which Tenant is a party and a receiver is appointed with authority to take possession of the Premises. An involuntary assignment shall constitute an immediate Default by Tenant and Landlord shall have the right to elect to terminate this Lease, in which case this Lease shall not be treated as an asset of Tenant.

 

13.3 Process; Landlord Rights .

 

When Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to such assignment or subletting, it shall notify Landlord in writing of the name and address of the proposed assignee or subtenant and the nature and character of the business of the proposed assignee or subtenant and shall provide current financial statements for the proposed assignee or subtenant prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Tenant shall also provide Landlord with a copy of the proposed sublet or assignment agreement, including all material terms and conditions thereof. Landlord shall have the option, to be exercised within 30 days of receipt of the foregoing, to (1) cancel this Lease as of the commencement date stated in the proposed sublease or assignment in the event of an assignment of the Lease or a sublease of the entire Premises, (2) acquire from Tenant the interest, or any portion thereof, in this Lease and/or the Premises that Tenant proposes to assign or sublease, on the same terms and conditions as stated in the proposed sublet or assignment agreement, (3) consent to the proposed assignment or sublease, or (4) refuse its consent to the proposed assignment or sublease, providing that such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Within five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice of recapture, if applicable, Tenant may deliver to Landlord a written revocation of Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment or sublease, in which event Tenant’s request for consent shall be deemed to have never been given and Landlord’s recapture right with respect to the proposed assignment or sublease shall terminate.

 

27
 

 

13.4 Criteria for Consent .

 

Without otherwise limiting the criteria upon which Landlord may withhold its consent, Landlord may take into account the reputation and creditworthiness of the proposed assignee or subtenant, the character of the business proposed to be conducted in the Premises or portion thereof sought to be subleased, and the potential impact of the proposed assignment or sublease on the economic value of the Premises. In any event, Landlord may withhold its consent to any assignment or sublease, if (1) the actual use proposed to be conducted in the Premises or portion thereof conflicts with the Permitted Use or with any other lease to a tenant at the Project which restricts the use to which any space in the Project may be put, or (2) the proposed assignment or sublease requires unreasonable alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or portions thereof.

 

13.5 Excess Rent .

 

If Landlord approves an assignment or subletting as herein provided, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, One Hundred Percent (100%) of the difference, if any, between (1) the Base Rent plus Additional Rent allocable to that part of the Premises affected by such assignment or sublease pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, and (2) the rent and any additional rent paid by the assignee or sublessee to Tenant, after deducting the costs of customary real estate commissions, tenant improvement cost or allowance, or reasonable attorney’s fees, if any, actually incurred by Tenant in connection with any such assignment or sublease.

 

13.6 Costs .

 

Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as additional rent for Landlord’s reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in conjunction with the processing and documentation of any proposed assignment of the Lease or sublease of the Premises, whether or not consent is granted.

 

13.7 Acknowledgment and Waiver .

 

The restrictions on assignment and sublease described in this Lease are acknowledged by Tenant to be reasonable for all purposes, including, without limitation, the provisions of California Civil Code (the “ Code ”) Section 1951.4(b)(2). Tenant expressly waives any rights which it might otherwise be deemed to possess pursuant to applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 1997.040 of the Code, to limit any remedy of Landlord pursuant to Section 1951.2 or 1951.4 of the Code by means of proof that enforcement of a restriction on use of the Premises would be unreasonable.

 

28
 

 

ARTICLE 14

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

 

14.1 Rights of Termination .

 

In the event the Premises suffers (a) an “uninsured property loss” (as hereinafter defined) or (b) a property loss which cannot be repaired within one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of destruction under the laws and regulations of state, federal, county or municipal authorities, or other authorities with jurisdiction, Landlord may terminate this Lease as of the date of the damage within twenty (20) days of written notice from Landlord to Tenant that the damage from the casualty was an uninsured property loss or that time to restore will exceed such one hundred twenty (120) day period. For purposes of this Lease, the term “ uninsured property loss ” shall mean any loss arising from a peril not covered by the standard form of “All Risk” property insurance policy. In the event this Lease is terminated in accordance with the terms of this Section 14.1, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance covering the leasehold improvements and alterations in the Premises as required under Section 7.1 of this Lease.

 

14.2 Repairs .

 

In the event of a property loss which may be repaired within one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of the damage, or, in the alternative, in the event Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease under the terms of Section 14.1 above, then this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Landlord shall forthwith undertake to make such repairs to reconstitute the Premises to as near the condition as existed prior to the property loss as practicable. Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any damage or loss by or from fire or other cause to any panelings, decorations, partitions, additions, railings, ceilings, floor coverings, office fixtures or any other property or improvements installed on the Premises by, or belonging to, Tenant. Such partial destruction shall in no way annul or void this Lease except that Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate reduction of Base Rent following the property loss and until the time Landlord completes its restoration obligations with respect to the Premises. Such reduction shall be based on the ratio that the square footage of Leasable Area of the damaged portion of the Premises bears to the total square footage of Leasable Area of the Premises. Landlord’s obligations to restore shall in no way include any construction or alterations originally performed by Tenant or subsequently undertaken by Tenant, but shall include solely that property constructed by Landlord prior to commencement of the Term hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in the event the holder of any indebtedness secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises and/or Project requires that any insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after such requirement is made by any such holder, whereupon this Lease shall end on the date of such damage as if the date of such damage was the original Termination Date.

 

14.3 Repair Costs .

 

The cost of any repairs to be made by Landlord, pursuant to Section 14.2 of this Lease, shall be paid by Landlord utilizing available insurance proceeds. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon completion of the repairs for any deductible for which no insurance proceeds will be obtained under Landlord’s insurance policy, or if other premises are also repaired, a pro rata share based on total costs of repair equitably apportioned to the Premises.

 

29
 

 

14.4 Waiver .

 

Tenant hereby waives all statutory or common law rights of termination in respect to any partial destruction or property loss which Landlord is obligated to repair or may elect to repair under the terms of this Article.

 

14.5 Landlord’s Election .

 

In the event that the Project is destroyed to the extent of not less than thirty-three and one-third percent (33 ⅓ %) of the replacement cost thereof, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease, whether the Premises be injured or not, in the same manner as in Section 14.1 above. In all events, a total destruction of the Project shall terminate this Lease.

 

14.6 Damage Near End of Term .

 

If at any time during the last months of the term of this Lease there is, in Landlord’s sole opinion, substantial damage to the Premises, whether or not such casualty is covered in whole or in part by insurance, Landlord may at Landlord’s option cancel and terminate this Lease as of the date of occurrence of such damage by giving written notice to Tenant of Landlord’s election to do so within thirty (30) days after the date of occurrence of such damage and Landlord shall have no further liability hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 15

CONDEMNATION

 

15.1 Effect .

 

In the event all of the Premises, or more than fifty percent (50%) of the parking area on the Project shall be taken by or sold under threat of condemnation or appropriation by any authority having the power of eminent domain (a “ Taking ”), then Landlord may either relocate Tenant pursuant to Section 2.5 of this Lease or terminate this Lease as of the date of such Taking. In the event a portion of the Premises or less than 50% of the parking area on the Project shall be taken or sold under threat of condemnation or appropriation by any authority having the power of eminent domain, Landlord, in its discretion, shall have the option to restore, rebuild, re-configure or repair the Premises or that portion of the Project affected by the taking, or, in the alternative, to relocate Tenant pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 2.5 of this Lease.

 

30
 

 

15.2 Rights to Award .

 

The entire award for any Taking or for any conveyance in lieu of Taking shall belong to and become the sole and exclusive property of Landlord. Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord arising out of the Taking, or arising out of the cancellation of this Lease as a result of any Taking, or for any portion of the amount that may be awarded as damages or for the value of any unexpired portion of the Term. However, Tenant may assert any claim it may have against the Taking authority for compensation for Tenant’s Personal Property and for any relocation or other similar expenses compensable by statute, so long as those awards are made in addition to, stated separately from, and in no way reduce, the award made for the Premises. Neither party will have any obligation to contest any Taking, but Tenant will have the right to contest any proposed Taking, at Tenant’s cost and expense.

 

ARTICLE 16

LANDLORD’S LIABILITY

 

This Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder shall not in any way be affected because Landlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations or to supply any service, by reason of strike or other cause not within Landlord’s control. Landlord shall have the right, without incurring any liability to Tenant, to stop any service because of accident or emergency, or for repairs, alterations or improvements, necessary or desirable in the judgment of Landlord, until such repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or anyone else, for any loss or damage to person, property or business; nor shall Landlord be liable for any latent defect in the Premises. Neither the partners, members, shareholders, entities or individuals comprising Landlord, nor the agents, directors, or officers or employees of any of the foregoing shall be liable for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder. Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s equity interest in the Premises for the satisfaction of any right or remedy of Tenant for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord, and in the event of any liability by Landlord, no other property or assets of Landlord or of any of the aforementioned parties shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under or with respect to this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder, or Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises or any other liability of Landlord to Tenant.

 

ARTICLE 17

DEFAULT PROVISIONS AND REMEDIES

 

17.1 Tenant’s Default .

 

The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a “ Default ” of this Lease by Tenant:

 

(a) Any failure by Tenant to pay the Rent or to make any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder when due; or

 

(b) A failure by Tenant to observe and perform any other provision of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, where such failure continues for ten (10) days after written notice thereof by Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of the failure is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within the ten (10) day period allowed, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant shall, within such ten (10) day period, commence to cure and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any default by Tenant to comply with the terms and conditions contained in Article 7 and/or Article 13 shall be an immediate default without benefit of notice or opportunity to cure; or

 

31
 

 

(c) Either (i) the appointment of a receiver (except a receiver appointed at the instance or request of Landlord) to take possession of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, or (ii) a general assignment by Tenant for the benefit of creditors, or (3) any action taken or suffered by Tenant under any insolvency or bankruptcy act.

 

17.2 Termination and Damages .

 

In the event of any Default by Tenant, then in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord herein or at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the immediate option to terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder by giving written notice of such intention to terminate. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease, then Landlord may recover from Tenant:

 

(a) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus

 

(b) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

(c) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

 

(d) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of events would be likely to result therefrom; and

 

(e) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by the applicable law in the state in which the Premises are located.

 

As used in subsections 17.2(a) and (b) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by allowing interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum. As used in subsection 17.3(c) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank for the region in which the Project is located at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

 

32
 

 

17.3 Personal Property.

 

In the event of any Default by Tenant, Landlord shall also have the right and option, with or without terminating this Lease, to do any one or combination of the following:

 

(a) to reenter the Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises;

 

(b) to have all of Tenant’s fixtures, furniture, equipment, improvements, additions, alterations and other Personal Property remain upon the Premises during the length of any default by Tenant or a lesser period; or

 

(c) to require Tenant to forthwith remove such property.

 

Landlord shall have the sole right to take exclusive possession of such property and to use it, rent, or charge free, until all defaults are cured. If Landlord shall remove property from the Premises, Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, store such property in the Project, in a public warehouse or elsewhere. All costs incurred by Landlord under this section, including, without limitation, those for removal and storage (including, without limitation, charges imposed by Landlord for storage within the Project), shall be at the sole cost of and for the account of Tenant.

 

17.4 Recovery of Rent; Reletting .

 

In the event of the vacation or abandonment of the Premises by Tenant or in the event that Landlord shall elect to re-enter as provided in Section 17.3 above, or shall take possession of the Premises pursuant to legal proceeding or pursuant to any notice provided by Applicable Laws, then if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided in Section 17.2 above, this Lease shall continue in effect for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession, and Landlord may enforce all its rights and remedies under this Lease, including, without limitation, Landlord’s right from time to time, without terminating this Lease, to either recover all rental as it becomes due or relet the Premises or any part thereof for such term or terms and at such rental or rentals and upon such other terms and conditions as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may deem advisable with the right to make alterations and repairs to the Premises. Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver upon initiation of Landlord or other legal proceeding granting Landlord or its agent possession to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so relet, then rentals received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied: first, to the payment of any indebtedness other than rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; second, to the payment of any cost of such reletting; third, to the payment of the cost of any alterations and repairs to the Premises; fourth, to the payment of rent due and unpaid hereunder; and the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future rent as the same may become due and payable hereunder. Should that portion of such rentals received from such reletting during any month, which is applied by the payment of rent hereunder, be less than the rent payable during that month by Tenant hereunder, then Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord immediately upon demand therefor by Landlord. Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord, as soon as ascertained, any costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in such reletting or in making such alterations and repairs not covered by the rentals received from such reletting. No reentry or taking possession of the Premises or any other action under this Section shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention be given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof be decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any reletting without termination by Landlord because of any Default by Tenant, Landlord may at any time after such reletting elect to terminate this Lease for any such Default. Landlord has the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (Landlord may continue Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations).

 

33
 

 

17.5 No Waiver .

 

Efforts by Landlord to mitigate the damages caused by Tenant’s default in this Lease shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to recover damages hereunder, nor shall Landlord have any obligation to mitigate damages hereunder.

 

17.6 Subleases of Tenant.

 

Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

 

17.7 Cumulative Remedies .

 

The various rights, options, election powers, and remedies of Landlord contained in this Article and elsewhere in this Lease shall be construed as cumulative and no one of them exclusive of any others or of any legal or equitable remedy which Landlord might otherwise have in the event of breach or default, and the exercise of one right or remedy by Landlord shall not in any way impair its right to any other right or remedy.

 

ARTICLE 18

BANKRUPTCY

 

If at any time during the term of this Lease there shall be filed by or against Tenant in any court pursuant to any statute either of the United States or of any state a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee of all or a portion of Tenant’s property, or if a receiver or trustee takes possession of any of the assets of Tenant, or if the leasehold interest herein passes to a receiver, or if Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or petitions for or enters into an arrangement (any of which are referred to herein as “ a bankruptcy event ”), then the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a) At all events any receiver or trustee in bankruptcy or Tenant as debtor in possession (“ debtor ”) shall either expressly assume or reject this Lease within the earlier of one hundred twenty (120) days following the filing of a petition in bankruptcy or entry of an “Order for Relief” or such earlier period of time provided by law.

 

34
 

 

(b) In the event of an assumption of the Lease by a debtor, receiver or trustee, such debtor, receiver or trustee shall immediately after such assumption (i) cure any default or provide adequate assurances that defaults will be promptly cured; and (ii) compensate Landlord for actual pecuniary loss or provide adequate assurances that compensation will be made for actual pecuniary loss; and (iii) provide adequate assurance of future performance.

 

(c) For the purposes of subparagraph (b) above, adequate assurance of future performance of all obligations under this Lease shall include, but is not limited to: (i) written assurance that rent and any other consideration due under the Lease shall first be paid before any other of Tenant’s costs of operation of its business in the Premises is paid; and (ii) written agreement that assumption of this Lease will not cause a breach of any provision hereof including, but not limited to, any provision relating to use or exclusivity in this or any other Lease, or agreement relating to the Premises, or if such a breach is caused, the debtor, receiver or trustee will indemnify Landlord against such loss (including costs of suit and attorneys’ fees), occasioned by such breach.

 

(d) Where a default exists under the Lease, the party assuming the Lease may not require Landlord to provide services or supplies incidental to the Lease before its assumption by such trustee or debtor, unless Landlord is compensated under the terms of the Lease for such services and supplies provided before the assumption of such Lease.

 

(e) The debtor, receiver, or trustee may assign this Lease only if adequate assurance of future performance by the assignee is provided, whether or not there has been a default under the Lease. Any consideration paid by any assignee in excess of the rental reserved in the Lease shall be the sole property of, and paid to, Landlord. Upon assignment by the debtor or trustee, the obligations of the Lease shall be deemed to have been assumed, and the assignee shall execute an assignment agreement on request of Landlord.

 

(f) Landlord shall be entitled to the fair market value for the Premises and the services provided by Landlord (but in no event less than the rental reserved in the Lease) subsequent to the commencement of a bankruptcy event.

 

(g) Landlord specifically reserves any and all remedies available to Landlord in Article 17 hereof or at law or in equity in respect of a bankruptcy event by Tenant to the extent such remedies are permitted by Applicable Laws.

 

35
 

 

ARTICLE 19

SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT

 

This Lease is subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust or any other hypothecation for security now or hereafter placed upon the real property of which the Premises are a part and to any and all advances made on the security thereof and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. If any mortgagee, trustee or ground lessor shall elect to have this Lease prior to the lien of its mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, and shall give written notice thereof to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed prior to such mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, whether this Lease is dated prior or subsequent to the date of said mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease or the date of recording thereof. Tenant agrees to execute any documents required to further effectuate such subordination or to make this Lease prior to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, as the case may be, within 15 days after receipt of Landlord’s or any lender’s written request. It is understood by all parties that Tenant’s failure to execute the subordination documents referred to above may cause Landlord serious financial damage by causing the failure of a financing or sale transaction. If the holder of any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust or security described above (or its successor-in-interest), enforces its remedies provided by law or under the pertinent mortgage, deed of trust or security instrument and succeeds to Landlord’s interest in the Premises, Tenant shall, upon request of any person succeeding to the interest of such lender as result of such enforcement, automatically become the Tenant of said successor-in-interest without change in the terms or other provisions of this Lease, provided, however, that said successor-in-interest shall not be (i) bound by any payment of rent for more than 30 days in advance, except prepayment in the nature of security for the performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease, (ii) liable for any act or omission of any previous landlord (including Landlord), provided that as successor landlord it shall be obligated to cure any continuing default of the prior landlord of which it has received prior written notice and shall be liable for acts or omissions accruing or arising after such successor’s succession to the position of landlord and commencement of control and management of the Project, (iii) subject to any offset, defense, recoupment or counterclaim that Tenant may have given to any previous landlord (including Landlord), or (iv) liable for any deposit that Tenant may have given to any previous landlord (including Landlord) that has not, as such, been transferred to said successor-in-interest. Within 15 days after receipt of request by said successor-in-interest, Tenant shall execute and deliver an instrument or instruments confirming such attornment, including a non-disturbance, attornment and subordination agreement in a form required by any such successor-in-interest. In the event of any default by Landlord, Tenant will give notice by registered or certified mail to any beneficiary of a deed of trust or mortgagee of a mortgage covering the Premises whose address shall have been published to Tenant, and shall offer such beneficiary of mortgage a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the premises by power of sale or a judicial foreclosure, if such should prove necessary to effect a cure.

 

ARTICLE 20

MISCELLANEOUS

 

20.1 Authority to Enter Into Lease .

 

Each party represents and warrants to the other that it has full power and authority and the legal right to enter into and perform each and every provision of this Lease.

 

20.2 Notices .

 

All notices, demands and requests required under this Lease shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person, or by any generally available overnight commercial delivery service to the notice addresses set out in Section 1.2 of this Lease, or to any other addresses modified by written notice delivered as required by this Section. All properly delivered notices shall be effective upon receipt or on the date that delivery is refused.

 

36
 

 

20.3 Estoppel Certificates .

 

Within ten (10) days of receipt of Landlord’s written request, Tenant will execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord (and to any mortgagee or other designated recipient), a certificate in the acceptable form with respect to the matters required by Landlord (or such mortgagee or other designated recipient) and such other matters relating to this Lease or the status of performance of obligations under this Lease, to the extent reasonably requested.

 

20.4 Landlord’s Access To Premises .

 

Landlord shall have the following rights on reasonable prior notice to Tenant (except in the case of emergencies, in which case no prior notice shall be required): (i) to inspect the Premises and to perform alterations, maintenance, repairs, replacements or other activities or services which Landlord desires and/or is required to perform pursuant to this Lease; (ii) to exhibit the Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders or tenants.

 

20.5 Force Majeure .

 

Subject to specific exceptions provided elsewhere in this Lease, each party will be excused for the period of any delay in the performance of any of its obligations (except the obligation to pay Rent) when the delay is due to Force Majeure; provided that the party claiming the delay delivers written notice to the other party within 3 business days after it receives notice of the circumstances creating the Force Majeure, describing the circumstances and estimating the period of the consequent delay.

 

20.6 Mechanics’ Liens .

 

If any mechanics’ or materialmen’s liens are filed against the Premises for work, labor, services or materials performed or furnished to Tenant or anyone holding the Premises through or under Tenant, Tenant shall cause the same to be discharged of record or bonded within 15 days after Tenant receives notice of the filing. If Tenant fails to comply with this requirement, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, discharge the same by paying the amount claimed to be due; and the amount so paid by Landlord, and all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord in procuring the discharge of such lien, shall be immediately due and payable by Tenant to Landlord, as Additional Rent. Notice is hereby given that Landlord shall not be liable for any labor or materials furnished to Tenant upon credit and that no mechanics’, materialmen’s or other liens for any such labor or materials shall attach to or affect the estate or interest of Landlord in and to the land and improvements of which the Premises were a part.

 

20.7 Successors and Assigns .

 

This Lease and the covenants and conditions in this Lease shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their successors and assigns. If, during the term of this Lease, Landlord shall sell its interest in the Project or the Premises, then from and after the effective date of the sale or conveyance, Landlord shall be released and discharged from any and all obligations and responsibilities under this Lease, except those already accrued.

 

37
 

 

20.8 Waiver of California Code Sections .

 

In this Lease, numerous provisions have been negotiated by the parties, some of which provisions are covered by statute. Whenever a provision of this Lease and a provision of any statute or other law cover the same matter, the provisions of this Lease shall control. Therefore, Tenant waives (for itself and all persons claiming under Tenant) the provisions of Civil Code Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) with respect to the destruction of the Premises; Civil Code Sections 1941 and 1942 with respect to Landlord’s repair duties and Tenant’s right to repair; Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130, allowing either party to petition the Superior Court to terminate this Lease in the event of a partial taking of the Premises by condemnation as herein defined; and any right of redemption or reinstatement of Tenant under any present or future case law or statutory provision (including Code of Civil Procedure Sections 473 and 1179 and Civil Code Section 3275) in the event Tenant is dispossessed from the Premises for any reason. This waiver applies to future statutes enacted in addition to or in substitution for the statutes specified herein.

 

20.9 Acceptance of Payment .

 

No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount of Base Rent or any other sum due hereunder, shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest due rent or payment, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such rent or payment or pursue any other remedy available in this Lease, at law or in equity. Landlord may accept any partial payment from Tenant without invalidation of any contractual notice required to be given herein (to the extent such contractual notice is required) and without invalidation of any notice required to be given pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161, et seq., or of any successor statute thereto.

 

38
 

 

20.10 Brokers .

 

Landlord and Tenant have each been represented by the Brokers named in Section 1.1 and Landlord agrees to pay all commissions due to the Brokers pursuant to a separate agreement. Each party acknowledges, represents and warrants to the other that no other broker, real estate agent or other similar finder or consultant brought about or was involved in the making of this Lease and that no brokerage fee or commission is due to any other party as a result of the execution of this Lease. Each party indemnifies and holds the other harmless against any claim by any broker, agent, finder or consultant based upon the execution of this Lease and predicated upon a breach of the above representation and warranty.

 

20.11 No Recordation .

 

This Lease shall not be recorded.

 

20.12 Modification to Lease .

 

A written amendment signed by both parties shall be the exclusive method for modifying this Lease and no oral agreement or course of dealing shall be construed to suffice to modify any term of this Lease.

 

20.13 Governing Law .

 

This Lease shall be construed, governed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State in which the Premises is located.

 

20.14 Attorneys’ Fees .

 

In the event of any litigation or arbitration (if each party in its sole and absolute discretion elects to use arbitration) proceeding between the parties with respect to this Lease, then all costs and expenses, including without limitation, all reasonable professional fees such as appraisers’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid or reimbursed by the other party. The “ prevailing party ” means the party determined by the court or arbitrator (if the parties elected to use arbitration) to have most nearly prevailed, even if such party did not prevail in all matters, not necessarily the one in whose favor a judgment is rendered. If, on account of any breach or default by Tenant in Tenant’s obligations under the terms and conditions of this Lease, it shall become necessary or appropriate for Landlord to employ or consult with an attorney or collection agency concerning or to enforce or defend any of Landlord’s rights or remedies arising under this Lease or to collect any sums due from Tenant, Tenant agrees to pay all costs and fees so incurred by Landlord, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs. Should Landlord be named as a defendant or requested or required to appear as a witness or produce any documents in any suit brought by Tenant against any other party or against Tenant in connection with or arising out of Tenant’s occupancy hereunder, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its costs and expenses incurred in such suit, including without limitation, all reasonable professional fees such as appraisers’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

39
 

 

20.15 Quiet Enjoyment .

 

So long as Tenant pays all of the Base Rent, all Additional Rent and other sums and charges under the Lease and otherwise performs all of its obligations in the Lease, Tenant shall have the right to possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises free from any unreasonable disturbance or interference, subject to the terms and provisions of the Lease.

 

20.16 Representation .

 

Neither Tenant nor any of its constituent partners, managers, members or shareholders, nor any beneficial owner of Tenant or of any such partner, manager, member or shareholder (a) is listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by the Office of Foreign Asset Control, Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”) pursuant to the Executive Order No. 13224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (Sept. 25, 2001) (“ Order ”); (b) is listed on any other list of terrorists or terrorist organizations maintained pursuant to the Order, the rules and regulations of OFAC or any other applicable requirements contained in any enabling legislation or other Executive Orders in respect of the Order (the Order and such other rules, regulations, legislation or orders are collectively called the “ Orders ”); (c) is engaged in activities prohibited in the Orders; or (d) has been convicted, pleaded nolo contendere, indicted, arraigned or custodially detained on charges involving money laundering or predicate crimes to money laundering.

 

20.17 Counterparts .

 

This Lease may be executed in counterparts and, when all counterpart documents are executed, the counterparts shall constitute a single binding instrument. The delivery of an unexecuted version of this Lease shall not be construed as an offer to lease and this Lease shall not be binding upon either party until it has been executed and delivered by both parties.

 

20.18 Joint and Several Liability .

 

If there be more than one Tenant, the liability of all such parties for compliance with and performance of the terms and covenants of this Lease shall be joint and several, unless otherwise set forth herein. In that regard, each of the parties named as Tenant shall have equal rights to use and occupy the Premises and the Landlord shall not be obligated to settle or arbitrate any dispute between such Tenant’s as to their respective use and occupancy rights.

 

20.19 Triple Net Lease .

 

IT IS INTENDED THAT THIS LEASE BE A “TRIPLE NET LEASE,” AND THAT THE RENT TO BE PAID HEREUNDER BY TENANT WILL BE RECEIVED BY LANDLORD WITHOUT ANY DEDUCTION OR OFFSET WHATSOEVER BY TENANT, FORESEEABLE OR UNFORESEEABLE. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY IN THIS LEASE, LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO MAKE ANY EXPENDITURE, INCUR ANY OBLIGATION, OR INCUR ANY LIABILITY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE OR THE OWNERSHIP, CONSTRUCTION (EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT SPECIFICALLY AGREED TO BY LANDLORD AS SET FORTH IN THE WORK LETTER), MAINTENANCE, OPERATION OR REPAIR OF THE PREMISES.

 

SEE NEXT PAGES FOR SIGNATURES

 

40
 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT FOR LANDLORD

 

Landlor d has execute d thi s Leas e t o b e effectiv e a s of th e 13 th day of August, 2018.

 

  LANDLORD:
   
  COACHILLIN’ HOLDINGS LLC,
  a California limited liability company
     
  By /s/ Kenneth R. Dickerson                   
  Name: Kenneth R. Dickerson
  Title: Managing Member

 

41
 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT TENANT

 

Tenant has executed this Lease to be effective as of the 15 th day of August, 2018.

 

  TENANT:
   
  GRAPEFRUIT BLVD INVESTMENTS
  A California Corporation
  collectively (“Tenant” )
     
  By /s/ Bradley J Yourist
  Name: Bradley J Yourist
  Title: President

 

42
 

 

Exhibit A

 

PREMISES

 

 

43
 

 

Exhibit B

 

SITE PLAN SHOWING LOCATION OF PARCELS AND PROJECT

 

 

 

44
 

 

Exhibit C

 

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF LANDS

 

PARCEL NO. 33 of Tract Map No. 37158, in the Northwest quarter ( NW ¼ ) of Section 14, T. 3. S., R. 4. E., S.B.M., city of Desert Hot Springs, county of Riverside, state of California, as recorded MB 244, pgs. 28-33 on 22 day of December year 2017.

 

45
 

 

Exhibit D

 

SIGNAGE CRITERIA

 

In this Exhibit, the COACHILLIN INDUSTRIAL CULTIVATION & ANCILLARY CANNA-BUSINESS PARK Design Guideline for the design of Signage and graphics within the Project will be established according to the City of Desert Hot Springs Sign ordinance and Coachillin Holdings LLC Specific Plan. Signage and graphics should be designed for a sense of continuity as an additional unifying element within the Premises. All signs are subject to the sole discretion for approval by the Landlord.

 

The Premises Signage will consist of a combination of letter, logo signs and small projecting security oriented signs along with other building signs that are architecturally integrated into the existing building and development.

 

Sign Materials

All signs shall be of a size and nature to preserve the quality and atmosphere of the COACHILLIN’ INDUSTRIAL CULTIVATION & ANCILLARY CANNA-BUSINESS PARK.

 

1. Design attached signs to the building as an integrated part of the building.
2. Signs may not be of unusual size or shape compare to the building that it’s attached to.
3. All signage should consider low energy consumption for lighting.
4. Backlit acrylic or plastic “box” type signs are prohibited.
5. Individually cut letters with gooseneck lighting fixtures for direct illumination can be visible at a distance.
6. Signs should be simple and straightforward.
7. The maximum height of any freestanding sign will be 8-feet above grade.

 

Sign Number and Area

Limited numbers of sign which be located in appropriate areas, will help a business be seen better.

 

1. Each site can only use two signs that identify user, nature of the business, and products.
2. All signs should be attached at ground level or on the face of the building.
3. No signs should be permitted to be raised above the roofline of the building or be located in front of the building setback line.
4. No sign shall be located in or painted on any window without written approval of Indian Canyon and 18 th  Property Owners Association.
5. Freestanding, ground-mounted signs shall not exceed 25 square feet per face.
6. Surface-mounted signs shall not exceed 30 square feet of surface area each, nor exceed 80 square feet total.

 

Location/Placement/Visibility

Visibility without becoming a dominant part of the landscape or interfering with vehicular movement along the public streets, should be the policy for the location and placement of signage.

 

1. All signage for the building site shall be planned to be carefully integrated into the overall design).
2. Signs should be perfectly visible from streets and paths without conflicting with vehicular movement visibility.

 

46
 

 

Sign Illumination

Illumination of signage is permitted if the source of light is concealed.

 

1. Flashing, blinking, intermittent or moving light are not permitted as source of illumination.
2. For nighttime readability, signs should be illuminated to the minimum level.
3. Hide the light source from the ‘lines of sight’ of observers, when external light sources are directed at the sign surface (Figure 7-4).
4. Visible neon tubing is not allowed as a method of sign illumination.
5. Use ground-mounted metal halide fixture to illuminate monument signs.

 

Allowable Sign Types

Indian Canyon and 18 th Property Owners Association (POA) should review and give permission prior to installation of any types of signs either temporary or permanent, whether freestanding or affixed to any structure.

 

1. Monument Signs: Solidly built permanent signs
2. Surface-mounted Signs on buildings: Wall-mounted.
3. Projecting Signs are not permitted.
4. Pole-mounted Signs: Pole-mounted signs are just allowed for public use, and be mounted and maintained by the OA.
5. Flashing or moving signs are not permitted.

 

Special Entry Signs

These signs will be installed and maintained by Indian Canyon and 18 th Property Owners Association

 

1. Entry signage is limited to monument or wall signage consistent with the architectural character of the buildings, with the address prominently displayed

 

Building Identification Sign

Some businesses have their corporate identities that should be expressed properly in signage, while meet the signage design guideline.

 

1. Identification sign should provide information not more than the name of the business and the identifying corporate symbol and colors.
2. Just one identification sign shall be used for the building. An identification sign will be allowed within the setbacks if approved by the City of Desert Hot Springs and POA and surrounded by appropriate landscaping.

 

Temporary Signs and Locations

Temporary signage, “supergraphics”, and so on are prohibited on the building. Each Tenant may have two signs designated for company identification.

 

[ no further text on this page ]

 

47
 

 

Exhibit E

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1. The sash doors, sashes, windows, glass doors, lights, and skylights that reflect or admit light into the halls or other places of the Project shall not be covered or obstructed, except as designated by Landlord. All doors opening onto public corridors shall be kept closed, except when in use for ingress and egress.
   
2. No sign, nor advertisement, nor notice, shall be inscribed, painted or fixed on or to any part of the Project unless it is of such color, size and style, and in such a place upon, as may be designated by Landlord, in its sole discretion. All signs on doors or window glass will be painted for tenants by Landlord, but the cost of painting shall be paid by tenant.
   
3. Electric wiring of any kind shall be introduced and connected as directed by Landlord and no boring, or cutting wires will be allowed except with the consent of Landlord.
   
4. No additional lock or locks shall be placed by tenants on any door in the Premises unless written consent of Landlord shall have first been obtained. Two (2) keys will be furnished by Landlord for each suite, and any additional keys required must be obtained from Landlord. Tenants shall be charged for additional keys at Landlord’s cost. All keys shall be surrendered to Landlord upon termination of the tenancy. Tenant will not change any of his/her/its locks without first notifying Landlord in writing of such change.
   
5. Landlord shall be in no way responsible to any tenant for any loss of property from the leased premises, however occurring, or for any damage done to the effects of any tenants by the janitor or any other of Landlord’s employees, or by any other person.
   
6. All freight must be moved into, within and out of the Project under the supervision of Landlord, and according to such regulations as may be posted in the Office of the Project, but Landlord will not be responsible for loss or damage to such freight from any cause.
   
7. The requirements of tenants will be accommodated only upon application at the Office of the Project. Landlord’s employees shall not perform any work nor do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from the Office, and no employee shall admit any person (tenant or otherwise) to any office without instructions from the Office of the Project.
   
8. Landlord reserves the right to change the name of the Premises, and from time to time make such alterations and repairs as deemed advisable by Landlord to the Premises and other public areas of which the leased premises are a part.
   
9. The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweeping, rubbish, rags or other substances shall be thrown therein. All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors, or licensees shall have caused the same.

 

48
 

 

10. No tenant shall mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface any part of the premises or the Project. No boring, cutting or stringing of wires or laying of linoleum or other similar floor coverings shall be permitted, except with the prior written consent of Landlord, and as Landlord may direct. Tenant may hang pictures and plaques in the leased premises.
   
11. No vehicles or animals of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the leased premises, and no cooking shall be done or permitted by any tenant on the premises, except that the preparation of coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar items for tenants and their employees shall be permitted. No tenant shall cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odors to be produced upon or permeate the premises.
   
12. The leased premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the use of the premises.
   
13. No tenant, nor any tenant’s servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees, shall at any time bring or keep upon the leased premises any inflammable, combustible or explosive fluid, chemical or substance, other than chemicals necessary for the practice of medicine.
   
14. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Project are prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.
   
15. At any time while a watchman is in charge of the Premises, any person entering or leaving the Premises may be questioned by him as to his/her business in the building; and anyone not satisfying the watchman of his/her right to enter the Premises may be removed by him.
   
16. Landlord reserves the right to make such other and further rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be reasonably necessary for the safety and cleanliness of and for the preservation of good order in the Premises and leased premises therein.

 

[ no further text on this page ]

 

49
 

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and between GRAPEFRUIT BOULEVARD INVESTMENTS, INC. doing business as ‘Kali Kanna Distribution’, ‘Kali Kanna Farms’, ‘High Voltage Distribution’ (the “Company”) and KRISTIAN BRIANNE CONTRERAS (“Employee”) as of November 19, 2018. Company and Employee are collectively referred to herein as “the Parties.” In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained in this Agreement, Employee and the Company agree as follows:

 

1. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT. The Company hereby employs Employee, and Employee hereby accepts employment, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, for a term (the “Employment Period”) commencing on November 19, 2018 (“Commencement Date”) and continuing until November 19, 2021 (the “Expiration Date”). The Parties may renew this Agreement for successive one (1) or more year terms by mutual written agreement and the Expiration Date shall be extended by one year from the date of the mutual written renewal agreement.

 

2. DUTIES. During the Employment Period, Employee shall serve as Executive Vice President of the Sugar Stoned Division; perform such services consistent with Employee’s position as the Supervisory Officer may from time to time require; devote Employee’s entire business time, ability and energy exclusively to the performance of Employee’s duties; and use Employee’s best efforts to advance the interests and businesses of the Company, its divisions, subsidiaries and affiliates.

 

3. COMPENSATION.

 

(a) The Company shall pay to Employee a salary based on receiving One Hundred (100%) Percent of the total “Net Revenue” earned by the Company from the Sugar Stoned division exclusively. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Net Revenue” shall mean all Gross Income collected by the Company from the Sugar Stoned division, less costs for sales-persons, marketing costs, accounting and legal costs, insurance costs, Company’s costs for FICA taxes and payroll, cost for collection, payment of refunds, credits, returns, sale’s fees, compliant cannabis lab testing costs, local taxes, federal and state income taxes, and sales taxes, if any, associated therewith.

 

In consideration of Employee receiving all of the “Net Revenue” earned from the Sugar Stoned division and operations, Employee hereby assigns to Company all rights, title and interests in “Sugar Stoned, LLC” including, but not limited to, all trade secrets, customer lists, distribution channels, employees, intellectual property rights which include all past and current edible formulations (collectively referred to as the “Intellectual Property Rights”). All Intellectual Property Rights shall be returned to Employee or her heirs, upon the expiration of the term of this Agreement as set forth in Paragraph 1. Termination for cause or Employee resigning prior to the expiration of this Agreement as set forth in Paragraph 1 shall not affect the Intellectual Property Rights granted to the Company under this Agreement. Employee shall continue to receive the “Net Revenue” from the Sugar Stoned division less the employment costs required to replace Employee in the event of Employee’s incapacity in any form which prevents her from carrying out the terms of her employment.

 

1
 

 

(b) The Company, as a licensed cannabis manufacturer, shall receive a twenty (20%) percent mark-up fee based on the cost(s) to manufacture each individual edible piece sold (the “Mark-Up Fee”).

 

By way of example, if a given edible piece costs the Company three ($3.00) dollars to manufacture, the Company will then mark-up that cost by twenty (20%) percent or sixty ($0.60) cents, and the Company will collect the Mark-Up as part of its compensation when that edible piece is sold.

 

(c) The Company, as a licensed cannabis distributor, shall charge a flat rate of twenty (20%) percent plus $85.00 per shipment/drop to distribute the Sugar Stoned edible product line throughout the State of California. This distribution fee is inclusive of any costs incurred by Company should Company elect to use the services of any third party licensed distributor to efficiently distribute the Sugar Stoned product line throughout the State of California. In cases where the Parties agree to use a third-party distributor that charges in excess of twenty (20%) percent, Company’s distribution fee shall be three (3%) percent in addition to the costs of the third-party distributor.

 

(d) Employee may be eligible to receive, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Company (considering such factors as the Company deems appropriate in its sole, subjective judgment), a discretionary annual bonus. The Company’s determination whether or not to pay to Employee a discretionary annual bonus, the criteria therefore and the amount and timing of such bonus, if any, shall be final and binding.

 

4. EXPIRATION OF TERM AND TERMINATION.

 

(a) This Agreement shall automatically expire and terminate on the Expiration Date unless the Parties have agreed to renew the Agreement.

 

(b) Employee’s employment and this Agreement shall automatically terminate if employee dies during the term hereof and all Intellectual Property Rights shall revert to Employee’s estate upon expiration of this Agreement pursuant to Paragraph 1.

 

5. COMPLETE AND SUPERSEDING AGREEMENT. This Agreement shall constitute the entire and final understanding of the parties with respect to Employee’s employment with the Company and the subject matters addressed in this Agreement. It is intended by the parties as a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of their agreement. It supersedes and replaces all prior negotiations and all agreements, proposed or otherwise, whether written or oral, concerning Employee’s employment with the Company and the other subject matters addressed in this Agreement, including, without limitation, effective November 14, 2018. Any representation, promise or agreement not specifically included in this Agreement shall not be binding upon or enforceable against either party. This is a fully integrated agreement.

 

6. WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS. The Parties warrant, represent and covenant the following:

 

(a) Employee is free to enter into the Agreement and to provide the services and perform the duties and obligations required of Employee;

 

2
 

 

(b) Employee is not currently (and will not, to the best knowledge and ability of Employee, at any time during the Employment Period be) subject to any agreement, understanding, obligation, claim, litigation or condition which could adversely affect Employee’s performance of any of Employee’s duties or obligations under the Agreement or the Company’s complete ownership and enjoyment of all of the rights, powers and privileges granted to the Company under the Agreement; Company represents and warrants that it is in good standing with the California Bureau of Cannabis Control and California Department of Public Health. Employee has the right to void this Agreement in the event that Company loses both its Distribution and Manufacturing Licenses during the term of this Agreement.

 

(c) No Intellectual Property written, composed, created or submitted by Employee at any time during Employee’s employment by the Company shall, to the best of Employee’s knowledge, violate the rights of privacy or publicity, constitute a libel or slander or infringe upon the copyright, literary, personal, private, civil, property or other rights of any Person.

 

7. EMPLOYMENT AFTER TERM.

 

(a) The Parties may consent to continue Employee’s employment beyond the Expiration Date by renewing this Agreement for successive one (1) or more year terms by mutual written agreement of the Parties hereto and the Expiration Date shall be extended from the date of the mutual written renewal agreement.

 

8. NO WAIVER.

 

(a) Nothing contained herein, and no exercise by the Company of any right or remedy, shall be construed as a waiver by the Company of any other rights or remedies which the Company may have. In the event that any court or tribunal shall at any time hold any covenants or restrictions contained in the Agreement to be unenforceable or unreasonable as to the scope, territory or period of time specified, such court or tribunal shall have the power, and is specifically requested by Employee and the Company, to declare or determine the scope, territory or period of time which it deems to be reasonable or enforceable and to enforce the restrictions to that extent.

 

9. GOVERNING LAW.

 

(a) The substantive laws (as distinguished from the choice of law rules) of the State of California shall govern (i) the validity and interpretation of the Agreement, (ii) the performance by the parties of their respective duties and obligations under the Agreement and (iii) all other causes of action (whether sounding in contract or in tort) arising out of or relating in any fashion to Employee’s employment by the Company or the termination of such employment.

 

(b) Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, its enforcement, interpretation, or because of an alleged breach, default, or misrepresentation in connection with any of its provisions, or arising out of or relating in any way to Employee’s employment or termination of employment, including, for example, any alleged violation of statute, common law or public policy, shall be submitted to the Los Angeles Superior Court and the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees and costs associated therewith.

 

3
 

 

10. NOTICES.

 

All notices, requests, demands or other communications related to this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered personally (effective upon receipt), sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested (effective seven (7) business days after postmark date), sent by nationally recognized overnight delivery service (effective three (3) business day after timely delivery to such delivery service), by confirmed facsimile (effective upon receipt), or otherwise actually delivered, to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

If to Employee, to her at:

 

4612 Grey Drive, Unit 1

Los Angeles, California 90035

 

If to the Company, to it at:

 

Grapefruit Boulevard Investments,

Inc. 11111 Santa Monica Blvd., Suite

100 Los Angeles, California

Attention: Bradley J, Yourist, Esq.

Facsimile: (310) 943-2650

 

or to such other addresses as Employee or the Company shall have designated by written notice to the other party in the manner provided above.

 

11. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

(a) This Agreement may be amended, renewed, extended or otherwise modified only by a written agreement signed by both parties. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted against any party because that party or its legal representative drafted the provision. There are no warranties, representations or covenants, oral or written, express or implied, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement. Employee acknowledges that Employee does not rely and has not relied upon any representation or statement made by the Company or any of its representatives relating to the subject matter of this Agreement except as set forth in this Agreement.

 

4
 

 

(b) If any provision of this Agreement or any portion of it is declared by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the remainder of such provision, and all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect and no provision shall be deemed dependent on any other provision unless as specifically expressed in this Agreement.

 

(c) The failure of a party to insist on strict adherence to any term of this Agreement shall not be considered a waiver of, or deprive that party of the right in the future to insist on strict adherence to, that term or any other term of this Agreement.

 

(d) The headings in this Agreement are solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect its interpretation.

 

(e) The relationship between Employee and the Company is exclusively that of employer and employee, and the Company’s obligations to Employee are exclusively contractual in nature.

 

(f) The Parties shall mutually execute and deliver to each all such documents consistent herewith as the Company or Employee may from time to time deem necessary or desirable to evidence, protect, enforce or defend their right, title and interest in or to any Confidential Materials, Intellectual Property or other items.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement or caused it to be executed on their behalf as of the date first above written.

 

E mployee    
     
/s/ KRISTIAN BRIANNE CONTRERAS   11/17/18
KRISTIAN BRIANNE CONTRERAS   Date
     
G rapefruit Boulevard Investments, Inc.    
     
/s/ BRADLEY J. YOURIST   11/19/18
BRADLEY J. YOURIST, CEO   Date

 

5
 

 

SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is dated as of July 03 2019 and is made by and between Greenberg Glusker Fields Claman & Machtinger LLP (“GG”), on the one hand, and IMAGING3, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “Company” or “IGNG” and together with GG the “Parties”), on the other hand, with reference to the following facts.

 

A. GG was engaged by the Company by engagement letter agreement dated August 8, 2012 to assist the Company in connection with the filing of a Chapter 11 bankruptcy case;

 

B. On or about September 13, 2012 the Company filed that certain Chapter 11bankruptcy case in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California (the “Bankruptcy Court”) Case No. 2:12-bk-41206-NB (the “Bankruptcy Case”);

 

C. On March 5, 2013, the Company filed its First Amended Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization Dated March 5, 2013, and on April 30, 2013 the Company filed its Motion for Order Confirming Debtor’s First Amended Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization Dated March 5, 2013 as Modified with modifications to the First Amended Plan of Reorganization (collectively and as amended and supplemented, the “Plan”). On July 9, 2013, the Bankruptcy Court entered its order confirming the Plan. The Plan became effective, and the Company emerged from Chapter 11 protection, on July 30, 2013;

 

 
  SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT  
Page 2    

 

D. One of the then shareholders of the Company, John M. Vuksich (“Vuksich”) appealed five orders entered by the Bankruptcy Court in Bankruptcy Case, four of which were appealed to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals. On December 17, 2015, the Ninth Circuit entered an order affirming the District Court’s ruling affirming the bankruptcy court on each matter, except for one issue. On December 31, 2015, Vuksich filed a petition for rehearing en banc . On February 2, 2016, the Ninth Circuit denied Vuksich’s petition for rehearing en banc. On April 28, 2016, Vuksich filed a petition for a writ of certiorari with the United States Supreme Court, requesting review of the Ninth Circuit’s ruling. On October 3, 2016 the Supreme Court entered an order denying Vuksich petition for writ of certiorari . Vuksich then filed a petition for rehearing of the order denying Vuksich’s petition for writ of certiorari on October 25, 2016. The Supreme Court denied Vuksich’s petition for rehearing on November 28, 2016;

 

E. On September 25, 2013, the Bankruptcy Court entered its order granting GG’s First and Final Application for Compensation and Reimbursement of Expenses for the Period September 13, 2012 Through July 31, 2013 (the “Final Fee Order”). The Final Fee Order allowed, on a final basis GG’s fees in the sum of $810,182.75 and expenses in the sum of $19,470.77, for a total of $829,653.52, incurred from the period from September 13, 2012 through July 31, 2013;

 

F. Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 1129(a)(9)(A), the Plan required payment of the Final Fee Order to GG on the effective date of the Plan. However, in an effort to assist the Company in its reorganization efforts, GG entered into a letter agreement with the Company on July 29, 2013 (“Letter Agreement”) permitting the Company to make periodic payments to GG for the Final Fee Order. The Company subsequently defaulted under the terms of the Letter Agreement; having only made nominal payments to GG to date. GG continued to render services to the Company after the effective date of the Plan, particularly in connection with the Vuksich appeals;

 

 
  SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT  
Page 3    

 

G. The Company and GG subsequently executed an Agreement On Treatment of Administrative Claim of Greenberg Glusker Fields Claman & Machtinger LLP (the “GG Fee Agreement”). Under the GG Fee Agreement, the Company was to pay the GG’s outstanding fees, by making annual payments to GG, as follows: $100,000.00 on or before December 31, 2017; and $150,000.00 on or before December 31, 2018. The balance of the GG fees are due in full on or before December 31, 2019. Additional Payments were to have been paid to GG from the proceeds of other financings (as defined in the GG Fee Agreement) of the Company. Interest accrued on the outstanding amount at the rate of 6% per annum. The GG Fee Agreement provided an event of default would occur if the payments required were not paid, in which event all payments would be accelerated, and that GG had the right to convert the Company’s Bankruptcy Case to a chapter 7 or seek other relief from the Bankruptcy Court for the enforcement of the GG Fee Agreement;

 

H. Concurrent with the execution of the GG Fee Agreement, the Company executed a Common Stock Warrant (“Warrant”) in the form agreed to among the parties, entitling GG to apply up to $150,000.00 of the fees owed to it to the purchase of shares of common stock of the Company, as set forth in the Warrant. GG subsequently elected to exercise $4,360 for the issuance of 33,539 shares of the Company’s common stock;

 

I. On or about February 3, 2017 the Bankruptcy Court entered a final decree closing the Bankruptcy Case (the “Final Decree Order”) but specifically providing that “Notwithstanding the foregoing the bankruptcy case may be reopened on motion as set forth in the Greenberg Glusker Fee Agreement and/or the Mentor Fee Agreement, and this court retains jurisdiction for those purposes and as otherwise provided by law or as contemplated by the prior orders and proceedings of this court. account of the Company’s failure to comply with the Plan.”

 

 
  SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT  
Page 4    

 

J. Other than a payment of $18,898 paid on May 1, 2018 and a payment of $25,000 paid on June 13, 2019, the Company has not paid to GG the amount due pursuant to the GG Fee Agreement and is in default thereof and as of July 1, 2019, IGNG owed GG $1,245,380 (the “GG Fee Balance”) together with interest accruing at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum, or $204.72 per day from an after July 1, 2019;

 

K. On Friday May 31, 2019 Grapefruit Boulevard Investments, Inc. (“GBI” or “Grapefruit”) a formerly privately held Los Angeles based cannabis company completed a reverse acquisition (the “Acquisition”) of IGNG. Under the terms of the Share Exchange Agreement by and between IGNG and Grapefruit documenting the terms of the Acquisition, IGNG will issue to Grapefruit’s existing shareholders that number of newly issued restricted IGNG common shares such that the former Grapefruit shareholders will own approximately 81% of the post- Acquisition shares and the current IGNG shareholders will retain 19% of the post-Acquisition IGNG shares. At the time of the execution of the agreement, IGNG had approximately eighty-five million (85,000,000) outstanding shares of common stock. And as a result of the closing IGNG will issue to Grapefruit’s shareholders approximately three hundred sixty-two million two hundred forty thousand (362,240,000) IGNG common shares. As a result, at the conclusion of the Acquisition, IGNG will have a total of approximately 470,418,945 common shares issued and outstanding. The shares of IGNG common stock trade on the domestic U.S. OTCQB over-the- counter stock market under the ticker symbol “IGNG”;

 

L. On May 31, 2019 IGNG executed a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) with Auctus Fund LLC (“Auctus”), pursuant to which IGNG will sell $4,000,000 of convertible notes (the “Note(s)”) and issue $6,200,000 of callable warrants (the “Warrants”) to Auctus. Pursuant to the SPA, Auctus will purchase the $4,000,000 of Notes from IGNG in four tranches as follows: $600,000 which has been paid; the second tranche of $1,400,000.00 will be funded by Auctus on the day IGNG files its required registration statement on Form S-1 registering the IGNG shares underlying tranches 1 and 2 (the “Registration Statement”); the third tranche will be funded the day the SEC declares the Registration Statement effective (the “Effective Date”) and the fourth tranche will be funded 90 Days after the effective date of the Form S-1 Registration Statement. The Notes will provide sufficient liquidity over and above IGNG’s other working capital requirements to pay a small portion of the GG Fee Balance but insufficient funds to fully liquidate the GG Fee Balance;

 

 
  SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT  
Page 5    

 

M. The parties have agreed that the remainder of the GG Fee Balance shall be satisfied through the issuance of Shares to GG at a stipulated value of $0.164 per Share, subject to adjustments for stock splits, dividends and similar events as set forth herein;

 

N. IGNG and GG desire to resolve, settle, and compromise the GG Fee Balance while specifically reserving the right of GG to exercise its rights to convert seek to reopen the Company’s Bankruptcy Case and convert the case to a chapter 7 in the event that the Company does not comply with this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, agree as follows:

 

1. RECITALS . The recitals set forth above are incorporated into this Agreement.

 

2. CASH PAYMENTS . IGNG will make a cash payment to GG in the amount of $68,000 (“Cash Payments”) each time IGNG receives one of the three scheduled tranches of funding described above from Auctus as set forth in the SPA, for an aggregate cash payment of $204,000 (the “Aggregate Cash Payments”). The final Cash Payment shall be made by the Company by no later than November 30, 2019.

 

 
  SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT  
Page 6    

 

3. SETTLEMENT SHARES AND CONDITIONAL SETTLEMENT SHARES . In addition to any Cash Payments due, on or before July 8, 2019, IGNG will issue by book entry or certificate: (i) thirty three thousand five hundred thirty nine (33,539) Shares of IGNG common stock representing the shares that GG elected to convert pursuant to the Warrant identified in Recital H hereof (the “Warrant Shares”); (ii) six million, three hundred, fifty-one, one hundred and twenty-six (6,351,126) Shares of IGNG common stock (the “Settlement Shares”) and; (iii) three additional book entries or certificates each representing four hundred fourteen thousand six hundred thirty four (414,634) Shares (the “Conditional Settlement Shares “and together with the Warrant Shares and the Settlement Shares, the “Restricted Securities”) all of which shall be “restricted securities” and bear appropriate legends. The Conditional Settlement Shares shall be tendered contemporaneously by GG for redemption by the Company each time a Cash Payment is made by the Company to GG.

 

4. 3(a)(10) ACTION - FAIRNESS DETERMINATON AND APPROVAL BY SETTLEMENT COURT. Upon the execution hereof, GG, with the full and complete cooperation of IGNG, shall, at IGNG’s expense promptly commence an action against IGNG in the Los Angeles Superior Court (the “Settlement Court”) seeking the Settlement Court’s approval of this Agreement pursuant to Section 3(a)(10) (the “3(a)(10) Action”) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), and seeking the prompt determination by the Settlement Court of the fairness of the terms and conditions of the Agreement and providing for the satisfaction of this Agreement by the issuance of Restricted Securities that are (i) unrestricted, freely tradable and exempted from registration under the Securities Act, (ii) issuable without any restrictive legend, and (iii) may be immediately resold by GG without any registration, restriction or limitation, including without limitation under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (other than the “leak-out” agreement set forth in Section 6 of this Agreement) (the “Unrestricted Shares”). Upon the issuance by the Settlement Court of an Order (the “Issuance Order”) authorizing the issuance of the Unrestricted Shares, GG, with the full cooperation of IGNG and its counsel shall immediately commence (a) any and all efforts to ensure that the restrictions on the Restricted Shares are removed so that the Restricted Shares may be deposited into those brokerage accounts specified by GG as restrictive legend free, freely tradeable shares, or (b) provide IGNG’s transfer agent with instructions to issue GG new Unrestricted Share certificates to replace the Restricted Shares.

 

5. MAKE WHOLE SETTLEMENT SHARES .

 

5.1 Make-Whole Settlement Shares in the event of a failure of the sale of Unrestricted Shares to Pay Off the Balance . Upon sale by GG of the Unrestricted Shares resulting in total net proceeds, after commissions, fees and cost (“Net Proceeds”) less than the GG Fee Balance, GG shall be entitled from time to time to additional Settlement Shares of the Company’s Common Stock in accordance with this Paragraph 5 until the GG Fee Balance is paid in full, as follows:

 

 
  SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT  
Page 7    

 

5.2 Mechanics . At any time after GG shall have sold all of the Unrestricted Securities (hereinafter the “Make-Whole Eligibility Time”), GG may from time to time, deliver a written notice to the Company (hereinafter the “Make-Whole Eligibility Notice”, and such date, (the “Make-Whole Eligibility Notice Date”) certifying that GG is entitled to receive additional Shares of the Company’s Common Stock (hereinafter the “Make-Whole Shares”) pursuant to this Paragraph 5.2. The Make-Whole Eligibility Notice shall set forth (A) the number of Make-Whole Shares to be issued to GG in accordance with Paragraph 5.3 below, (B) the Make-Whole Consideration (as defined below) and (C) the aggregate Make- Whole Consideration received by GG with respect to the GG Fee Balance, to date. On the Trading Day immediately following the receipt of the Make-Whole Eligibility Notice, the Company shall deliver a written notice (hereinafter the “Make-Whole Additional Shares Notice”) to GG setting forth the number of Make-Whole Shares to be delivered on the related Make-Whole Shares Delivery Date (as defined below) (together with reasonable calculations with respect thereto). The Company shall issue such Make-Whole Shares to GG on the third (3rd) Trading Day after the delivery of the Make-Whole Additional Shares Notice (hereinafter the “Make-Whole Shares Delivery Date”). On the Make-Whole Shares Delivery Date, the Company shall (i) (A) provided that the Transfer Agent is participating in the DTC Fast Automated Securities Transfer Program, credit such aggregate number of Make-Whole Shares to which GG shall be then entitled to GG’s or its designee’s balance account with DTC through its Deposit/Withdrawal at Custodian (“DWAC”) system, or (B) if the Transfer Agent is not participating in the DTC Fast Automated Securities Transfer Program, issue and deliver on the applicable Make-Whole Shares Delivery Date, to the address set forth in the register maintained by the Company for such purpose pursuant to this Agreement or to such address as specified by GG in writing to the Company at least two (2) Business Days prior to the applicable Make-Whole Shares Delivery Date, a certificate, registered in the name of GG or its designee, for the number of Make-Whole Shares to which GG shall be entitled. The Company shall not issue any fraction of a share of Common Stock upon any issuance of Make-Whole Shares on any Make-Whole Shares Delivery Date. If such issuance would result in the issuance of a fraction of a share of Common Stock, the Company shall round such fraction of a share of Common Stock up to the nearest whole share.

 

5.3 Calculation of Number of Make-Whole Shares . With respect to each Make-Whole Shares Delivery Date, the number of Make-Whole Shares issuable to GG shall equal the quotient of the GG Fee Balance then outstanding immediately prior to delivery of the Make-Whole Additional Share Notice (hereinafter the “Make-Whole Consideration”), divided by $.164 (subject to adjustment for stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar events).

 

5.4 Limitations on Issuances of Make-Whole Shares . Notwithstanding anything in this Paragraphs 5 to the contrary, if as of any given date the Net Proceeds received by GG from the sale of Unrestricted Securities exceeds the GG Fee Balance, no additional Make-Whole Shares shall be issuable hereunder.

 

6. LEAK OUT AGREEMENT. Beginning on the date on which GG has received the Settlement Shares and ending 52 weeks thereafter, and with respect to any Make Whole Shares beginning on the date on which GG has received the Make Whole Shares and ending 52 weeks thereafter, GG shall limit its sales of the Settlement Shares, or any Make Whole Shares, as applicable, such that it will not sell more than the greater of 15% of the previous week’s IGNG trading volume or one hundred fifty thousand (150,000) Settlement Shares or Make Whole Shares (subject to adjustment for stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar events) in any given week. GG shall provide trading records upon request from IGNG.

 

 
  SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT  
Page 8    

 

7. CONTINGENCY. If, for whatever reason, the Parties are unable within ninety days of the date of filing of the 3(a)(10) action with the Settlement Court to obtain an Issuance Order from the Settlement Court, the Company shall be obligated to provide GG with an alternative method for providing for the removal of restrictions on the Restricted Share Certificates (the “Alternative Method”) either, at GG’s election, by (a) filing, within 30 days thereafter, a registration statement with the SEC to register all Restricted Securities held by GG, or (b) promptly providing and/or facilitating an exemption for the resale of such securities under Rule 144, 17 CFR § 230.144.

 

8. PAYMENT IN FULL; SETTLEMENT FAIR AND REASONABLE . IGNG and GG agree that delivery of the Cash Payments, the Warrant Shares, the Settlement Shares, the Make Whole Shares (if any) and the performance by IGNG of all of its obligations herein with respect to the Issuance Order and Alternative Method shall satisfy IGNG’s obligations in full regarding the GG Fee Balance. IGNG, the issuer of the securities, and GG, the proposed parties to whom the securities are to be issued, agree that the value of the Cash Payments, the Warrant Shares, the Settlement Shares and the Make Whole Shares, utilized to satisfy the GG Fee Balance is fair and reasonable.

 

 
  SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT  
Page 9    

 

9. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS OF IGNG . IGNG represents, warrants and covenants as follows: (a) it has sufficient authorized common shares to issue to GG to comply with the terms of this Agreement; (b) the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement and the Issuance Order are duly authorized, and will be validly and legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and preemptive and similar rights; (c) if at any time it appears reasonably possible that there may be insufficient authorized shares to fully comply with the Agreement, IGNG will take all action required to increase its authorized shares so as to ensure its ability to timely comply with the Agreement; (d) IGNG has all necessary power and authority to execute, deliver and perform all of its obligations under this Agreement and the Issuance Order, the execution, delivery and performance of which have been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of IGNG, including without limitation approval by its board of directors; (e) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by IGNG, and is fully enforceable against IGNG in accordance with its terms, (f) this Agreement will not (i) conflict with, violate, or cause a breach or default under any agreement to which IGNG is a party, or (ii) require any waiver, consent, or other action of IGNG or any other person; (g) neither GG, nor any of its affiliates, (i) is or was a licensed broker-dealer or an affiliate thereof, (ii) is or was an officer, director, 10% or greater shareholder, control person, or affiliate of IGNG within the last 90 days, (iii) will become a control person or affiliate of IGN3 while in possession of the Settlement Shares and/or the Make Whole Shares, or (iv) has or will, directly or indirectly, receive or provide any refund, kickback or other consideration in exchange for selling or satisfying the GG Fee Balance, other than pursuant to this Agreement; (h) IGNG understands that the issuance of shares as required by the Agreement may have a dilutive effect, which may be substantial; (i) neither IGNG nor any of IGNG’s affiliates or agents has or will provide GG with any material non-public information regarding IGIG or its securities; (j) GG has no obligation of confidentiality, and may sell any Settlement Shares of Make Whole Shares into the public markets at any time (subject to the restrictions on the Restricted Shares); (k) with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (i) GG is acting solely in an arm’s length capacity, (ii) GG does not make or have not made any representations, warranties or covenants other than those specifically set forth herein, (iii) IGNG’s obligations under the Agreement are unconditional and absolute and not subject to any right of set off, counterclaim, delay or reduction, regardless of any claim IGNG may have against GG, (iv) any statement made by GG or any of GG’s representatives, agents or attorneys is not advice or a recommendation to IGNG, and (v) GG and its affiliates, attorneys, advisors and representatives have not acted and are not acting as legal, financial, accounting, tax, investment or other advisors, agents or fiduciaries of IGNG, or in any similar capacity, and have not provided any legal financial, accounting, tax, investment or other advice of any kind to IGNG; and (L) the Recitals in this Agreement are true and correct.

 

10. BLOCKER. In the event that the delivery to GG of any of the Settlement Shares and/or Make Whole Shares would cause GG to beneficially own more that 9.99% of the number of common shares outstanding immediately after giving effect of issuance of such Settlement Shares and/or Make Whole Shares, the issuance of such shares to GG shall be held in abeyance, until such time as the issuance of such shares may occur without violating the restrictions of this paragraph.

 

11 . NECESSARY ACTION. At all times after the execution of this Agreement and entry of the Issuance Order by the Settlement Court, each party hereto agrees to take or cause to be taken all such necessary action including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of such further instruments and documents, as may be reasonably requested by any party for such purposes or otherwise necessary to complete or perfect the transaction contemplated hereby, including but not limited to the Company providing a legal opinion at its expense to satisfy the transfer agent that Section 3(a)(10) or Rule 144 has been complied with.

 

 
  SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT  
Page 10    

 

12. PUBLIC STATEMENTS. IGNG agrees not to make any public statements regarding this Settlement and/or GG without the prior written consent and approval of GG.

 

13. CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-DISPARAGEMENT AGREEMENT. At all times prior to execution of this Agreement, the parties hereto agree to not disclose any of the terms of said Agreement to any other person or entity other than the parties’ respective legal counsels and/or financial advisors, except as required by law. Neither IGNG nor GG shall make any public statements disparaging the other party.

 

14. DEFAULT . If: (i) the Share Exchange Agreement with GBI referenced in Recital K does not close and become fully effective on or before July 12, 2019; (ii) any of the Cash Payments are not paid promptly to GG upon receipt by the Company of the investment tranche to which such Cash Payment is applicable (as identified in Section 2 hereof); (iii) the Aggregate Cash Payments (as identified in Section 2 hereof) are not fully paid to GG on or before November 30, 2019; (iii) the Company defaults in the timely performance of any of material obligation hereunder; or (iv) the representations and warranties of the Company are untrue in any material respect, then the Company shall be in default hereunder, and (x) in addition to any of the rights and remedies that GG has under this Agreement, GG shall have all of its rights and remedies under the Letter Agreement, the GG Fee Agreement and the Final Decree Order, or otherwise such rights and remedies allowed by law; (y) at GG’s option, the entire GG Fee Balance then outstanding shall become immediately due and payable in cash without offset or setoff; and (z) interest shall continue to accrue effective as of the date of execution of this Agreement.

 

 
  SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT  
Page 11    

 

15. RELEASES. Upon receipt by GG of the Cash Payments and the Settlement Shares and Make Whole Shares (if any) and the performance by IGNG of all of its obligations herein with respect to the Issuance Order and Alternative Method (“Release Affective Date”), in consideration of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and except for the obligations and representations arising or made hereunder or a breach hereof, the parties hereby release, acquit and forever discharge the other and each, every and all of their current and past officers, directors, shareholders, affiliated corporations, subsidiaries, agents, employees, representatives, attorneys, predecessors, successors and assigns, of and from any and all claims, damages, causes of action, suits and costs, of whatever nature, character or description, whether known or unknown, anticipated or unanticipated, which the parties may now have or may hereafter have or claim to have against each other with respect to the Judgment. Nothing herein shall be deemed to negate or affect GG’s rights and title to any securities heretofore issued to it by IGNG.

 

16. WAIVER OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542 . The parties to this Agreement, and each of them, acknowledge that the consideration exchanged for this Agreement is intended and does release and discharge any claim and/or cause of action by them with regard to any unknown or future damage, loss or injury, and they do as of the Release Effective Date waive any rights under Civil Code Section 1542 (or similar law of any other state or jurisdiction), which reads as follows:

 

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

 

 
  SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT  
Page 12    

 

The parties to this Agreement acknowledge, warrant and represent that they are familiar with section 1542 of the California Civil Code (“Section 1542”) and that the effect and import of that provision has been fully explained to them by their respective attorneys. There is a risk that subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, one or more of the parties to this Agreement will incur or suffer loss, damages or injuries related to the subject matter of this Agreement, but which are unknown and unanticipated at the time this Agreement is signed. The parties to this Agreement, and each of them, hereby assume the above mentioned risks and understand that this Agreement shall apply to all unknown or unanticipated claims, losses, damages or injuries relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, as well as those known and anticipated, and upon advice of legal counsel, the parties to this Agreement, and each of them, do hereby waive any and all rights under the aforesaid Section 1542.

 

The parties to this Agreement, and each of them, acknowledge that they fully understand that they may hereafter discover facts in addition to or different from those which they now know or believe to be true with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, but that it is their intention hereby to fully, finally and forever release all claims, obligations and matters released herein, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, which do exist, may exist in the future or heretofore have existed between the parties to this Agreement, and that in furtherance of such intention, the releases given herein shall be remain in effect as full and complete releases of the matters released herein, notwithstanding the discovery or existence of any such additional or different facts.

 

17. INFORMATION. IGNG and GG each represent that prior to the execution of this Agreement, they have had the opportunity to seek the advice of counsel, that they fully informed themselves of its terms, contents, conditions and effects, and that no promise or representation of any kind has been made by or to them except as expressly stated in this Agreement.

 

 
  SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT  
Page 13    

 

18. OWNERSHIP AND AUTHORITY. IGNG and GG represent and warrant that they have not sold, assigned transferred, conveyed or otherwise disposed of any or all of any claim, demand, right or cause of action, relating to any matter which is covered by this Agreement, and each is the sole owner of such claim, demand, right or cause of action, and each has the power and authority and has been duly authorized to enter into and perform this Agreement and that this Agreement is a binding obligation of each, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

19. BINDING NATURE AND NO THIRD PARTIES. This Agreement shall be binding on all parties executing this Agreement and their respective successors, assigns and heirs. No third party other than the parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to any rights or remedies under this Agreement.

 

20. AUTHORITY TO BIND. Each party to this Agreement represents and warrants that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transaction provided in this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary action of the respective party and that the person executing this Agreement on its behalf has the full capacity to bind that entity.

 

21. SIGNATURES. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts and the Agreement, together with its counterpart signature pages, shall be deemed valid and binding on each party when duly executed by all parties. Electronically scanned signatures shall be deemed valid and binding for all purposes.

 

 
  SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT  
Page 14    

 

22. CHOICE OF LAW. Notwithstanding the place where this Agreement may be executed by either of the parties, or any other factor, all terms and provisions hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, applicable to agreements made and to be fully performed in that state and without regard to principles of conflicts of law thereof.

 

23. FORUM SELECTION. Any action brought to enforce, or otherwise arising out of this Agreement shall be brought in a state or federal court sitting in Los Angeles

 

24. LEGAL FEES. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of its advisers, counsel, the accountants and other experts, if any, and all other expenses incurred by such party incident to the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, except that: (i) the Company will be responsible for the payment all expenses incurred in connection with the Settlement Action and obtaining the Issuance Order, and shall directly pay the legal fees of Alan Atlas, Attorney at Law, counsel for GG, in the Settlement Action (but shall not be responsible for the legal fees of any other counsel for GG); and (ii) in the event that GG employs counsel (including in house counsel) to remedy, prevent, or obtain relief from a breach or default of this Agreement, the Company will reimburse GG for all of its attorney’s fees, whether or not suit is filed, including all appeals and petitions therefrom.

 

25. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement is the final agreement between IGNG and GG with respect to the terms and conditions set forth herein, and, the terms of this Agreement may not be contradicted by evidence of prior, contemporaneous, or subsequent oral agreements of the parties. No provision of this Agreement may be amended other than by an instrument in writing signed by IGNG and GG, and no provision hereof may be waived other than by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and any other document executed in connection herewith, the terms of this Agreement shall control to the extent necessary to resolve such inconsistency.

 

 
  SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT  
Page 15    

 

26. NO WAIVER. The failure by GG to enforce any of its rights under this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of its other rights and remedies under this Agreement.

 

27. NOTICES. Any notices required or permitted under this Agreement shall be delivered by email, and shall be confirmed by overnight mail, to the addresses set for the below, and shall be effective upon delivery of the email:

 

If to the Company, then as follows:

 

Imaging3, Inc., 10866 Wilshire Blvd, Suite 225, L.A. CA 90024

 

With a Copy to Nick@CosciaSEC.com;

 

If to GG, then as follows:

 

Greenberg Glusker Fields Claman & Machtinger LLP

Attention: Brian L. Davidoff

1900 Ave. of the Stars, 21 st Floor

Los Angeles, CA. 90067

Email: bdavidoff@greenbergglusker.com

             nlevine@greenbergglusker.com

 

 
  SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT  
Page 16    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date of the last signature herein.

 

IMAGING3, INC  
     
By: /s/ Bradley J. Yourist  
Name: Bradley J. Yourist, CEO, Director  

Title:    

 

 
  SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT  
Page 17    

 

GREENBERG GLUSKER FIELDS CLAMAN & MACHTINGER LLP
   
By: /s/ Brian L. Davidoff  
Name: Brian L. Davidoff  
Title:                             

 

 
 

 

List of Subsidiaries

 

None.

 

     
 

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the inclusion in this Form S-1 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 of Imaging3, Inc. (the “Company”) of our report dated April 16, 2019 relating to the Company’s financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the reference to our firm under the caption “Interests of Named Experts and Counsel” in the Registration Statement.

 

Rose, Snyder & Jacobs LLP

 

Encino, California

July 24, 2019